You are on page 1of 490

Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Part D301254X012
June 2018

Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Revised June-2018 Contents iii


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

System Training

A well-trained workforce is critical to the success of your operation. Knowing how to


correctly install, configure, program, calibrate, and trouble-shoot your Emerson equipment provides
your engineers and technicians with the skills and confidence to optimize your investment. Remote
Automation Solutions offers a variety of ways for your personnel to acquire essential system
expertise. Our full-time professional instructors can conduct classroom training at several of our
corporate offices, at your site, or even at your regional Emerson office. You can also receive the same
quality training via our live, interactive Emerson Virtual Classroom and save on travel costs. For our
complete schedule and further information, contact the Remote Automation Solutions Training
Department at 800-338-8158 or email us at education@emerson.com.

iv Contents Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Contents

Chapter 1 – Introduction 1-1


1.1 Manual Organization ..................................................................................................................... 1-1
1.2 General Protocol Message Format ............................................................................................... 1-2
1.3 Broadcast ...................................................................................................................................... 1-3
1.4 Calculating Data Offsets ............................................................................................................... 1-4

Chapter 2 – Opcodes 2-1


2.1 Opcode Overview .......................................................................................................................... 2-1
2.2 Opcode 6, System Configuration .................................................................................................. 2-3
2.3 Opcode 7, Read Real-time Clock................................................................................................ 2-14
2.4 Opcode 8, Set Real-time Clock ................................................................................................... 2-14
2.5 Opcode 10, Read Configurable Opcode Point Data ................................................................... 2-15
2.6 Opcode 11, Write Configurable Opcode Point Data ................................................................... 2-15
2.7 Opcode 17, Login Request ......................................................................................................... 2-16
2.8 Opcode 24, Store and Forward ................................................................................................... 2-17
2.9 Opcode 50, Request I/O Point Position ...................................................................................... 2-18
2.10 Opcode 100, Access User-defined Information .......................................................................... 2-18
2.11 Opcode 105, Request Today’s and Yesterday’s Min/Max Values .............................................. 2-19
2.12 Opcode 108, Request History Tag and Periodic Index ............................................................... 2-21
2.13 Opcode 117, Request Weights and Measures Event Data ........................................................ 2-22
2.14 Opcode 118, Request Alarm Data .............................................................................................. 2-25
2.15 Opcode 119, Request Event Data .............................................................................................. 2-28
2.16 Opcode 135, Request Single History Point Data ........................................................................ 2-32
2.17 Opcode 136, Request Mutiple History Point Data ...................................................................... 2-34
2.18 Opcode 137, Request History Index for a Day ........................................................................... 2-36
2.19 Opcode 138, Request Daily and Periodic History for a Day ....................................................... 2-37
2.20 Opcode 139, History Information Data ........................................................................................ 2-38
2.21 Opcode 166, Set Single Point Parameters ................................................................................. 2-39
2.22 Opcode 167, Request Single Point Parameters ......................................................................... 2-39
2.23 Opcode 180, Request Parameters.............................................................................................. 2-40
2.24 Opcode 181, Write Parameters................................................................................................... 2-41
2.25 Opcode 203, General File Transfer............................................................................................. 2-42
2.26 Opcode 224, SRBX Signal .......................................................................................................... 2-44
2.27 Opcode 225, Acknowledge SRBX .............................................................................................. 2-44
2.28 Opcode 255, Error Indicator ........................................................................................................ 2-45

Chapter 3 – Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-1


3.1 Type, Location/Logical, and Parameter (TLPs) ............................................................................ 3-1
3.2 Logical/Location Details ................................................................................................................ 3-1
3.3 Binary Field (BIN) Example ........................................................................................................... 3-2
3.4 Point Type Table Fields ................................................................................................................ 3-3
3.4.1 Point Type 60: Print Parameters ..................................................................................... 3-4
3.4.2 Point Type 61: Transaction History Parameters ........................................................... 3-11
3.4.3 Point Type 62: Keypad Display Parameters ................................................................. 3-45
3.4.4 Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters .................................................................. 3-56
3.4.5 Point Type 64: General Preset Parameters #2 ........................................................... 3-105
3.4.6 Point Type 65: Transaction History Parameters (#2) ................................................. 3-118
3.4.7 Point Type 67: Additives ............................................................................................. 3-122

Revised June-2018 Contents v


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.8 Point Type 68: Recipes ............................................................................................... 3-128


3.4.9 Point Type 69: Components ....................................................................................... 3-137
3.4.10 Point Type 70: Liquid Preference Parameters ............................................................ 3-151
3.4.11 Point Type 71: Liquid Station Parameters .................................................................. 3-154
3.4.12 Point Type 72: Product Parameters............................................................................ 3-164
3.4.13 Point Type 73: Liquid Meter Parameters .................................................................... 3-167
3.4.14 Point Type 74: Densitometer Interface Parameters ................................................... 3-180
3.4.15 Point Type 75: Meters ................................................................................................. 3-186
3.4.16 Point Type 76: Valves ................................................................................................. 3-197
3.4.17 Point Type 82: Virtual Discrete Outputs...................................................................... 3-199
3.4.18 Point Type 84: HART Extended Point Type ............................................................... 3-203
3.4.19 Point Type 85: HART Parameters .............................................................................. 3-212
3.4.20 Point Type 91: System Variables: ............................................................................... 3-233
3.4.21 Point Type 92: Logon Parameters .............................................................................. 3-238
3.4.22 Point Type 95: Communication Port Parameters ....................................................... 3-241
3.4.23 Point Type 96: FST Parameters ................................................................................. 3-246
3.4.24 Point Type 97: FST Register Tags ............................................................................. 3-249
3.4.25 Point Type 98: Soft Point Parameters ........................................................................ 3-250
3.4.26 Point Type 99: Configurable Opcode Table ............................................................... 3-253
3.4.27 Point Type 100: Power Control Parameters ............................................................... 3-255
3.4.28 Point Type 101: Discrete Inputs .................................................................................. 3-258
3.4.29 Point Type 102: Discrete Outputs ............................................................................... 3-260
3.4.30 Point Type 103: Analog Inputs .................................................................................... 3-263
3.4.31 Point Type 104: Analog Outputs ................................................................................. 3-267
3.4.32 Point Type 105: Pulse Inputs ...................................................................................... 3-269
3.4.33 Point Type 106: RTD .................................................................................................. 3-272
3.4.34 Point Type 107: Thermocouple ................................................................................... 3-276
3.4.35 Point Type 108: Multi-Variable Sensor ....................................................................... 3-279
3.4.36 Point Type 109: System Analog Inputs....................................................................... 3-287
3.4.37 Point Type 110: PID Control Parameters ................................................................... 3-293
3.4.38 Point Type 117: Modbus Configuration Parameters ................................................... 3-300
3.4.39 Point Type 118: Modbus Register to TLP Mapping Parameters ................................ 3-303
3.4.40 Point Type 119: Modbus Event, Alarm, and History Table ......................................... 3-316
3.4.41 Point Type 120: Modbus Master Modem Configuration ............................................. 3-325
3.4.42 Point Type 121: Modbus Master Table ....................................................................... 3-327
3.4.43 Point Type 122: DS800 Configuration ........................................................................ 3-338
3.4.44 Point Type 123: Security – Group Configuration ........................................................ 3-340
3.4.45 Point Type 124: History Segment Configuration ........................................................ 3-342
3.4.46 Point Type 125: History Segment 0 Point Configuration ............................................ 3-344
3.4.47 Point Type 126: History Segment 1 Point Configuration ............................................ 3-346
3.4.48 Point Type 127: History Segment 2 Point Configuration ............................................ 3-348
3.4.49 Point Type 128: History Segment 3 Point Configuration ............................................ 3-350
3.4.50 Point Type 129: History Segment 4 Point Configuration ............................................ 3-352
3.4.51 Point Type 130: History Segment 5 Point Configuration ............................................ 3-354
3.4.52 Point Type 131: History Segment 6 Point Configuration ............................................ 3-356
3.4.53 Point Type 132: History Segment 7 Point Configuration ............................................ 3-358
3.4.54 Point Type 133: History Segment 8 Point Configuration ............................................ 3-360
3.4.55 Point Type 134: History Segment 9 Point Configuration ............................................ 3-362
3.4.56 Point Type 135: History Segment 10 Point Configuration .......................................... 3-364
3.4.57 Point Type 136: ROC Clock ........................................................................................ 3-366
3.4.58 Point Type 137: Internet Configuration Parameters ................................................... 3-368
3.4.59 Point Type 138: User C++ Host Parameters .............................................................. 3-375
3.4.60 Point Type 139: Smart I/O Module Information .......................................................... 3-376
3.4.61 Point Type 140: Alternating Current Input / Output .................................................... 3-380
3.4.62 Point Type 141: Advance Pulse Module ..................................................................... 3-388
3.4.63 Point Type 142: History Segment 11 Point Configuration .......................................... 3-401
3.4.64 Point Type 143: History Segment 12 Point Configuration .......................................... 3-403
3.4.65 Point Type 144: Transactional History Configuration ................................................. 3-405

vi Contents Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.66 Point Type 145: Transactional History Point Configuration ........................................ 3-406
3.4.67 Point Type 172: RTU Network Discovery List Point Configuration ............................. 3-407
3.4.68 Point Type 173: Network Commissioned List ............................................................. 3-408
3.4.69 Point Type 174: Network Export Data ........................................................................ 3-410
3.4.70 Point Type 175: Network Import Data ......................................................................... 3-411
3.4.71 Point Type 176: IEC62591 Live List Configuration ..................................................... 3-412
3.4.72 Point Type 177: IEC62591 Commissioned List Configuration .................................... 3-413

Chapter 4 – CRC-16 Code 4-1

Chapter 5 – IEEE Floating Point Format 5-1

Chapter 6 – Spontaneous-Report-By-Exception 6-1

Chapter 7 – Device-to-Device Communications 7-1

Index I-1

Revised June-2018 Contents vii


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

[This page is intentionally left blank.]

viii Contents Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Chapter 1 – Introduction
This manual provides information required to understand the ROC Plus
protocol and its implementation within the DL8000 Preset Controller
(“DL8000”). It is written for personnel needing to implement a ROC
Plus Protocol driver in the DL8000 or as a reference to understanding
the ROC Plus communications protocols. This manual is intended for
users experienced in the development of communication drivers. The
protocol provides access to database configuration, real-time clock,
event and alarm logs, and historically archived data.
The ROC Plus database is broken into individual parameters. Each
database parameter is uniquely associated by parameter number and
point type. See Chapter 3, Parameter Lists for Point Types, for detailed
information.

1.1 Manual Organization


This manual is organized into the following chapters:
Chapter Description
Chapter 1 Describes this manual and provides a summary of
Introduction the general protocol message format, summary of
each opcode, and how to calculate data offsets.
Chapter 2 Lists each opcode the ROC Plus protocol uses.
Opcodes
Chapter 3 Describes ROC Plus protocol point types and data
Parameter Lists for types.
Point Types
Chapter 4 Provides information concerning the cyclical
CRC-16 Code redundancy check the ROC Plus protocol uses.
Chapter 5 Provides information about the binary representation of
IEEE Floating Point floating-point numbers.
Format
Chapter 6 Provides information on the DL8000’s Spontaneous
Spontaneous Report- Report-by-Exception (RBX or RBX) function.
by-Exception
Chapter 7 Provides information detailing store and forward
Device to Device options in the DL8000.
Communications
Index Provides an alphabetic listing of items and topics
contained in this manual.

Revised June-2018 Introduction 1-1


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

1.2 General Protocol Message Format


Figure 1-1 shows the various ROC and host protocol message formats.
General Message Format - Station ‘A’ Polling Station ‘B’ for Data/Action:
Data
Destination (B) Source (A) Opcode m Data Bytes CRC
Length
# of
unit group unit group d1 d2 d3 – – – – dm LSB MSB
bytes

General Message Format - Station ‘B’ Responding to Station ‘A’:


Data
Destination (A) Source (B) Opcode n Data Bytes CRC
Length
# of
unit group unit group d1 d2 d3 – – – – dn LSB MSB
bytes

Figure 1-1. General Message Format

A message generally contains the following fields, in order from left to


right:
Field Description
Destination Specifies the address for the destination device.
Destination has two components:
Unit One-byte unit code for the station
address. The unit code for a ROC
address is user-configurable. For a host,
this must be a unique number. 0
represents “broadcast within group” and
240 is the “direct connect address.”
Group Indicates the group code for the station
address. This is user-configurable and
usually set to 2.
Source Specifies the address for the source device. Source
has two components:
Unit One-byte unit code for the station
address. The unit code for a ROC
address is user-configurable. For a host,
this must be a unique number. 0
represents “broadcast within group” and
240 is the “direct connect address.”
Group Indicates the group code for the station
address. This is user-configurable and
usually set to 2.
Opcode Defines the operation code (opcode) action to
perform.
# of bytes Indicates the number of bytes in the data byte field,
consisting of the path, desired opcode, number of
data bytes for the desired message, and the desired
message itself.
Data Bytes Contains messages of varying lengths, consisting of
the path, desired opcode, number of data bytes for
the desired message, and the message itself.
CRC Confirms validity of message transmission.

1-2 Introduction Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Field Description
LSB Least significant byte.
MSB Most significant byte.

Messages are of flexible length. The first six data bytes are used for the
header information including: destination, source, opcode, and data
length (number of bytes). The length of a message equals the number of
data bytes transmitted plus eight overhead bytes (header information
and CRC).
The minimum message length is eight bytes if the number of data bytes
is zero (no data bytes transmitted). The maximum message length is 248
bytes (240 bytes of data). A “nibble” is a four-bit unit or half a byte.
Figure 1-2 provides examples of the messages exchanged if the host
requests the current time and date from DL8000 13 of Group 5.
Host Request to DL8000:
Data
ROC Address Host Address Opcode CRC
Length
# of
unit group unit group – LSB MSB
bytes
13 5 1 0 7 0 1 m

DL8000 Response to Host:


Data
Host Address ROC Address Opcode 8 Data Bytes CRC
Length
# of
unit group unit group – d1 d2 d3 – – – –- dn LSB MSB
bytes
1 0 13 5 7 8 sec min hr day mo yr lyr dwk l m

Figure 1-2. Request/Response Example

Note: Addresses 240,240 and 0,x are reserved and should not be used.

1.3 Broadcast
DL8000 firmware version 1.10 and higher supports message
broadcasting. A broadcast message is an opcode that is sent to a unit of
0. In this case, all DL8000s with the group matching the request accept
the opcode and process it (regardless of the unit designation that each
DL8000 may have). The DL8000 does not respond to the request.
For example, you may need to synchronize several DL8000s to the
same date and time. If the DL8000s were connected to the same radio
link and configured for the same group, a host could send an opcode 8
(Set Real-Time Clock) request to Unit 0 that would then set all of the
DL8000s configured in this group to the same date and time.

Revised June-2018 Introduction 1-3


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

1.4 Calculating Data Offsets


A data byte offset is the offset (zero-based) from the beginning of a
transmit or receive buffer for the data items that comprise the opcode
data. The offset of the first data item is always 6 to allow for the header
information (bytes 0-5).
Certain data offset values are determined based on the DL8000’s
configuration, such as for Opcode 0. The data byte offset for each item
may be calculated. To calculate the next data offset value, add the
previous offset value to the length of the previous data item:
Offset = Previous Offset + Length of Previous Data Item

1-4 Introduction Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Chapter 2 – Opcodes
This section details each opcode for the DL8000 preset protocol.

2.1 Opcode Overview


Table 2-1 summarizes each opcode. The tables in this section provide
detailed descriptions of the various opcodes used. For each opcode, a
brief description of the data bytes is provided. In some cases, the
number of data bytes returned for an opcode varies. For example,
Opcode 0, a full update, always returns certain input/output (I/O)
information along with optionally specified data.
Certain opcodes only send data and do not receive data back from the
DL8000. For example, Opcode 8 requests the DL8000 to set the time
and date. The host transmits six to nine data bytes defining the new time
and date. The DL8000 resets the time and date and sends back an
acknowledgment in which the opcode is repeated, but no data bytes are
transmitted back. All acknowledgments are 8-byte messages that repeat
the opcode received, but do not transmit any data bytes.
Opcode 255 is an error message indicator. This is also an 8-byte
message with no data bytes included. The opcode is set to 255 to
indicate the message received by the DL8000 had valid Cyclical
Redundancy Check (CRC), but contained invalid parameters. For
example, if a request was made for information on Analog Input #11,
but the DL8000 was configured for only eight analog inputs (0 to 7), the
DL8000 would respond back with the 8-byte message with the opcode
equal to 255 (error).
The number of analog inputs varies from DL8000 to DL8000. This
variability is indicated by listing the first analog input and indicating the
remaining analog inputs by a period (“.”). In the following tables, a
period in either the Data byte(s) column or the Description of Data
column indicates a repetition of the proceeding item for the necessary
number of instances.

Revised June-2018 Opcodes 2-1


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Table 2-1. Summary of Opcodes


Opcode Description
6 Sends DL8000 configuration.
7 Sends current time and date.
8 Sets new time and date.
10 Sends data from configurable opcode tables.
11 Sets data in configurable opcode tables.
17 Sets operator identification.
24 Stores and forwards.
50 Requests IO point position array.
100 Reads user-defined point information (Command 11)
105 Sends history point definition, min/max data, and current values for specified history point.
108 Sends tag and current history period for specified history points.
117 Sends specified number of weights and measures events starting at specified event index
118 Sends specified number of alarms starting at specified alarm index.
119 Sends specified number of events starting at specified event index.
135 Requests history point data.
136 Requests history index data.
137 Requests history index for a day.
138 Requests daily and periodic history for a day.
139 Requests various types of information from history.
166 Sets specified contiguous block of parameters.
167 Sends specified contiguous block of parameters.
180 Sends specified parameters.
181 Sets specified parameters.
203 File transfer to and from DL8000.
204 Sends specified number of events or weights and measures events starting at specified event indice
(supporting 40-byte old and new value on parameter change)
224 Sends Report-by-Exception (SRBX) message to host.
225 Acknowledges Report-by-Exception message from DL8000.
255 Transmits DL8000 error messages in response to a request with invalid parameters or format.

2-2 Opcodes Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

2.2 Opcode 6, System Configuration


Opcode 6 obtains the current configuration of the DL8000.
Version Description
1.10 Introduced

Table 2–2. Opcode 6, System Configuration


Communi- Host Request to DL8000 DL8000 Response to Host
cation Data Data
Opcode Offset Length Description of Data Offset Length Description of Data
Opcode 6: 6 No data bytes 6 1 The system mode the unit is
System currently operating in.
Configura-
0 = Firmware Update Mode –
tion
Extremely limited functionality is
available.
1 = Run Mode
7 2 Comm Port or Port Number that this
request arrived on. This is not
defined if the above value (offset 6)
is 0.
9 1 Security Access Mode for the port
the request was received on.
10 1 Logical Compatibility Status –
Version 1.10
See [Point Type 91,Logical
0,Parameter 50]:
0 = 16 points per slot (160 bytes
total) – Compatibility Mode is 0 & 9
module slots max
1 = 16 points per slot (240 bytes
total) – Compatibility Mode is 0 & 14
module slots max. NOTE: The 15th
module slot can not be used.
2 = 8 points per slot (224 bytes
total) – Compatibility
Mode is 1 & 27 module slots max.
See Opcode 50 for more
information.
11 1 Opcode 6 Revision
0 = Original (ROC800 Pre-2.02)
1 = Extended for Additional Point
Types (offset 104 -220)
12 12 Reserved for Future Use [zeros
returned]

Revised June-2018 Opcodes 2-3


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Communi- Host Request to DL8000 DL8000 Response to Host


cation Data Data
Opcode Offset Length Description of Data Offset Length Description of Data
24 1 Type of ROC
1 = ROCPAC ROC 300 series
2 = FloBoss 407
3 = FlashPAC ROC 300 series
4 = FloBoss 503
5 = FloBoss 504
6 = ROC800 (827/809)
11=DL8000
X = FB100
25 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 60
26 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 61
27 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 62
28 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 63
29 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 64
30 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 65
31 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 66
32 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 67
33 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 68
34 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 69
35 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 70
36 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 71
37 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 72
38 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 73
39 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 74
40 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 75
41 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 76
42 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 77
43 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 78
44 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 79
45 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 80

2-4 Opcodes Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Communi- Host Request to DL8000 DL8000 Response to Host


cation Data Data
Opcode Offset Length Description of Data Offset Length Description of Data
46 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 81
47 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 82
48 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 83
49 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 84
50 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 85
51 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 86
52 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 87
53 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 88
54 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 89
55 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 90
56 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 91
57 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 92
58 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 93
59 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 94
60 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 95
61 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 96
62 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 97
63 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 98
64 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 99
65 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 100
66 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 101
67 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 102
68 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 103

Revised June-2018 Opcodes 2-5


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Communi- Host Request to DL8000 DL8000 Response to Host


cation Data Data
Opcode Offset Length Description of Data Offset Length Description of Data
69 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 104
70 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 105
71 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 106
72 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 107
73 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 108
74 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 109
75 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 110
76 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 111
77 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 112
78 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 113
79 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 114
80 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 115
81 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 116
82 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 117
83 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 118
84 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 119
85 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 120
86 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 121
87 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 122
88 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 123
89 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 124

2-6 Opcodes Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Communi- Host Request to DL8000 DL8000 Response to Host


cation Data Data
Opcode Offset Length Description of Data Offset Length Description of Data
90 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 125
91 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 126
92 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 127
93 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 128
94 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 129
95 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 130
96 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 131
97 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 132
98 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 133
99 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 134
100 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 135
101 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 136
102 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 137
103 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 138
Included if 104 1 Contains the number of logical for
Opcode 6 point type 139
Revision
105 1 Contains the number of logical for
(offset 11)
point type 140
>= 1
106 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 141
107 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 142
108 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 143
109 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 144
110 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 145

Revised June-2018 Opcodes 2-7


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Communi- Host Request to DL8000 DL8000 Response to Host


cation Data Data
Opcode Offset Length Description of Data Offset Length Description of Data
111 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 146
112 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 147
113 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 148
114 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 149
115 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 150
116 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 151
117 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 152
118 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 153
119 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 154
120 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 155
121 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 156
122 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 157
123 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 158
124 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 159
125 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 160
126 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 161
127 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 162
128 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 163
129 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 164
130 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 165

2-8 Opcodes Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Communi- Host Request to DL8000 DL8000 Response to Host


cation Data Data
Opcode Offset Length Description of Data Offset Length Description of Data
131 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 166
132 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 167
133 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 168
134 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 169
135 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 170
136 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 171
137 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 172
138 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 173
139 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 174
140 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 175
141 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 176
142 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 177
143 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 178
144 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 179
145 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 180
146 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 181
147 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 182
148 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 183
149 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 184
150 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 185

Revised June-2018 Opcodes 2-9


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Communi- Host Request to DL8000 DL8000 Response to Host


cation Data Data
Opcode Offset Length Description of Data Offset Length Description of Data
151 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 186
152 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 187
153 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 188
154 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 189
155 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 190
156 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 191
157 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 192
158 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 193
159 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 194
160 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 195
161 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 196
162 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 197
163 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 198
164 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 199
165 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 200
166 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 201
167 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 202
168 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 203
169 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 204
170 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 205

2-10 Opcodes Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Communi- Host Request to DL8000 DL8000 Response to Host


cation Data Data
Opcode Offset Length Description of Data Offset Length Description of Data
171 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 206
172 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 207
173 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 208
174 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 209
175 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 210
176 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 211
177 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 212
178 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 213
179 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 214
180 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 215
181 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 216
182 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 217
183 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 218
184 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 219
185 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 220
186 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 221
187 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 222
188 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 223
189 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 224
190 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 225

Revised June-2018 Opcodes 2-11


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Communi- Host Request to DL8000 DL8000 Response to Host


cation Data Data
Opcode Offset Length Description of Data Offset Length Description of Data
191 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 226
192 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 227
193 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 228
194 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 229
195 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 230
196 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 231
197 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 232
198 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 233
199 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 234
200 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 235
201 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 236
202 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 237
203 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 238
204 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 239
205 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 240
206 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 241
207 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 242
208 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 243
209 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 244
210 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 245

2-12 Opcodes Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Communi- Host Request to DL8000 DL8000 Response to Host


cation Data Data
Opcode Offset Length Description of Data Offset Length Description of Data
211 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 246
212 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 247
213 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 248
214 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 249
215 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 250
216 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 251
217 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 252
218 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 253
219 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 254
220 1 Contains the number of logical for
point type 255

Revised June-2018 Opcodes 2-13


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

2.3 Opcode 7, Read Real-time Clock


Refer to Table 2–3 when using Opcode 7 to return the current time and
date, the number of years since the last leap year, and the day of week.
Version Description
1.10 Introduced

Note: You can also read the time/date by specifying Point Type 136
(ROC Clock) or Opcode 167 (Request Single Point Parameters).
Table 2–3. Opcode 7, Read Real-time Clock
Opcode 7
Communi- Host Request to DL8000 DL8000 Response to Host
Cation Data Data
Opcode Offse Length Description of Data Offset Length Description of Data
t
Opcode 7: No data bytes. 6 1 Current second [UINT8]
Send Current 7 1 Current minute [UINT8]
Time and 8 1 Current hour [UINT8]
Date 9 1 Current day [UINT8]
10 1 Current month [UINT8]
11 2 Current year [UINT16]
13 1 Current day of week [UINT8]
1=Sunday  7=Saturday

2.4 Opcode 8, Set Real-time Clock


Opcode 8 is the only way to set the real-time clock. The DL8000
calculates the current day of the week. When you set the clock, the
microseconds in the DL8000 zero out.
Version Description
1.10 Introduced

Table 2–4. Opcode 8, Set Real-time Clock


Opcode 8
Communi- Host Request to DL8000 DL8000 Response to Host
Cation Data Data
Opcode Offset Length Description of Data Offset Length Description of Data
Opcode 8: 6 1 Current seconds [UINT8] No data bytes.
Set
Current Time 7 1 Current minutes [UINT8] Time and date are set and
acknowledgment sent back.
and Date 8 1 Current hour [UINT8]
9 1 Current day [UINT8]
10 1 Current month [UINT8]
11 2 Current year [UINT16]

2-14 Opcodes Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

2.5 Opcode 10, Read Configurable Opcode Point Data


Opcode 10 reads data defined by Point Type 99 (Configurable Opcode).
The value of the starting table location plus the number of table
locations must be less than or equal to 44.
Version Description
1.10 Introduced

Table 2–5. Opcode 10, Read Configurable Opcode Point Data


Opcode 10
Communi- Host Request to DL8000 DL8000 Response to Host
Cation Data Data
Opcode Offse Length Description of Data Offset Length Description of Data
t
Opcode 10: 6 1 Table Number (0-15) 6 1 Table Number (0-15)
Send Data 7 1 Starting Table Location (0- 7 1 Starting Table Location (0-43)
from 43)
Configurable 8 1 Number of Table Locations 8 1 Number of Table Locations (1-44)
Opcode (1-44)
Tables 9 4 Table Version Number [float]
13 x Data

2.6 Opcode 11, Write Configurable Opcode Point Data


Opcode 11 writes data defined by Point Type 99 (Configurable
Opcode). The value of the starting table location plus the number of
table locations must be less than or equal to 44.
Version Description
1.10 Introduced

Table 2–6. Opcode 11, Write Configurable Opcode Point Data


Opcode 11
Communi- Host Request to DL8000 DL8000 Response to Host
cation Data Data
Description of Data Description of Data
Opcode Offset Length Offset Length
Opcode 11: 6 1 Table Number (0-7) – No data bytes.
Set Data in (ROC300-Series and
Configurable FloBoss 407)
Opcode Table Number (0-3) –
Tables (FloBoss 100-Series,
FloBoss 500-Series, and
RegFlo)
7 1 Starting Table Location (0- Acknowledgment sent back.
43)
8 1 Number of Table Locations
(1-44)
9 x Data

Revised June-2018 Opcodes 2-15


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

2.7 Opcode 17, Login Request


Opcode 17 sets an operator identification code for the communications
port through which communications are occurring. The operator
identification is logged with an event, indicating the operator
responsible for creating the event. The DL8000 provides a default
operator identification for each communications port.
Version Description
1.10 Introduced

Once you set the operator identification, it remains set until changed by:
▪ Subsequent Opcode 17 requests;
▪ DL8000 initialized by a cold hard start;
▪ Firmware upgrade; or
▪ Timeout.
Table 2–7. Opcode 17, Login Request
Opcode 17
Communi- Host Request to DL8000 DL8000 Response to Host
cation Data Description of Data Data Description of Data
Opcode Offse Length Offset Length
t
Opcode 17: 6 3 Operator ID [AC3] Acknowledgment sent back without
Set Operator data.
ID
9 2 Password [UINT16]
Note: Access 11 1 Access Level [UINT8]
Level only
sent if
Security
Mode (95, x,
44) is set to 2
where x =
the logical of
the port the
request is
being made
on.
Opcode 17 6 3 Operator ID [AC3) Acknowledgement sent back without
Logout data
request 9 2 Password [UINT16]
Note: Logout 11 6 Logout String [AC6]
string is the
ASCII string
“LOGOUT” in
all capital
letters

2-16 Opcodes Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

2.8 Opcode 24, Store and Forward


Opcode 24 defines the requested store and forward action through up to
three intermediate DL8000s to the final destination DL8000. Refer to
Chapter 7, Device to Device Communications, for details on how this
opcode works.
Version Description
1.10 Introduced

Table 2–8. Opcode 24, Store and Forward


Opcode 24
Communi- Host Request to DL8000 DL8000 Response to Host
cation Data Data
Description of Data Description of Data
Opcode Offset Length Offset Length
Opcode 24: 6 1 Host Address No response to host until
Store and message returns from Final
Forward Destination DL8000.
7 1 Host Group
8 1 1st Destination Address
9 1 1st Destination Group
10 1 2nd Destination Address
11 1 2nd Destination Group
12 1 3rd Destination Address
13 1 3rd Destination Group
14 1 4th Destination Address
15 1 4th Destination Group
16 1 Desired Opcode
17 1 Number of data bytes for
the desired Opcode
18 x Opcode request data (if
any)

Revised June-2018 Opcodes 2-17


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

2.9 Opcode 50, Request I/O Point Position


Opcode 50 is used to request either the type or the logical number of all
the I/O points in the DL8000, returned in the order of their physical
location in the DL8000. The system (diagnostic) inputs are also
included.
Version Description
1.00 Introduced
1.10 Updated

Table 2-9. Opcode 50, Request I/O Point Position


Opcode 50
Communi- Host Request to DL8000 DL8000 Response to Host
Cation Data Data
Opcode Offset Length Description of Data Offset Length Description of Data
Opcode 50: 6 1 Which I/O data to send (0 = 6 160 I/O Point Types or Logical Numbers
Send I/O I/O Point Type, 1 = I/O 240
Point Type or Logical Number) 224 See Opcode 6 (offset 10) for length
Logical of response
Number
associated
with the Point
Type.

2.10 Opcode 100, Access User-defined Information


Opcode 100 reads user-defined point type information.
Version Description
1.10 Introduced (as Command 11)

Table 2-10. Opcode 100, Access User-defined Information


Opcode 100
Communi- Host Request to DL8000 DL8000 Response to Host
Cation Data Data
Opcode Offset Length Description of Data Offset Length Description of Data
Get Point 6 1 Command (11) 6 1 Command (11)
Type 7 1 Start Point # (0 – 255) 7 1 Start Point # (0 – 255)
Information
Retrieve 8 1 # Points (0 – 245) 8 1 # Points (0 – 245)
information 9 1 Type of Point Type
about point 0 – 7 User Program
types.
253 – User Defined
254 – ROC Point
Type
255 – No Point Type
(Above repeated as
necessary)

2-18 Opcodes Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

2.11 Opcode 105, Request Today’s and Yesterday’s Min/Max Values


Opcode 105 retrieves the occurrence of today’s and yesterday’s
minimum and maximum values.
Version Description
1.10 Introduced

Enumeration Historical archive method.


128 Archived every hour (Average)
129 Archived every hour (Accumulated)
130 Archived every hour (Current)
134 Archived every hour (Totalize)
67 Timestamp logged with FST-controlled timestamp.
Timestamp is a TIME [UINT32] representing the number of
seconds elapsed since 12:00AM Jan 1, 1970. Use FST
command WTM (Write Current Time to History)
65 Database value logged when directed by FST command
WDB (Write Results Register Value to History)
0 Not defined.

Table 2–11. Opcode 105, Request Today’s and Yesterday’s Min/Max Values
Opcode 105
Communi- Host Request to DL8000 DL8000 Response to Host
cation Data Data
Opcode Offset Length Description of Data Offset Length Description of Data
Opcode 105: 6 1 History Segment (0 – 10) 6 1 History Segment (0 – 10)
Send History 7 1 History point number 7 1 Historical point number
Point Defini-
tion, Min and 8 1 Historical Archival Method Type
Max Data, 9 1 Point type
and Current 10 1 Point/Logic number
Value 11 1 Parameter number
for Specified 12 4 Current value [float]
History Point 16 4 Minimum value since contract hour
[float]
20 4 Maximum value since contract hour
[float]
24 5 Time of minimum value occurrence
Note: This is a UINT32 (4 bytes)
and contains the number of
seconds since 12:00AM Jan 1,
1970.
Seconds, minutes, hour, day, and
month

Revised June-2018 Opcodes 2-19


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Opcode 105
Communi- Host Request to DL8000 DL8000 Response to Host
cation Data Data
Opcode Offset Length Description of Data Offset Length Description of Data
29 5 Time of maximum value
occurrence.
Note: This is a UINT32 (4 bytes)
and contains the number of
seconds since 12:00AM Jan 1,
1970.
Seconds, minutes, hour, day, and
month
34 4 Minimum value yesterday [float]
38 4 Maximum value yesterday [float]
42 5 Time of yesterday’s min value
occurrence.
Note: This is a UINT32 (4 bytes)
and contains the number of
seconds since 12:00AM Jan 1,
1970.
Seconds, minutes, hour, day and
month
47 5 Time of yesterday’s max value
occurrence.
Note: This is a UINT32 (4 bytes)
and contains the number of
seconds since 12:00AM Jan 1,
1970.
Seconds, minutes, hour, day, and
month
52 4 Value during last completed period
[float]

2-20 Opcodes Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

2.12 Opcode 108, Request History Tag and Periodic Index


Opcode 108 sends the tag and history period for specified history points,
up to a maximum of 20 history points. All points must be within a
single segment.
Version Description
1.10 Introduced

Table 2–12. Opcode 107, Request History Tag and Periodic Index
Opcode 108
Communi- Host Request to DL8000 DL8000 Response to Host
cation Data Description of Data Data Description of Data
Opcode Offset Length Offset Length
Opcode 108: 6 1 History Segment (0 – 10) 6 1 History Segment (0 – 10)
Send Tag 7 1 # of historical points 7 1 # of historical points specified
and specified
Current 8 1 Historical point (0 – 199) 8 2 Periodic Index (common among
History all history points in segment)
Period for . (above repeated as (repeated 1 History point
Specified necessary 20 maximum) as
History necessar 10 Tag [AC10]
Point(s) y)

Revised June-2018 Opcodes 2-21


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

2.13 Opcode 117, Request Weights and Measures Event Data


Opcode 117 requests event data from the Event Log in the DL8000. The
Weights and Measures Event Log consists of 1000 events. Each event
consistes of 22 bytes, organized according to one of the formats
described below.
Version Description
1.10 Introduced

Table 2–13. Opcode 107, Request Weights and Measures Event Data
Opcode 117
Communi- Host Request to DL8000 DL8000 Response to Host
cation Data Data
Opcode Offset Length Description of Data Offset Length Description of Data
Opcode 117: 6 1 # of events requested (max 6 1 Number of events being sent
Send 10) *SEE NOTE BELOW
Specified 7 2 Starting Event Log index 7 2 Starting Event Log index
Number of 9 2 Current Event Log index
Events
11 22 Event Data
Starting with
the Specified . (above repeated as necessary)
Event Index

Note: If no events are requested, the DL8000 does not return event
data.

Event Data The event log stores the last 1000 event entries. Each event consists of
Format 22 bytes and has the following general format:

Description: Type Time Event Specific Data


Byte: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

Weights and Measures Identifies what type of event is stored in the event specific data. Valid
Event Type values are:

0 - No Event
1 - Parameter Change Event
2 - System Event
4 - User Event

Parameter Change Logs any time a user makes a change to any TLP. The event data has
Event the following format:

Description: Operator ID TLP Data New Value Old Value Spare


Type
Byte: 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

▪ Operator ID: Identifies who made the change.

2-22 Opcodes Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

▪ TLP: Identifies what parameter was changed.


▪ Data Type: Identifies the type of data stored in the new value and
old value fields. Valid values are:
0 - BIN
1 - INT8
2 - INT16
3 - INT32
4 - UINT8
5 - UINT16
6 - UINT32
7 - FL
8 - TLP
9 - AC (3 bytes)
10 - AC (7 bytes)
11 - AC (10 bytes)
12 - AC (12 bytes)
13 - AC (20 bytes)
14 - AC (30 bytes)
15 - AC (40 bytes)
16 – DOUBLE
17 - TIME

▪ New Value: New value of the changed parameter. If the data size is
larger than 4 bytes, the new value extends beyond its four-byte field
and into the old value and spare fields.
▪ Old Value: Old value of the changed parameter. The old value
always starts at byte offset 16. If the data type is too large to store
both old value and new value, only the new value is stored.

System Event A system event is an event the DL8000 logs internally. The event data
has the following format:

Description: Code Description


Byte: 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

▪ Code: More specifically defines the type of event that occurred. See
Opcode 119 for list of event codes.
▪ Description: Textual description of the alarm.

User Event An event a logged-in user causes. The data has the following format:

Operator
Description: Id Code Description
Byte: 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

▪ Operator ID: Identifies who made the change.


▪ Code: More specifically defines the type of event that occurred. See
Opcode 119 for list of event codes.
▪ Description: Textual description of the alarm.

Revised June-2018 Opcodes 2-23


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Calibrate Verify Event A calibrate verify event a logged-any time a user tests the calibration of
an I/O point. The data has the following format:

Description: Operator ID TLP Raw Value Calibrated Value Spare


Byte: 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

▪ Operator ID: Identifies who tested the calibration.


▪ TLP: Identified what parameter was tested.
▪ Raw Value: Value of input before calibration was applied. Data
type is FLOAT.
▪ Calibrated Value: Value of input after calibration was applied,
Data type is FLOAT.
▪ Description: Textual description of the alarm.

Timestamp The timestamp for the alarm represents the time the alarm was logged.
The timestamp is a TIME [UINT32] representing the number of
seconds that have elapsed since 12:00 a.m. Jan. 1, 1970.

2-24 Opcodes Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

2.14 Opcode 118, Request Alarm Data


Opcode 118 requests alarm data from the DL8000’s Alarm Log.
Version Description
1.10 Introduced

Table 2–14. Opcode 118, Request Alarm Data


Opcode 118
Communi- Host Request to DL8000 DL8000 Response to Host
cation Data Data
Opcode Offse Length Description of Data Offset Length Description of Data
t
Opcode 118: 6 1 # of alarms requested (max 6 1 Number of alarms being sent
Send 10) *SEE NOTE BELOW
Specified 7 2 Starting Alarm Log index 7 2 Starting Alarm Log index
Number of 9 2 Current Alarm Log index
Alarms 11 23 Alarm Data
Starting . (above repeated as necessary)
With
Specified
Alarm index.

Note: If no alarms are requested, the DL8000 does not return alarm
data.

Alarm Data The alarm log stores the last 450 alarm entries. Each alarm consists of
23 bytes and has the following general format:

Description Type Time Alarm-specific Data


Byte: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

Alarm Type The alarm type (byte 0) is a packed one-byte field that also includes
information identifying if the alarm indicates a set or clear condition,
and if the alarm is an SRBX alarm.

Alarm Type The alarm type (byte 0) is a packed one-byte field that also includes
Byte Breakdown information identifying if the alarm indicates a set or clear condition,
and if the alarm is an SRBX alarm. It has the following format:

Description SRBX Condition Type


Bit: 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

▪ SRBX (most significant bit): Indicates whether the alarm was an


SRBX alarm. An SRBX allows the DL8000 to notify a host about
certain alarm conditions. The host may be notified when an alarm is
either set or cleared. Refer to Chapter 6. Valid values are:

Revised June-2018 Opcodes 2-25


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

0 - No SRBX
1 - SRBX issued

▪ Condition (bit 6): Indicates if the alarm is being set or cleared.


Valid values are:
0 - Cleared
1 – Set

▪ Type (bits 5-0): Identifies what type of alarm is stored. See Alarm-
specific Data for byte usage (5-22) of each type. Valid values are:
0 - No Alarm
1 - Parameter Alarm
2 - FST Alarm
3 - User Text Alarm
4 - User Value Alarm

Time Bytes 1 to 4 provide the timestamp for the alarm, which is the time the
alarm was logged. The timestamp is a TIME [UINT32] which
represents the number of seconds that have elapsed since 12:00 a.m.
Jan. 1, 1970.

Alarm-specific For each alarm type, bytes 5 to 22 provide an alarm description and
Data value as appropriate:

Parameter Alarm This type of alarm is typically generated by a parameter reaching a


particular value. The data for this particular alarm has the following
format:

Description: Code TLP Alarm Description Value


Byte: 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

▪ Code: Reason why the alarm was logged. Some codes only hav
meaning for certain TLPs. Valid values are:
0 - Low Alarm
1 - Low Low Alarm
2 - High Alarm
3 - High High Alarm
4 - Rate Alarm
5 - Status Change
6 - Point Fail
7 - Scanning Disabled
8 - Scanning Manual
9 - Redundant Total Counts
10 - Redundant Flow Register
11 - No Flow Alarm
12 - Input Freeze Mode
13 - Sensor Communication Failure
14 - 485 Communication Failure
15 - Off Scan Mode
16 - Manual Flow Inputs.

2-26 Opcodes Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

17 - Meter Temperature Failure Alarm


18 - Compressibility Calculation Alarm
19 - Sequence Out of Order
20 - Phase Discrepancy
21 - Pulse Synchronization Failure
22 - Frequency Discrepancy
23 - Pulse Input One Failure
24 - Pulse Input Two Failure
25 - Pulse Output Buffer Overrun
26 - Pulse Output Buffer Warning
27 - Relay Fault
28 - Relay Failure

▪ TLP: Parameter that caused the alarm. In some situations only the
Type and Logical of the TLP have meaning.
▪ Alarm Description: Short textual description of the alarm.
▪ Value: Value of the specified TLP when alarm was logged. Data is a
floating-point value regardless of the type associated with the
parameter for specified TLP.

FST Alarm Alarm that was logged from an FST. The data for this particular alarm
has the following format:

Description: FST # Alarm Description Value


Byte: 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

▪ FST # : Indicates which running FST logged the alarm.


▪ Alarm Description: Short textual description of the alarm
▪ Value: Floating point value associated with alarm.

User Text Alarm that was logged by a User C++ program. The data for this
Alarm particular alarm has the following format:

Description: Alarm Description


Byte: 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

▪ Alarm Description: Short textual description of the alarm

User Value Alarm that was logged by a User C++ program. The data for this
Alarm particular alarm has the following format:

Description: Alarm Description Value


Byte: 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

▪ Alarm Description: Short textual description of the alarm


▪ Value: Floating point value associated with alarm.

Revised June-2018 Opcodes 2-27


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

2.15 Opcode 119, Request Event Data


Opcode 119 requests event data from DL8000’s Event Log. The Event
Log consists of a maximum of 450 events. Each event consists of 22
bytes, organized according to one of the five formats described below.
Version Description
1.10 Introduced

Table 2–15. Opcode 119, Request Event Data


Opcode 119
Communi- Host Request to DL8000 DL8000 Response to Host
cation Data Data
Opcode Offset Length Description of Data Offset Length Description of Data
Opcode 119: 6 1 # of events requested (max 6 1 Number of events being sent
Send 10) *SEE NOTE BELOW
Specified 7 2 Starting Event Log index 7 2 Starting Event Log index
Number of 9 2 Current Event Log index
Events 11 22 Event Data
Starting . (above repeated as necessary)
with the
Specified
Event
Index

Note: If no events are requested, the DL8000 does not return event
data.

Event Data The event log stores the last 450 event entries. Each event consists of 22
bytes and has the following general format:

Description: Type Time Event Specific Data


Byte: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

Event Type The event type identifies what type of event is stored in the event
specific data. Valid values are:

0 - No Event
1 - Parameter Change Event
2 - System Event
3 - FST Event
4 - User Event
5 - Power Lost Event
6 - Clock Set Event
7 - Calibrate Verify Event

2-28 Opcodes Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Parameter Change A Parameter Change event is logged any time a user makes a change to
Event any TLP. The data for the event has the following format::

Description: Operator ID TLP Data New Value Old Value Spare


Type
Byte: 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

▪ Operator ID: Identifies who made the change.


▪ TLP: Identifies what parameter was changed.
▪ Data Type: Identifies the type of data stored in the new value and
old value fields. Valid values are:

0 - BIN
1 - INT8
2 - INT16
3 - INT32
4 - UINT8
5 - UINT16
6 - UINT32
7 - FL
8 - TLP
9 - AC (3 bytes)
10 - AC (7 bytes)
11 - AC (10 bytes)
12 - AC (12 bytes)
13 - AC (20 bytes)
14 - AC (30 bytes)
15 - AC (40 bytes)
16 – DOUBLE
17 - TIME

▪ New Value: New value of the changed parameter. New value will
extend beyond its four byte field and into the old value and spare
fields if the data size is larger than 4 bytes.
▪ Old Value: Old value of the changed parameter. The old value
always starts at byte offset 16. If the data type is too large to store
both old value and new value, only the new value will be stored.

System Event A System event logs internally in the DL8000. The data for the event
has the following format:

Description: Code Description


Byte: 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

▪ Code: More specifically defines the type of event that occurred.


Valid values are:

144 - Initialization Sequence


145 - All Power Removed
146 - Initialize from defaults.
147 - ROM CRC Error
Revised June-2018 Opcodes 2-29
Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

148 - Database Initialization


150 - Program Flash
151 – Weights and Measures Switch Enabled
152 – Weights and Measures Switch Disabled
153 – Parameter access lookup failed
154 - Smart Module Inserted
155 - Smart Module Removed
200 - Clock Set
248 - Text Message
249 - Download Configuration
250 - Upload Configuration
251 - Calibration Timeout
252 - Calibration Cancel
253 - Calibration Success
254 - MVS Reset to Factory Defaults

▪ Description: Textual description of the alarm.

FST Event An FST event is logged by an FST. The data for the event has the
following format:

Description: FST # Value Description Spare


Byte: 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

▪ FST #: Identifies which FST logged the event.


▪ Value: Floating point value associated with event.
▪ Description: Textual description of the event.

User Event A User event is logged by the action of a logged in user. The data for
the event has the following format:

Description: Operator Id Code Description


Byte: 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

▪ Operator ID: Identifies who made the change.


▪ Code: More specifically defines the type of event that occurred.
Valid values are:

144 - Initialization Sequence


145 - All Power Removed
146 - Initialize from defaults.
147 - ROM CRC Error
148 - Database Initialization
150 - Program Flash
151 – Weights and Measures Switch Enabled
152 – Weights and Measures Switch Disabled
153 – Parameter access lookup failed
154 - Smart Module Inserted
155 - Smart Module Removed
200 - Clock Set
248 - Text Message

2-30 Opcodes Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

249 - Download Configuration


250 - Upload Configuration
251 - Calibration Timeout
252 - Calibration Cancel
253 - Calibration Success
254 - MVS Reset to Factory Defaults

▪ Description: Textual description of the alarm.

Power Lost A Power Lost event is logged when power to the DL8000 has been lost.
Event The data for the event has the following format:

Description: Time Not Used


Byte: 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

▪ Time: Time that power to the unit was lost.

Clock Set A Clock Set event is logged when the time is set on the DL8000. The
Event data for the event has the following format

Description: Time Not Used


Byte: 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

▪ Time: Identifies the time on the DL8000 was set to.

Calibrate Verify A Calibrate Verify event is logged any time a user tests the calibration
Event of an I/O point.

Description: Operator ID TLP Raw Value Calibrated Value Spare


Byte: 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

▪ Operator ID: Identifies who tested the calibration.


▪ TLP: Identifies what parameter was tested.
▪ Raw Value: Value of input before calibration was applied. Data
type is float.
▪ Calibrated Value: Value of input after calibration was applied. Data
type is float.

Timestamp The timestamp for the alarm represents the time the alarm was
logged. The timestamp is a TIME [UINT32] which represents the
number of seconds that have elapsed since 12:00 a.m. Jan. 1, 1970

Revised June-2018 Opcodes 2-31


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

2.16 Opcode 135, Request Single History Point Data


Opcode 135 requests a specified number of history data values for a
single history point, starting at a specified history index.
Version Description
1.10 Introduced

The history segment indicates where data is requested, according to the


following format:
0 = General History #0
1 = General History #1
2 = General History #2
.
.
.
9 = General History #9
10 = General History #10

The history point can be referenced by point number only as zero (0) –
x, where x is the number of history points defined for a History
Segment. For each history segment, you can retrieve three types of
possible history: Minute (0), Periodic (1), and Daily (2).
You can also retrieve the Periodic (3) and Daily (4) timestamps.
The starting history index specifies the record from which the history
values start:
▪ Minute History: 0 – 60.
▪ Periodic History: 0 – (#periodic entries in history point – 1) (24
hours per day repeated for a maximum of 35 days).
▪ Daily History: 0 – (#daily entries in history point – 1).

Opcode 135 returns the history values for the requested history point
from the starting history index and continues until it completes the
requested number of indexes. To read timestamps, specify the value in
“Type of History”.
The timestamp is a TIME [UINT32] representing the number of seconds
elapsed since 12:00 a.m. Jan. 1, 1970. This can be thought of as column
addressing.

2-32 Opcodes Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Table 2–16. Opcode 135, Request Single History Point Data


Opcode 135
Communi- Host Request to DL8000 DL8000 Response to Host
Cation Data Data
Opcode Offset Length Description of Data Offset Length Description of Data
Opcode 135: 6 1 History Segment (0-10) 6 1 History Segment (0-10)
Send 7 1 Point number (0-(# of history 7 1 Point number (0-(# of history points
Specified # points for history segment for history segment – 1))
of History – 1))
Data for
Specified
8 1 Type of History (Minute – 0, 8 2 Current history segment index
History Point
Periodic – 1, or Daily – 2,
Starting at Periodic Time Stamps – 3;
Specified Daily Time Stamps – 4)
History Index
9 2 Starting history segment 10 1 # of values being sent
index {Minute 0 – 59,
Periodic 0 - (#periodic
entries in history point – 1),
or Daily 0 - (#daily entries in
history point – 1)}
11 1 # of values requested (max 11 4 1st history value
60) *SEE NOTE BELOW
. (above repeat as necessary)

Note: If no events are requested, the DL8000 does not return history
values.

Revised June-2018 Opcodes 2-33


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

2.17 Opcode 136, Request Mutiple History Point Data


Opcode 136 requests a specified number of history data values for a
specified starting history index for a specified number of time periods,
starting at a specified history point for a specified number of history
points.
Version Description
1.10 Introduced

The history segment indicates where data is requested. Following are


the history segments:
0 = General History #0
1 = General History #1
2 = General History #2
.
.
.
9 = General History #9
10 = General History #10

The history index specifies the record to be used:


▪ Minute History: 0 – 60.
▪ Periodic History: 0 – (#periodic entries in history point – 1) (24
hours per day repeated for a maximum of 35 days).
▪ Daily History: 0 – (#daily entries in history point – 1).

There are three types of history possible to be retrieved from each


history segment: Minute (0), Periodic (1), or Daily (2).
The starting history point can be referenced by point number only as 0 –
x, where x is the number of history points defined for a History
Segment.
Opcode 136 returns the history values for the requested history index
from the starting history point and continuing until the requested
number of history points is completed. The time stamp for the history
index will always be returned.
The timestamp is a TIME [UINT32] representing the number of seconds
elapsed since 12:00 a.m. Jan. 1, 1970. This can be thought of as row
addressing. An error is returned if the day was not found.

2-34 Opcodes Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Table 2–17. Opcode 136, Request Multiple History Point Data


Opcode 136
Communi- Host Request to DL8000 DL8000 Response to Host
Cation Data Data
Opcode Offset Length Description of Data Offset Length Description of Data
Opcode 136: 6 1 History Segment (0-10) 6 1 History Segment (0-10)
Send 7 2 History Segment Index 7 2 History Segment Index {Minute 0 -
Specified # {Minute 0 - 59, Periodic 0 - 59, Periodic 0 - (#periodic entries in
of History (#periodic entries in history history point – 1), or Daily 0 -
Data for point – 1), or Daily 0 - (#daily entries in history point – 1)}
Specified (#daily entries in history
History Index point – 1)}
Starting at 9 1 Type of History (Minute – 0, 9 2 Current history segment index
Specified Periodic – 1, or Daily – 2)
History Point
10 1 Starting history point (0-(# of 11 1 # of data elements being sent
history points for history ((# history points + 1) * # time
segment – 1)) periods)
Value is 0 if the request is invalid.
11 1 # of history points 12 4 Time stamp for 1st time period
12 1 # of time periods 16 4 1st history point value
*SEE NOTE BELOW
((# history points + 1) * # . (repeat for number of history
time periods) must not be points)
greater than 60 (above repeated for number of time periods)

Note: If no time periods are requested, the DL8000 does not return
history values.

Revised June-2018 Opcodes 2-35


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

2.18 Opcode 137, Request History Index for a Day


Opcode 137 requests the Periodic and Daily Index for a specific day of a
specified history point. If a day is not found, an opcode error is returned.
Version Description
1.10 Introduced

Table 2–18. Opcode 137, Request History Index for a Day


Opcode 137
Communi- Host Request to DL8000 DL8000 Response to Host
cation Data Data
Opcode Offset Length Description of Data Offset Length Description of Data
Opcode 137: 6 1 History Segment (0 – 10) 6 1 History Segment (0 – 10)
Send History 7 1 Day requested 7 2 Starting Periodic Index for day and
Index for month request.
Specified 8 1 Month requested 9 2 # periodic entries for day
History Point
11 2 Daily Index for day and month
for Specified
requested. Not valid if the number
Day and
of daily entries for requested day is
Month
0.
13 2 # daily entries per contract day

2-36 Opcodes Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

2.19 Opcode 138, Request Daily and Periodic History for a Day
Opcode 138 requests the periodic and daily history for a given day. If a
day is not found, the DL8000 returns an opcode error. An opcode error
can also occur if there are more periodic and daily entries than can fit in
a reply. Request history point 255 to retrieve timestamps for the
specified day.
Version Description
1.10 Introduced

Table 2–19. Opcode 138, Request Daily and Periodic History for a Day
Opcode 138
Communi- Host Request to DL8000 DL8000 Response to Host
cation Data Data
Opcode Offset Length Description of Data Offset Length Description of Data
Opcode 138: 6 1 History Segment (0 – 10) 6 1 History Segment (0 – 10)
Send 7 1 History point (0 – (# of 7 1 History point (0 – (# of history
Periodic and history points for history points for history segment – 1))
Daily Index segment – 1))
for Specified 8 1 Day requested 8 1 Day requested
History Point
9 1 Month requested 9 1 Month requested
for Specified
Day and 10 2 # periodic entries
Month 12 2 # daily entries
14 4 periodic value
(above repeated for each periodic
value)
4 daily value
(above repeated for each daily
value)

Revised June-2018 Opcodes 2-37


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

2.20 Opcode 139, History Information Data


Opcode 139 requests various types of information from history.
Depending on the command, you can retrieve the configured points,
retrieve the data, or the timestamps.
Version Description
1.10 Introduced

Table 2–20. Opcode 139, History Information Data


Opcode 139
Communi- Host Request to DL8000 DL8000 Response to Host
Cation Data Data
Opcode Offset Length Description of Data Offset Length Description of Data
Opcode 139: 6 1 Command 6 1 Command
History
Command = 7 1 History Segment 7 1 History Segment
0
Request
configured
points.
8 1 Number of configured points
9 1 First configured point.
. (above repeated as necessary)
Command = 7 1 History Segment 7 1 History Segment
1
Request
specified
point data
If Request 8 2 History Segment Index 8 2 Current Index
Timestamps {Minute 0 - 59, Periodic 0 -
is 0, Number (#periodic entries in history
of points * point – 1), or Daily 0 -
Number of (#daily entries in history
Time Periods point – 1)}
must not be 10 1 Type of History (Minute – 0, 10 1 Number of time periods
greater than Periodic – 1, or Daily – 2)
60. 11 1 Number of time periods 11 1 Request Timestamps
If Request 12 1 Request Timestamps 12 1 Number of points
Timestamps
is 1, 13 4 Timestamp for first index (not
(Number of returned if Request Timestamps
points + 1)* parameter is 0)
Number of 13 1 Number of points 17 4 1st history point value
Time Periods 14 1 Requested history point 21 . (repeat for number of history
must not be points
greater than . (above repeated as (Above repeated for number of time periods)
60. necessary)

2-38 Opcodes Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

2.21 Opcode 166, Set Single Point Parameters


Opcode 166 either configures a single point or configures a contiguous
block of parameters for a single point. This opcode is more efficient
than Opcode 181 when writing to the entire point, or even a contiguous
portion of the point, is required.
Version Description
1.10 Introduced

Table 2–23. Opcode 166, Set Single Point Parameters


Opcode 166
Communi- Host Request to DL8000 DL8000 Response to Host
cation Data Data
Opcode Offset Length Description of Data Offset Length Description of Data
Opcode 166: 6 1 Point type No data bytes.
Set Specified 7 1 Point/Logic Number Acknowledgment sent back.
Contiguous 8 1 Number of Parameters
Block of 9 1 Starting parameter Number
Parameters 10 123 Data (a contiguous block)
0

2.22 Opcode 167, Request Single Point Parameters


Opcode 167 either reads the configuration of a single point or reads a
contiguous block of parameters for a single point. Opcode 167 can be
more efficient than reading the entire point, or even a contiguous
portion of the point, using opcode 180.
Version Description
1.10 Introduced

Table 2–24. Opcode 167, Request Single Point Parameters


Opcode 167
Communi- Host Request to DL8000 DL8000 Response to Host
cation Data Data
Opcode Offse Length Description of Data Offset Length Description of Data
t
Opcode 167: 6 1 Point type 6 1 Point type
Send 7 1 Point/Logic Number 7 1 Point/Logic Number
specified 8 1 Number of Parameters 8 1 Number of Parameters
contiguous
9 1 Starting parameter Number 9 1 Starting parameter Number
block of
parameters 10 1230 Data (a contiguous block)

Revised June-2018 Opcodes 2-39


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

2.23 Opcode 180, Request Parameters


Opcode 180 reads several parameters in a single request. The
parameters can be from different points and of different point types. The
opcode is intended to read any combination of parameters listed in this
document.
Version Description
1.10 Introduced

Errors The opcode responds with an error response if:


▪ The response is longer than 240 bytes
▪ If the request is for an invalid parameter, possibly due to a point that
is not configured.
Table 2–25. Opcode 180, Request Parameters
Opcode 180
Communi- Host Request to DL8000 DL8000 Response to Host
cation Data Data
Opcode Offset Length Description of Data Offset Length Description of Data
Opcode 180: 6 1 Number of parameters 6 1 Number of parameters requested
Send requested
Specified 7 1 Point type 7 1 Point type
Parameters 1 Point/Logic number 1 Point/Logic number
1 Parameter number 1 Parameter number
. (above repeated as x Data comprising the parameter
necessary)
. (above repeated as necessary)

2-40 Opcodes Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

2.24 Opcode 181, Write Parameters


Opcode 180 writes several parameters with a single request. The
parameters can be from different points and of different point types. The
opcode is intended to write any combination of parameters listed in this
document.
Version Description
1.10 Introduced

Errors The opcode responds with an error response if:


▪ The response is longer than 240 bytes.
▪ The request is for an invalid parameter.
▪ A parameter’s data is out of range.
▪ A parameter is read-only.
Table 2–26. Opcode 181, Write Parameters
Opcode 181
Communi- Host Request to DL8000 DL8000 Response to Host
cation Data Data
Opcode Offset Length Description of Data Offset Length Description of Data
Opcode 181: 6 1 Number of parameters No data bytes.
Set Specified requested
Parameters 7 1 Point type Acknowledgment sent back.
1 Point/Logic number
1 Parameter number
x Data comprising the
parameter
. (above repeated as
necessary)

Revised June-2018 Opcodes 2-41


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

2.25 Opcode 203, General File Transfer


Opcode 203 transfers files to and from the flash file system.
Version Description
1.10 Introduced (as Commands 1 through 5)

Paths /flash/userData (recommended for user C applications)


Opcode 255 Error Invalid file FILE_DOES_NOT_EXIST 67
Codes
Flash file system full FLASH_FILE_SYSTEM_FULL 69
Invalid path INVALID_PATH 72
Invalid offset INVALID_OFFSET 73
Invalid option INVALID_OPTION 74
More than 10 files open TOO_MANY_FILES_OPEN 75

Other Limitations/ ▪ Maximum of 10 open files.


Special Cases ▪ Can create only one directory per open command. That is, if .
/flash/etc does not exist, you cannot open a file in /flash/etc/bin
▪ You would be able to open a file in /flash/etc, which would create
the etc directory.
▪ You can delete both directories and files with the delete command.

2-42 Opcodes Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Table 2–30. Opcode 203, General File Transfer


Opcode 203
Host Request to DL8000 DL8000 Response to Host
Data Data
Command Offset Length Description of Data Offset Length Description of Data
Open 6 1 Command (1) 6 1 Command (1)
(An open must be performed first 7 1 Options 7 4 File Descriptor
before reading or writing to any 0 = Open file for reading
file) When creating a new file the 1 = Open file for writing
path must start with /flash/. 2 = Create new file for
writing (if doesn’t exist)
3 = Open file for update
(reading and writing)
4 = Truncate to zero
length or create file for
writing
8 100 Path
108 25 File Name (25 byte
filename must include null
character)
Read 6 1 Command (2) 6 1 Command (2)
(Must use File Descriptor returned 7 4 File Descriptor 7 4 File Descriptor
by the open command) 11 4 Offset 11 4 File Size
15 4 Offset
19 1 Number of bytes
20 Num- Data (maximum 230
ber of bytes)
bytes
(above repeated as
necessary)
Write 6 1 Command (3) 6 1 Command (3)
(Must use File Descriptor returned 7 4 File Descriptor 7 4 File Descriptor
by the open command) 11 4 File Size 11 4 Offset
15 4 Offset
19 1 Number of bytes
20 Numbe Data (maximum 230
r of bytes)
bytes
(above repeated as
necessary)
Close 6 1 Command (4) 6 1 Command (4)
(Closes opened file and removes 7 4 File Descriptor
descriptor)
Delete 6 1 Command (5) 6 1 Command (5)
(Does not require file descriptor)
Can delete file or directory within
“/flash”
Read Directory Contents 6 1 Command (6) 6 1 Command (6)
(Version 2.10 or prior) 7 100 Path Additional filenames to
Returns all filenames in the read:
“./flash/data” directory including 0 = No
subdirectories 1 = Yes

Revised June-2018 Opcodes 2-43


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

2.26 Opcode 224, SRBX Signal


Opcode 224 represents the message that is sent to the host to signal an
SRBX. Refer to Chapter 6 for an example of spontaneous report-by-
exception.
Version Description
1.10 Introduced

Table 2–31. Opcode 224, SRBX Signal


Opcode 224
Communi- Host Request to DL8000 DL8000 Response to Host
cation Data Data
Opcode Offset Length Description of Data Offset Length Description of Data
Opcode 224: Host could possibly use a No data bytes.
Signal variety of different ways to
Report- by- retrieve the alarm index.
Exception

2.27 Opcode 225, Acknowledge SRBX


Opcode 225 acknowledges receipt of an SRBX alarm message. Refer to
Chapter 6 for an example of spontaneous report-by-exception.
Version Description
1.10 Introduced

Table 2–32. Opcode 225, Acknowledge SRBX


Opcode 225
Communi- Host Request to DL8000 DL8000 Response to Host
cation Data Data
Opcode Offset Length Description of Data Offset Length Description of Data
Opcode 225: 6 2 Current Alarm Log index No data bytes. Acknowledgment
Acknowledge sent back.
Report-by- DL8000 clears SRBX status if the
Exception DL8000’s alarm index equals data
received from the host.

2-44 Opcodes Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

2.28 Opcode 255, Error Indicator


Opcode 255 is an error message indicator. If an opcode request is
invalid, a request contains invalid data, or a value parmeter is out of
range, the response is opcode 255.
Version Description
1.10 Introduced

This special opcode’s data consists of an error code byte and an offset
byte, as shown below:
Error Code Description Byte that caused error
1 Invalid Opcode request. Opcode
2 Invalid parameter number. Parameter number
3 Invalid logical number. Logical number
4 Invalid point type. Point type
5 Received too many data bytes. Length
6 Received too few data bytes. Length
12 Obsolete (Reserved, but not used)
13 Outside valid address range. Address
14 Invalid history request. History point number
16 Invalid event entry. Event code
17 Requested too many alarms. Number of alarms requested
18 Requested too many events. Number of events requested
19 Write to read only parameter. Parameter number
Exception for Opcode 166 which can
have multiple parameters. Some of
these may be RO, and some may not.
20 Security error. Opcode
21 Invalid security logon. Login ID or Password
22 Invalid store and forward path. Any address or group
24 History configuration in progress. Opcode
25 Invalid parameter range Parameter
29 Invalid 1 day history index request. History Segment, point, day or month
30 Invalid history point. History Point
31 Invalid Min/Max request. History segment or point number
32 Invalid TLP. Point type, parameter, or logical number
33 Invalid time. Seconds, minutes, hours, days, months, or years

The offset is the byte offset into the message in which an error was
detected. Multiple parameters may cause an error, so there may be
multiple error codes in the opcode 255 response. This enables the
separation of good data from bad. A multiple set could have some errors
returned as well as some data being set. Table 2-34, Valid Error Codes
for a Given Opcode, contains all of the error codes and the opcodes that
may cause them.

Revised June-2018 Opcodes 2-45


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Table 2–33. Opcode 255, Request Multiple History Point Data


Opcode 255
Communi- Host Request to DL8000 DL8000 Response to Host
Cation Data Data
Opcode Offset Length Description of Data Offset Length Description of Data
Opcode 255: Reserved for DL8000 use. 6 1 Error code (see Opcode 200)
Invalid 7 1 Offset of the byte that caused the
Parameters error.
in Request . (above repeated as necessary).
Received by With the exceptions shown in the
DL8000 Note below:

Note: The following are special cases for the value returned in offset 7:
▪ For opcodes 166 and 167:
Returns the requested point type’s Actual parameter. For example, if you request
parameters 5 through 10 and 6 fails, the value of parameter 6 (not 2) is returned in offset 7.
▪ For opcodes 180 and 181:
Returns the TLP-Tuple offset. For example, if you request ten TLPs and the 9th TLP has
an error, 9 values are returned.

2-46 Opcodes Revised June-2018


Table 2–34. Valid Error Code for a Given Opcode

configuration
Request current DL8000

Read data and time

Set real time clock


data
Read configurable opcode point
data
Write configurable opcode point

Set operator id code

Set store and forward action


Request I/O Point Position
and max values
Request today and yesterday min
index
Request history tag and periodic

Request alarm data

Request event data

Request history point data

Request history index data

Request history index for a day

Set single point parameters

Request single point parameters

Request parameters

Write parameters

RBX send to host

RBX Ack from host

Error indicator
This chart shows the ROC
Plus Protocol relationship
between opcodes and the
point types that they
reference.

Description # 6 7 8 10 11 17 24 50 105 108 118 119 135 136 137 166 167 180 181 224 225 255
Invalid opcode request 1 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA
Invalid parameter number 2 NA NA
Invalid logical number 3 x x x x NA NA
Invalid point type 4 NA NA
Received too many data bytes 5 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x X x x x x NA NA
Received too few data bytes 6 x x x x x x x x x X x X x x x x NA x NA
Outside valid address range 13 NA NA
Error Codes

Invalid history request 14 x x NA NA


Invalid FST request 15 NA NA
Invalid event entry 16 NA NA
Requested too many alarms 17 X NA NA
Requested too many events 18 X NA NA
Write to read only parameter 19 x* x NA NA
Security error 20 x NA NA
Invalid security logon 21 x NA NA
Invalid store and forward path 22 x NA NA
Flash programming error 23 NA NA
History configuration in progress 24 x x x x x NA NA
Invalid parameter range 25 x x x x NA NA

Revised June-2016 Opcodes 2-47


configuration
Request current DL8000

Read data and time

Set real time clock


data
Read configurable opcode point
data
Write configurable opcode point

Set operator id code

Set store and forward action


Request I/O Point Position
and max values
Request today and yesterday min
index
Request history tag and periodic

Request alarm data

Request event data

Request history point data

Request history index data

Request history index for a day

Set single point parameters

Request single point parameters

Request parameters

Write parameters

RBX send to host

RBX Ack from host

Error indicator
This chart shows the ROC
Plus Protocol relationship
between opcodes and the
point types that they
reference.

Description # 6 7 8 10 11 17 24 50 105 108 118 119 135 136 137 166 167 180 181 224 225 255
Invalid User C++ program number 26 NA NA
No room for User C++ program 27 NA NA
Out of sequence User C++ packet 28 NA NA
number
Invalid 1 day history index request 29 x NA NA
Invalid history point 30 x NA NA
Invalid Min/Max request 31 x NA NA
Invalid TLP 32 x x x x NA NA

Invalid time. 33 x NA NA
Illegal Modbus range 34 x x NA NA

* = Exception, for opcode 166 which can have multiple parameters. Some of these may be RO or Invalid State, and some may not.

2-48 Opcodes Revised June-2016


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Chapter 3 – Parameter Lists for Point Types


Configuring the DL8000 requires you to be familiar with the structure of the database. The database is broken
into individual parameters and each database parameter is uniquely associated by parameter number and point
type.
This section details ROC point types, Data Types, and User Defined Point (UDP) Types.

3.1 Type, Location/Logical, and Parameter (TLPs)


You reference data in the DL8000 by type, location or logical, and parameter (TLP). Type refers to the number
of the point type. The location or logical number is a value based on physical input or output. A parameter is a
numeric value assigned to each piece of data contained in a given point type. The tables in this section list the
parameters numbers and descriptions for each of the point types.

3.2 Logical/Location Details


Within a point type, you reference individual points by either a location or a logical number (the “L” in the TLP
referencing scheme). The Preset protocol uses location (which is based on a physical input or output [I/O]
“module and point” location) for point types 101 through 109. All other point types use a logical number and are
simply numbered in sequence.
▪ Location (Physical Point Numbers 1 – 160): For point types 101 through 109, use the following location
numbers for the field I/O and for diagnostic inputs:
• Location Numbers 0 to 15 are assigned to the system I/O. For example, the five diagnostic points in a
DL8000 would be 0 through 4.
• Location Numbers 16 to 160 are assigned to field I/O. For example, an I/O module in slot 1 with 4 I/O
points would be assigned as points 16 through 19.
▪ Logical (Point Numbers 0 – 127): For all other point types (other than 101 through 109), the logical
number is 0 to x, where x is one less than the total number of points that exist for that point type. For
example, the 16 PIDs would be logical numbers 0 through 15.
Table 3-1 details data types.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-1


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Table 3–1. Data Type


Data Type Definition # of Bytes Default Range
BIN Binary 1 0 1 For each Bit
AC ASCII character groups 1 per character 0x20  0x7E for each character
INT8 Signed Integer – 8 bits 1 -128  127
INT16 Signed Integer – 16 bits 2 -32,768  32,767
INT32 Signed Integer – 32 bits 4 -2,147,483,648  2,147,483,647
UINT8 Unsigned Integer – 8 bits 1 0  255
UINT16 Unsigned Integer – 16 bits 2 0  65,535
UINT32 Unsigned Integer – 32 bits 4 0  4,294,967,295
FL Single Precision Floating Point – IEEE 4 Any valid IEEE double precision float (see Chapter 5)
Format
DBL Double Precision Floating Point – IEEE 8 Any valid IEEE double precision float (see Chapter 5)
Format
TLP Type, Point or Logical Number, Parameter 3 {0  255, 0  255, 0 2 55}
Number
TIME Arithmetic Time: Number of seconds since 4 0  0  4,294,967,296
Jan 1 1970 @ 00:00:00. This is a UINT32. Jan 1, 1970 00:00:00  Feb. 7, 2106 06:28:15

3.3 Binary Field (BIN) Example


This section provides an example alarm code from an analog input point type to demonstrate how a binary
parameter is returned. A 1 in any bit indicates that bit is active or enabled.

3-2 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Scanning Disabled Alarm

High High Alarm


Point Fail Alarm

Low Low Alarm


Rate Alarm

High Alarm

Low Alarm
Not Used
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Response Code 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

3.4 Point Type Table Fields


Each point type table is prefaced by a short description, a statement of the number of logical points (or
iterations) of the point type, and the storage location for point type information. Point type tables contain the
following information:
Field Description
Param# Defines the specific parameter number associated with that point type.
Name Provides the name of the parameter.
Access Indicates if the parameter can be read from and written to (R/W) or if the parameter
is read-only (R/O).
System or User Update Identifies who has write access to the data.
Data Type Identifies the type of data being stored. Data types are defined in Chapter 2.
Length Indicates the number of bytes the parameter uses.
Range Identifies the range of accepted values for the parameter.
Default Indicates the initial value of the parameter.
Ver Identifies the version of program in which the parameter was first introduced.
Description Provides a brief description of the parameter.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-3


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.1 Point Type 60: Print Parameters

Description: Point type 60 provides print parameters.


Number of Logical Points: One logical point for each parameter may exist.
Storage Location: Point type 60 is saved to internal configuration memory.

Table 3-2: Point Type 60, Print Parameters


Point Type 60: Print Parameters
System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Provides identification for specific
0x20  0x7E for each
0 Display tag R/W User String20 20 “Reporting” 2.00 printer. Values must be printable
ASCII character
ASCII characters.
Sets a standard IPv4 address
(such as 155.177.78.160). If you
0x30 → 0x39 or 0x2E enter an invalid IPv4 address, the
for each ASCII system sets the error TLP and
character, to make 4
1 Printer IP Address R/W User String20 20 ““ 2.00 disables printing. Additional
groups of numbers characters after the address are
separated by a period ignored.
(.).
Note: Used only if Printer type
(60,0,23) is Ethernet.
Sets the port that the printer listens
on for incoming print jobs. Most
printers use port 9100, although
2 Printer Port R/W User UINT16 2 0  65,535 9100 2.00 515, and 631 are also common.
Note: Used only if Printer Type
(60,0,23) is Ethernet.
3 RESERVED 1.00 Reserved for future use.
4 RESERVED 1.00 Reserved for future use.

3-4 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 60: Print Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Sets the output device to which the
system sends print output. Valid
values are:
0 = Do nothing
1 = Send report to printer
2 = Send report to flash drive
5 Output Device R/O System UINT8 1 01 1 2.02 3 = Send report to both printer and
flash drive
Note: To enable printing configure
this parameter to Printer. Output to
flash is presently not supported, so
you cannot set the values 2 or 3 for
this parameter.
Provides the filename associated
with the display to be printed. The
0x20  0x7E for each
6 Target Display File Name R/O System String40 40 ““ 2.00 system sets this value when you
ASCII character
select Target Display to Print
(60,0,7).
Selects the display to be printed.
These can be found in the Display
Administrator, under “User Display”
in ROCLINK 800.
R/W_ Initially the display to be printed
7 Target Display to Print User UINT8 1 0  255 7 2.00
CDNL defaults to 7, which is the
embedded .tar file. You can change
this value by downloading another
display in any available location on
the display administrator.
Selects which logical to print. If a
display is tied to a point type, the
system uses this configured value
8 Target Logical R/W User UINT8 1 0  255 0 2.00
rather than all logical number for all
text boxes associated with those
point types.
Sets the number of characters that
print per inch on the printer. This
effectively is an inverse font size
9 Characters Per Inch R/W User UINT8 1 4,6,8,10,12,14,16 12 2.00 setting. Use it to fit large displays
onto the printable area.
Note: Used only if Printer Type
(60,0,23) is Ethernet.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-5


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 60: Print Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Specifies errors that could impede
the application. If set, printing is
disabled and a text message
User/ As per bits described appears on the display. Clear an
10 Print Error R/W UINT16 2 0 2.00
System below error either by resolving the cause
of the error or clicking the Clear
Error button on the user program
display.
Occurs whenever the user enters
10.0 Bad IP Address Bit 0 2.00 an invalid IP address (for example,
text or attempting to use hex).
Occurs if no RS-232 or RS-485
module is installed on the selected
10.1 Bad Port Number Bit 1 2.00 serial port.
Note: Used only if Printer Type
(60,0,23) is serial.
Occurs when IP address not in
proper format.
10.2 Inet Error Bit 2 2.00
Note: Used only if Printer Type
(60,0,23) is Ethernet.
Occurs when system cannot
acquire a socket.
10.3 Cannot Acquire Socket Handle Bit 3 2.00
Note: Used only if Printer Type
(60,0,23) is Ethernet.
Occurs when system cannot
connect to printer or if a timeout
has occurred. Applies to both
Ethernet and serial connections.
10.4 Cannot Connect Bit 4 2.00 Note: For serial printing, if the user
program is not able to acquire the
port then this error occurs, since
the port may be in use by some
other application.
Occurs due to an error sending.
10.5 Sending Error Bit 5 2.00 Applies to both Ethernet and serial
connections.
Occurs if the specified display file
10.6 Display Not Found Bit 6 2.00
does not exist.
Occurs when the system cannot
10.7 Cannot Allocate Memory Bit 7 2.00
allocate dynamic (heap) memory.
10.8 RESERVED Bit 8 2.00 Reserved for future use
10.9 RESERVED Bit 9 2.00 Reserved for future use

3-6 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 60: Print Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
10.10 RESERVED Bit 10 2.00 Reserved for future use
Occurs when the Output Device
10.11 Bad Output Device Bit 11 2.00 (60,0,5) configuration parameter
does not have a correct value.
Occurs if any configuration is
corrupt. This flag can not be reset
10.12 Bad Configuration Bit 12 2.00 manually; it automatically resets
until no corrupt configuration
parameters exist.
Occurs when you select Printer
10.13 Comm. port config error Bit 13 2.20 Type as Serial and do not select a
serial port for data logging/printing.
10.14 RESERVED Reserved for future use
10.15 RESERVED Reserved for future use
11 RESERVED 2.00 Reserved for future use
Sets the page orientation of the
Ethernet printer output. Valid
values are:
12 Print Orientation R/W User UINT8 1 0→1 0 2.00 0 = Portrait
1 = Landscape
Note: Occurs only if Printer Type
(60,x,23) is Ethernet.
13 RESERVED 2.00 Reserved for future use
14 RESERVED 2.00 Reserved for future use
15 RESERVED 2.00 Reserved for future use
16 RESERVED 2.00 Reserved for future use
17 RESERVED 2.00 Reserved for future use
18 RESERVED 2.00 Reserved for future use
19 RESERVED 2.00 Reserved for future use
20 RESERVED 2.00 Reserved for future use
21 RESERVED 2.00 Reserved for future use
22 RESERVED 2.00 Reserved for future use

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-7


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 60: Print Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Sets the port type based on printer
type. Valid values are:
0 = Ethernet printer
1 = Serial printer
23 Printer Type R/O System UINT8 1 0→1 1 2.00
Note: If the Batching user program
is active, do not set this parameter
directly. Instead, allow point type
63 to configure this setting.
Selects printer type. Valid values
RW_ are:
23 Printer Type User UINT8 1 0→1 1 2.20
CDNL 0 = Ethernet printer
1 = Serial printer
Sets the serial port the system
uses for printing if Printer Type
(TLP 60,0,23) is Serial.
Note: If the Batching user program
24 Serial Port R/O System UINT8 1 2→5 2 2.00 is active, do not set this parameter
directly. Instead, allow point type
63 to configure this setting. In this
case, this indicates the first comm
port configured for data logging.
Each bit (25.0 through 25.15)
indicates a specific type of error.
These errors occur only when you
have configured the legal record as
either Printout or History and the
request for the latest transaction
fails.
If the legal record is Printout, the
Primary Print Error bit sets along
As per bits used with other errors and raises the
25 OIML Print Error R/O System UINT16 2 0 2.20
below Print Error Alarm with Primary
severity; this prevents the
authorization of a new transaction.
If the legal record is History, the
Secondary Print Error set with
other errors and raises the Print
Error Alarm with Info severity. A
Secondary type error resets on
authorization of the next
transaction.
25.0 RESERVED 0 Reserved for future use

3-8 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 60: Print Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Printer is not ready or is not
available. Printing aborts for this
25.1 Printer Not Available 0 2.20 error.
Note: Only for serial printing.
No data to print as archiving has
25.2 No Data Archived 0 2.20
failed.
Printing has not completed in
25.3 Print Timeout 0 2.20
specified time.
Print error has occurred and the
25.4 Primary Print Error 0 2.20 print record is legal and the original
copy has not yet printed.
Sets when any print error condition
raised along with any of following
condition:
25.5 Secondary Print Error 0 2.20
1 = Print out is legal and original
copy is already printed.
2 = History is legal record
Printing aborted because line was
not available for 300 seconds.
25.6 Print aborted 0 2.20
Note: Applicable only to serial
printing.
Serial port has not opened and
25.7 Cannot Open Serial Port 0 2.20 print request fails for original
transaction ticket.
Sets when required dynamic
memory allocation fails and print
25.8 Dynamic memory allocation fail 0 2.20
request fails for original transaction
ticket.
CRC fails for a given transaction
ticket request. The CRC failure can
25.9 CRC Fail Error 0 2.20
be for a given transaction or for any
batch of a given transaction.
Printing has failed due to any
25.10 Misc. Print Error 0 2.20 internal error noted in parameter 10
(60,0,10).
25.11 RESERVED 0 Reserved for future use
25.12 RESERVED 0 Reserved for future use
25.13 RESERVED 0 Reserved for future use
25.14 RESERVED 0 Reserved for future use
25.15 RESERVED 0 Reserved for future use

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-9


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 60: Print Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Indicates the number of the
transaction for which a printout has
failed. This number resets to a new
26 Failed Transaction Number R/O System UINT16 2 0 → 10000 10000 2.20
value when any print error occurs,
and resets to 10000 when an OIML
print error resets.
Indicates the number of the
transaction for which the print ticket
is expected. The Printer program
sets this number when a new
27 Expected Transaction Print R/O System UINT16 2 0 → 10000 10000 2.20 transaction starts, and resets the
value to 10000 either when a ticket
successfully prints for this
transaction or when a print error
occurs.
Indicates printer availability Valid
values are:
0 = Printer available.
1 = Printer not available.
Note: This parameter also keeps
28 Printer Status R/O System UINT8 1 0→1 1 2.20 the DL8000 synchronized
with the printer. After
powering up the DL8000,
restart the printer to
synchronize printer with
DL8000.
Defines the printer flow control TLP
that enables you to set flow control.
29 Flow Control Method RW User UINT8 1 0 → 255 0 2.23 Valid values are 0 (none) or 1
(XON/XOFF) if the legal records is
not set to printout.
Excludes predefined strings to be
printed. Valid values are:
0 = No; do not exclude predefined
strings
R/W 1 = Yes; exclude predefined
30 Disable Predefined Strings on Print User UINT8 1 0→4 0 2.30
CNDL strings.
Note: You can only configure this
parameter through ROCLINK
800. It is not available
through the keypad display.

3-10 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.2 Point Type 61: Transaction History Parameters

Description: Point type 61 provides transaction history parameters.


Number of Logical Points: 1 logical point for each parameter.
Storage Location: Point type 61 is saved to internal configuration memory.

Table 3-3: Point Type 61, Transaction History Parameters


Point Type 61: Transaction History
System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
“Trans Provides a 20-character description
0 Point Tag ID R/W User String20 20 ASCII String 1.00
History” of the channel.
1 RESERVED Reserved for future use
2 RESERVED Reserved for future use
Defines the batch number whose
data needs to be retrieved form
history and populated to the below
TA/ point type with batch data. The
3 RX Batch Number R/W UINT16 2 0  9999 10000 1.00
System configured parameters related to
batch, only those will be populated.
After all are populated this
parameter value will reset to 10000.
Defines the transaction number
whose data needs to be retrieved
form history and populated to the
below point type with Transaction
TA/
4 RX Trans Number R/W UINT16 2 0  9999 10000 1.00 data. The configured parameters
System
related to Transaction, only those
will be populated. After all are
populated this parameter value will
reset to 10000.
Defines whether the history user
program should archive the Base
Temp Option at the end of batch
5 S Base Temp Option R/O System UINT8 1 01 1 1.22 (when the Store Batch command is
received). Valid values are:
0 = Idle State, do not store
1 = Store at the end of batch

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-11


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 61: Transaction History


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines whether Avg batch pressure
(FWA) [TLP ID: 2141] should be
archived by history user program at
the end of batch (when the Store
6 S FWA Pressure R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00
Batch command is received).Valid
values are:
0 = Idle State, do not store
1 = Store at the end of batch
Defines whether the history user
program should archive the Avg
batch base density (FWA) at the end
of batch (when the Store Batch
7 S FWA Base Density R/O System UINT8 1 01 1 1.22
command is received). Valid values
are:
0 = Idle State, do not store
1 = Store at the end of batch
Defines whether the history user
program should archive the Avg
batch temp (FWA) at the end of
batch (when the Store Batch
8 S FWA Temp R/O System UINT8 1 01 1 1.22
command is received). Valid values
are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of batch
Defines whether the history user
program should archive Preset Read
Qty at the end of batch (when the
9 S Preset Qty R/W User UINT8 1 0 1 0 1.00 Store Batch command is received).
Valid values are:
0 =- Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of batch
Defines whether the history user
program should archive Gross Del
Qty(Batch) at the end of batch
10 S Gross Qty R/O System UINT8 1 0 1 0 1.22 (when the Store Batch command is
received). Valid values are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 =Store at the end of batch
Defines whether the history user
program should archive Net Std Del
Qty (Batch) at the end of batch
11 S Std Qty R/O System UINT8 1 01 1 1.22 (when the Store Batch command is
received). Valid values are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of batch

3-12 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 61: Transaction History


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines whether the history user
program should archive Mass Del
Qty (Batch) at the end of batch
12 S Mass R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00 (when the Store Batch command is
received). Valid values are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of batch
Defines whether the history user
program should archive Gross
Component Del Qty (Batch) at the
end of batch (when the Store Batch
13 S Comp Gross Qty R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00
command is received). Valid values
are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of batch
This defines whether the history
user program should archive Net Std
Component Del Qty (Batch) at the
end of batch (when the Store Batch
14 S Comp Std Qty R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00
command is received). Valid values
are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of batch.
Defines whether the history user
program should archive Mass
Component Del Qty (Batch) at the
end of batch (when the Store Batch
15 S Comp Mass Qty R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00
command is received). Valid values
are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of batch
Defines whether the history user
program should archive Avg
component temp (FWA) at the end
of batch (when the Store Batch
16 S Comp Temp R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00
command is received). Valid values
are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of batch
Defines whether the history user
program should archive Percentage
of Component 1 at the end of batch
17 S Comp 1 Req Per R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00 (when the Store Batch command is
received). Valid values are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of batch

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-13


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 61: Transaction History


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines whether the history user
program should archive Actual
component % at the end of batch
18 S Comp Batch Per R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00 (when the Store Batch command is
received) Valid values are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of batch
Defines whether the history user
program should archive Additive
batch totalizer at the end of batch
19 S Add Gross Qty R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00 (when the Store Batch command is
received). Valid values are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of batch
Defines whether the history user
program should archive Operating
mode at the end of batch (when the
20 S Operating Mode R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00 Store Batch command is received).
Valid values are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of batch
Defines whether the history user
program archives System Variable
(TLP 91,0,0) at the end of
transaction, i.e when Store
21 S Unit Address R/O User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00 Transaction command[1] is
received.
0 = Idle State, do not store
1 = Store at the end of transaction
Defines whether the history user
program archives New Recipe
Selection at the end of transaction
(when the Store Transaction
22 S Recipe Num R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00
command is received). Valid values
are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of transaction
Defines whether the history user
program archives Data item 1 at the
end of transaction (when the Store
23 S Data Item 1 R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00 Transaction command is received).
Valid values are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of transaction

3-14 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 61: Transaction History


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines whether the history user
program archives Data item 2 at the
end of transaction (when the Store
24 S Data Item 2 R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00 Transaction command is received).
Valid values are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of transaction
Defines whether the history user
program archives Data item 3 at the
end of transaction (when the Store
25 S Data Item 3 R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00 Transaction command is received).
Valid values are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of transaction
Defines whether the history user
program archives Data item 4 at the
end of transaction (when the Store
26 S Data Item 4 R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00 Transaction command is received).
Valid values are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 =Store at the end of transaction
Defines whether the history user
program archives Data item 5 at the
end of transaction (when the Store
27 S Data Item 5 R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00 Transaction command is received).
Valid values are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of transaction
Defines whether the history user
program archives Transaction Start
date and time at the end of
transaction (when the Store
28 S Start Date Time R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00
Transaction command is received).
Valid values are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of transaction
Defines whether the history user
program archives Transaction End
date time at the end of transaction
(when the Store Transaction
29 S End Date Time R/W User UINT8 1 01 1 1.00
command is received). Valid values
are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of transaction

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-15


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 61: Transaction History


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines whether the history user
program archives Transaction End
date time at the end of transaction.
29 S End Date Time R/O System UINT8 1 01 1 2.20
Valid values are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of transaction
Defines whether the history user
program archives Gross Del Qty
(Transaction) at the end of
transaction (when the Store
30 S Trans Gross Qty R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00
Transaction command is received).
Valid values are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of transaction
Defines whether the history user
program archives Net Std Del Qty
(Transaction) (63,x,142) at the end
of transaction (when the Store
31 S Trans Std Qty R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00
Transaction command is received).
Valid values are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of transaction
Defines whether the history user
program archives Mass Del Qty
(Transaction) at the end of
transaction (when the Store
32 S Trans Mass Qty R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00
Transaction command is received).
Valid values are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of transaction
Defines whether the history user
program archives Transaction Start
Gross Reading at the end of
transaction (when the Store
33 S Trans Start Gross R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00
Transaction command is received).
Valid values are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of transaction
Defines whether the history user
program archives Transaction Start
Net Std Reading at the end of
transaction (when the Store
34 S Trans Start Std R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00
Transaction command is received).
Valid values are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of transaction

3-16 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 61: Transaction History


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines whether the history user
program archives Transaction Start
Mass Reading at the end of
transaction (when the Store
35 S Trans Start Mass R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00
Transaction command is received).
Valid values are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of transaction
Defines whether the history user
program archives Transaction End
Gross Reading at the end of
transaction (when the Store
36 S Trans End Gross R/W User UNIT8 1 01 0 1.00
Transaction command is received).
Valid values are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of transaction
Defines whether the history user
program archives Transaction End
Net Std Reading at the end of
transaction (when the Store
37 S Trans End Std R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00
Transaction command is received).
Valid values are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of transaction
Defines whether the history user
program archives Transaction End
Mass Reading at the end of
transaction (when the Store
38 S Trans End Mass R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00
Transaction command is received).
Valid values are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of transaction
Defines whether the history user
program archives additive
transaction totalizer at the end of
transaction (when the Store
39 S Trans Add Gross R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00
Transaction command is received).
Valid values are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of transaction

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-17


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 61: Transaction History


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Indicates the batch number
populated by History user program
after the RX Batch number
command is received, if user-
40 Batch Number R/O System UINT16 2 0  9999 10000 1.00
specified batch is present in history
record. Otherwise this value is
10000, indicating an invalid batch
number, not present in history.
Displays the Transaction number
after the receipt of the RX Trans
Number command. If the specified
transaction number is present in the
41 Transaction Number R/O System UINT16 2 0  9999 10000 1.00 history record then that number is
displayed. Otherwise this value is
10000, indicating an invalid
transaction number, not present in
history.
Defines FWA temperature data. The
Any valid IEEE 754 History user program populates this
42 FWA Temp R/O System Float 4 0 1.00
Float field only if you set the configuration
parameter (61,0,8).
Defines Preset Qty data. The History
0.0 to any positive user program populates this field
43 Preset Qty R/O System Float 4 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 Float only if you set the configuration
parameter (61,0,9).
Defines Gross Qty data. The History
0.0 to any positive user program populates this field
44 Gross Qty R/O System Double 8 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 Double only if you set the configuration
parameter (61,0,10).
Defines Std Qty data. The History
0.0 to any positive user program populates this field
45 Std Qty R/O System Double 8 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 Double only if you set the configuration
parameter (61,0,11).
Defines Weight data. The History
0.0 to any positive user program populates this field
46 Mass R/O System Double 8 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 Double only if you set the configuration
parameter (61,0,12).
Defines Comp 1 Gross Qty data.
0.0 to any positive The History user program populates
47 Comp 1 Gross Qty R/O System Double 8 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 Double this field only if you set the
configuration parameter (61,0,13).

3-18 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 61: Transaction History


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines Comp 2 Gross Qty data.
0.0 to any positive The History user program populates
48 Comp 2 Gross Qty R/O System Double 8 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 Double this field only if you set the
configuration parameter (61,0,13).
Defines Comp 3 Gross Qty data.
0.0 to any positive The History user program populates
49 Comp 3 Gross Qty R/O System Double 8 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 Double this field only if you set the
configuration parameter (61,0,13).
Defines Comp 4 Gross Qty data.
0.0 to any positive The History user program populates
50 Comp 4 Gross Qty R/O System Double 8 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 Double this field only if you set the
configuration parameter (61,0,13).
Defines Comp 1 Std Qty data. The
0.0 to any positive History user program populates this
51 Comp 1 Std Qty R/O System Double 8 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 Double field only if you set the configuration
parameter (61,0,14).
Defines Comp 2 Std Qty data. The
0.0 to any positive History user program populates this
52 Comp 2 Std Qty R/O System Double 8 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 Double field only if you set the configuration
parameter (61,0,14).
Defines Comp 3 Std Qty data. The
0.0 to any positive History user program populates this
53 Comp 3 Std Qty R/O System Double 8 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 Double field only if you set the configuration
parameter (61,0,14).
Defines Comp 4 Std Qty data. The
0.0 to any positive History user program populates this
54 Comp 4 Std Qty R/O System Double 8 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 Double field only if you set the configuration
parameter (61,0,14).
Defines Comp 1 Weight Qty data.
0.0 to any positive The History user program populates
55 Comp 1 Mass Qty R/O System Double 8 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 Double this field only if you set the
configuration parameter (61,0,15).
Defines Comp 2 Weight Qty data.
0.0 to any positive The History user program populates
56 Comp 2 Mass Qty R/O System Double 8 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 Double this field only if you set the
configuration parameter (61,0,15).
Defines Comp 3 Weight Qty data.
0.0 to any positive The History user program populates
57 Comp 3 Mass Qty R/O System Double 8 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 Double this field only if you set the
configuration parameter (61,0,15).

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-19


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 61: Transaction History


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines Comp 4 Weight Qty data.
0.0 to any positive The History user program populates
58 Comp 4 Mass Qty R/O System Double 8 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 Double this field only if you set the
configuration parameter (61,0,15).
Defines Comp 1 Temp data. The
Any valid IEEE 754 History user program populates this
59 Comp 1 Temp R/O System Float 4 0 1.00
Float field only if you set the configuration
parameter (61,0,16).
Defines Comp 2 Temp data. The
Any valid IEEE 754 History user program populates this
60 Comp 2 Temp R/O System Float 4 0 1.00
Float field only if you set the configuration
parameter (61,0,16).
Defines Comp 3 Temp data. The
Any valid IEEE 754 History user program populates this
61 Comp 3 Temp R/O System Float 4 0 1.00
Float field only if you set the configuration
parameter (61,0,16).
Defines Comp 4 Temp data. The
Any valid IEEE 754 History user program populates this
62 Comp 4 Temp R/O System Float 4 0 1.00
Float field only if you set the configuration
parameter (61,0,16).
Defines Comp 1 Req % data. The
0.0 to any positive History user program populates this
63 Comp 1 Req Per R/O System Float 4 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 Float field only if you set the configuration
parameter (61,0,17).
Defines Comp 2 Req % data. The
0.0 to any positive History user program populates this
64 Comp 2 Req Per R/O System Float 4 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 Float field only if you set the configuration
parameter (61,0,17).
Defines Comp 3 Req % data. The
0.0 to any positive History user program populates this
65 Comp 3 Req Per R/O System Float 4 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 Float field only if you set the configuration
parameter (61,0,17).
Defines Comp 4 Req % data. The
0.0 to any positive History user program populates this
66 Comp 4 Req Per R/O System Float 4 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 Float field only if you set the configuration
parameter (61,0,17).
Defines Comp 1 Batch % data. The
0.0 to any positive History user program populates this
67 Comp 1 Batch Per R/O System Float 4 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 Float field only if you set the configuration
parameter (61,0,18).

3-20 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 61: Transaction History


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines Comp 2 Batch % data. The
0.0 to any positive History user program populates this
68 Comp 2 Batch Per R/O System Float 4 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 Float field only if you set the configuration
parameter (61,0,18).
Defines Comp 3 Batch % data. The
0.0 to any positive History user program populates this
69 Comp 3 Batch Per R/O System Float 4 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 Float field only if you set the configuration
parameter (61,0,18).
Defines Comp 4 Batch % data. The
0.0 to any positive History user program populates this
70 Comp 4 Batch Per R/O System Float 4 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 Float field only if you set the configuration
parameter (61,0,18).
Defines additive 1 gross quantity
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
71 Add 1 Gross Qty R/O System Float 4 q 1.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 Float
the configuration parameter
(61,0,19).
71 RESERVED 2.00 Reserved for future use
Defines additive 2 gross quantity
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
72 Add 2 Gross Qty R/O System Float 4 0 1.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 Float
the configuration parameter
(61,0,19).
72 RESERVED 0 2.00 Reserved for future use
Defines additive 3 gross quantity
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
73 Add 3 Gross Qty R/O System Float 4 0 1.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 Float
the configuration parameter
(61,0,19).
73 RESERVED 0 2.00 Reserved for future use
Defines additive 4 gross quantity
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
74 Add 4 Gross Qty R/O System Float 4 0 1.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 Float
the configuration parameter
(61,0,19).
74 RESERVED 0 2.00 Reserved for future use
Defines additive 5 gross quantity
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
75 Add 5 Gross Qty R/O System Float 4 0 1.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 Float
the configuration parameter
(61,0,19).
75 RESERVED 0 2.00 Reserved for future use

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-21


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 61: Transaction History


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines additive 6 gross quantity
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
76 Add 6 Gross Qty R/O System Float 4 0 1.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 Float
the configuration parameter
(61,0,19).
76 RESERVED 0 2.00 Reserved for future use
Defines Operating mode data. The
History user program populates this
77 Operating Mode R/O System UINT8 1 01 0 1.00
field only if you set the configuration
parameter (61,0,20).
Defines Unit Address data. The
History user program populates this
78 Unit Address R/O System UINT8 1 0  255 0 1.00
field only if you set the configuration
parameter (61,0,21).
Defines Recipe Number data. The
History user program populates this
79 Recipe Num R/O System UINT8 1 0  30 0 1.00
field only if you set the configuration
parameter (61,0,22).
Defines Data Item 1 data. The
History user program populates this
80 Data Item 1 R/O System UINT32 4 0  99999999 0 1.00
field only if you set the configuration
parameter (61,0,23).
Defines Data Item 2 data. The
History user program populates this
81 Data Item 2 R/O System UINT32 4 0  99999999 0 1.00
field only if you set the configuration
parameter (61,0,24).
Defines Data Item 3 data. The
History user program populates this
82 Data Item 3 R/O System UINT32 4 0  99999999 0 1.00
field only if you set the configuration
parameter (61,0,25).
Defines Data Item 4 data. The
History user program populates this
83 Data Item 4 R/O System UINT32 4 0  99999999 0 1.00
field only if you set the configuration
parameter (61,0,26).
Defines Data Item 5 data. The
History user program populates this
84 Data Item 5 R/O System UINT32 4 0  99999999 0 1.00
field only if you set the configuration
parameter (61,0,27).
Defines Start Date Time data. The
History user program populates this
85 Start Date Time R/O System TIME 4 Any valid time 0 1.00
field only if you set the configuration
parameter (61,0,28).

3-22 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 61: Transaction History


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines End Date Time data. The
History user program populates this
86 End Date Time R/O System TIME 4 Any valid time 0 1.00
field only if you set the configuration
parameter (61,0,29).
Defines Trans Gross Qty data. The
0.0 to any positive History user program populates this
87 Trans Gross Qty R/O System Double 8 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 Double field only if you set the configuration
parameter (61,0,30).
Defines Trans Std Qty data. The
0.0 to any positive History user program populates this
88 Trans Std Qty R/O System Double 8 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 Double field only if you set the configuration
parameter (61,0,31).
Defines Trans Weight data. The
0.0 to any positive History user program populates this
89 Trans Mass R/O System Double 8 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 Double field only if you set the configuration
parameter (61,0,32).
Defines Meter 1 Trans Start Gross
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
90 Meter 1 Trans Start Gross R/O System Double 8 0 1.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 Double
the configuration parameter
(61,0,33).
Defines Meter 2 Trans Start Gross
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
91 Meter 2 Trans Start Gross R/O System Double 8 0 1.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 Double
the configuration parameter
(61,0,33).
Defines Meter 3 Trans Start Gross
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
92 Meter 3 Trans Start Gross R/O System Double 8 0 1.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 Double
the configuration parameter
(61,0,33).
Defines Meter 4 Trans Start Gross
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
93 Meter 4 Trans Start Gross R/O System Double 8 0 1.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 Double
the configuration parameter
(61,0,33).
Defines Meter 1 Trans Start Std
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
94 Meter 1 Trans Start Std R/O System Double 8 0 1.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 Double
the configuration parameter
(61,0,34).

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-23


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 61: Transaction History


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines Meter 2 Trans Start Std
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
95 Meter 2 Trans Start Std R/O System Double 8 0 1.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 Double
the configuration parameter
(61,0,34).
Defines Meter 3 Trans Start Std
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
96 Meter 3 Trans Start Std R/O System Double 8 0 1.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 Double
the configuration parameter
(61,0,34).
Defines Meter 4 Trans Start Std
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
97 Meter 4 Trans Start Std R/O System Double 8 0 1.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 Double
the configuration parameter
(61,0,34).
Defines Meter 1 Trans Start Weight
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
98 Meter 1 Trans Start Mass R/O System Double 8 0 1.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 Double
the configuration parameter
(61,0,35).
Defines Meter 2 Trans Start Weight
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
99 Meter 2 Trans Start Mass R/O System Double 8 0 1.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 Double
the configuration parameter
(61,0,35).
Defines Meter 3 Trans Start Weight
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
100 Meter 3 Trans Start Mass R/O System Double 8 0 1.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 Double
the configuration parameter
(61,0,35).
Defines Meter 4 Trans Start Weight
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
101 Meter 4 Trans Start Mass R/O System Double 8 0 1.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 Double
the configuration parameter
(61,0,35).
Defines Meter 1 Trans End Gross
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
102 Meter 1 Trans End Gross R/O System Double 8 0 1.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 Double
the configuration parameter
(61,0,36).

3-24 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 61: Transaction History


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines Meter 2 Trans End Gross
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
103 Meter 2 Trans End Gross R/O System Double 8 0 1.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 Double
the configuration parameter
(61,0,36).
Defines Meter 3 Trans End Gross
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
104 Meter 3 Trans End Gross R/O System Double 8 0 1.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 Double
the configuration parameter
(61,0,36).
Defines Meter 4 Trans End Gross
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
105 Meter 4 Trans End Gross R/O System Double 8 0 1.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 Double
the configuration parameter
(61,0,36).
Defines Meter 1 Trans End Std data.
0.0 to any positive The History user program populates
106 Meter 1 Trans End Std R/O System Double 8 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 Double this field only if you set the
configuration parameter (61,0,37).
Defines Meter 2 Trans End Std data.
0.0 to any positive The History user program populates
107 Meter 2 Trans End Std R/O System Double 8 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 Double this field only if you set the
configuration parameter (61,0,37).
Defines Meter 3 Trans End Std data.
0.0 to any positive The History user program populates
108 Meter 3 Trans End Std R/O System Double 8 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 Double this field only if you set the
configuration parameter (61,0,37).
Defines Meter 4 Trans End Std data.
0.0 to any positive The History user program populates
109 Meter 4 Trans End Std R/O System Double 8 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 Double this field only if you set the
configuration parameter (61,0,37).
Defines Meter 1 Trans End Weight
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
110 Meter 1 Trans End Mass R/O System Double 8 0 1.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 Double
the configuration parameter
(61,0,38).
Defines Meter 2 Trans End Weight
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
111 Meter 2 Trans End Mass R/O System Double 8 0 1.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 Double
the configuration parameter
(61,0,38).

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-25


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 61: Transaction History


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines Meter 3 Trans End Weight
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
112 Meter 3 Trans End Mass R/O System Double 8 0 1.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 Double
the configuration parameter
(61,0,38).
Defines Meter 4 Trans End Weight
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
113 Meter 4 Trans End Mass R/O System Double 8 0 1.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 Double
the configuration parameter
(61,0,38).
Defined transaction additive 1 gross
quantity data. The History user
0.0 to any positive
114 Trans Add 1 Gross R/O System Float 4 0 1.00 program populates this field only if
valid IEEE 754 Float
you set the configuration parameter
(61,0,38).
114 RESERVED 2.00 Reserved for future use
Defined transaction additive 2 gross
quantity data. The History user
0.0 to any positive
115 Trans Add 2 Gross R/O System Float 4 0 1.00 program populates this field only if
valid IEEE 754 Float
you set the configuration parameter
(61,0,38).
115 RESERVED 2.00 Reserved for future use
Defined transaction additive 3 gross
quantity data. The History user
0.0 to any positive
116 Trans Add 3 Gross R/O System Float 4 0 1.00 program populates this field only if
valid IEEE 754 Float
you set the configuration parameter
(61,0,38).
116 RESERVED 2.00 Reserved for future use
Defined transaction additive 4 gross
quantity data. The History user
0.0 to any positive
117 Trans Add 4 Gross R/O System Float 4 0 1.00 program populates this field only if
valid IEEE 754 Float
you set the configuration parameter
(61,0,38).
117 RESERVED 2.00 Reserved for future use
Defined transaction additive 5 gross
quantity data. The History user
0.0 to any positive
118 Trans Add 5 Gross R/O System Float 4 0 1.00 program populates this field only if
valid IEEE 754 Float
you set the configuration parameter
(61,0,38).
118 RESERVED 2.00 Reserved for future use

3-26 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 61: Transaction History


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defined transaction additive 6 gross
quantity data. The History user
0.0 to any positive
119 Trans Add 6 Gross R/O System Float 4 0 1.00 program populates this field only if
valid IEEE 754 Float
you set the configuration parameter
(61,0,38).
119 RESERVED 2.00 Reserved for future use
Stores the calculated transaction
length. The length is calculated at
every configuration change and at
booting. If any parameter is of
120 Transaction Record Length R/O System UINT8 1 0  225 3 1.00 double type then such parameter will
take two points in history instead of
one. Length indicates number of
history points required in transaction
segment.
Defines the maximum number of
transactions that can be archived. If
user requested max transactions
memory is available in history then
this parameter values is equal to
user defined value, else user
121 Maximum no. of Transactions R/O System UINT16 2 0  10000 0 1.00
program internally calculates how
much memory can be acquired and
that many transactions can be
archived. This parameter value is
updated as per the available
transactions.
Defines how many transactions are
already stored in history. Each time
a 'store transaction' command is
122 Transaction Stored R/O System UINT16 2 0  10000 0 1.00
given this value increments by 1.
After roll over this value is equal to
the max. no. of transactions
Stores transactions on FIFO basis.
This field contains the oldest
123 Oldest Transaction R/O System UINT16 2 0  9999 10,000 1.00 transaction number present in
history record in Transaction
segment.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-27


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 61: Transaction History


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Issues clear history command.
When 2 is written to this command
the full history is cleared and as per
present configuration new memory
is acquired. When 1 is written to this
command then the specified number
of oldest transaction [TLP ID: 10125]
124 Clear History R/W User UINT8 1 02 0 1.00 is cleared, its respective batches are
also cleared.
0 = normal
1 = Clear History, check if values are
present in [TLPID: 10125], if no
value in [TLPID: 10125] clear entire
history
2 = Release and Acquire Memory.
Specifies how many old transactions
are to be cleared. This parameter
works with Clear History command:
if this parameter has a zero value,
then all the history is cleared; if a
125 No. of Transactions to clear R/W User UINT16 2 0  10000 0 1.00 non- zero value, then only specified
transactions are cleared.
0 = clear all, if clear history
command is 1.
Non -zero = clear old transactions
and their respective batches.
Stores the calculated batch length.
This is calculated by adding all the
configured parameters for batch + 3
default points. The length is
calculated at every configuration
change and at booting.
126 Batch Record Length R/O System UINT8 1 2  110 0 1.22 If any parameter is of Double type
then that parameter takes two points
in history instead of one. Length
indicates number of history points
required in Batch segment.
(* default - Batch number +
Transaction number )

3-28 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 61: Transaction History


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines the maximum number of
batches that can be archived. If user
requested max transactions *
archive batches per transaction
memory is available in history then
this parameter values is equal to
127 Maximum no. of batches R/O System UINT16 2 0  10000 0 1.00 user defined value, else user
program internally calculates how
much memory can be acquired and
that many batches can be archived.
This parameter value is updated as
per the available transactions *
archive batches per transaction.
Defines how many batches are
already stored in history. Each time
a 'store batch' command is given
128 Batches Stored R/O System UINT16 2 0  10000 0 1.00
this value increments by 1. After roll
over this value is equal to max. no.
of batches.
Batches are stored on FIFO basis.
This field contains the oldest Batch
129 Oldest Batch R/O System UINT16 2 0  9999 10,000 1.00
number present in history record in
Batch segment.
Configures the Storage Memory Full
alarm. If this value is 1 (Lock), then:
a) at Preset Verification alarm is
raised when max batches equals
batch stored or b) at Recipe
Verification alarm is raised when
130 Storage Memory Full alarm config R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00 max transactions equals transaction
stored.
0 = Free running (overwrites old
transactions)
1 =Lock (raises the and locks
authorization until space is created
in history by user by clear history)

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-29


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 61: Transaction History


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Configures the Storage Memory Full
alarm. If this value is 1 (Lock), then:
a) at Preset Verification alarm is
raised when max batches equals
batch stored or b) at Recipe
Verification alarm is raised when
RW_
130 Storage Memory Full alarm config User UINT8 1 01 0 2.20 max transactions equals transaction
CNDL stored.
0 = Free running (overwrites old
transactions)
1 =Lock (raises the alarm and locks
authorization until space is created
in history by user by clear history)
Defines the number of batches in a
131 No. of Batches in a Transaction R/O System UINT16 2 0  9999 0 1.00
transaction.
Defines the first batch number in a
132 Start Batch No. R/O System UINT16 2 0  9999 0 1.00
transaction.
When any new configuration is done
related to transaction configuration
133 Transaction Configuration Error R/O System UINT8 1 01 0 1.00 parameters this parameter is set.
0 = normal
1 = configuration error
When any new configuration is done
related to batch configuration
134 Batch Configuration Error R/O System UINT8 1 01 0 1.00 parameters this parameter is set.
0 = normal
1 = configuration error
Defines the Exception raised during
populating command.
0 = normal
135 Exception R/O System UINT8 1 02 0 1.00 1 = invalid transaction
2 = invalid batch
(This parameter is reset after a valid
batch number or transaction number
is requested to be retrieved).
Indicates the index number of oldest
136 Oldest Transaction Index R/O System UINT16 2 0  9999 0 1.00 transaction stored in the transaction
history segment.
Indicates the index number of oldest
137 Oldest Batch Index R/O System UINT16 2 0  9999 0 1.00 batch stored in the batch history
segment.

3-30 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 61: Transaction History


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines FWA Pressure data
0.0 to any positive populated by History user program,
138 FWA Pressure R/O System Float 4 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 Float if configured parameter is set only
then this Batch data is populated.
Defines FWA Base Density data
Any valid IEEE 754 populated by History user program,
139 FWA Base Density R/O System Float 4 0 1.22
Float if configured parameter is set only
then this Batch data is populated
Range Config Error-raised if User
configures Transaction or Batch
related configuration any value other
140 Range Config Error R/O System UINT8 1 01 0 1.00 than 0 or 1.
0 = normal
1 = Error
Defines whether the history user
program archives Percentage of
Component 2 at the end of batch,
141 S Comp 2 Req Per R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00 i.e. when Store Batch command [1]
is received.
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of batch
Defines whether the history user
program archives Percentage of
Component 3 at the end of batch,
142 S Comp 3 Req Per R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00 i.e. when Store Batch command [1]
is received.
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of batch
Defines whether the history user
program archives Percentage of
Component 4 at the end of batch,
143 S Comp 4 Req Per R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00 i.e. when Store Batch command [1]
is received.
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of batch
Defines the availability of number of
points in the history for batch
segment and transaction segment.
144 Acquire Memory Fail R/O System UINT8 1 01 0 1.00 0 = normal
1 = Insufficient memory as the
number of points configured is
greater than that available in the
firmware.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-31


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 61: Transaction History


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Configures the number of batches
per transaction to acquire memory
for Batch Segment.
'Requested Max Transactions' *
'Archive batches per transaction' =
'Max batches'
145 Archive Batches Per Transaction R/W User UINT16 2 1  10000 4 1.00
If 'Requested max transactions' is
greater than the available free space
then as per free space the memory
is booked for storing complete
batches for max. transactions
possible.
Configures the maximum
transactions to acquire memory for
Transaction segment. If requested
max transaction is greater than
146 Requested Maximum Transactions R/W User UINT16 2 0  10000 200 1.00
available free space then as per free
space the memory is booked for the
transactions. The booked memory is
reflected in 'Max transactions'
147 RESERVED Reserved for future use
Indicates health of history record
whose retrieval request is recently
executed. Valid values are:
147 History Record Status R/O System UINT8 1 03 0 2.20 0 = Valid Record
1 = Invalid Record
2 = Suspect Record
3 = History API Fail on Reading
Stores status such as archiving or
deletion of record in progress.
Bit 0 = Deletion of requested
transaction in progress
148 History Status Flag R/O System UINT8 1 0 2.20 Bit 1= Full release and acquire in
progress
Bit 2 = Batch archiving in progress
Bit 3 =Transaction archiving in
progress
149 RESERVED Reserved for future use.
150 RESERVED Reserved for future use.
151 RESERVED Reserved for future use.

3-32 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 61: Transaction History


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines whether the history user
program archives Avg component
pressure (FWA) at the end of batch,
152 S Comp Pressure R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00 i.e. when Store Batch command [1]
is received.
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of Batch
Defines whether the history user
program archives average
component base density (FWA) at
153 S Comp Base Density R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.20 the end of batch, i.e. when Store
Batch command [1] is received.
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of Batch
Defines Comp 1 Pressure data
0.0 to any positive populated by History user program,
154 Comp 1 Pressure R/O System Float 4 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 Float if configured parameter is set only
then this Batch data is populated
Defines Comp 2 Pressure data
0.0 to any positive populated by History user program,
155 Comp 2 Pressure R/O System Float 4 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 Float if configured parameter is set only
then this Batch data is populated
Defines Comp 3 Pressure data
0.0 to any positive populated by History user program,
156 Comp 3 Pressure R/O System Float 4 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 Float if configured parameter is set only
then this Batch data is populated
Defines Comp 4 Pressure data
0.0 to any positive populated by History user program,
157 Comp 4 Pressure R/O System Float 4 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 Float if configured parameter is set only
then this Batch data is populated
Defines Comp 1 Base Density data
Any positive valid populated by History user program,
158 Comp 1 Base Density R/O System Float 4 0 1.20
IEEE 754 Float if configured parameter is set only
then this Batch data is populated
Defines Comp 2 Base Density data
Any positive valid populated by History user program,
159 Comp 2 Base Density R/O System Float 4 0 1.20
IEEE 754 Float if configured parameter is set only
then this Batch data is populated
Defines Comp 3 Base Density data
Any positive valid populated by History user program,
160 Comp 3 Base Density R/O System Float 4 0 1.20
IEEE 754 Float if configured parameter is set only
then this Batch data is populated

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-33


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 61: Transaction History


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines Comp 4 Base Density data
Any positive valid populated by History user program,
161 Comp 4 Base Density R/O System Float 4 0 1.20
IEEE 754 Float if configured parameter is set only
then this Batch data is populated
Defines 1 of 32 valid driver IDs
allowed to authorize a new
162 Driver ID 1 R/W User UINT32 4 0  999999999 0 2.00 transaction. In manual mode, this ID
is checked and validated against
TLP 63,0,245.
163 Driver ID 2 R/W User UINT32 4 0  999999999 0 2.00 See description of parameter 162.
164 Driver ID 3 R/W User UINT32 4 0  999999999 0 2.00 See description of parameter 162.
165 Driver ID 4 R/W User UINT32 4 0  999999999 0 2.00 See description of parameter 162.
166 Driver ID 5 R/W User UINT32 4 0  999999999 0 2.00 See description of parameter 162.
167 Driver ID 6 R/W User UINT32 4 0  999999999 0 2.00 See description of parameter 162.
168 Driver ID 7 R/W User UINT32 4 0 -> 999999999 0 2.00 See description of parameter 162.
169 Driver ID 8 R/W User UINT32 4 0 -> 999999999 0 2.00 See description of parameter 162.
170 Driver ID 9 R/W User UINT32 4 0  999999999 0 2.00 See description of parameter 162.
171 Driver ID 10 R/W User UINT32 4 0  999999999 0 2.00 See description of parameter 162.
172 Driver ID 11 R/W User UINT32 4 0  999999999 0 2.00 See description of parameter 162.
173 Driver ID 12 R/W User UINT32 4 0  999999999 0 2.00 See description of parameter 162.
174 Driver ID 13 R/W User UINT32 4 0  999999999 0 2.00 See description of parameter 162.
175 Driver ID 14 R/W User UINT32 4 0  999999999 0 2.00 See description of parameter 162.
176 Driver ID 15 R/W User UINT32 4 0  999999999 0 2.00 See description of parameter 162.
177 Driver ID 16 R/W User UINT32 4 0  999999999 0 2.00 See description of parameter 162.
178 Driver ID 17 R/W User UINT32 4 0  999999999 0 2.00 See description of parameter 162.
179 Driver ID 18 R/W User UINT32 4 0  999999999 0 2.00 See description of parameter 162.
180 Driver ID 19 R/W User UINT32 4 0  999999999 0 2.00 See description of parameter 162.
181 Driver ID 20 R/W User UINT32 4 0  999999999 0 2.00 See description of parameter 162.
182 Driver ID 21 R/W User UINT32 4 0  999999999 0 2.00 See description of parameter 162.
183 Driver ID 22 R/W User UINT32 4 0  999999999 0 2.00 See description of parameter 162.
184 Driver ID 23 R/W User UINT32 4 0  999999999 0 2.00 See description of parameter 162.
185 Driver ID 24 R/W User UINT32 4 0  999999999 0 2.00 See description of parameter 162.
186 Driver ID 25 R/W User UINT32 4 0  999999999 0 2.00 See description of parameter 162.
187 Driver ID 26 R/W User UINT32 4 0  999999999 0 2.00 See description of parameter 162.

3-34 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 61: Transaction History


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
188 Driver ID 27 R/W User UINT32 4 0  999999999 0 2.00 See description of parameter 162.
189 Driver ID 28 R/W User UINT32 4 0  999999999 0 2.00 See description of parameter 162.
190 Driver ID 29 R/W User UINT32 4 0  999999999 0 2.00 See description of parameter 162.
191 Driver ID 30 R/W User UINT32 4 0  999999999 0 2.00 See description of parameter 162.
192 Driver ID 31 R/W User UINT32 4 0  999999999 0 2.00 See description of parameter 162.
193 Driver ID 32 R/W User UINT32 4 0  999999999 0 2.00 See description of parameter 162.
194 Page Length R/W User UINT8 1 0  120 0 1.00 Page length.
194 RESERVED 2.00 Reserved for future use
Defines whether the history user
program archives Batch Start
Indicated Reading at the end of
batch (when the Store Batch
195 S Batch Start Indicated R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00
command is received). Valid values
are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of batch
Defines whether the history user
program archives Batch End
Indicated Reading at the end of
batch (when the Store Batch
196 S Batch End Indicated R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.20
command is received). Valid values
are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of batch
Shows Meter 1 Batch Start Indicated
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
197 Meter 1 Batch Start Indicated R/O System Double 8 0 1.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 Double
the configuration parameter
(61,0,195).
Shows Meter 2 Batch Start Indicated
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
198 Meter 2 Batch Start Indicated R/O System Double 8 0 1.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 Double
the configuration parameter
(61,0,195).
Shows Meter 3 Batch Start Indicated
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
199 Meter 3 Batch Start Indicated R/O System Double 8 0 1.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 Double
the configuration parameter
(61,0,195).

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-35


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 61: Transaction History


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Shows Meter 4 Batch Start Indicated
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
200 Meter 4 Batch Start Indicated R/O System Double 8 0 1.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 Double
the configuration parameter
(61,0,195).
Shows Meter 1 Batch End Indicated
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
201 Meter 1 Batch End Indicated R/O System Double 8 0 1.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 Double
the configuration parameter
(61,0,196).
Shows Meter 2 Batch End Indicated
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
202 Meter 2 Batch End Indicated R/O System Double 8 0 1.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 Double
the configuration parameter
(61,0,196).
Shows Meter 3 Batch End Indicated
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
203 Meter 3 Batch End Indicated R/O System Double 8 0 1.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 Double
the configuration parameter
(61,0,196).
Shows Meter 4 Batch End Indicated
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
204 Meter 4 Batch End Indicated R/O System Double 8 0 1.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 Double
the configuration parameter
(61,0,196).
Defines whether the history user
program should archive the Average
component K- factor (FWA) at the
end of batch (when the Store Batch
205 S Average Component K-factor (FWA) R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.10
command is received). Valid values
are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of batch
Defines whether the history user
program should archive the Average
component meter factor (FWA) at
S Average Component Meter factor the end of batch (when the Store
206 R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00
(FWA) Batch command is received). Valid
values are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of batch

3-36 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 61: Transaction History


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines average k-factor (FWA) for
component 1. The History user
Any valid IEEE 754
207 Component 1 Average K-factor (FWA) R/O System Float 4 0 1.00 program populates this data only if
Float
you set the configuration parameter
(61,0,205).
Defines average k-factor (FWA) for
component 2. The History user
Any valid IEEE 754
208 Component 2 Average K-factor (FWA) R/O System Float 4 0 1.00 program populates this data only if
Float
you set the configuration parameter
(61,0,205).
Defines average k-factor (FWA) for
component 3. The History user
Any valid IEEE 754
209 Component 3 Average K-factor (FWA) R/O System Float 4 0 1.00 program populates this data only if
Float
you set the configuration parameter
(61,0,205).
Defines average k-factor (FWA) for
component 4. The History user
Any valid IEEE 754
210 Component 4 Average K-factor (FWA) R/O System Float 4 0 1.00 program populates this data only if
Float
you set the configuration parameter
(61,0,205).
Defines average meter factor (FWA)
for component 1. The History user
Component 1 Average Meter Factor Any valid IEEE 754
211 R/O System Float 4 0 1.00 program populates this data only if
(FWA) Float
you set the configuration parameter
(61,0,206).
Defines average meter factor (FWA)
for component 2. The History user
Component 2 Average Meter Factor Any valid IEEE 754
212 R/O System Float 4 0 1.00 program populates this data only if
(FWA) Float
you set the configuration parameter
(61,0,206).
Defines average meter factor (FWA)
for component 3. The History user
Component 3 Average Meter Factor Any valid IEEE 754
213 R/O System Float 4 0 1.00 program populates this data only if
(FWA) Float
you set the configuration parameter
(61,0,206).
Defines average meter factor (FWA)
for component 4. The History user
Component 4 Average Meter Factor Any valid IEEE 754
214 R/O System Float 4 0 1.00 program populates this data only if
(FWA) Float
you set the configuration parameter
(61,0,206).

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-37


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 61: Transaction History


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines whether the history user
program should archive the Average
component CTL (FWA) at the end of
batch (when the Store Batch
215 S Average component CTL (FWA) R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.20
command is received). Valid values
are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of batch
Defines whether the history user
program should archive the Average
component CPL (FWA) at the end of
batch (when the Store Batch
216 S Average component CPL (FWA) R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.20
command is received). Valid values
are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of batch
Defines average CTL (FWA) for
component 1. The History user
Any valid IEEE 754
217 Component 1 CTL (FWA) R/O System Float 4 0 1.20 program populates this data only if
Float
you set the configuration parameter
(61,0,215).
Defines average CTL (FWA) for
component 2. The History user
Any valid IEEE 754
218 Component 2 CTL (FWA) R/O System Float 4 0 1.20 program populates this data only if
Float
you set the configuration parameter
(61,0,215).
Defines average CTL (FWA) for
component 3. The History user
Any valid IEEE 754
219 Component 3 CTL (FWA) R/O System Float 4 0 1.20 program populates this data only if
Float
you set the configuration parameter
(61,0,215).
Defines average CTL (FWA) for
component 4. The History user
Any valid IEEE 754
220 Component 4 CTL (FWA) R/O System Float 4 0 1.20 program populates this data only if
Float
you set the configuration parameter
(61,0,215).
Defines average CPL (FWA) for
component 1. The History user
Any valid IEEE 754
221 Component 1 CPL (FWA) R/O System Float 4 0 1.20 program populates this data only if
Float
you set the configuration parameter
(61,0,216).

3-38 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 61: Transaction History


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines average CPL (FWA) for
component 2. The History user
Any valid IEEE 754
222 Component 2 CPL (FWA) R/O System Float 4 0 1.20 program populates this data only if
Float
you set the configuration parameter
(61,0,216).
Defines average CPL (FWA) for
component 3. The History user
Any valid IEEE 754
223 Component 3 CPL (FWA) R/O System Float 4 0 1.20 program populates this data only if
Float
you set the configuration parameter
(61,0,216).
Defines average CPL (FWA) for
component 4. The History user
Any valid IEEE 754
224 Component 4 CPL (FWA) R/O System Float 4 0 1.20 program populates this data only if
Float
you set the configuration parameter
(61,0,216).
Defines whether the history user
program should archive the Avg
component observed density (FWA)
at the end of batch (when the Store
225 S Comp Observed Density R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.20
Batch command is received). Valid
values are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of Batch
Defines Comp 1 Observed Density
values. The History user program
Any valid IEEE 754
226 Comp 1 Observed Density R/O System Float 4 0 1.20 populates this data only if you set
Float
the configuration parameter
(61,0,225).
Defines Comp 2 Observed Density
values. The History user program
Any valid IEEE 754
227 Comp 2 Observed Density R/O System Float 4 0 1.20 populates this data only if you set
Float
the configuration parameter
(61,0,225).
Defines Comp 3 Observed Density
values. The History user program
Any valid IEEE 754
228 Comp 3 Observed Density R/O System Float 4 0 1.20 populates this data only if you set
Float
the configuration parameter
(61,0,225).
Defines Comp 4 Observed Density
values. The History user program
Any valid IEEE 754
229 Comp 4 Observed Density R/O System Float 4 0 1.20 populates this data only if you set
Float
the configuration parameter
(61,0,225).

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-39


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 61: Transaction History


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Indicates that given batch was
completed in normal mode (W&M
key locked) or in configuration mode
(W&M key open). This batch data is
230 Batch Configuration Mode R/O System UINT8 1 01 0 1.20 archived and always populated
(archiving of this parameter is not
configurable). Valid values are:
0 = Normal Mode
1 = Configuration Mode
231 RESERVED 1.00 Reserved for future use.
Defines whether the History user
program should archive the
Transaction swing arm side
(64,0,27) at the end of transaction
231 S Swing Arm Side R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 2.00
(at receipt of the Store Transaction
command). Valid values are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of Transaction
232 RESERVED 1.22 Reserved for future use.
Defines transaction swing arm side.
The History user program populates
232 Swing Arm Side R/O System UINT8 1 02 0 2.00
this field only if you set the
configuration parameter (61,0,231).
233 RESERVED 1.22 Reserved for future use.
Defines additive 1 Gross Qty data.
0.0 to any positive The History user program populates
233 Add 1 Gross Qty R/O System Double 8 0 2.00
valid IEEE 754 Float this field only if you set the
configuration parameter (61,0,19).
234 RESERVED 1.22 Reserved for future use.
Defines additive 2 Gross Qty data.
0.0 to any positive The History user program populates
234 Add 2 Gross Qty R/O System Double 4 0 2.00
valid IEEE 754 Float this field only if you set the
configuration parameter (61,0,19).
235 RESERVED 1.22 Reserved for future use.
Defines additive 3 Gross Qty data.
0.0 to any positive The History user program populates
235 Add 3 Gross Qty R/O System Double 4 0 2.00
valid IEEE 754 Float this field only if you set the
configuration parameter (61,0,19).
236 RESERVED 1.22 Reserved for future use.

3-40 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 61: Transaction History


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines additive 4 Gross Qty data.
0.0 to any positive The History user program populates
236 Add 4 Gross Qty R/O System Double 4 0 2.00
valid IEEE 754 Float this field only if you set the
configuration parameter (61,0,19).
237 RESERVED 1.22 Reserved for future use.
Defines additive 5 Gross Qty data.
0.0 to any positive The History user program populates
237 Add 5 Gross Qty R/O System Double 4 0 2.00
valid IEEE 754 Float this field only if you set the
configuration parameter (61,0,19).
238 RESERVED 1.22 Reserved for future use.
Defines additive 6 Gross Qty data.
0.0 to any positive The History user program populates
238 Add 6 Gross Qty R/O System Double 4 0 2.00
valid IEEE 754 Float this field only if you set the
configuration parameter (61,0,19).
239 RESERVED 1.22 Reserved for future use.
Defines Trans Additive 1 Gross Qty
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
239 Trans Add 1 Gross R/O System Double 4 0 2.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 Float
the configuration parameter
(61,0,39).
240 RESERVED 1.22 Reserved for future use.
Defines Trans Additive 2 Gross Qty
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
240 Trans Add 2 Gross R/O System Double 4 0 2.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 Float
the configuration parameter
(61,0,39).
241 RESERVED 1.22 Reserved for future use.
Defines Trans Additive 3 Gross Qty
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
241 Trans Add 3 Gross R/O System Double 4 0 2.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 Float
the configuration parameter
(61,0,39).
242 RESERVED 1.22 Reserved for future use.
Defines Trans Additive 4 Gross Qty
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
242 Trans Add 4 Gross R/O System Double 4 0 2.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 Float
the configuration parameter
(61,0,39).
243 RESERVED 1.22 Reserved for future use.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-41


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 61: Transaction History


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines Trans Additive 5 Gross Qty
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
243 Trans Add 5 Gross R/O System Double 4 0 2.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 Float
the configuration parameter
(61,0,39).
244 RESERVED 1.22 Reserved for future use.
Defines Trans Additive 6 Gross Qty
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
244 Trans Add 6 Gross R/O System Double 4 0 2.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 Float
the configuration parameter
(61,0,39).
245 RESERVED 1.22 Reserved for future use.
Defines whether the History user
program archives the Composite
Gross Del Qty (Batch) (64,0,2) at the
end of batch (when the Store Batch
245 S Composite Batch Gross Qty R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 2.00
command is received). Valid values
are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of batch
246 RESERVED 1.22 Reserved for future use.
Defines Gross Qty data. The History
0.0 to any positive user program populates this field
246 Composite Batch Gross Qty R/O System Double 8 0 2.00
valid IEEE 754 double only if you set the configuration
parameter (61,0,245).
247 RESERVED 1.22 Reserved for future use.
Defines whether the History user
program archives the Composite
Gross Del Qty (Transaction) (64,0,3)
at the end of transaction (when the
247 S Composite Trans Gross Qty R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 2.00
Store Transaction command is
received). Valid values are:
0 = Idle State, do not store.
1 = Store at the end of transaction
248 RESERVED 1.22 Reserved for future use.
Defines Composite Trans Gross Qty
data. The History user program
0.0 to any positive
248 Composite Trans Gross Qty R/O System Double 8 0 2.00 populates this field only if you set
valid IEEE 754 double
the configuration parameter
(61,0,247).

3-42 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 61: Transaction History


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines whether the History user
program should archive the Density
Units Option (70,0,3) at the end of
batch (when the Store Batch
249 S Density Unit R/O System UINT8 1 01 1 1.22
command is received). Valid values
are:
0 = Idle State, do not store
1 = Store at the end of Batch
Defines Density Units Option data.
The History user program populates
250 Density Units R/O System UINT8 1 01 0 1.22
this field only if you set the
configuration parameter (61,0,249).
Defines Base Temp Option data.
The History user program populates
251 Base Temp Options R/O System UINT8 1 01 0 1.22
this field only if you set the
configuration parameter (61,0,5).
Sets when archiving fails for any
error. Resets when the
252 Archive Error R/O System UINT16 2 As per bits used 0 2.20 transaction/batch for which archiving
failed archives successfully.

252.0 Transaction archive failed at firmware Firmware is unable to archive data.


Cyclical redundancy check does not
252.1 Transaction archive failed at CRC
match.
Batch archiving failed; DL8000 does
252.2 Batch archiving failed
not attempt transaction archiving
Transaction archive did not
252.3 Transaction archive timeout
complete in specified time.
252.4 RESERVED Reserved for future use
252.5 RESERVED Reserved for future use
252.6 RESERVED Reserved for future use
252.7 RESERVED Reserved for future use
252.8 Batch Archive Failed at Firmware Firmware is unable to archive data.
Cyclical redundancy check does not
252.9 Batch Archive failed at CRC
match.
Batch archive did not complete in
252.10 Batch archive timeout
specified time.
252.11 RESERVED Reserved for future use
252.12 RESERVED Reserved for future use
252.13 RESERVED Reserved for future use

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-43


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 61: Transaction History


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
252.14 RESERVED Reserved for future use
252.15 RESERVED Reserved for future use
Assigns a number to the failed
transaction archive when the archive
error occurs during transaction
253 Archive Fail Transaction Number R/O System UINT16 2 0  10000 10000 2.20
archiving. This value resets to 10000
when the transaction-related error
resets.
Assigns a number to the failed batch
archive when the archive error
254 Archive Fail Batch Number R/O System UNIT16 2 0  10000 10000 2.20 occurs during batch archiving. This
value resets to 10000 when the
batch-related error resets.

3-44 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.3 Point Type 62: Keypad Display Parameters

Description: Point type 62 defines Keypad Navigation parameters.


Number of Logical Points: 1 logical point for each parameter.
Storage Location: Point type 62 is saved to internal configuration memory.

Table 3-4: Point Type 62, Keypad Navigation Parameters


Point Type 62: Keypad Navigation Parameters
System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
0 TAG R/W User String20 20 Any ASCII string Keypad 1.00 A 20-character description of
Navigation channel. (Not in use)
1 RESERVED Reserved for future use

2 RESERVED Reserved for future use

3 RESERVED Reserved for future use

4 RESERVED Reserved for future use

5 RESERVED Reserved for future use

6 Info Message R/W System String20 20 Any ASCII string 1.00 Status message sent by Batching
user program.
7 LCD Video Mode R/W System UINT8 1 01 0 1.00 0 – Dark characters on light
background
1 – Light characters on dark
background
8 Display Type R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00 0 – C1D1
1 – C1D2
(Not in use)
9 Flash Version R/O System String7 7 Any ASCII string #VERSIO 1.00 Version of the flash image currently
in the keypad board.
10 Comm Port R/O User UINT8 1 Comm 2  Comm 5 2 1.00 Communication port to configure
and talk over (Port set by user
using ROCLINK or Batching User
program display #11)
11 Board Status R/O System UINT8 1 02 0 1.00 0 – Not Installed
1 – Installed
2 – LCD Error

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-45


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 62: Keypad Navigation Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
12 Num Group 1 PINs R/W System UINT8 1 0  100 1 1.00 Number of Pins that have the
highest security clearance. This is
to say PIN 1 – NUM are group 1
13 RESERVED Reserved for future use
14 RESERVED Reserved for future use
15 Tag Item 2 R/W User String10 10 Any ASCII string “” 1.00 Tag line for dynamic data while
batching
16 Tag Item 3 R/W User String10 10 Any ASCII string “” 1.00 Tag line for dynamic data while
batching
17 Tag Item 4 R/W User String10 10 Any ASCII string “” 1.00 Tag line for dynamic data while
batching
18 Tag Item 5 R/W User String10 10 Any ASCII string “” 1.00 Tag line for dynamic data while
batching
19 Tag Item 6 R/W User String10 10 Any ASCII string “” 1.00 Tag line for dynamic data while
batching
20 Tag Item 7 R/W User String10 10 Any ASCII string “” 1.00 Tag line for dynamic data while
batching
21 Tag Item 8 R/W User String10 10 Any ASCII string “” 1.00 Tag line for dynamic data while
batching
22 Tag Item 9 R/W User String10 10 Any ASCII string “” 1.00 Tag line for dynamic data while
batching
23 Tag Item 10 R/W User String10 10 Any ASCII string “” 1.00 Tag line for dynamic data while
batching
24 Tag Item 11 R/W User String10 10 Any ASCII string “” 1.00 Tag line for dynamic data while
batching
25 Tag Item 12 R/W User String10 10 Any ASCII string “” 1.00 Tag line for dynamic data while
batching
26 Tag Item 13 R/W User String10 10 Any ASCII string “” 1.00 Tag line for dynamic data while
batching
27 Tag Item 14 R/W User String10 10 Any ASCII string “” 1.00 Tag line for dynamic data while
batching
28 Tag Item 15 R/W User String10 10 Any ASCII string “” 1.00 Tag line for dynamic data while
batching
29 Tag Item 16 R/W User String10 10 Any ASCII string “” 1.00 Tag line for dynamic data while
batching
30 Tag Item 17 R/W User String10 10 Any ASCII string “” 1.00 Tag line for dynamic data while
batching
31 RESERVED Reserved for future use
32 Data Item 2 R/W User TLP 3 Any valid TLP 0,0,0 1.00 Tlp that points to data to display

3-46 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 62: Keypad Navigation Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
33 Data Item 3 R/W User TLP 3 Any valid TLP 0,0,0 1.00 TLP that points to data to display
34 Data Item 4 R/W User TLP 3 Any valid TLP 0,0,0 1.00 TLP that points to data to display
35 Data Item 5 R/W User TLP 3 Any valid TLP 0,0,0 1.00 TLP that points to data to display
36 Data Item 6 R/W User TLP 3 Any valid TLP 0,0,0 1.00 TLP that points to data to display
37 Data Item 7 R/W User TLP 3 Any valid TLP 0,0,0 1.00 TLP that points to data to display
38 Data Item 8 R/W User TLP 3 Any valid TLP 0,0,0 1.00 TLP that points to data to display
39 Data Item 9 R/W User TLP 3 Any valid TLP 0,0,0 1.00 TLP that points to data to display
40 Data Item 10 R/W User TLP 3 Any valid TLP 0,0,0 1.00 TLP that points to data to display
41 Data Item 11 R/W User TLP 3 Any valid TLP 0,0,0 1.00 TLP that points to data to display
42 Data Item 12 R/W User TLP 3 Any valid TLP 0,0,0 1.00 TLP that points to data to display
43 Data Item 13 R/W User TLP 3 Any valid TLP 0,0,0 1.00 TLP that points to data to display
44 Data Item 14 R/W User TLP 3 Any valid TLP 0,0,0 1.00 TLP that points to data to display
45 Data Item 15 R/W User TLP 3 Any valid TLP 0,0,0 1.00 TLP that points to data to display
46 Data Item 16 R/W User TLP 3 Any valid TLP 0,0,0 1.00 TLP that points to data to display
47 Data Item 17 R/W User TLP 3 Any valid TLP 0,0,0 1.00 TLP that points to data to display
48 Login 1 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
49 Login 2 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
50 Login 3 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
51 Login 4 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
52 Login 5 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
53 Login 6 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
54 Login 7 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
55 Login 8 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
56 Login 9 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
57 Login 10 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-47


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 62: Keypad Navigation Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
58 Login 11 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
59 Login 12 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
60 Login 13 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
61 Login 14 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
62 Login 15 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
63 Login 16 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
64 Login 17 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
65 Login 18 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
66 Login 19 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
67 Login 20 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
68 Login 21 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
69 Login 22 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
70 Login 23 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
71 Login 24 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
72 Login 26 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
73 Login 26 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
74 Login 27 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
75 Login 28 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
76 Login 29 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens

3-48 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 62: Keypad Navigation Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
77 Login 30 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
78 Login 31 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
79 Login 32 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
80 Login 33 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
81 Login 34 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
82 Login 35 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
83 Login 36 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
84 Login 37 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
85 Login 38 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
86 Login 39 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
87 Login 40 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
88 Login 41 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
89 Login 42 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
90 Login 43 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
91 Login 44 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
92 Login 45 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
93 Login 46 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
94 Login 47 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
95 Login 48 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-49


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 62: Keypad Navigation Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
96 Login 49 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
97 Login 50 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
98 Login 51 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
99 Login 52 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
100 Login 53 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
101 Login 54 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
102 Login 55 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
103 Login 56 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
104 Login 57 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
105 Login 58 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
106 Login 59 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
107 Login 60 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
108 Login 61 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
109 Login 62 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
110 Login 63 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
111 Login 64 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
112 Login 65 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
113 Login 66 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
114 Login 67 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens

3-50 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 62: Keypad Navigation Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
115 Login 68 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
116 Login 69 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
117 Login 70 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
118 Login 71 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
119 Login 72 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
120 Login 73 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
121 Login 74 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
122 Login 75 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
123 Login 76 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
124 Login 77 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
125 Login 78 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
126 Login 79 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
127 Login 80 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
128 Login 81 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
129 Login 82 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
130 Login 83 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
131 Login 84 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
132 Login 85 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
133 Login 86 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-51


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 62: Keypad Navigation Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
134 Login 87 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
135 Login 88 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
136 Login 89 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
137 Login 90 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
138 Login 91 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
139 Login 92 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
140 Login 93 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
141 Login 94 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
142 Login 95 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
143 Login 96 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
144 Login 97 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
145 Login 98 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
146 Login 99 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
147 Login 100 R/W User UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 Login PIN to access special
screens
148 Weights and Measures R/O System UINT8 1 01 (Obtained 1.00 Weights and measures parameter
from in order to add to display
system)

3-52 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 62: Keypad Navigation Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
149 Last Key Pressed R/W System UINT8 1 0  19 1.00 0 - Exit
1 - Clear
2 - Stop
3 - Start
4 - Up Arrow
5 - Down Arrow
6 - Right Arrow
7 - Left Arrow
8 - Backspace
9 - Enter
10 - Brightness Up
11 - Brightness Down
12 - Print
13 - Program
14 - Select
24 - Data key (0 – 9)
150 RESERVED Reserved for future use
151 Resolution R/W User UINT8 1 02 0 1.00 INTEGER = 0
TENTHS = 1
HUNDRETHS = 2
152 Entry in Progress R/O System UINT8 1 01 0 1.00 NOT_IN_PROG 0
IN_PROG 1
153 RESERVED Reserved for future use
154 Parameter Val update status R/W System UINT8 1 01 0 2.2 DISPLAY_FREE = 0
DISPLAY_LOCKED = 1
155 RESERVED Reserved for future use
156 RESERVED Reserved for future use
157 RESERVED Reserved for future use
158 RESERVED Reserved for future use
159 RESERVED Reserved for future use
160 RESERVED Reserved for future use
161 RESERVED Reserved for future use
162 RESERVED Reserved for future use
163 RESERVED Reserved for future use
164 RESERVED Reserved for future use
165 RESERVED Reserved for future use
166 RESERVED Reserved for future use
167 RESERVED Reserved for future use
168 RESERVED Reserved for future use

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-53


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 62: Keypad Navigation Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
169 RESERVED Reserved for future use
170 RESERVED Reserved for future use
171 RESERVED Reserved for future use
172 RESERVED Reserved for future use
173 RESERVED Reserved for future use
174 RESERVED Reserved for future use
175 RESERVED Reserved for future use
176 RESERVED Reserved for future use
177 RESERVED Reserved for future use
178 RESERVED Reserved for future use
179 RESERVED Reserved for future use
180 RESERVED Reserved for future use
181 RESERVED Reserved for future use
182 RESERVED Reserved for future use
183 RESERVED Reserved for future use
184 RESERVED Reserved for future use
185 Display Test On Batch Start R/W_ User UINT8 1 0  255 0 2.34 This parameter enable/disable
CNDL display test before actual loading
started. If it is enabled, the test will
be started when user presses start
key OR start command received
from TAS. It switches every pixel of
right and left screen. This is added
for Industry Canada approval.
186 RESERVED Reserved for future use
187 Liquid Turbine 1 APM Level R/W System UINT8 1 0  255 255 2.34 Parameter used by Keypad display
user program to read which APM
Level is used by Liquid turbine 1.
This will be displayed in “Auditor
status menu” introduced for
Industry Canada requirements
188 Liquid Turbine 2 APM Level R/W System UINT8 1 0  255 255 2.34 Parameter used by Keypad display
user program to read which APM
Level is used by Liquid turbine 2.
This will be displayed in “Auditor
status menu” introduced for
Industry Canada requirements

3-54 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 62: Keypad Navigation Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
189 Liquid Turbine 3 APM Level R/W System UINT8 1 0  255 255 2.34 Parameter used by Keypad display
user program to read which APM
Level is used by Liquid turbine 3.
This will be displayed in “Auditor
status menu” introduced for
Industry Canada requirements
190 Liquid Turbine 4 APM Level R/W System UINT8 1 0  255 255 2.34 Parameter used by Keypad display
user program to read which APM
Level is used by Liquid turbine 4.
This will be displayed in “Auditor
status menu” introduced for
Industry Canada requirements

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-55


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.4 Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters

Description: Point type 63 defines general preset parameters.


Number of Logical Points: 1 logical point for each parameter.
Storage Location: Point type 63 is saved to internal configuration memory.

Table 3-5: Point Type 63, General Preset Parameters


Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters
System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Operator-entered preset quantity.
0.0 to any positive System resets this TLP to zero
0 Preset Quantity R/W User Float 4 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 float after reading and writes new preset
to TLP 63,0,39.
Updated when new recipe is
selected (depends on recipe
No Recipe number).
1 Recipe Name (Selected) R/O System String20 20 ASCII String 1.22
Selected Note: This corresponds to the
recipe name (TLP 67,x,0) of the
selected recipe (TLP 63,0,138).
2 RESERVED Reserved for future use
Remaining quantity to be delivered
Any valid IEEE 754 in the batch. System initializes
3 Quantity Remaining R/O System Float 4 0 1.00
float value equal to batch preset when
new batch is authorized.
Defines the maximum transaction
limit verified at the time of preset
verification. Error code 9TLP
4 Max Transaction Limit R/W User Float 4 5  9999999 3000 1.00 63,0,95) is set if new batch preset
pushes the transaction delivered
totalizer (based on 'delivery type')
to more than this limit.
5 RESERVED Reserved for future use
6 RESERVED Reserved for future use

3-56 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Specifies component index. It
increments by one when next
component starts. Values 1 to 4
indicate component index
considering maximum of 4
7 Current Component R/O System UINT8 1 15 1 1.00 components. Value 5 indicates
flushing is occurring. System resets
value to 1 when new batch is
entered.
Note: Use for sequential blending
(TLP 63.0.12).
8 RESERVED Reserved for future use
Indicates the current batching
status of state machine for the
configured Unit Type. State
9 Batching Status R/O System UINT8 1 Any valid value 0 1.22
machine run inside the batching
user program specific to the
unit/blender type.
Enables user-selection of recipe
number. System resets this value
to 0 after the batching user
program reads the number. In
manual operating mode, the
system accepts the recipe number
if the transaction is not authorized
and the number passes recipe
KD/TA/
10 Recipe Selection R/W UINT8 1 1  30 0 1.00 verification; the system then copies
System the number to 63,0,118. In
automatic operating mode, the
number is accepted if the
transaction is not authorized.
Note: The default value of zero (0)
is required to provide tip change
event to this parameter’s user
program.
Defines whether system sends
alarms to the alarms log when any
alarm maintained by Batching
module is raised or cleared. Valid
values are:
11 Preset Alarming R/W User UINT8 1 01 1 1.00
0 = Disabled (does not generate
alarm logs)
1 = Enabled (generates alarm logs
for alarms maintained by Batching
module)

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-57


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Sets the method of controlling
batch deliveries. Valid values are:
0 = Sequential (auto)
Performs sequential blending. One
to 4 components are loaded
sequentially, one at a time. Block
valves are controlled automatically.
1 = Sequential (Manual): Not used
R/W_ 2 = In-line:
12 Unit Type User UINT8 1 0  24 0 1.00
CNDL Performs in-line proportional or in-
line non-proportional blending
(depending on recipe
configuration). One or more
components load simultaneously
with flow for each component
measured by a separate flow meter
and controlled by a separate digital
flow control valve.
Sets the flow control value (FCV)
type the system uses. All flow
control valves in the system must
be the same type. Valid values are:
0 = Std digital
The flow control valve is a standard
digital type, which automatically
adjusts to match a setpoint value.
R/W_ The DL8000 can lock the flowrate
13 Valve Type User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00
CNDL at a configured value for greatest
accuracy.
1 = Std 2-stage
The flow control valve is a standard
2-stage type, which can also
control simple on-off valves.
Flowrates achieved are a function
of line pressure.
3 = Analog (2-Analog Valve)
Sets the language used. Valid
values are:
14 Language R/W User UINT8 1 02 0 1.23 0 = English
1 = Spanish
2 = Portuguese
15 RESERVED 1.00 Reserved for future use

3-58 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Resets the internal unauthorized
total (maintained for the alarm) to
zero when you authorize a new
15 Internal Unauth Quantity Reset R/W User UINT8 1 01 2.00 batch. This prevents the issue of an
unauthorized flow alarm. Valid
values are 1 (Enable the reset) or 0
(Disable the reset).
Sets the date format used for
keypad and display. Valid values
R/W_ are:
16 Date Format User/KD UINT8 1 02 0 1.00
CNDL 0 = MM/DD/YY
1 = DD/MM/YY
2 = YY/MM/DD
Defines the severity (action taken)
if the Low Flow Meter # alarm
occurs. Valid values are:
0 = Off
1 = Display
17 Low Flow Alarm Action R/W User UINT8 1 04 4 1.22
2 = Display & stop batch
3 = Display, stop batch, & close
contact
4 = Display, stop batch, close
contact, & lock unit.
Defines the severity (action taken)
if the High Flow Meter # alarm
occurs. Valid values are:
0 = Off
1 = Display
18 High Flow Alarm Action R/W User UINT8 1 04 4 1.22
2 = Display & stop batch
3 = Display, stop batch, & close
contact
4 = Display, stop batch, close
contact, & lock unit.
Sets the number of flow control
valves in the system. You must
define at least one flow control
valve.
Note: This parameter is defined as
19 Number of Valves R/O User UINT8 1 14 1 1.00 read-only so it can only be
changed by the Preset user
program. Value of this parameter is
always equal to Number of Meters
(63,0,20) as there is a one-to-one
correspondence between logicals
of meter and valve point types.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-59


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Sets the total number of flow
meters for forward flow in the
20 Number of Meters R/W User UINT8 1 14 1 1.00
system. You must define at least
one flow mete.
Sets the number of liquid
components available in the
21 Num Comp (in system) R/W User UINT8 1 14 1 1.00
system. You must define at least
one component.
Sets the maximum number of
attempts to increase flowrate (for
recovery) before halting attempts
22 Ramp Clicks R/W User UINT16 2 0  999 30 1.00 and maintaining current or fail-back
flowrate.
Note: For digital valves only.
Sets, in seconds, the maximum
allowed time to attain the target
23 Fallback delay(s) R/W User UINT16 2 0  999 30 1.00 flowrate before performing fallback.
Note: For digital valves only.
24 RESERVED Reserved for future use
25 RESERVED Reserved for future use
Sets the number of recipes
available in the system. You must
define at least one recipe; if you
26 Number of Recipes R/W User UINT8 1 1  30 1 1.00 define only one, the system permits
automatic authorization of
transactions in manual operating
mode.
Sets the minimum quantity (gross
volume or net standard volume or
mass, depending on the Preset
Delivery Type value (63,0,29)
R/W_ 0 (excluded)  configured) that can be delivered in
27 Minimum Preset Quantity User Float 4 50 1.00 a single batch.
CNDL 9999999
Note: You cannot start or restart a
batch if the remaining quantity is
less than the minimum preset
quantity.
Sets the maximum quantity (gross
volume or net standard volume or
mass, depending on the Preset
28 Maximum Preset Quantity R/W User Float 4 5  9999999 3000 1.00
Delivery Type value (63,0,29)
configured) that can be preset in a
single batch.

3-60 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Sets the quantity used for preset,
loaded, and remaining quantities.
Ramp up to high flowrate is also
based on gross quantity; ramp
down to low flowrate and flow
control valve closure is based on
the quantity this parameter
R/W_
29 Preset Delivery Type User UINT8 1 04 1 1.00 indicates. Valid values are:
CNDL 0 = Indicated volume
1 = Gross volume
2 = Gross Standard volume
3 = Net Standard volume
4 = Mass
Note: Options 0 and 2 are not
currently supported.
Selects the quantity used for
display purposes. Valid values are:
R/W_
30 Type of Display Quantity User UINT8 1 02 0 1.00 0 = Gross volume
CNDL
1 = Net standard volume
2 = Mass volume
Sets, in seconds, the time to stay at
the fallback flowrate before starting
31 Recovery delay(s) R/W User UINT16 2 0  999 100 1.00 recovery.
Note: For digital valves only.
Defines Com port 2. You can
configure this port for the following
applications:
0 = No Application.
32 Com Port 2 R/W User UINT8 1 04 0 1.00 1 = Modicon Modbus
2 = DL6000 Protocol.
3 = Brooks Protocol (not currently
supported)
4 = Data Logging/printer.
Select the component number used
for line flushing at the end of a
33 Primary Component R/W User UINT8 1 14 1 1.00 batch delivery. Usually the
component of highest octane is
defined as the primary component.
Sets, in seconds, the time limit for
attempting to ramp down flowrate
34 Ramp Down Time R/W User UINT16 2 0  999 4 1.00
before triggering an “Unable to
Ramp Down” alarm.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-61


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines the severity (action taken)
if the Ramp Down alarm occurs
(that is, the preset cannot reduce
flowrate within the time indicated by
Ramp Down Time [63,0,34]). Valid
values are:
35 Ramp Down Alarm Action R/W User UINT8 1 04 4 1.00 0 = Off
1 = Display
2 = Display & stop batch
3 = Display, stop batch, & close
contact
4 = Display, stop batch, close
contact, & lock unit
Sets the preset’s operating mode.
Valid values are:
0 = Auto
A terminal automation system
(TAS) maintains bi-directional
communications with the preset
and monitors and controls batch
36 Operating mode R/W User UINT8 1 01 1 1.00 delivery operations.
1 = Manual
A TAS maintains bi-directional
communications with the preset
and monitors the batch delivery
operations. The preset does not
accept control functions issued
from the TAS.
Indicates the number of
components present in recipe. The
37 Num Comp (in recipe) R/O System UINT8 1 14 1 1.00
system updates this value when a
new recipe is selected.
Sets, in seconds, the maximum
time period the flowrate is
R/W_
38 Low Flow Time User UINT16 2 5  999 10 1.00 permitted to drop below the
CNDL
Minimum Flowrate (75,x,2) before
issuing the Low Flow alarm.
Indicates the newly entered preset
0.0 to any positive quantity (63,0,0). It is accepted
39 Preset Read Qty R/O System Float 4 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 float when the transaction is authorized
but the batch is not authorized.
Sets, in seconds, the time period
the flowrate is allowed to be at or
R/W_
40 High Flow Time User UINT16 2 5 -> 999 10 1.00 exceed the Maximum Flowrate
CNDL
(75,0,3) before issuing the High
Flow alarm.

3-62 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Sets the allowable quantity, in
excess of the batch/component
preset quantity, to be delivered
before issuing the Unable to Close
the Valve Meter # or Overflow
Preset alarm.
41 Over Run Limit Quantity R/W User Float 4 0.0  99.9 2.0 1.00
Note: Setting this value to zero
disables this function and poses a
significant safety risk to your site. If
your site does not have overrun
limit hardware installed, do not set
this value to zero.
Defines the severity (action taken)
if the Under Flow alarm occurs.
Valid values are:
0 = Off
1 = Display
42 Under Flow Alarm Action R/W User UINT8 1 04 0 1.00
2 = Display & stop batch
3 = Display, stop batch, & close
contact
4 = Display, stop batch, close
contact, & lock unit.
Sets the allowable quantity by
which the loaded quantity can be
43 Under Flow Limit Quantity R/W User Float 4 0.0  99.9 5.0 1.00 less than the preset quantity before
issuing the “Valve Closed Early
Meter #” alarm.
Defines the severity (action taken)
if the No Flow alarm occurs. Valid
values are:
0 = Off
1 = Display
44 No Flow t-o Alarm Action R/W User UINT8 1 04 4 1.00
2 = Display & stop batch
3 = Display, stop batch, & close
contact
4 = Display, stop batch, close
contact, & lock unit
Sets, in seconds, the allowable
time to elapse after the flow control
45 No Flow t-o Time R/W User UINT16 2 1  99 5 1.00 valve opens when no pulses are
received, at which time a No Flow
Meter # alarm occurs.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-63


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Sets the allowable quantity of flow
the system can record before
issuing an Unauthorized Flow
46 Unauthorized Flow Quantity R/W User Float 4 0.0  99.9 10 1.00 Meter # primary alarm.
Unauthorized flow occurs when the
flow control valve is closed but flow
is still present.
Maintain alarm status for alarms 0
through 31. One bit is used for
47 Alarm Bitmap 1 R/O System UINT32 4 0  4294967295 0 1.00
each alarm; when raised,
respective bit is set to 1.
Maintain alarm status for alarms 32
through 63 alarms. One bit is used
48 Alarm Bitmap 2 R/O System UINT32 4 0  4294967295 0 1.00
for each alarm; when raised,
respective bit is set to 1.
Defines Com port 3. This port could
be configured for the following
applications:
0 = No Application.
49 Com Port 3 R/W User UINT8 1 04 0 1.00 1 = Modicon Modbus
2 = DL6000 Protocol.
3 = Brooks Protocol.(not currently
supported)
4 = Data Logging/Print.
Contains name of highest priority
alarm. Needed to display active
50 Alarm Priority 1 R/O System String20 20 ASCII string Null 1.00 alarms in the Alarm Browsing
screen. The Keypad user program
requires a list of six active alarms.
Contains name of 2nd highest
51 Alarm Priority 2 R/O System String20 20 ASCII string Null 1.00 priority alarm, displayed in 2nd line
of Alarm Browsing screen.
Contains name of 3rd highest
52 Alarm Priority 3 R/O System String20 20 ASCII string Null 1.00 priority alarm, displayed in 3rd line
of Alarm Browsing screen.
Contains name of 4th highest
53 Alarm Priority 4 R/O System String20 20 ASCII string Null 1.00 priority alarm, displayed in 4th line
of Alarm Browsing screen.
Contains name of 5th highest
54 Alarm Priority 5 R/O System String20 20 ASCII string Null 1.00 priority alarm, displayed in 5th line
of Alarm Browsing screen.
Contains name of 6th highest
55 Alarm Priority 6 R/O System String20 20 ASCII string Null 1.00 priority alarm, displayed in 6th line
of Alarm Browsing screen.

3-64 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Selects the response to a power
failure condition. This issues a
Power Failure alarm. Valid values
are:
0 = Off
56 Power Failure Alarm Action R/W User UINT8 1 04 4 1.00 1 = Display
2 = Display & stop batch
3 = Display, stop batch, & close
contact
4 = Display, stop batch, close
contact, & lock unit
Stores previous power down time
for a Power Failure alarm. This is a
copy of the Last Power-Down Time
57 Last Power Down Time R/O System Time 4 Any valid time 0 1.00 in system (91,0,47). If the values of
both of these parameters do not
match the system issues a Power
Failure alarm.
Sets the TLP for Alarm output
contact 1. This output activates
when the Current Alarm Type
58 Alarm Output 1 R/W User TLP 3 Any valid TLP 0,0,0 1.00
(63,0,64) is equal to or greater than
severity 3 (Display, stop batch, &
close contact).
Provides the blend’s current
flowrate (based on Preset Delivery
Type [63,0,29] configured) when
the batch is in progress.
For sequential blending, this value
is the same as flowrate of the
0.0 to any positive current stream as read from liquid
59 Blend Current Flowrate R/O System Float 4 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 float turbine point type.
For inline blending, this value is
the summation of flowrates of all
active streams.
For in-line blending, it is the sum
of all flowrates of all wild streams.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-65


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Enables you to enter new additive
selection. Batching user program
resets it to its default value after
reading it. The new value is
accepted when transaction is not
authorized and will copy the same
KD/TA to Additive selection bitmap
60 New Additive Selection Bitmap R/W UINT16 2 Any valid value 32768 1.00 (63,0,112). It is used when Additive
System
Selection Method (63,0,102) is
using discrete input, keypad
display, or TAS.
Note: The value 32768 is a special
case which indicates that additive
selection is not done.
Indicates the action resulting from
pressing Stop. Valid values are:
61 Stop Key Action R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00 0 = Low Flow (Reduce to low flow
before stopping).
1 = Immediate (Stop immediately).
62 RESERVED Reserved for future use
Sets the target flowrate to be
reached. For sequential blending,
it sets the target flowrate to be
reached. For inline blending, it
Seq Comp or Inline Blend Target 0.0 to any positive sets the target flowrate of the blend
63 R/O System Float 4 0 1.00 as the sum of target flowrates of all
Flowrate valid IEEE 754 float
streams.
Note: This target flowrate always
represents the indicated type of
flowrate.
Defines the severity (action taken)
of the highest severity active alarm.
0 = Off
1 = Display
64 Current Alarm Type R/O System UINT8 1 04 0 1.00 2 = Display & stop batch
3 = Display, stop batch, & close
contact
4 = Display, stop batch, close
contact, & lock unit

3-66 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines the severity (action taken)
if the Safety Circuit 1 (63,0,85)
alarm occurs. Value values are:
0 = Off
1 = Display
65 Circuit1 Alarm Action R/W User UINT8 1 04 3 1.00
2 = Display & stop batch
3 = Display, stop batch, & close
contact
4 = Display, stop batch, close
contact, & lock unit
"Ground Sets the alarm message for safety
66 Alarm Message 1 R/W User String20 20 ASCII String 1.00
det. open" circuit 1.
Defines the severity (action taken)
if the Safety Circuit 2 (63,0,86)
alarm occurs. Valid values are:
0 = Off
1 = Display
67 Circuit2 Alarm Action R/W User UINT8 1 04 3 1.00
2 = Display & stop batch
3 = Display, stop batch, & close
contact
4 = Display, stop batch, close
contact, & lock unit
"Overspill Sets the alarm message for safety
68 Alarm Message 2 R/W User String20 20 ASCII String 1.00
det. open" circuit 2.
Defines the severity (action taken)
if the Safety Circuit 3 (63,0,87)
alarm occurs. Valid values are:
0 = Off
1 = Display
69 Circuit3 Alarm Action R/W User UINT8 1 04 3 1.00
2 = Display & stop batch
3 = Display, stop batch, & close
contact
4 = Display, stop batch, close
contact, & lock unit
"Permissive Sets the alarm message for safety
70 Alarm Message 3 R/W User String20 20 ASCII String 1.00
power fail" circuit 3.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-67


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines the severity (action taken)
if the Safety Circuit 4 (63,0,88)
alarm occurs. Valid values are:
0 = Off
1 = Display
71 Circuit4 Alarm Action R/W User UINT8 1 04 3 1.00
2 = Display & stop batch
3 = Display, stop batch, & close
contact
4 = Display, stop batch, close
contact, & lock unit
"Additive Sets the alarm message for safety
72 Alarm Message 4 R/W User String20 20 ASCII String 1.00
inject fail" circuit 4.
Defines the severity (action taken)
if the Safety Circuit 5 (63,0,89)
alarm occurs. Valid values are:
0 = Off
1 = Display
73 Circuit5 Alarm Action R/W User UINT8 1 04 3 1.00
2 = Display & stop batch
3 = Display, stop batch, & close
contact
4 = Display, stop batch, close
contact, & lock unit
"Arm down Sets the alarm message for safety
74 Alarm Message 5 R/W User String20 20 ASCII String 1.00
side 1" circuit 5.
Defines the severity (action taken)
if the Safety Circuit 6 (63,0,90)
alarm occurs. Valid values are:
0 = Off
1 = Display
75 Circuit6 Alarm Action R/W User UINT8 1 04 3 1.00
2 = Display & stop batch
3 = Display, stop batch, & close
contact
4 = Display, stop batch, close
contact, & lock unit
"Arm down Sets the alarm message for safety
76 Alarm Message 6 R/W User String20 20 ASCII String 1.00
side 2" circuit 6.

3-68 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines the severity (action taken)
if the Safety Circuit 7 (63,0,91)
alarm occurs. Valid values are:
0 = Off
1 = Display
77 Circuit7 Alarm Action R/W User UINT8 1 04 3 1.00
2 = Display & stop batch
3 = Display, stop batch, & close
contact
4 = Display, stop batch, close
contact, & lock unit
"Walkway Sets the alarm message for safety
78 Alarm Message 7 R/W User String20 20 ASCII String 1.00
dwn side 1" circuit 7.
Defines the severity (action taken)
if the Safety Circuit 8 (63,0,92)
alarm occurs. Valid values are:
0 = Off
1 = Display
79 Circuit8 Alarm Action R/W User UINT8 1 04 3 1.00
2 = Display & stop batch
3 = Display, stop batch, & close
contact
4 = Display, stop batch, close
contact, & lock unit
"Walkway Sets the alarm message for safety
80 Alarm Message 8 R/W User String20 20 ASCII String 1.00
dwn side 2" circuit 8.
Assigns the side for safety circuit
number 5. Swing arm position
inputs determine the side. Valid
81 Circuit 5 Type R/W User UINT8 1 02 1 2.00 values are:
0 = Side independent
1 = Enabled only if loading at side 1
2 = Enabled only if loading at side 2
Assigns the side for safety circuit
number 6. Swing arm position
inputs determine the side. Valid
82 Circuit 6 Type R/W User UINT8 1 02 2 2.00 values are:
0 = Side independent
1 = Enabled only if loading at side 1
2 = Enabled only if loading at side 2
Assigns the side for safety circuit
number 7. Swing arm position
inputs determine the side. Valid
83 Circuit 7 Type R/W User UINT8 1 02 1 2.00 values are:
0 = Side independent
1 = Enabled only if loading at side 1
2 = Enabled only if loading at side 2

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-69


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Assigns the side for safety circuit
number 8. Swing arm position
inputs determine the side. Valid
84 Circuit 8 Type R/W User UINT8 1 02 2 2.00 values are:
0 = Side independent
1 = Enabled only if loading at side 1
2 = Enabled only if loading at side 2
Sets the input for safety circuit 1.
The system updates the state of
this input in Safety Circuit Status
85 Safety circuit 1 R/W User TLP 3 Any valid TLP 0,0,0 1.00 (63,0.98).
Note: This should be the TLP in the
ACIO or DI point type with data
type of UINT8.
Sets the input for safety circuit 2.
The system updates the state of
this input in Safety Circuit Status
86 Safety circuit 2 R/W User TLP 3 Any valid TLP 0,0,0 1.00 (63,0.98).
Note: This should be the TLP in the
ACIO or DI point type with data
type of UINT8.
Sets the input for safety circuit 3.
The system updates the state of
this input in Safety Circuit Status
87 Safety circuit 3 R/W User TLP 3 Any valid TLP 0,0,0 1.00 (63,0.98).
Note: This should be the TLP in the
ACIO or DI point type with data
type of UINT8.
Sets the input for safety circuit 4.
The system updates the state of
this input in Safety Circuit Status
88 Safety circuit 4 R/W User TLP 3 Any valid TLP 0,0,0 1.00 (63,0.98).
Note: This should be the TLP in the
ACIO or DI point type with data
type of UINT8.
Sets the input for safety circuit 5.
The system updates the state of
this input in Safety Circuit Status
89 Safety circuit 5 R/W User TLP 3 Any valid TLP 0,0,0 1.00 (63,0.98).
Note: This should be the TLP in the
ACIO or DI point type with data
type of UINT8.

3-70 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Sets the input for safety circuit 6.
The system updates the state of
this input in Safety Circuit Status
90 Safety circuit 6 R/W User TLP 3 Any valid TLP 0,0,0 1.00 (63,0.98).
Note: This should be the TLP in the
ACIO or DI point type with data
type of UINT8.
Sets the input for safety circuit 7.
The system updates the state of
this input in Safety Circuit Status
91 Safety circuit 7 R/W User TLP 3 Any valid TLP 0,0,0 1.00 (63,0.98).
Note: This should be the TLP in the
ACIO or DI point type with data
type of UINT8.
Sets the input for safety circuit 8.
The system updates the state of
this input in Safety Circuit Status
92 Safety circuit 8 R/W User TLP 3 Any valid TLP 0,0,0 1.00 (63,0.98).
Note: This should be the TLP in the
ACIO or DI point type with data
type of UINT8.
Defines the quantity of the primary
component to load at the end of the
batch delivery to purge the blend
from the loading lines. For a
particular batch, if the preset
93 Clean Line Quantity R/W User UINT16 2 0  9999 0 1.00 quantity is less than or equal to the
clean line quantity, the batch is
delivered as if there were no clean
line quantity configured. The flush
is derived from batch Preset
Quantity (63,0,39).'
Defines whether blend ratio needs
to be checked after adjustment for
flush. If set to 0 (No), then blend
ratio is checked after flush
adjustment before starting a new
batch. If blend ratio check fails, the
94 Tolerance Allowed R/W User UINT8 1 01 1 1.00
batch cannot be started. It will also
check the blend ratio at the end of
batch. Valid values are:
0 = No (blend ratio checked before
batching and at the end of batch)
1 = Yes

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-71


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Shows the error code that sets on
failure of recipe verification or
preset verification. Valid values are:
0 = No error; KD reads the value
and displays the intended
message.
95 Error Code R/O System UINT8 1 0  255 0 1.00
Note: For a complete list of error
codes, see Section D.12, Error
Codes, in Appendix D
Communications Protocols, of the
DL8000 Preset Instruction Manual
(A6212).
Defines the current flow zone for
any component in a sequential
batch. It also indicates the current
state of blend for an inline batch.
Seq Comp or Inline Blend Current Valid values are:
96 R/O System UINT8 1 04 0 1.00
Zone 0 = Low flow start
1 = High flow
2 = Low flow stop
3 = Lock
4 = Final Stop (i.e., normal stop)
Shows the current flowrate error
limit for the component in a
sequential batch (where Unit Type
0.0 to any positive (63,0,12) is 0 or 1.
97 Seq Comp Flowrate Error Limit R/O System Float 4 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 float Note: This tolerance band flowrate
is always of indicated flowrate type
(and same as set in PID in case of
digital valve).

3-72 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Shows the status of all safety
circuit inputs. The system updates
this value regardless of the
configured safety alarm actions.
Each bit starting from LSB (bit 0 for
safety circuit 1, bit 1 for safety
circuit 2, etc.) indicates the state of
a safety circuit input. If the value of
the bit for a safety circuit is 0, it
98 Safety Circuit Status R/O System UINT8 1 0  255 0 1.00 means that safety circuit ins in an
unsafe state [0].
If the safety circuit is not
configured, then the value of the bit
for respective safety circuit will be
equal to safe state [1].
0 = All safety circuit inputs in
unsafe condition
255 = All safety circuit inputs in
safe condition.
Shows the current component
number in progress in a sequential
batch. Valid values range from 1 to
Number of Comp (63,0,21) whose
recipe component ratio is non-zero.
99 Current Component ID R/O System UINT8 1 14 1 1.00
For sequential blending, this
indicates the current component
being delivered.
Note: Used only for sequential
blending.
Sets the number of additives used
100 No. of Additives R/W User UINT8 1 0  10 0 1.00
in the system.
Defines the external unit for
additives. Valid values are:
0 = CC (cubic centimeter)
1 = INCH3 (cubic inches)
R/W_
101 Additive Units User UINT8 1 06 0 1.00 2 = Gallons (US)
CNDL
3 = Liters
4 = Barrels
5 = FT3 (cubic feet)
6 = M3 (cubic meter)

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-73


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines the selection method for
additives. Valid values are:
0 = External (not currently
supported)
102 Additive Selection Method R/W User UINT8 1 04 1 1.00
1 = Prompt
2 = Discrete inputs
3 = Recipe selection
4 = Recipe selection with Multi rate
Defines the maximum number of
pulses by which actual feedback
103 Additive Error Limit R/W User UINT8 1 0  99 3 1.00 pulse count can differ from ideal
count before Additive Fail # alarm
is raised.
Defines quantity of product to be
delivered at the end of batch or at
end of component without additive
injection. This is done so that the
next component or batch is not
contaminated with the previous
104 Additive Clean Line Quantity R/W User UINT16 2 0  9999 0 1.00
batch's additive. This value should
be at least as large as the volume
of the pipe and loading arm
between the point where additive is
injected and the connection to the
vehicle.
Defines the output contact TLP
which is made active during the
delivery of clean line quantity at the
end of batch delivery. This output is
intended for use in multi-stream
injection mode, but is available
independently of the injection
mode. This activates 10 units after
105 Additive Flush Output R/W User TLP 3 DO/ACIO TLP 0,0,0 1.00 clean line output (63,0,107) actives.
Consequently, the Additive Clean
Line Quantity (63,0,104) should be
greater than 10 product units when
using the additive flush output.
Note: This parameter should point
to ACIO or DO point type status
parameter with a UINT data type.

3-74 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines value, in seconds, after
which additive pump output
deactivates after receiving End of
106 Additive Pump Stop Delay(s) R/W User UINT8 1 0  99 0 1.00
the Batch or Batch Halted
command from the batching user
program.
Defines the output contact TLP
which activates during the delivery
of Additive Clean Line Quantity
(63,0,104) at the end of batch
delivery .A typical use for this
output is to connect the clean line
volume to a smart (microprocessor
controlled) additive injector that
over-injects at the start of a batch
107 Additive Clean Line Output R/W User TLP 3 DO/ACIO TLP 0,0,0 1.00 and stops injecting prior to the end
of the batch. Another use is with a
multi-stream injector where the
additive clean line output should be
connected to the block valve that
allows product to flow to the
(shared) additive ratio solenoid.
Note: The parameter should point
to ACIO or DO point type status
parameter with data type as UINT8.
Sets alarm status of each of the six
possible additives for Additive Fail
# alarm. LSB bit 0 indicates status
of additive #1, bit 5 for additive #6.
Valid values are:
108 Additive Alarm Bitmap R/O System UINT8 1 0  63 0 1.22 1 = Alarm active
0 = Alarm inactive
Note: If the number of selected
additives is greater than 6, the
status appears in point type 64,
parameter 60.
Sets the number of Flowrate Freq
set points to be used at which the
No of Points of Meter factor R/W_
109 User UINT8 1 1  12 4 1.00 meter is calibrated and these can
Linearization CNDL
be used for fallback and recovery
feature of flow control.
Shows alarm status for Low Flow
Meter # alarm. One bit is used for
110 Low Flow Alarm Bitmap R/O System UINT16 2 0  15 0 1.22
each meter. When raised/cleared,
respective bit is set to 1 or 0.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-75


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Shows alarm ID of oldest priority
active alarm.
111 Current Alarm ID R/O System UINT8 1 0  255 255 1.22 Note: Alarm IDs for additives 7, 8,
9, and 10 added in release 2.23
and above.
Shows additive selection bitmap for
methods using discrete input,
keypad display, or TAS.
112 Additive Selection Bitmap R/O System UINT16 2 0  32768 32768 1.00
Note: The value 32768 is a special
case indicating that none of
additives is selected.
113 RESERVED Reserved for future use
Sends configurations status
message from other user programs
to the batching user program. Bit
values are:
Bit 0 – Additive UP Config Corrupt
Bit 1 – Additive UP Parameter
Restored
Bit 2 – Print UP Config Corrupt
114 User Program Config Status R/W System UINT32 4 0  15 0 2.34 Bit 3 – Print UP Parameter
Restored
Bit 4 – History UP Config Corrupt
Bit 5 – History UP Paramater
Restored
Bit 6 – Additve UP Config Changed
Bit 7 – Print UP Config Changed
Bit 8 – History UP Parameter
Changed

3-76 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines whether to use Low Flow
Restart Quantity (Gross) (69,x,1)
when restarting a halted batch or
starting a new component for a
sequential batch. Valid values are 0
(Yes) and 1 (No).
System uses restart quantity if this
field is 0 (Yes) and either the
Current Component (63,0,7) is
115 Use Restart Qty R/W System UINT8 1 01 0 1.00
other than first component or, if
restarting the first component,
when first component restarts after
delivering a quantity (based on
Preset Delivery Type (63,0,29)
more than 'Low Flow Start Quantity
(Gross)' [69,x,0].
Note: Used only for a sequential
batch.
Shows alarm status for High Flow
Meter # alarm. One bit is used for
each meter, starting from LSB bit 0
116 High Flow Alarm Bitmap R/O System UINT16 2 0  15 0 1.22
for meter 1. When raised or
cleared, respective bit is set to 1 or
0.
Shows alarm status for No Flow
Meter # alarm. One bit is used for
each meter, starting from LSB bit 0
117 No Flow Alarm Bitmap R/O System UINT16 2 0  15 0 1.22
for meter 1. When raised or
cleared, respective bit is set to 1 or
0.
Shows the number of the selected
recipe. The operator enters the
recipe at Recipe Selection
(63,0,10) and the system copies
the recipe number to this
118 New Recipe Selection R/O System UINT8 1 1  30 1 1.00 parameters.
The copy occurs in manual mode
if the transaction is not authorized
and recipe verification passes. The
copy occurs in auto mode if
transaction is not authorized.
Shows a complete set of status
119 Status Flags R/O System UINT32 4 0  4294967295 0 1.00
flags; each flag represents one bit.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-77


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Shows alarm status for
Unauthorized Flow Meter # alarm
for all meters. One bit is used for
120 Un Auth Flow Alarm Bitmap R/O System UINT16 2 0  15 0 1.22
each meter. When the alarm raises
or clears, respective bit is set to 1
or 0.
Shows alarm status for Unable to
Close Valve Meter # alarm. One bit
121 Unable to Close Valve Alarm Bitmap R/O System UINT16 2 0  15 0 1.22 is used for each meter. When the
alarm raises or clears, respective
bit is set to 1 or 0.
Shows alarm status for Valve
Closed Early (Underflow) Meter #
alarm. One bit is used for each
122 Under flow Alarm Bitmap R/O System UINT16 2 0  15 0 1.22
meter. When the alarm raises or
clears, respective bit is set to 1 or
0.
Shows alarm status for Unable to
Ramp Down Meter # alarm. One bit
123 Unable to Rampdown Alarm Bitmap R/O System UINT16 2 0  15 0 1.22 is used for each meter. When the
alarm raises or clears, respective
bit is set to 1 or 0.
Indicates (if no transaction is
authorized) the transaction
sequence number of the most
124 Transaction Number R/O System UINT16 2 0  9999 9999 1.00 recently ended transaction. If a
transaction is authorized, indicates
the transaction sequence number
of the current transaction.
Indicates (if no batch is authorized)
the batch sequence number of the
most recently ended batch. If a
125 Batch Number R/O System UINT16 2 0  9999 9999 1.00
batch is authorized, indicates the
batch sequence number of the
current batch.

3-78 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines the maximum number of
batches per transaction. When an
attempt is made to enter preset
quantity and the maximum number
of batches has already been
loaded in the current transaction in
126 Batches/Transaction R/W User UINT16 2 0  10000 0 1.00 progress, the DL8000 fails preset
verification and displays an error
message (63,0,95).
Note: Set this value to 0 to indicate
that the maximum number of
executable batches is 10000.
Configures whether system
performs end output, end input,
and end time processing only at the
end of a batch, only at the end of a
transaction, or both at the end of a
batch and at the end of a
transaction. Valid values are:
1 = "Ba only": Perform end output
127 End Output Method R/W User UINT8 1 13 1 1.00 processing only at the end of a
batch.
2 = "Tr only": Perform end output
processing only at the end of a
transaction.
3 = "Both": Perform end output
processing both at the end of a
batch and at the end of a
transaction.
Defines the maximum time, in
seconds, for which end output
remains energized for end of batch
128 End Time(s) R/W User UINT16 2 0  9999 180 1.00 / transaction, depending on the
configured end output method.
*See description of end output for
details.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-79


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines input status contact TLP
used during end batch/transaction
processing. This input is scanned
to be in ON state after energizing
the End Output (63,0,130) at the
end of batch/transaction based on
the configured End Output Method
Any valid digital or (63,0,127). If it is found to be in ON
129 End Input R/W User TLP 3 0,0,0 1.00 state then end output is de-
ACIO input
energized. However if input
remains in OFF state after End
Time (63,0,128) elapses, then
'safety circuit 3' alarm is raised.
This TLP should point to status
parameter of ACIO or DI point type
having U8 data type.
Defines output status contact TLP
used during end batch/transaction
processing. If you configure End
Output, it activates based on the
configured End Output Method. It
activates if End Input is not
configured or if End Input is
configured but not activated. End
Output stays active until End Input
is activated or until a Safety Circuit
Alarm 3 raises.
Any valid digital or The system raises a Safety Circuit
130 End Output R/W User TLP 3 0,0,0 1.00 3 alarm if the End Input does not
ACIO output
activate within the time specified in
End Time (63,0,128), a Safety
Circuit 3 alarm raises.
Note: If you set End Time to 0
(zero), then End Output stays
active till End Input gets activates.
Also, the system does not raise a
Safety Circuit 3 alarm.
This TLP should point to status
parameter of ACIO or DO point
type having U8 data type.
131 RESERVED Reserved for future use

3-80 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Indicates average batch
temperature (FWA) value. It is
calculated when the batch is in
Any valid IEEE 754
132 Avg Batch Temp (FWA) R/O System Float 4 0 1.00 progress using the flow weighted
Float
average temperatures of all the
components (69,0,61). It resets to
zero when a new batch authorizes
Shows the meter authorization
status for each meter. Bit n
indicates status for Meter number =
n+1. If a bit sets, the meter is
authorized.
133 Meter Authorization status R/O System UINT16 2 0  1023 0 1.00
Meter remains authorized when
flow control valve opens until it is
next commanded to close either as
flow becomes 0 or until any alarm
with severity 2 or more raises.
Issues a command to the printer
user program to print a transaction
ticket. Valid values are:
0 = No action
1 = Print old transaction from
history
134 Print Command R/W KD UINT8 1 03 0 1.00 2 = Most recent transaction
3 = Print Weights & Measures
Event Logs
Note: After handling the command
the parameter is set back to default
value.
0.0 to any positive
135 Gross Del Qty(Batch) R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00 Shows the gross volume delivered
Double in batch
Indicates the transaction number
whose ticket should be printed from
history and enables reprinting old
transaction ticket from history.
136 Print Transaction Number R/W KD UINT16 2 0  10000 10000 1.00
Note: If this parameter value is
10000, the latest transaction from
the archive memory prints after
receiving the Print command.
Indicates net standard quantity
0.0 to any positive delivered in the batch (when batch
137 Net Std Del Qty(Batch) R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00 is in progress) or net standard
Double quantity of previous batch (if batch
is not in progress).

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-81


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Indicates mass delivered in the
0.0 to any positive
batch (when batch is in progress)
138 Mass Del Qty(Batch) R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00
or net standard quantity of previous
Double
batch (if batch is not in progress).
Defines Com port 4. This port could
be configured for the following
applications.
0 = No Application.
139 Com Port 4 R/W User UINT8 1 04 0 1.00 1 = Modicon Modbus
2 = DL6000 Protocol.
3 = Brooks Protocol. (not currently
supported)
4 = Data Logging/Print.
Indicates gross volume delivered in
0.0 to any positive the batch (when batch is in
140 Gross Del Qty (Transaction) R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00 progress) or net standard quantity
Double of previous batch (if batch is not in
progress).
Indicates average batch pressure
(FWA) value. It is calculated when
the batch is in progress using the
0.0 to any positive
141 Avg Batch Pressure (FWA) R/O System Float 4 0 1.00 flow weighted average pressure of
valid IEEE 754 Float
all the components (69,x,72). It
resets to zero when a new batch
authorizes.
Indicates net standard volume
delivered in the current transaction
0.0 to any positive
(when transaction is in progress) or
142 Net Std Del Qty (Transaction) R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00
net standard quantity of previous
Double
transaction (if transaction is not in
progress).
Indicates mass delivered in the
current transaction (when
0.0 to any positive
transaction is in progress) or net
143 Mass Del Qty (Transaction) R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00
standard quantity of previous
Double
transaction (if transaction is not in
progress).
Shows the rollover limit for non-
resettable totalizer. When totals
Any positive valid reach this limit they reset to zero
144 Roll Over Limit R/O System Double 8 IEEE Double 1E12 1.00 and begin incrementing again. This
Precision Float value is the same as that for free
running totals maintained in the
Liquid Calculations program.

3-82 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
145 Swing Arm Current Side 1.00
Indicates the current side of
product loading swing arm based
on Side Detect Method (64,0,6)
and status of switches configured
in Swing 1 Input (64,0,8) and Swing
2 Input (64,0,9). Valid values are:
0 = Parked state
1 =Side 1
2 =Side 2
145 Swing Arm Current Side R/O System UINT16 2 02 1 2.00 Note: The system updates Current
Swing Arm Side (63,0,145)
continuously every 2 seconds.
However it is checked only at the
time of starting a newly authorized
batch and restart of a halted batch.
It is also updated when any
DanLoad 6000 command [0x10,
0x12, 0x1F, 0x33, 0x3C] requesting
the current side is received.I.
Defines the severity (action taken)
when the alarm is raised. Valid
values are:
0 = Off
R/W_ 1 = Display
146 System Alarm Action User UINT8 1 04 4 1.00
CNDL 2 = Display & stop batch
3 = Display, stop batch, & close
contact
4 = Display, stop batch, close
contact, & lock unit
Indicates component authorized
state for all components. This
parameter is set in all types of
blending. Each bit represents one
component and bit status indicates
component state. Bit n indicates
147 Active Component R/O System UINT8 1 0  15 0 1.00 status for Comp no = n+1. If bit
value is 1 then component is active
(authorized and being delivered).
Note: It starts from least significant
bit. Bit 0 ->COMP1, Bit 1 ->
COMP2 so on).

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-83


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines the blend ratio tolerance
allowed during following checks:
1. To check the blend ratio after
making adjustment for flush
component before starting the new
batch. System checks for blend
tolerance if you set Tolerance
Allowed (63,0,94) as NO.
148 Blend Tolerance Percentage R/W User Float 4 0.000  99.999 5 1.00 2. To check blend ratio at the end
of batch for raising unable to
maintain blend alarm to check the
percentage deviation of component
after delivery.
3. To check blend ratio during the
delivery of inline batch at high
flowrate It is used to raise
instantaneous blend ratio alarm.
Defines Com port 5. You can
configure this port for the following
applications.
0 = No Application.
149 Com Port 5 R/W User UINT8 1 04 0 1.00 1 = Modicon Modbus
2 = DL6000 Protocol.
3 = Brooks Protocol. (not currently
available)
4 = Data Logging/Print.
150 RESERVED Reserved for future use
Divides density values coming from
TAS and multiplies density values
151 Density/Gravity Scale R/W User UINT16 2 14 4 1.20 when sending to TAS.
Note: This is used for DanLoad
6000 protocol.
Defines, in seconds, a time-out
period for the comm 2 port. If after
this time the system does not
receive a valid frame on the
152 Time-out ch. Comm Port 2 R/W User UINT16 2 0  300 10 1.00 communication port 2, it raises a
Comm Fail 2 alarm.
Note: Enter 0 (zero) in this
parameter to disable the primary
alarm for this port.

3-84 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines, in seconds, a time-out
period for the comm 3 port. If after
this time the system does not
receive a valid frame on the
153 Time-out ch. Comm Port 3 R/W User UINT16 2 0  300 10 1.00 communication port 3, it raises a
Comm Fail 3 alarm.
Note: Enter 0 (zero) in this
parameter to disable the primary
alarm for this port.
Defines, in seconds, a time-out
period for the comm 4 port. If after
this time the system does not
receive a valid frame on the
154 Time-out ch. Comm Port 4 R/W User UINT16 2 0  300 10 1.00 communication port 4, it raises a
Comm Fail 4 alarm.
Note: Enter 0 (zero) in this
parameter to disable the primary
alarm for this port.
Defines, in seconds, a time-out
period for the comm 5 port. If after
this time the system does not
receive a valid frame on the
155 Time-out ch. Comm Port 5 R/W User UINT16 2 0  300 10 1.00 communication port 5, it raises a
Comm Fail 5 alarm.
Note: Enter 0 (zero) in this
parameter to disable the primary
alarm for this port.
Indicates the status of each of the
156 Comm Fail alarm bitmap R/O System UINT8 1 0  63 0 1.00 four possible (ports 2 to 5) Comm
Fail alarms.
Sets the minimum allowable
component temperature. When the
R/W_ component’s current temperature
157 Minimum component temperature User Float 4 –999.9 to 999.9 –40 2.34
CNDL (73,0,25) drops below this value,
the system raises the Temperature
Fail Meter # alarm.
Sets the maximum allowable
component temperature. When the
R/W_ component’s current temperature
158 Maximum component temperature User Float 4 –999.9 to 999.9 110 2.34
CNDL (73,0,25) rises above this value,
the system raises the Temperature
Fail Meter # alarm.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-85


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Indicates alarm status for
Temperature Fail Meter # alarm for
all meters. One bit is used for each
159 Temp fail alarm bitmap R/O System UINT16 2 0  15 0 1.22
meter. When the alarm is
raised/cleared, the respective bit is
set to 1 or 0.
Sets the minimum allowable
component pressure. When the
R/W_ component’s current pressure
160 Minimum component pressure User Float 4 0.0 to 9999.99 0 2.34
CNDL (73,0,24) falls below this value, the
system raises the Pressure Fail
Meter # alarm.
Sets the maximum allowable
component pressure. When the
R/W_ component’s current pressure
161 Maximum component pressure User Float 4 0.0 to 9999.99 0 2.34
CNDL (73,0,24) rises above this value,
the system raises the Pressure Fail
Meter # alarm.
Indicates alarm status for the
Pressure Fail Meter # alarm. One
162 Pressure fail alarm bitmap R/O System UINT16 2 0  15 0 1.22 bit is used for each meter. When
the alarm is raised/cleared, the
respective bit is set to 1 or 0.
Sets the maximum allowable
component density. When the
component’s current density
163 Minimum component density R/W User Float 4 –9999.9 to 9999.9 -9999.9 1.22
(73,0,18) rises above this value,
the system raises the Density Fail
Comp # alarm.
Sets the minimum allowable
component density. When the
component’s current density
164 Maximum component density R/W User Float 4 –9999.9 to 9999.9 9999.9 1.22
(73,0,18) falls below this value, the
system raises the Density Fail
Comp # alarm.
Indicates alarm status for Density
Fail Comp # alarm. One bit is used
165 Density fail alarm bitmap R/O System UINT16 2 0  15 0 1.00 for each component, starting from
LSB bit 0. When raised/cleared, the
respective bit is set to 1 or 0.

3-86 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Writes a new TA command. In
automatic mode, the system
accepts all commands received
from the TAS. In manual mode,
only some TAS commands are
accepted. The TA writes the new
TA command to this parameter.
Batching/M The Batching user program copies
166 TA command R/W UINT8 1 Valid TA command 0 1.00 this parameter to New TA
odbus
Command (63,0,67) and resets this
parameter to 0 to accept new TA
command. Batching user program
then executes the command and
write the exception code (63,0,68).
Refer to Appendix F for list of all
supported command codes.
Shows a backup copy of TA
Command (63,0,166). The system
167 New TA command R/O System UINT8 1 Valid TA command 0 1.00 keeps a copy of TA Command to
raise TLP change event at TA
command parameter.
Shows exceptions raised during
execution of latest TAS command.
The Batching user program
completes this parameter with the
exception code after execution of
each TA command received at
New TA Command (63,0,67). The
168 TA exception code R/O System UINT8 1 Any valid value 0 1.22 TAS reads this to read the result of
execute commands.
Note: A value of 255 means no
exception is raised (that is, the
command executed successfully).
Refer to Appendix F for list of all
supported command codes.
169 RESERVED Reserved for future use

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-87


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Indicates the TAS-provided additive
selection bitmap, used in the
following TA commands:
1. Prompt Additive (where
suggested additives are displayed
as selected in select additive
screen of keypad display)
170 Suggested Additive by TA R/W User UINT16 2 0  63 0 1.00 2. Authorize Transaction (where TA
can force additive selection bitmap
(63,0,112) by making this 0. TAS
can also allow to select the
additives according to the
configured Additive Selection
Method [63,0,102] by making this
as 1.
Defines, in seconds, how long the
TAS waits before timing out. Use
this parameter with TA commands
TA/ that require the operator to answer
171 Operation timeout R/W UINT16 2 0  65535 0 1.00 a prompt. If the operator does not
System
perform any selection within this
time then active screen times out.
Note: Used with the TAS.
Provides a copy of Status Flags
(63,0,119). The TAS completes this
TA/
172 Copy status R/W UINT32 4 0  4294967295 0 1.00 field and uses it in the Clear Status
System
TA command to clear certain status
flags.
Indicates a TA-provided alarm ID.
The TA system uses it for the
TA/ Reset Primary Alarm and Report
173 Reset alarm id R/W UINT8 1 0  255 255 1.00
System Alarm TA commands. The DL8000
reads the alarm ID from this TLP
and executes the command.
Indicates a TA-provided value. The
TAS uses this value in the Set Date
TA/ and Time command to set the clock
174 TA set time R/W TIME 4 Any valid time 0 1.00
System time in the DL8000. Time is
number of seconds elapsed since
12 AM. Jan 01, 1970.

3-88 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Indicates the string shown on the
keypad display. The TAS writes
this parameter to specify the string
TA/ Any string of length "Not
175 TA display data R/W String20 20 1.00 shown on keypad-display and then
System 20 configure"
issues a Display Message
command to display this string on
keypad.
Specifies the width of the prompt
for the Display Message command.
TA/
176 Prompt width R/W UINT8 1 0  20 0 1.00 The TAS writes this parameter and
System
issues the Display Message
command.
Stores a value the operator enters
in response to a screen prompt
after receiving Display Message
command with Auxiliary Data Index
177 Keypad Data R/W KD UINT32 4 0  99999999 100000000 1.00 equal to 0 from TA system.
Note: Default value of 100000000
is required to provide TLP change
event to user program on this
parameter.
Indicates an auxiliary data index.
This parameter is used with Display
Message command. If Display
Message command is received
from TA and index is non zero and
TA/
178 Auxiliary Data Index R/W UINT8 1 05 0 1.00 transaction is not authorized, then
System
required auxiliary screen displays.
If index is zero then it should
consider simple display message
command which can be used to
prompt fill of any authorized batch.
Indicates average batch base
density (FWA) value. The system
calculates this value when the
Any valid IEEE 754 batch is in progress using the flow-
179 Avg Batch Base Density (FWA) R/O System Float 4 0 1.00
float weighted average base densities of
all components (69,0,100). The
system resets this value to zero
when a new batch is authorized.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-89


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Indicates a TA-provided parameter
that specifies the new operating
mode prior to issuing a Change
180 TA operating mode R/W User UINT8 1 01 1 1.00 Operating Mode command. Valid
values are:
0 = Auto
1 = Manual
Defines the severity (action taken)
when the Temperature Failure
Meter # alarm is raised. Valid
values are:
0 = Off
R/W_
181 Temperature Fail Alarm Action User UINT8 1 04 4 2.34 1 = Info
CNDL
2 = Info & stop batch
3 = Info, stop batch, & close
contact
4 = Info, stop batch, close contact,
& lock unit.
Defines the severity (action taken)
when the Pressure Failure Meter #
alarm is raised. Valid values are:
0 = Off
R/W_ 1 = Info
182 Pressure Fail Alarm Action User UINT8 1 04 4 2.34
CNDL 2 = Info & stop batch
3 = Info, stop batch, & close
contact
4 = Info, stop batch, close contact,
& lock unit.
Defines the severity (action taken)
when the Density Failure Meter #
alarm is raised. Valid values are:
0 = Off
1 = Info
183 Density Fail Alarm Action R/W User UINT8 1 04 4 1.00
2 = Info & stop batch
3 = Info, stop batch, & close
contact
4 = Info, stop batch, close contact,
& lock unit.

3-90 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines, for the Meter and Control
injection methods, the number of
injection cycles worth of additive
(that is, ideal doses of additive) by
which the actual volume of additive
184 Additive Error Limit (Control) R/W User UINT8 1 1  99 1 2.00
can differ from the ideal volume of
additive at any point in a batch
before the percentages are
checked for the purpose of raising
an Additive Fail # alarm.
Indicates the suggested preset
quantity, used to get the operator
TA/ 0.0 to any positive
185 Suggested Preset Volume R/W Float 4 0 1.00 input on preset quantity. The TAS
System valid IEEE 754 float
writes this value before issuing a
Prompt Preset Volume command.
Defines the number of data items
the DL8000 supports. It is used to
get the data items in manual
operating mode before authorizing
a new transaction. Data items are
used for transaction ticket printing
and archiving for each transaction.
In auto operating mode, the TAS
186 Number of data items R/W User UINT8 1 05 0 1.00
issues a Display Message
command with Auxiliary Data Index
(63,0,178) set as 1 to Number of
Data Items to get the auxiliary data
inputs from the operator. System
stores data items at (63,0,188;
63,0,190; 63,0,192; 63,0,194; and
63,0,196)
Defines the string for first data
Enter data
187 Data prompt 1 R/W User String20 20 Any ASCII string 1.00 prompt used prior to authorizing
item #1
transaction.
Defines the first data item selected
for current transaction.
429496729
188 Data item 1 R/W User UINT32 4 0  4294967295 1.00 Note: Default value of 4294967295
5
is required to provide the TLP
change event to the user program.
Defines the string for second data
Enter data
189 Data prompt 2 R/W User String20 20 Any valid string 1.00 prompt used prior to authorizing
item #2
transaction.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-91


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines the second data item
selected for current transaction.
KD/ 429496729
190 Data item 2 R/W UINT32 4 0  4294967295 1.22 Note: Default value of 4294967295
System 5
is required to provide the TLP
change event to the user program.
Defines the string for third data
Enter data
191 Data prompt 3 R/W User String20 20 Any valid string 1.00 prompt used prior to authorizing
item #3
transaction.
Defines a third data item selected
for current transaction.
KD/ 429496729
192 Data item 3 R/W UINT32 4 0  4294967295 1.22 Note: Default value of 4294967295
System 5
is required to provide the TLP
change event to the user program.
Defines a string for fourth data
Enter data
193 Data prompt 4 R/W User String20 20 Any valid string 1.00 prompt used prior to authorizing
item #4
transaction.
Defines a fourth data item selected
for current transaction.
KD/ 429496729
194 Data item 4 R/W UINT32 4 0  4294967295 1.22 Note: Default value of 4294967295
System 5
is required to provide the TLP
change event to the user program.
Defines a string for fifth data
Enter data
195 Data prompt 5 R/W User String20 20 Any valid string 1.00 prompt used prior to authorizing
item #5
transaction.
Defines a fifth data item selected
for current transaction.
KD/ 429496729
196 Data item 5 R/W UINT32 4 0  4294967295 1.22 Note: Default value of 4294967295
System 5
is required to provide the TLP
change event to the user program.
Defines the low flow start quantity
(gross) for inline blend when the
DL8000 switches blend to high flow
Blend Low Flow Start Quantity
197 R/W User UINT32 4 0  99,999 50 1.00 zone (as it ramps up high
(Gross)
proportion streams to high flowrate
and starts delivery of low proportion
streams).
Indicates the gross volume
0.0 to any positive
delivered since the end of previous
198 Gross Unauthorized Transaction Qty R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00
transaction when any meter was in
Double
un-authorized state (63,0,133).

3-92 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Indicates the net standard. volume
0.0 to any positive
delivered since the end of previous
199 Net Unauthorized Transaction Qty R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00
transaction when any meter was in
Double
un-authorized state (63,0,133).
Indicates the mass delivered since
0.0 to any positive
the end of previous transaction
200 Mass Unauthorized Transaction Qty R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00
when any meter was in un-
Double
authorized state (63,0,133).
Contains the TLP value of the first
out-of-range parameter being
viewed in the current page of
corrupt parameters. The system
raises a Config Corrupt alarm if it
201 Out of range Parameter 1 R/O System TLP 3 Any valid TLP 0,0,0 1.00 finds any configuration parameter
holding a corrupt value.
You can display six out-of-range
parameters at a time. Use the scroll
up/down keys to browse next or
previous pages.
Contains the TLP value of the
second out-of-range parameter
being viewed in the current page of
corrupt parameters. The system
raises a Config Corrupt alarm if it
202 Out of range Parameter 2 R/O System TLP 3 Any valid TLP 0,0,0 1.00 finds any configuration parameter
holding a corrupt value.
You can display six out-of-range
parameters at a time. Use the scroll
up/down keys to browse next or
previous pages.
Contains the TLP value of the third
out-of-range parameter being
viewed in the current page of
corrupt parameters. The system
raises a Config Corrupt alarm if it
203 Out of range Parameter 3 R/O System TLP 3 Any valid TLP 0,0,0 1.00 finds any configuration parameter
holding a corrupt value.
You can display six out-of-range
parameters at a time. Use the scroll
up/down keys to browse next or
previous pages.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-93


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Contains the TLP value of the
fourth out-of-range parameter
being viewed in the current page of
corrupt parameters. The system
raises a Config Corrupt alarm if it
204 Out of range Parameter 4 R/O System TLP 3 Any valid TLP 0,0,0 1.00 finds any configuration parameter
holding a corrupt value.
You can display six out-of-range
parameters at a time. Use the scroll
up/down keys to browse next or
previous pages.
Contains the TLP value of the fifth
out-of-range parameter being
viewed in the current page of
corrupt parameters. The system
raises a Config Corrupt alarm if it
205 Out of range Parameter 5 R/O System TLP 3 Any valid TLP 0,0,0 1.00 finds any configuration parameter
holding a corrupt value.
You can display six out-of-range
parameters at a time. Use the scroll
up/down keys to browse next or
previous pages.
Contains the TLP value of the sixth
out-of-range parameter being
viewed in the current page of
corrupt parameters. The system
raises a Config Corrupt alarm if it
206 Out of range Parameter 6 R/O System TLP 3 Any valid TLP 0,0,0 1.00 finds any configuration parameter
holding a corrupt value.
You can display six out-of-range
parameters at a time. Use the scroll
up/down keys to browse next or
previous pages.
Defines, in seconds, the time after
which the Parameter Restored
207 Param restored alarm auto reset time R/W User UINT16 2 1  65,535 300 1.00
alarm (info type) automatically
resets.

3-94 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Indicates the reason a parameter
has been restored. This parameter
sets when any configuration
parameter resets to its previous
value. Valid values are:
0 = Parameter not restored
1 = LOT (Lock on transaction)
2 = LOB (Lock on Batch auth or
progress)
3 = LOP (Lock on Primary alarm)
208 Restore reason code R/O System UINT8 1 Any valid value 0 1.00
4 = MAX (greater than max value)
5 = MIN (less than minimum value)
6 = NOL (Not in List)
7 = NPC (Non printable character)
8 = Value is not valid DO
9 = Value is not valid DI
10 = Value is more than logicals,
11 = Invalid value (reason code
used for any of the reasons not
specified above)
Sets the maximum permissible
Maximum permissible meter factor R/W_ deviation between adjacent meter
209 System/KD Float 4 0.0  9.999 0.5 2.34
deviation CNDL factors. Otherwise Meter Factor
Deviation alarm is raised.
210 RESERVED Reserved for future use
Sets the maximum number of
levels through which a stream can
211 Maximum fallback allowed R/W User UINT8 1 0  15 4 1.00 fall back.
Note: Used for inline batches.
Defines gross volume of blend
delivered since the start or restart
of a batch. After this value is
delivered, the system checks the
blend ratio for Internal Error Limit
(63,0,213) or Max Deviation
Volume (63,0,248), according to
the configured Blend Error Method
212 Correction after quantity R/W User UINT16 2 0  9999 100 1.00 (63,0,247) for making blend
adjustments if any stream has error
more than inner error. Also the
blend current zone (63,0, 96)
should be high flow zone, in which
checks for instantaneous blend
deviation occur.
Max Deviation Volume is currently
not supported.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-95


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines, as a percentage, an error
limit or a maximum blend
error/deviation. If the current blend
deviation percentage of any stream
213 Internal error limit R/W User UINT8 1 0  20 2 1.00 is more than this limit for
configurable time then the system
performs a blend adjustment.
This error is used for Blend Error
Method (63,0,247) is 0/1/2/5/6.
Defines, in seconds, how long a
stream’s blend error/deviation
percentage can be continuously
more than the value set in Blend
Tolerance Percentage (63,0,148)
or how long the error volume can
be more than Blend Tolerance
Quantity (based on the configured
Blend Error Method [63,0,247])
214 Instant Blend Alarm Delay(s) R/W User UINT16 2 0  999 5 1.00 before the system raises an Instant
Blend alarm.
The timer for this duration starts
when deviation is more than the
Blend Tolerance Percentage. This
timer stops if the deviation is less
than or equal to the Blend
Tolerance Percentage. When this
timer expires the system raises an
Instant Blend alarm.
Defines, in seconds, the duration
for which either a blend
error/deviation percentage for any
stream can be continuously more
than Internal Error Limit (63,0,213)
215 Blend Control Delay(s) R/W User UINT16 2 0  999 5 1.00 or an error volume can be more
than Max Deviation Volume
(63,0,248) (based on the
configured Blend Error Method
[63,0,247]) before the system
makes a blend ratio adjustment.

3-96 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines the blend adjustment
quantity based on the configured
Preset Delivery Type (63,0,29).
The system uses this value to
calculate the blend adjustment
window during which blend
corrections should finish. If a blend
has not crossed the 50% of the
calculated adjustment window, the
next adjustment is not started.
This window should be sufficient
216 Blend Adjustment Volume R/W User UINT16 2 0  9999 50 1.00
enough to avoid repeated
adjustment and allow sufficient time
for streams to achieve the new
adjusted target flowrates and
correct blend ratios. This window
also determines the adjustment
target flowrates that will be
calculated at the time of blend ratio
adjustment.
Note: This volume is delivered only
by high proportion streams.
Defines the gross volume of blend
to be delivered following the batch
start/restart. After this volume is
delivered, the system checks the
blend ratio for Blend Tolerance
Percentage (63,0,148) or blend
tolerance qty (based on the
217 Blend Alarm After Qty R/W User UINT16 2 0  9999 200 1.00 configured Blend Error Method
[63,0,247]) and raises the Instant
Blend alarm if any stream has error
more than outer error.
Note: The blend current zone
should be in the high flow zone
where instantaneous blend
deviation is checked.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-97


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines the severity (action taken)
when the Instant Blend Comp #'
alarm is raised. Valid values are :
0 = Off
1 = Display
218 Instant Blend Alarm Action R/W User UINT8 1 04 4 1.00
2 = Display & stop batch
3 = Display, stop batch, & close
contact
4 = Display, stop batch, close
contact, & lock unit
Defines the severity (action taken)
when the Linearization Comp #
alarm is raised. Valid values are:
0 = Off
RW_ 1 = Display
219 Linearization Alarm Action User UINT8 1 04 0 1.00
CNDL 2 = Display & stop batch
3 = Display, stop batch, & close
contact
4 = Display, stop batch, close
contact, & lock unit
Defines the severity (action taken)
when the Valve Failure Meter #
alarm is raised. Valid values are:
0 = Off
1 = Display
220 Valve Fail Alarm Action R/W User UINT8 1 04 4 1.00
2 = Display & stop batch
3 = Display, stop batch, & close
contact
4 = Display, stop batch, close
contact, & lock unit
Defines, in seconds, the time
between the issuing of the
command to close the valve and
the batch stopping (due to any
alarm or user stop). If during this
221 Valve close Time(s) R/W User UINT8 1 1  99 5 1.00 time the flowrate through the
associated meter does not reduce
to zero then the system raises a
Valve Fail Meter #' alarm if the
Valve Fail Alarm Action (63,0,220)
is not 0 (Off).
Shows the alarm status for Valve
Fail Meter # alarm. One bit is used
222 Valve fail alarm bitmap R/O System UINT16 2 0  15 0 1.22 for each meter. When
raised/cleared, the respective bit is
set to 1 or 0.

3-98 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines the severity (action taken)
when the Meter Factor Deviation
Comp # alarm is raised. Valid
values are:
0 = Off
R/W_
223 Meter factor deviation alarm action User UINT8 1 04 4 1.00 1 = Display
CNDL
2 = Display & stop batch
3 = Display, stop batch, & close
contact
4 = Display, stop batch, close
contact, & lock unit
Defines the severity (action taken)
when the Temperature Drift Meter
# alarm is raised. Valid values are:
0 = Off
1 = Display
224 Temperature drift alarm action R/W User UINT8 1 04 4 1.00
2 = Display & stop batch
3 = Display, stop batch, & close
contact
4 = Display, stop batch, close
contact, & lock unit
Sets the maximum permissible
deviation (in percentage) between
readings from two different
Maximum permissible temperature
225 R/W User Float 4 0.0  9.999 0.38 1.00 temperature probes (75,0,31 and
drift
75,0,32) above which the system
raises the Temperature Drift Meter
# alarm.
Shows alarm status for
Temperature drift alarm. One bit is
226 Temperature drift alarm bitmap R/O System UINT16 2 0  15 0 1.00 used for each meter. When
raised/cleared, the respective bit is
set to 1 or 0.
Defines the severity (action taken)
when the Internal Temperature Fail
alarm is raised. Valid values are:
0 = Off
Internal temperature failure alarm 1 = Display
227 R/W User UINT8 1 04 4 1.00
action 2 = Display & stop batch
3 = Display, stop batch, close
contact
4 = Display, stop batch, close
contact, & lock unit

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-99


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Sets the number of info
messages/prompts (Trans End
Prompt Message 1, 63,0,235 or
228 No of info prompts [Trans end] R/W User UINT8 1 05 0 1.00 Trans End Prompt Message,
63,0,239) the DL8000 displays at
the end of transaction in manual
operating mode.
Defines the maximum allowable
device temperature. If the current
device temperature exceeds this
Maximum allowable device limit then the system raises the
229 R/W User Float 4 0.0  300.0 130 1.00
temperature Internal Temp Fail alarm if the
Internal Temperature Failure Alarm
action (63,0,227) is not set to 0
(Off).
Shows the transaction’s starting
date and time, expressed as the
number of seconds elapsed since
12 A.M. Jan 1 1970. It shows the
01/01/1970 value for the current transaction (if
230 Transaction Start datetime R/O System TIME 4 Any valid time 1.00 a transaction is in progress) or for
00:00:00
the previous transaction (if a
transaction is not in progress).
The system uses this information
for archiving.
Shows the ending date and time for
the previous transaction, expressed
01/01/1970 as the number of seconds elapsed
231 Transaction End datetime R/O System TIME 4 Any valid time 1.00 since 12 A.M. Jan 1 1970.
00:00:00
The system uses this information
for archiving.
Shows the batch’s starting date
and time, expressed as the number
of seconds elapsed since 12 A.M.
Jan 1 1970. It shows the value for
01/01/1970 the current batch (if a batch is in
232 Batch Start datetime R/O System TIME 4 Any valid time 1.00
00:00:00 progress) or for the previous batch
(if a batch is not in progress).
The system uses this information
for archiving.

3-100 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Shows the ending date and time for
the previous batch, expressed as
01/01/1970 the number of seconds elapsed
233 Batch End datetime R/O System TIME 4 Any valid time 1.00 since 12 A.M. Jan 1 1970.
00:00:00
The system uses this information
for archiving.
234 RESERVED Reserved for future use
Defines the string for the first info
Trans end
235 Trans end prompt message 1 R/W User String20 20 Any ASCII string 1.00 prompt message the DL8000
prompt #1
displays after transaction ends.
Defines the string for the second
Trans end
236 Trans end prompt message 2 R/W User String20 20 Any ASCII string 1.00 info prompt message the DL8000
prompt #2
displays after transaction ends.
Defines the string for the third info
Trans end
237 Trans end prompt message 3 R/W User String20 20 Any ASCII string 1.00 prompt message the DL8000
prompt #3
displays after transaction ends.
Defines the string for the fourth info
Trans end
238 Trans end prompt message 4 R/W User String20 20 Any ASCII string 1.00 prompt message the preset
prompt #4
displays after transaction ends.
Defines the string for fifth info
Trans end
239 Trans end prompt message 5 R/W User String20 20 Any ASCII string 1.00 prompt message the DL8000
prompt #5
displays after transaction ends.
Defines the severity (action taken)
when the Digital Valve Control Fail
alarm is raised. Valid values are:
0 = Off
1 = Display
240 Digital valve control fail alarm action R/W User UINT8 1 04 0 1.00
2 = Display & stop batch
3 = Display, stop batch, & close
contact.
4 = Display, stop batch, close
contact, & lock unit.
Shows alarm status for Digital
Valve Control Fail alarm for all the
meters.
241 Digital valve control fail alarm bitmap R/O System UINT16 2 0  15 0 1.00 One bit will be used for each meter,
starting from LSB bit 0 for meter 1.
When raised or cleared, respective
bit will be set to 1/ 0.
242 RESERVED Reserved for future use
243 RESERVED Reserved for future use
244 RESERVED Reserved for future use

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-101


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Enables the driver D check at the
start of transaction. Valid values
are:
1 = Enabled
0 = Not enabled
If the driver ID check is enabled in
a manual operating mode, then
the system validates data item 1
(63,0,188) received in response to
data prompt 1 (63,0,187) against
245 Driver ID Check R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00
the allowed list of 32 driver IDs
(61,0,162 to 61,0,192).
If the entered data item 1 matches
any of these driver IDs, then the
system issues the next data prompt
or displays the DL8000 entry
screen. If data item 1 entered does
not match any of these driver IDs,
the system displays an Invalid
Driver message.
Defines the flowrate reduction rate
[high (normal) flow rate minus Rate
reduction] the system uses if it
cannot maintain the high flowrate
(that is, used for fallback/recovery
246 Rate Reduction R/W User UINT16 2 0  9999 100 1.00 in high flow zone).
Note: Used for inline blend, where
this is the reduction flowrate of the
entire blend flowrate of high
proportion streams.
Defines method for computing
blend ratio adjustments and
247 Blend error method R/W User UINT8 1 0 0 1.00 sensing blend ratio error
conditions. Valid values are:
0 = Percentage Difference
248 RESERVED Reserved for future use

3-102 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines whether auto printing
feature of transaction ticket is
required. If auto print is enabled
then the Batching user program
always issues print ticket command
249 Auto Print Enable R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00 to Printer user program at the end
of archiving of the transaction.
Valid values are:
0 = No
1 = Yes (Automatically print
transaction ticket)
Defines whether auto printing
feature of transaction ticket is
required. If auto print is enabled
then the Batching user program
always issues print ticket command
RW_
249 Auto Print Enable User UINT8 1 01 0 2.20 to Printer user program at the end
CNDL
of archiving of the transaction.
Valid values are:
0 = No
1 = Yes (Automatically print
transaction ticket)
250 RESERVED Reserved for future use
Defines the percentage of a
stream’s maximum flowrate
(75,0,3), above which the system
uses the high flow percentage
251 Low set point R/W User UINT8 1 0  100 20 1.00 error. Otherwise, the system uses
low flow percentage error for
defining the tolerance band for
target flowrate.
Note: Used only for inline blend.
Defines, in seconds, the maximum
duration a block valve should be
closed (status read by respective
block valve feedback input (69,0,68
to 69,0,71), if not set to undefined)
252 Block Valve Time(s) R/W User UINT8 1 0  99 10 1.00
after the system issues a Close
command to the block valve. If
block valve does not close in this
duration, then the system issues a
Block Valve Fail Comp # alarm.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-103


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 63: General Preset Parameters


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Defines whether the numeric keys
pressed on keypad display as
actual values or as asterisks
(*).The TAS writes this parameter
(used for the Display Message
command), which prompts the
253 Disp Msg Input control R/W TAS UINT8 1 01 0 1.00 operator through a display screen
to enter some value in response.
Valid values are:
0 = Display numeric keys on
display
1 = Display an asterisk (*) for each
numeric key pressed
Indicates alarm status for Pulse
Security Meter # alarm for all the
meters.
TAS/
254 Pulse security alarm bitmap R/O UINT16 2 0  15 0 1.00 Note: One bit will be used for each
System
meter, starting from LSB bit 0 for
meter 1. When raised/cleared
respective bit will be set to 1/ 0.

3-104 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.5 Point Type 64: General Preset Parameters #2

Description: Point type 64 provides additional general preset parameter.


Number of Logical Points: 1 logical point for each parameter.
Storage Location: Point type 64 is saved to internal configuration memory.

Table 3-6: Point Type 64, General Preset Parameters #2


Point Type 64: General Preset Parameters #2
Program or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Sets a percentage of total allocated
archive storage memory. Once the
used archive storage memory
0 Storage Mem Alarm Percent R/W User UINT8 1 0  100 80 2.00 reaches this value, an alarm
triggers.
Note: Set this parameter to 0 to
disable this alarm.
Sets the engineering units for the
additive K factor (67,x,2). Valid
values are:
0 = CC (cubic centimeter)
RW_ 1 = INCH3 (cubic inches)
1 Additive K Factor Unit User UINT8 1 06 0 2.00
CNDL 2 = Gallons (US)
3 = Liters
4 = Barrels
5 = FT3 (cubic feet)
6 = M3 (cubic meter)
Indicates the composite gross
volume delivered in either the
current batch (when batch is in
progress) or the previous batch
(when a batch is not in progress).
0.0 to any positive
2 Composite Gross Del Qty (Batch) R/O System Double 8 0 2.00 Note: This total includes main
valid IEEE 754 double
components and additives
delivered in the batch. It is the sum
of Gross Del Qty (Batch)
(63,0,135) and Additive Batch
Volume (67,x,36).

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-105


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 64: General Preset Parameters #2


Program or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Indicates the gross volume
delivered in either the current
transaction (when the transaction
is in progress) or the previous
transaction (when the transaction
Composite Gross Del Qty 0.0 to any positive is not in progress).
3 R/O System Double 8 0 2.00
(Transaction) valid IEEE 754 double Note: This total includes main
components and additives
delivered in the transaction. It is
the sum of Gross Del Qty (Trans)
(63,0,140) and Additive Batch
Volume (67,x,37).
4 RESERVED Reserved for future use
Sets the recipe number which the
system automatically selects for
transaction authorization. If recipe
verification fails, then the invalid
recipe screen displays and you can
select another recipe.
Select 0 to disable automatic
recipe selection. This parameter is
5 Auto-select Recipe No R/W User UINT8 1 0N 0 2.00 used only in manual operating
mode. You can also change the
parameter value after the
transaction authorizes but before
the first batch in the transaction
starts (to select a different recipe or
un-authorize the transaction).
Note: N is the number of
configured recipes (65,0,26).
6 RESERVED Reserved for future use

3-106 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 64: General Preset Parameters #2


Program or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Selects a method for detecting one
of three possible positions of the
product loading swing arm, based
on inputs from one or two swing
arm position switches (swing 1
input [64,0,8] and swing 2 input
[64,0,9]). The following methods
are allowed -
0 = Sgl w/o sw
Single side without swing arm
switch; side 1 forced active at all
times.
1 = Sgl 1 sw (SW2)
Single side with one swing arm
switch, where SW2 CLOSED =
side 1 and SW2 OPEN = parked
2 = Sgl 1 sw (SW1)
Single side with one swing arm
7 Side Detect Method R/W User UINT8 1 05 0 2.00 switch, where SW1 CLOSED =
side 1 and SW1 OPEN = parked
3 = Dbl 1 sw (SW2)
Double side with one swing arm
switch, where SW2 CLOSED =
side 1 and SW2 OPEN = side 2
Note: SW1 must be OPEN.
4 = Dbl 1 sw (SW1)
Double side with one swing arm
switch, where SW1 CLOSED =
side 1 and SW1 OPEN = side 2
Note: SW2 must be OPEN.
5 = Dbl 2 sw
Double side with two swing arm
switches, where SW2 CLOSED
and SW1 OPEN = side 1; SW2
OPEN and SW1 CLOSED = side
2; and SW2 OPEN and SW1
OPEN = parked.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-107


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 64: General Preset Parameters #2


Program or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Sets the digital input for input
switch 1. The system uses this
value to determine the current side
(63,0,145) based on Side Detect
Method (64,0,7).
8 Swing Arm 1 Input R/W User TLP 3 Any TLP in ROC 0,0,0 2.00 Note: It should point to status
parameter indicating On/Off in
ACIO or DI point type with data
type as UINT8. If input is not
configured then switch status is
considered as OPEN or 0.
Sets the digital input for input
switch 2. The system uses this
value to determine the current side
[63,0,145] based on side detect
method [64,0,7].
9 Swing Arm 2 Input R/W User TLP 3 Any TLP in ROC 0,0,0 2.00 Note: It should point to status
parameter indicating On/Off in
ACIO or DI point type with data
type as UINT8. If input is not
configured then switch status is
considered as OPEN or 0.
Sets the side assignment for safety
circuit number 1. Side is
determined by the swing arm
position inputs. The default value is
0 (check safety circuit independent
of side).
10 Circuit 1 Type R/W User UINT8 1 02 0 2.00
Valid values are:
0 = Side independent
1 = Enabled only if loading at side
1
2 = Enabled only if loading at side
2
Sets the side assignment for safety
circuit number 2. Side is
determined by the swing arm
position inputs. The default value is
0 (check safety circuit independent
of side).
11 Circuit 2 Type R/W User UINT8 1 02 0 2.00
Valid values are:
0 = Side independent
1 = Enabled only if loading at side
1
2 = Enabled only if loading at side
2

3-108 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 64: General Preset Parameters #2


Program or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Sets the side assignment for safety
circuit number 3. Side is
determined by the swing arm
position inputs. The default value is
0 (check safety circuit independent
of side).
12 Circuit 3 Type R/W User UINT8 1 02 0 2.00
Valid values are:
0 = Side independent
1 = Enabled only if loading at side
1
2 = Enabled only if loading at side
2
Sets the side assignment for safety
circuit number 4. Side is
determined by the swing arm
position inputs. The default value is
0 (check safety circuit independent
of side).
13 Circuit 4 Type R/W User UINT8 1 02 0 2.00
Valid values are:
0 = Side independent
1 = Enabled only if loading at side
haah1
2 = Enabled only if loading at side
2
Sets the number of additive
injections for the additive meter
calibration process. The Additive
14 Injections for Additive Calibration R/W User/KD UINT16 2 Any non-zero value 10 2.00
module performs this number of
injections after you press the Start
key.
15 RESERVED 1.00 Reserved for future use
Sets the additive delivery mode.
Valid values are:
0 = Normal Mode
16 Additive Delivery Mode R/W User/KD UINT8 1 01 0 2.00
1 = Calibration Mode - Used only
during additive meter calibration
process.
17 RESERVED 1.00 Reserved for future use
Sets a delay (in seconds) that
allows the operator to move from
18 Calibration Delay(s) R/W User/KD UINT16 2 Any valid value 5 2.00 preset to the additive injector (if
any) when beginning injection
during additive calibration process.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-109


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 64: General Preset Parameters #2


Program or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Sets the additive number for the
meter is to be calibrated. This
additive number is stored in
19 New Additive to be Calibrated R/W User UINT8 1 06 0 2.00
Additive to be Calibrated (64,0,22).
After storing the value, the system
resets the number to the default.
Sets the quantity to be injected in
one injection cycle during additive
Any positive valid calibration process.
20 Additive Calibration Qty. per Injection R/W User Double 8 1.00 2.00
IEEE 754 Double
Note: Used only for Control type of
Additive Injection.
Indicates error code during additive
calibration process. Valid values
are:
0 = No Error
1 = Invalid Additive Due To
Injection Method. Selected additive
is not configured for meter or
control injection methods.
2 = Invalid Additive Due To
Number of Additives Available.
Selected additive is more than
configured additive in the system.
21 Additive Error Code R/O System UINT8 1 07 0 2.00 3 = Additive User Program Not
Available or Running.
4 = Additive Calibration Qty Per
Injection not configured for
Selected additive when injection
method is Control.
5 = Injections For Additive
Calibration is zero.
6 = K factor not configured.
7 = Meter factor not configured.
Note: Some error codes are not
supported.
Shows the additive whose meter is
to be calibrated. Set this parameter
22 Additive to be Calibrated R/O System UINT8 1 06 0 2.00
to 0 to indicate that no additive is
selected.

3-110 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 64: General Preset Parameters #2


Program or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Shows Net Gross Batch total
(calculated as Total forward flow -
Reverse flow). Value resets when
Any valid IEEE double batch is authorized.
23 Net Forward Gross Batch Total R/O System Double 8 0 2.00
precision float
Note: This total updates only if at
least one meter is configured for
reverse flow.
Shows net standard batch total
(calculated as Total forward flow -
Reverse flow). Value resets when
Any valid IEEE double batch is authorized.
24 Net Forward Net Std Batch Total R/O System Double 8 0 2.00
precision float
Note: This total updates only if at
least one meter is configured for
reverse flow.
Shows Net Mass Batch total
(calculated as Total forward flow -
Reverse flow). Value resets when
Any valid IEEE double batch is authorized.
25 Net Forward Mass Batch Total R/O System Double 8 0 2.00
precision float
Note: This total updates only if at
least one meter is configured for
reverse flow.
Indicates whether batch preset
quantity entered (63,0,39) excludes
or includes the additive batch
quantity. Valid values are:
0 = Exclusive (Preset Qty excludes
Additive Qty)
1 = Inclusive (that is Preset Qty
26 Preset Additive Option R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 2.00 includes Additive Qty.
Note: If you set this parameter as
Inclusive then additive user
program should be running, preset
delivery type (63,0,29) should be
Gross Volume, and all additive
types (67,x, 8) should be
configured as Downstream [1]. .

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-111


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 64: General Preset Parameters #2


Program or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Sets the side on which transaction
is authorized. In auto operating
mode, this parameter locks after
the transaction is authorized. In
manual operating mode, it is
selected by device. Valid values
are:
0 = Invalid side
27 Transaction Swing Arm Side R/W User/TAS UINT8 1 02 1 2.00 1 = Loading allowed on side 1
2 = Loading allowed on side 2
Note: In auto operating mode, the
TAS writes this parameter and
specifies the side requested by
TAS prior to authorizing a new
transaction. Side is determined by
the swing arm position inputs.
Sets, in auto operating mode, the
swing arm side for which ending of
transaction is requested by the
28 TA End Trans Side R/W User/TAS UINT8 1 02 1 2.00 Issuing End transaction [0x07] TAS
command. The side should be the
same for which transaction is
authorized (64,0,27).
Shows the alarm status for the
Block Valve Fail Comp # alarm for
all meters.
29 Block Value Fail Alarm Bitmap R/O System UINT16 2 0  15 0 1.22 Note: One bit is used for each
component, starting from LSB bit 0
for component 1. When raised or
cleared, respective bit is set to 1 or
0.
30 RESERVED Reserved for future use
31 RESERVED Reserved for future use
32 RESERVED Reserved for future use
33 RESERVED Reserved for future use

34 Reserved for future use


RESERVED
35 RESERVED Reserved for future use
36 RESERVED Reserved for future use

3-112 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 64: General Preset Parameters #2


Program or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Sets the maximum number of bad
pulses, after which the pulse
R/W_ security alarm occurs.
37 Maximum Bad Pulses Allowed User UINT16 2 0  65535 10 2.34
CNDL (Parameter attribute changed to
R/W_CNDL as per Industry
Canada requirements.)
Sets the option for resetting the
bad pulse counter. Bad pulses are
used to raise pulse security alarm.
Valid values are:
0 = Accumulate until alarm is
R/W_
38 Bad Pulse Count Reset Option User UINT8 1 01 1 2.34 raised
CNDL 1 = Reset on every batch
authorization
(Parameter attribute changed to
R/W_CNDL as per Industry
Canada requirements.)
Indicates whether history or
printouts are legal records or if
legal records are not required.
RW_
39 Legal Record User UINT8 1 02 0 2.20 Valid values are:
CNDL
0 = No Legal Record
1 = Printout
2 = History
Kepps status of Error (NaN or
Divide by zero) for each program. If
this sets that NaN of Infinity alarm
will raise. It will reset when new
40 Data Error R/W System UINT16 2 0  65535 0 2.4 transaction authorized. (TLP made
unreserved in version 2.34B for
user information. This TLP status
bitwise is provided in ROCLINK
display file Preset Display #11.)
40.0 Additive NaN Found Error found in respective program
40.1 Batching NaN Found Error found in respective program
40.2 Printing NaN Found Error found in respective program
40.3 History NaN Found Error found in respective program
40.4 KD NaN Found Error found in respective program
40.5 Liquid NaN Found Error found in respective program
40.6 RESERVED Reserved for future use
40.7 RESERVED Reserved for future use
40.8 Additive Infinity Found Error found in respective program

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-113


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 64: General Preset Parameters #2


Program or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
40.9 Batching Infinity Found Error found in respective program
40.10 Printing Infinity Found Error found in respective program
40.11 History Infinity Found Error found in respective program
40.12 Additive Infinity Found Error found in respective program
40.13 Liquid Cal Infinity Found Error found in respective program
40.14 RESERVED Reserved for future use
40.15 RESERVED Reserved for future use
41 RESERVED Reserved for internal use
41.0 RESERVED Reserved for internal use
41.1 RESERVED Reserved for internal use
41.2 RESERVED Reserved for internal use
41.3 RESERVED Reserved for future use
41.4 RESERVED Reserved for future use
41.5 RESERVED Reserved for future use
41.6 RESERVED Reserved for future use
41.7 RESERVED Reserved for future use
41.8 RESERVED Reserved for future use
41.9 RESERVED Reserved for future use
41.10 RESERVED Reserved for future use
41.11 RESERVED Reserved for future use
41.12 RESERVED Reserved for future use
41.13 RESERVED Reserved for future use
41.14 RESERVED Reserved for future use
41.15 RESERVED Reserved for future use
Sets alarm severity for keypad
display communication fail
condition. Valid values are:
0 = Off
RW_ 1 = Display
42 Keypad Display Comm Fail Alarm User UINT8 1 04 0 2.20
CNDL 2 = Display & stop batch
3 = Display, stop batch, & close
contact
4 = Display, stop batch, close
contact, & lock unit

3-114 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 64: General Preset Parameters #2


Program or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Indicates the number of days (1-
100) the system retains transaction
data in history. Requests for
RW_ transaction deletion are processed
43 History Data Retention Days User UINT8 1 0  100 100 2.20 only if the oldest transaction is
CNDL
older than the indicated value.
Note: Set this field to 0 to indicate
that history retention is not needed.
44 RESERVED Reserved for internal use.
45 RESERVED Reserved for internal use.
46 RESERVED Reserved for internal use.
47 RESERVED Reserved for internal use.
48 RESERVED Reserved for internal use.
49 RESERVED Reserved for internal use.
50 RESERVED Reserved for internal use.
51 RESERVED Reserved for internal use.
52 RESERVED Reserved for internal use.
53 RESERVED Reserved for internal use.
Indicates whether the user history
program stores the product volume
unit at the end of the transaction.
54 Stored Product Volume Unit R/O User UINT8 1 01 1 2.22 Valid values are:
0 = Idle state; do not store
1 = Store at end of transaction
Indicates whether the user history
program stores the product mass
unit at the end of the transaction.
55 Stored Product Mass Unit R/O User UINT8 1 01 1 2.22 Valid values are:
0 = Idle state; do not store
1 = Store at end of transaction
Indicates whether the user history
program stores the additive volume
unit at the end of the transaction.
56 Strore Additive Volume Unit R/O User UINT8 1 01 1 2.22 Valid values are:
0 = Idle state; do not store
1 = Store at end of transaction

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-115


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 64: General Preset Parameters #2


Program or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Indicates whether the history user
program stores the product volume
57 TD Product Volume Unit R/W System UINT8 1 06 0 2.22 unit data.
Note: System populates this field
only if parameter 54 is 1.
Indicates whether the history user
program stores the product mass
58 TD Product Mass Unit R/W System UINT8 1 03 0 2.22 unit data.
Note: System populates this field
only if parameter 55 is 1.
Indicates whether the history user
program stores the additive volume
59 TD Additive Volume Unit R/W System UINT8 1 06 0 2.22 unit data.
Note: System populates this field
only if parameter 56 is 1.
Indicates the alarm status of each
additive for the Additive Fail #
alarm. LSB bit 0 indicates the
60 Additive Alarm Bitmap R/W System UINT16 2 0  1023 0 2.23 status of additive #1, and bit 9
indicates the status of additive #10.
Valid values are 1 (Alarm Active)
and 0 (Alarm Inactive).
Selects the type of reverse meter
valve. Valid values are 0 (Single
61 Rev Valve Config Option R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 2.30
Acting Valve) and 1 (Double Acting
Valve).
Sets the low flow cutoff limit to
close the block valve in low flow
stop zone (in case of fake pulses).
For any non-zero value, if the
blend flow rate (set in parameter
59 of point type 63) falls below the
62 Low Flow Cutoff R/W User Float 4 0.0  999999.0 0 2.30 low flow cutoff limit and the
component is entered in the final
stop zone, the respective block
valve closes.
Note: Enter 0 to disable this
feature.

3-116 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 64: General Preset Parameters #2


Program or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Alarm occurs when the Liquid Calc
program sets bit 1 of Calculation
Alarm Status parameter (70,0,24)
R/W_
63 InputsOutOfBound Alarm Action User UINT8 1 04 1 2.34 to 1.
CNDL
(Parameter attribute changed to
R/W_CNDL as per Industry
Canada requirements.)

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-117


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.6 Point Type 65: Transaction History Parameters (#2)

Description: Point type 65 provides additional transaction history parameters.


Number of Logical Points: 1 logical point for each parameter
Storage Location: Point type 65 is saved to internal configuration memory.

Table 3-7: Point Type 65, Transaction History Parameters #2


Point Type 65: Transaction History Parameters #2
Param# Name Access System or Data Type Length Range Default Ver Description of functionality and meaning of
User values
Update
0 Add 7 Gross Qty R/O System Double 8 0.0 to any positive valid 0.0 2.23 Defines the gross quanity for additive 7, as
IEEE 754 double provided by the history user program.
Note: The system adds this information to the
batch only if you set parameter 19 for point type
61(Store Additive Gross Quantity) to 1.
1 Add 8 Gross Qty R/O System Double 8 0.0 to any positive valid 0.0 2.23 Defines the gross quanity for additive 8, as
IEEE 754 double provided by the history user program.
Note: The system adds this information to the
batch only if you set parameter 19 for point type
61(Store Additive Gross Quantity) to 1.
2 Add 9 Gross Qty R/O System Double 8 0.0 to any positive valid 0.0 2.23 Defines the gross quanity for additive 9, as
IEEE 754 double provided by the history user program.
Note: The system adds this information to the
batch only if you set parameter 19 for point type
61(Store Additive Gross Quantity) to 1.
3 Add 10 Gross Qty R/O System Double 8 0.0 to any positive valid 0.0 2.23 Defines the gross quanity for additive 10, as
IEEE 754 double provided by the history user program.
Note: The system adds this information to the
batch only if you set parameter 19 for point type
61(Store Additive Gross Quantity) to 1.
4 RESERVED Reserved for future use
5 RESERVED Reserved for future use
6 Trans Add 7 Gross R/O System Double 8 0.0 to any positive valid 0.0 2.23 Defines the transaction gross quantity for additive
IEEE 754 double 7, as provided by the history user program.
7 Trans Add 8 Gross R/O System Double 8 0.0 to any positive valid 0.0 2.23 Defines the transaction gross quantity for additive
IEEE 754 double 8, as provided by the history user program.
8 Trans Add 9 Gross R/O System Double 8 0.0 to any positive valid 0.0 2.23 Defines the transaction gross quantity for additive
IEEE 754 double 9, as provided by the history user program.

3-118 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 65: Transaction History Parameters #2


Param# Name Access System or Data Type Length Range Default Ver Description of functionality and meaning of
User values
Update
9 Trans Add 10 Gross R/O System Double 8 0.0 to any positive valid 0.0 2.23 Defines the transaction gross quantity for additive
IEEE 754 double 10, as provided by the history user program.
10 RESERVED Reserved for future use
11 RESERVED Reserved for future use
12 Store Net Forward Total Mass R/W User UINT8 1 0  255 0 2.30 Defines whether the system archives net forward
Batch mass batch values (as totaled by the history user
program) when the Store Batch command is
received and the batch ends. Valid values are 0
(idle state; do not store) and 1 (store at end of
batch).
13 Net Forward Total Mass R/O System Double 8 0.0 to any positive valid 0.0 2.30 Defines the net forward total mass batch quantity
Batch IEEE 754 double as provided by the history user program.
Note: The system adds this information to the
batch only if you set parameter 12 for point type
65 (Store Net Forward Total Mass Batch) to 1.
14 Store Reverse Meter Mass R/W User UINT8 1 0  255 0 2.30 Defines whether the system archives reverse
Total Batch meter mass totals (defined by parameter 56 in
point type 57) when the Store Batch command is
received and the batch ends. Valid values are 0
(idle state; do not store) and 1 (store at end of
batch).
15 Reverse Meter1 Mass Total R/O System Double 8 0.0 to any positive valid 0.0 2.30 Defines the reverse mass total mass batch
Batch IEEE 754 double quantity for meter 1, as provided by the history
user program.
Note: The system adds this information to the
batch only if you set parameter 14 for point type
65 (Store Reverse Meter Mass Total Batch) to 1.
16 Reverse Meter2 Mass Total R/O System Double 8 0.0 to any positive valid 0.0 2.30 Defines the reverse mass total mass batch
Batch IEEE 754 double quantity for meter 2, as provided by the history
user program.
Note: The system adds this information to the
batch only if you set parameter 14 for point type
65 (Store Reverse Meter Mass Total Batch) to 1.
17 Reverse Meter3 Mass Total R/O System Double 8 0.0 to any positive valid 0.0 2.30 Defines the reverse mass total mass batch
Batch IEEE 754 double quantity for meter 3, as provided by the history
user program.
Note: The system adds this information to the
batch only if you set parameter 14 for point type
65 (Store Reverse Meter Mass Total Batch) to 1.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-119


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 65: Transaction History Parameters #2


Param# Name Access System or Data Type Length Range Default Ver Description of functionality and meaning of
User values
Update
18 Reverse Meter4 Mass Total R/O System Double 8 0.0 to any positive valid 0.0 2.30 Defines the reverse mass total mass batch
Batch IEEE 754 double quantity for meter 4, as provided by the history
user program.
Note: The system adds this information to the
batch only if you set parameter 14 for point type
65 (Store Reverse Meter Mass Total Batch) to 1.
19 Store Meter Mass Total Batch R/W User UINT8 1 0  255 0 2.30 Defines whether the system archives mass meter
batch totals (defined by parameter 13 in point
type 75) when the Store Batch command is
received and the batch ends. Valid values are 0
(idle state; do not store) and 1 (store at end of
batch).
20 Meter1 Mass Total Batch R/O System Double 8 0.0 to any positive valid 0.0 2.30 Defines the reverse mass total batch quantity for
IEEE 754 double meter 1, as provided by the history user program.
Note: The system adds this information to the
batch only if you set parameter 19 for point type
65 (Store Meter Mass Total Batch) to 1.
21 Meter2 Mass Total Batch R/O System Double 8 0.0 to any positive valid 0.0 2.30 Defines the reverse mass total batch quantity for
IEEE 754 double meter 2, as provided by the history user program.
Note: The system adds this information to the
batch only if you set parameter 19 for point type
65 (Store Meter Mass Total Batch) to 1.
22 Meter3 Mass Total Batch R/O System Double 8 0.0 to any positive valid 0.0 2.30 Defines the reverse mass total batch quantity for
IEEE 754 double meter 3, as provided by the history user program.
Note: The system adds this information to the
batch only if you set parameter 19 for point type
65 (Store Meter Mass Total Batch) to 1.
23 Meter4 Mass Total Batch R/O System Double 8 0.0 to any positive valid 0.0 2.30 Defines the reverse mass total batch quantity for
IEEE 754 double meter 4, as provided by the history user program.
Note: The system adds this information to the
batch only if you set parameter 19 for point type
65 (Store Meter Mass Total Batch) to 1.
24 Target Stored Transaction R/O System UINT16 2 0 2.33 Indicates remaining stored transaction in history
after successful deletion
25 Target Stored Batch R/O System UINT16 2 0 2.33 Indicates remaining stored batch in history after
successful deletion
26 Target Oldest Transaction R/O System UINT16 2 0 2.33 Indicates oldest transaction's index if deletion is
Index successful
27 Target Oldest Batch Index R/O System UINT16 2 0 2.33 Indicates Oldest batch's index if deletion is
successful

3-120 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 65: Transaction History Parameters #2


Param# Name Access System or Data Type Length Range Default Ver Description of functionality and meaning of
User values
Update
28 Recently Archived R/O System UINT16 2 0 -> 9999 9999 2.33 Store most recently archive transaction. If
Transaction batching program cleared and downloaded again
then it will read history and update this tlp on
booting. If values of this parameter do not match
with current transaction on booting then new
archiving request will be sent.
29 Recently Archived Batch R/O System UINT16 2 0 -> 9999 9999 2.33 Store most recently archive batch. If batching
program cleared and downloaded again then it
will read history and update this tlp on booting. If
values of this parameter do not match with
current batch number on booting then new
archive request will be sent.
30 Batches in Curr. Transaction R/O System UINT16 2 0 -> 10000 0 2.33 Indicates successful batches archived in current
transaction
31 First Batch in Curr. R/O System UINT16 2 0 -> 9999 10000 2.33 Indicates stored transaction in history if current
Transaction archving is successful
32 New Transaction Stored R/O System UINT16 2 2.33 Indicates stored transaction in history if current
archving is successful
33 New Batch Stored R/O System UINT16 2 2.33 Indicates stored batch in history if current
archiving is successful

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-121


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.7 Point Type 67: Additives

Description: Point type 67 provides parameters for additives.


Number of Logical Points: 1 logical point for each active additive.
Storage Location: Point type 67 is saved to internal configuration memory.

Table 3-8: Point Type 67, Additives


Point Type 67: Additives
System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
0 RESERVED Reserved for future use
0 RESERVED 2.00 Reserved for future use
Sets the injection method for the
additive. The following options are
possible -
0=Mechanical
1=Handshake
2=Meter
3=Control

Since the injection method is


1 Injection method R/W User UINT8 1 03 0 2.00
configured per additive, one
additive can be injected via a
simple mechanical injector ("Mech")
while another can be injected and
measured via an additive panel
("Control").
Note: Release 1.0 supports
Mechanical and Handshake
injection methods.

3-122 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 67: Additives


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Totalizes additive flows for both
authorized and unauthorized flows.
This parameter acts as volume per
pulse in case of Mechanical and
Handshake type of additive
injections. If feedback is configured
then add this much qty to totalizers
RW_
2 Volume per pulse/K-factor User Float 4 0  9999.99 0.00 1.00 when a pulse is received on
CNDL feedback channel. If feedback is
not configured then add this much
qty to totals when ratio output is
energized.
This parameter acts as K factor of
additive meter in case of Meter and
Control type of additive injection.
3 RESERVED 1.00 Reserved for future use
3 RESERVED 2.00 Reserved for future use
Sets (for the mechanical injection
method) the number of pulses per
additive ratio cycle.
Indicates value in seconds. If ratio
output is energized and feedback
4 Additive feedback count R/W User UINT16 2 0  9999 0 1.00
pulse is not received within
configurable second then raise
Additive fail alarm ("T" alarm).
Note: Set this value to 0 (zero) to
disable this alarm
5 RESERVED Reserved for future use
Sets the “Status” parameter of
output channel for DO and “Auto
Output” parameter of output
channel for ACIO.
6 Ratio Value output R/W User TLP 3 DO/AC IO TLP 0,0,0 1.00
The system cycles this output
according to ratio cycle injection
percentage and internal additive
ratio quantity.
Sets the TLP stores the value at
which the system receives
feedback pulses from injector.
7 Feedback input R/W User TLP 3 DI/PI/APM TLP 0,0,0 1.00
Select “Accumulated Pulses” for DI,
PI, and APM. Parameter should be
:Raw Pulse Count PI 1/2/3/4.
8 RESERVED 1.00 Reserved for future use

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-123


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 67: Additives


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Indicates if additive is injected
before or after main product meter.
Values are:
0 = Upstream (additive injected
before main product meter and is
included in component totals)
1= Downstream (additive injected
after main product meter and is not
included in component totals).
Notes:
1. If you configure additive injection
8 Additive Type R/W User UINT8 1 01 1 2.00 as Downstream, then the system
adds this additive delivered
quantity to calculate Composite
Gross Batch Totals (64,0,2) and
Composite Gross Transaction
Totals (64,0,3).
2. If you configure Additive Preset
Option (64,0,26) is inclusive, then
you must configure all additives as
Downstream.
3. Configure all additives as either
Upstream or Downstream.
Controls additive pump. If
configured then output is energized
for respective additive at the start
of the batch & de-energized after a
9 Additive pump output R/W User TLP 3 DO/AC IO TLP 0,0,0 1.00
configurable time after end of
batch. For output channel, select
“Status” parameter for DO and
“Auto Output” for ACIO.
10 RESERVED Reserved for future use
Controls the additive block valve. If
configured then output will be used
to block the additive flow towards
11 Additive block valve output R/W User TLP 3 DO/AC IO TLP 0,0,0 1.00
the injector when the additive pump
is made ON. Status parameter of
output channel should be selected.
Any valid IEEE 754
Stores additive authorized total
12 Running Totalizer R/O System Float 4 float within rollover 0 1.00
since DL8000 was initialized.
limit
12 RESERVED 2.00 Reserved for future use

3-124 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 67: Additives


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Any valid IEEE 754
Stores additive value totalized for
13 Additive Batch Totalizer R/O System Float 4 float within rollover 0 1.00
the current batch.
limit
13 RESERVED 2.00 Reserved for future use
Any valid IEEE 754
Stores additive value totalized for
14 Additive Transaction Totalizer R/O System Float 4 float within rollover 0 1.00
the current transaction.
limit
14 RESERVED 2.00 Reserved for future use
Any valid IEEE 754
Stores unauthorized additive value
15 Additive Unauthorized Totalizer R/O System Float 4 float within rollover 0 1.00
since preset was initialized.
limit
15 RESERVED 2.00 Reserved for future use
Indicates how the system considers
flow for each meter for additive
injection. Each alphabetic
represents one meter. Valid values
16 Control Meters R/W User String10 10 Any valid string GGGG 1.00 are:
G = Use Gross qty
S = Use net std. qty
M = Use Mass qty
X = Do not consider this meter
16 RESERVED 2.00 Reserved for future use
Sets the percentage value of
17 Ratio cycle Inject percentage R/W User UINT8 1 0  100 50 1.00 internal ratio cycle when injection
begins in each injection cycle.
18 RESERVED 1.00 Reserved for future use
18 RESERVED 2.00 Reserved for future use
Sets the roll over limit. If non-
19 Roll Over Limit R/O System Float 4 0  214748 214748 1.02 resettable totalizer crosses this limit
then it resets to zero.
20 RESERVED 1.00 Reserved for future use
Sets the configured ratio of product
delivered to additive in a batch. If
20 Product/Additive Low Limit R/W User UINT8 1 0  99 0 2.00 additive injected falls below this
value during the batch the Batch
Additive Fail alarm raises.
21 RESERVED 1.00 Reserved for future use

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-125


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 67: Additives


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Sets configured ratio of product
delivered to additive in a batch. If
21 Product/Additive High Limit R/W User UINT8 1 0  99 0 2.00 additive injected rises above this
value during the batch the Batch
Additive Fail alarm raises.
22 RESERVED Reserved for future use
23 RESERVED Reserved for future use
24 RESERVED Reserved for future use
25 RESERVED Reserved for future use
Sets discrete input method
26 Discrete input selection R/W User TLP 3 DI/AC IO TLP 0,0,0 1.00 selection input. Parameter should
be status of input channel.
Sets quantity in product units which
27 Ratio quantity R/W User UINT16 2 0  9999 40 1.00 controls one additive injection cycle
for given additive.
RW_ Sets the meter factor for the
28 Additive Meter Factor User Float 4 Any positive non-zero 1 2.00
CNDL additive meter.
Sets the maximum number of
unauthorized additive pulses
allowed within configured time
(67,x,44). If the DL8000 receives
29 Unauthorized Additive Pulses R/W User UINT16 2 Any valid value 200 2.00 more than the designated number
of pulses it raises the Additive fail
Unauthorized alarm.
Note: Set 0 for this parameter to
disable the alarm.
Stores the additive totalized value
30 Additive Calibration Total R/O System Double 8 Any valid value 0 2.00 during the additive meter
calibration process.
Sets the volume of additive
31 Prover Volume R/W User Double 8 Any valid value 0 2.00 measured in beaker during the
calibration process.
Shows the meter factor value
32 New Meter Factor R/O System Double 8 Any valid value 0 2.00
calculated after calibration process.
Shows the actual number of
Actual Injections During Additive additive injections occurring during
33 R/O System UINT32 4 Any valid value 0 2.00
Calibration the additive meter calibration
process.
Shows continuously the number of
Meter Pulses During Additive
34 R/O System UINT32 4 Any value value 0 2.00 meter pulses received during a
Calibration
meter calibration process.

3-126 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 67: Additives


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
0.0 to any positive Stores additive authorized total
35 Additive Running Totalizer R/O System Double 8 0 2.00
valid IEEE 754 double since the DL8000 was initialized.
0.0 to any positive Stores additive totalized for the
36 Additive Batch Totalizer R/O System Double 8 0 2.00
valid IEEE 754 double current batch.
0.0 to any positive Stores additive totalized for the
37 Additive Transaction Totalizer R/O System Double 8 0 2.00
valid IEEE 754 double current transaction.
Stores the unauthorized additive
0.0 to any positive
38 Additive Unauthorized Totalizer R/O System Double 8 0 2.00 total ever since the DL8000- was
valid IEEE 754 double
initialized.
39 RESERVED Reserved for future use.
40 RESERVED Reserved for future use.
41 RESERVED Reserved for future use.
42 RESERVED Reserved for future use.
43 RESERVED Reserved for future use.
Checks the additive for
unauthorized flow. If within the
configured time the DL8000
receives more than the configured
number of unauthorized pulses
44 Additive Unauth Pulses Reset Time R/W User UINT16 2 02 60 2.01 (67,x,29) the system raises the
Additive Fail Unauthorized alarm.
Note: This parameter is applicable
only for Meter and Control injection
method (67,x,1).
45 RESERVED Reserved for future use
46
47
48

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-127


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.8 Point Type 68: Recipes

Description: Point type 68 provides parameters for recipies.


Number of Logical Points: 1 logical point for each active recipe.
Storage Location: Point type 68 is saved to internal configuration memory.

Table 3-9: Point Type 68, Recipes


Point Type 68: Recipes
System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
0 Name R/W User String20 20 Any ASCII String Recipe #x 1.00 Name of recipe
Sets the percentage of this
component used in the delivered
1 Percentage of Component 1 R/W User Float 4 0  100 100 1.00 blend.
Note: 0 (zero) means the
component is not used.
Sets the percentage of this
component used in the delivered
2 Percentage of Component 2 R/W User Float 4 0  100 0 1.00 blend.
Note: 0 (zero) means the
component is not used.
Sets the percentage of this
component used in the delivered
3 Percentage of Component 3 R/W User Float 4 0  100 0 1.00 blend.
Note: 0 (zero) means the
component is not used.
Set the percentage of this
component used in the delivered
4 Percentage of Component 4 R/W User Float 4 0  100 0 1.00 blend.
Note: 0 (zero) means the
component is not used.
Sets whether flushing is done in the
recipe. Valid values are:
5 Flushing R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00
0 = Disable flush
1 = Enable flush

3-128 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 68: Recipes


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Sets the status of one additive,
starting from most significant
character for additive 1. Valid
values are:
0000000000 1 = Enable additive for recipe
6 Recipe Additives R/W User String10 10 0 1.00 0 = Disable additive for recipe
1111111111
The system uses this parameter
when additive selection method is
via recipe selection or recipe
selection with multi rate.
Sets quantity of base products
which controls one injection cycle
for additive 1.
7 Additive 1 Ratio Quantity R/W User UINT16 2 0  9999 40 1.00
Note: The system uses this
parameter only in case of recipe
with multi rate selection method.
Sets quantity of base products
which controls one injection cycle
for additive 2.
8 Additive 2 Ratio Quantity R/W User UINT16 2 0  9999 40 1.00
Note: The system uses this
parameter only in case of recipe
with multi rate selection method.
Sets quantity of base products
which controls one injection cycle
for additive 3.
9 Additive 3 Ratio Quantity R/W User UINT16 2 0  9999 40 1.00
Note: The system uses this
parameter only in case of recipe
with multi rate selection method.
Sets quantity of base products
which controls one injection cycle
for additive 4.
10 Additive 4 Ratio Quantity R/W User UINT16 2 0  9999 40 1.00
Note: The system uses this
parameter only in case of recipe
with multi rate selection method.
Sets quantity of base products
which controls one injection cycle
for additive 5.
11 Additive 5 Ratio Quantity R/W User UINT16 2 0  9999 40 1.00
Note: The system uses this
parameter only in case of recipe
with multi rate selection method.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-129


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 68: Recipes


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Sets quantity of base products
which controls one injection cycle
for additive 6.
12 Additive 6 Ratio Quantity R/W User UINT16 2 0  9999 40 1.00
Note: The system uses this
parameter only in case of recipe
with multi rate selection method.
13 RESERVED Reserved for future use
14 RESERVED Reserved for future use
15 RESERVED Reserved for future use
16 RESERVED Reserved for future use
Used differently based on the
configured Unit Type.
Unit Type is Sequential Blend
This indicates delivery sequence
which specifies the sequence in
which all components should be
delivered.
Ex. if 312 is configured then 1st
17 Delivery Sequence or Low Proportion R/W User String10 10 ASCII String 1 1.00 deliver component 3, 2nd deliver
component 1 and at last deliver
component 2.
Unit Type is Inline Blend
This indicates whether a
component is high proportion [0] or
low proportion [1]. Inline
proportional blending is used for
maintaining ratio between all high
proportion components.
18 RESERVED Reserved for future use
Shows the gross quantity delivered
0.0 to any positive
for current recipe since DL8000
19 Recipe Gross Del Qty R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00
was initialized. Value rolls over
double
when it crosses roll over limit.
20 RESERVED Reserved for future use
Shows the net quantity delivered
0.0 to any positive
for current recipe since unit is
21 Recipe Net Std Del Qty R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00
initialized. It will roll over when it
double
crosses roll over limit.
Shows the mass quantity delivered
0.0 to any positive
for current recipe since unit is
22 Recipe Mass Del Qty R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00
initialized. It will roll over when it
double
crosses roll over limit.

3-130 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 68: Recipes


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Sets the low flow start rate setpoint
for the batch recipe loading profile.
This is used when Unit Type is
23 Recipe Low Flow Start Rate R/W User Float 4 0  99999.9 250 1.00 inline blender.
Note: This target flowrate is always
delivery type (63,0,29) based
flowrate.
Sets the high flow rate setpoint for
the batch recipe loading profile.
This is used when Unit Type is
24 Recipe High flow rate R/W User Float 4 0  99999.9 800 1.00 inline blender.
Note: This target flowrate is always
delivery type (63,0,29) based
flowrate.
25 RESERVED Reserved for future use
26 RESERVED Reserved for future use
27 RESERVED 1.00 Reserved for future use
28 RESERVED 1.00 Reserved for future use
29 RESERVED 1.00 Reserved for future use
30 RESERVED 1.00 Reserved for future use
Sets, for additive 1, what flow to
consider to control ratio output.
Each alphabetic character
represents one component. Valid
values are:
G = Use gross quantity of
31 Additive 1 Control Component R/W User String10 10 ASCII string G 2.00
component
S = Use net quantity of component
M = Use mass quantity of
component
X = Don't use quantity of
component

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-131


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 68: Recipes


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Sets, for additive 2, what flow to
consider to control ratio output.
Each alphabetic character
represents one component. Valid
values are:
G = Use gross quantity of
32 Additive 2 Control Component R/W User String10 10 ASCII string G 2.00
component
S = Use net quantity of component
M = Use mass quantity of
component
X = Don't use quantity of
component
Sets, for additive 3, what flow to
consider to control ratio output.
Each alphabetic character
represents one component. Valid
values are:
G = Use gross quantity of
33 Additive 3 Control Component R/W User String10 10 ASCII string G 2.00
component
S = Use net quantity of component
M = Use mass quantity of
component
X = Don't use quantity of
component
Sets, for additive 4, what flow to
consider to control ratio output.
Each alphabetic character
represents one component. Valid
values are:
G = Use gross quantity of
34 Additive 4 Control Component R/W User String10 10 ASCII string G 2.00
component
S = Use net quantity of component
M = Use mass quantity of
component
X = Don't use quantity of
component

3-132 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 68: Recipes


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Sets, for additive 5, what flow to
consider to control ratio output.
Each alphabetic character
represents one component. Valid
values are:
G = Use gross quantity of
35 Additive5 Control Component R/W User String10 10 ASCII string G 2.00
component
S = Use net quantity of component
M = Use mass quantity of
component
X = Don't use quantity of
component
Sets, for additive 6, what flow to
consider to control ratio output.
Each alphabetic character
represents one component. Valid
values are:
G = Use gross quantity of
36 Additive 6 Control Component R/W User String10 10 ASCII string G 2.00
component
S = Use net quantity of component
M = Use mass quantity of
component
X = Don't use quantity of
component

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-133


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 68: Recipes


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Sets the required quantity of
additive 1 during each injection.
The quantity is in configured units
(63,0,101). Additive 1 Ratio
quantity controls the injections.
Notes:
1. The system uses this parameter
in case of control injection method
(67,x,1) configured for this additive
to calculate ideal pulses per
injection. This quantity should be
configured such that ideal pulses
per injection should not be less
than one)
0
37 Additive 1 Qty/Injection R/W User Double 8 0.000 2.00 2. The system uses this parameter
9999999999.9999
in case of metered injection method
configured for this additive for
scanning of additive high and low
alarms. If this quantity is set as 0
then alarm is not raised.
3. The system uses this parameter
for control or meter injection
method configured for this additive
to calculate additive volume in
preset qty entered (63,0,39) in case
of additive as a part of preset.
4. This parameter, if configured
less than 0.0000001, will be
considered as zero.
0 For additive 2, as described for
38 Additive 2 Qty/Injection R/W User Double 8 0.000 2.00
9999999999.9999 Additive 1 Qty/Injection.
0 For additive 3, as described for
39 Additive 3 Qty/Injection R/W User Double 8 0.000 2.00
9999999999.9999 Additive 1 Qty/Injection.
0 For additive 4, as described for
40 Additive 4 Qty/Injection R/W User Double 8 0.000 2.00
9999999999.9999 Additive 1 Qty/Injection.
0 For additive 5, as described for
41 Additive 5 Qty/Injection R/W User Double 8 0.000 2.00
9999999999.9999 Additive 1 Qty/Injection.
0 For additive 6, as described for
42 Additive 6 Qty/Injection R/W User Double 8 0.000 2.00
9999999999.9999 Additive 1 Qty/Injection.
0 For additive 7, as described for
43 Additive 7 Qty/Injection R/W User Double 8 0.000 2.23
9999999999.9999 Additive 1 Qty/Injection.
0 For additive 8, as described for
44 Additive 8 Qty/Injection R/W User Double 8 0.000 2.23
9999999999.9999 Additive 1 Qty/Injection.

3-134 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 68: Recipes


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
0 For additive 9, as described for
45 Additive 9 Qty/Injection R/W User Double 8 0.000 2.23
9999999999.9999 Additive 1 Qty/Injection.
0 For additive 10 as described for
46 Additive 10 Qty/Injection R/W User Double 8 0.000 2.23
9999999999.9999 Additive 1 Qty/Injection.
47 RESERVED Reserved for future use
48 RESERVED Reserved for future use
Specifies the product for additive 7,
the flow of which must be
considered to control ratio output.
Each character represents one
component:
49 Additive 7 Control Component R/W User String10 10 ASCII string G 2.23 G = Use gross quantity of
component
S = Use net quantity of component
M = Use mass quantity of
component
X = Don’t use quantity of
component
Specifies the product for additive 8,
the flow of which must be
considered to control ratio output.
Each character represents one
component:
50 Additive 8 Control Component R/W User String10 10 ASCII string G 2.23 G = Use gross quantity of
component
S = Use net quantity of component
M = Use mass quantity of
component
X = Don’t use quantity of
component
Specifies the product for additive 9,
the flow of which must be
considered to control ratio output.
Each character represents one
component:
51 Additive 9 Control Component R/W User String10 10 ASCII string G 2.23 G = Use gross quantity of
component
S = Use net quantity of component
M = Use mass quantity of
component
X = Don’t use quantity of
component

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-135


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 68: Recipes


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Specifies the product for additive
10, the flow of which must be
considered to control ratio output.
Each character represents one
component:
52 Additive 10 Control Component R/W User String10 10 ASCII string G 2.23 G = Use gross quantity of
component
S = Use net quantity of component
M = Use mass quantity of
component
X = Don’t use quantity of
component

3-136 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.9 Point Type 69: Components

Description: Point type 69 provides parameters for components.


Number of Logical Points: 1 logical point for each active component.
Storage Location: Point type 69 is saved to internal configuration memory.

Table 3-10: Point Type 69, Components


Point Type 69: Components
System or
Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Data Type Length Range Default Ver
meaning of values
Update

Sets the gross volume to be


delivered at low flow start rate.
0 Low Flow Start Quantity (Gross) R/W User UINT32 4 0  99999 50 1.00 Note: Low flow start rate to high
flow rate transition is based on
gross volume delivered.
Sets the gross volume to be
delivered at low flow start rate
when either:
1. Suspended batch restarts for
which the Low Flow Start Quanity
(Gross) has already been delivered
1 Low Flow Restart Quantity (Gross) R/W User UINT32 4 0  99999 20 1.00 or
2. Component (other than the first
component in a sequential blend)
starts.
Note: Low flow start rate to high
flow rate transition is based on
gross volume delivered.
Sets the quantity (based on
configured Delivery Type) to deliver
at low flow rate or stop rate before
all flow is stopped.
2 Low Flow Stop Quantity R/W User UINT32 4 0  99999 50 1.00
This should allow sufficient time to
stabilize the flowrate during low
flow stop zone before closing the
flow control valve.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-137


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 69: Components


System or
Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Data Type Length Range Default Ver
meaning of values
Update

Sets a target quantity at which the


flow control valve closes during
shutdown. This is the component
preset value minus this configured
quantity (based on Preset Delivery
3 Final Stop Quantity R/W User UINT32 4 0  99999 3 1.00 Type).
Note: Set this to 0 (zero) to have
the system calculate the final stop
zone target using last five valve
closure pulse samples.
Sets, in seconds, the time between
opening the component block valve
4 Block Valve Delay(s) R/W User UINT8 1 0  99 0 1.00
and opening the component flow
control valve during startup.
Sets, in seconds, the time between
terminating flow through the meter
after closing the flow control valve
(FCV) and de-energizing the pump
for this component. The system
uses the Pump Stop Delay in
following cases:
5 Pump Stop Delay R/W User UINT16 2 0  999 30 1.00 1. Normal FCV closure due to
delivery of component being
completed
2. Batch halt due to non-primary
alarm (severity 2 or 3)
3. Batch halt due to stop key or
stop batch command from TA with
'stop key action' not set as
immediate.
Sets an identifying name for
specific component. This identifies
"Compo-
6 Component ID R/W User String20 20 Any ASCII String 1.00 the component for display and
nent #X"
logging purposes. Values must be
printable ASCII characters.
Identifies the flow meter used to
measure this component. In a
7 Meter R/W User UINT8 1 14 1 1.00 sequential blending application, all
components flow through the same
meter, one at a time.

3-138 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 69: Components


System or
Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Data Type Length Range Default Ver
meaning of values
Update

Sets the linear meter constant (K-


Factor) in pulses/ft3 or pulses/m3
depending on volume and mass
units option in liquid preference
point type.
Any positive, non-
R/W_ Note: This configuration is used
8 K-Factor User Float 4 zero, valid IEEE 754 1.0 1.00
CNDL when Meter Factor / K-factor
float
Option (parameter #74 in
component PT) is 0 = Single Meter
Factor and Single K-factor, 1 =
Meter Factor Curve with a Single
K-factor)
Sets a number obtained by dividing
the quantity of fluid (measured by
the proving system) by the quantity
indicated by the meter during
R/W_ proving.
9 Meter Factor User Float 4 0.8  1.2 1.0 1.00
CNDL Note: The system uses this value
when Meter Factor / K-factor
Option (parameter #74 in
component PT) is 0 (Single Meter
Factor and Single K-factor).
Sets the time between starting the
pump for this component and
10 Line Pack Delay (s) R/W User UINT16 2 0  999 30 1.00
opening the flow control valve
when a batch starts or restarts.
Show the flowrate zone of the
component (also known as the
component’s “current zone”)
according to the delivery profile.
Vaild values are:
11 Current Zone R/O System UINT8 1 04 4 1.00
0 = Low flow start
1 = High flow
2 = Low flow stop
3 = Lock
4 = Final Stop (i.e. normal stop)
Defines the TLP which controls the
product pump contact for this
12 Pump Contact R/W User TLP 3 Any valid TLP 0,0,0 1.00 component.
Note: It should point to valid DO or
ACIO output status.
13 RESERVED Reserved for future use
14 RESERVED Reserved for future use
15 RESERVED Reserved for future use

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-139


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 69: Components


System or
Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Data Type Length Range Default Ver
meaning of values
Update

16 RESERVED Reserved for future use


17 RESERVED Reserved for future use
18 RESERVED Reserved for future use
Indicates the component preset
quantity (based on the Delivery
0.0 to any positive
19 Component Preset R/O System Float 4 0 1.00 Type) which needs to be delivered.
valid IEEE 754 float
This is set for component in the
recipe or the flush component.
Indicates the component remaining
quantity (based on Delivery Type)
which remains to be delivered.
When the component (regular
component in recipe or flush
Any valid IEEE 754 component) is started it is set equal
20 Component Remaining Qty R/O System Float 4 0 1.00
float to component preset. As
component is metered during
loading, the incremental quantity
(based on 'delivery type') through
the meter is subtracted from comp
remaining quantity.
Shows the status of block valve
feedback error. Each bit indicates
status of one block valve starting
from LSB. Bit 0 gives the status of
seq or comp 1 block valve
feedback. The bit is set to 1 if block
valve feedback is different from that
21 Block Valve fail status R/O System UINT8 1 0  15 0 1.00
expected, i.e. block valve output
state. The Batching user program
scans block valves feedback inputs
after some delay when block valve
output state changes (that is, it is
activated during startup or de-
activated during shutdown).
Show the component preset
quantity which is adjusted from
0.0 to any positive recipe component preset to provide
22 Component flush R/O System Float 4 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 float the flush component preset. This is
calculated and set when batch gets
authorized.

3-140 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 69: Components


System or
Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Data Type Length Range Default Ver
meaning of values
Update

Indicates the recipe component


preset quantity after adjustment is
0.0 to any positive
23 Component preset after flush R/O System Float 4 0 1.00 made for the flush component
valid IEEE 754 float
preset. This is calculated and set
when batch gets authorized.
24 RESERVED Reserved for future use
Indicates the gross volume quantity
which is delivered for current
0.0 to any positive
25 Gross Component Del Qty(Batch) R/O System Double 8 0 1.00 component in the batch. This
valid IEEE 754 float
resets when new batch is
authorized.
26 RESERVED Reserved for future use
Show the net standard. volume
quantity which is delivered for
0.0 to any positive
27 Net Std Component Del Qty (Batch) R/O System Double 8 0 1.00 current component in the batch.
valid IEEE 754 float
This value resets when new batch
is authorized.
Shows the mass quantity which is
0.0 to any positive
delivered for current component in
28 Mass Component Del Qty (Batch) R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00
the batch. This value resets when
Double
new batch is authorized.
29 RESERVED Reserved for future use
Shows the gross volume quantity
0.0 to any positive delivered for current component
30 Gross Component Total R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00 since the DL8000 was initialized.
Double The value never resets. It rolls over
when it crosses roll over limit.
31 RESERVED Reserved for future use
Shows the net standard volume
quantity delivered for current
0.0 to any positive
component since the DL8000 was
32 Net Std Component Total R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00
initialized. The value never resets.
Double
It rolls over when it crosses roll
over limit.
Indicates the mass quantity
0.0 to any positive delivered for current component
33 Mass Component Total R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00 since the DL8000 was initialized.
Double The value never resets. It rolls over
when it crosses roll over limit.
34 RESERVED Reserved for future use
35 RESERVED Reserved for future use
36 RESERVED Reserved for future use

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-141


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 69: Components


System or
Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Data Type Length Range Default Ver
meaning of values
Update

37 RESERVED Reserved for future use


38 RESERVED Reserved for future use
39 RESERVED Reserved for future use
40 RESERVED Reserved for future use
41 RESERVED Reserved for future use
42 RESERVED Reserved for future use
43 RESERVED Reserved for future use
Shows the minimum temperature
recorded for this component during
Any valid IEEE 754
44 Lowest component temperature R/O System Float 4 0 1.00 loading for the current batch. It
float
resets to 0 when new batch is
authorized.
Shows the timestamp when the
system recorded the Lowest
Component Temperature for this
Time
45 Lowest temperature timestamp R/O System 4 Any valid time 0 1.00 component. The timestamp
(UINT32)
represents the number of seconds
that have elapsed since 12:00 AM.
Jan. 1, 1970.
Shows the maximum temperature
recorded for this component during
Any valid IEEE 754
46 Highest component temperature R/O System Float 4 0 1.00 loading for the current batch. It
float
resets to 0 when new batch is
authorized.
Shows the timestamp when the
system recorded the Highest
Component Temperature for this
Time
47 Highest temperature timestamp R/O System 4 Any valid time 0 1.00 component was recorded. The
(UINT32)
timestamp represents the number
of seconds that have elapsed since
12:00 AM. Jan. 1, 1970.
Shows the minimum pressure
recorded for this component during
Any valid IEEE 754
48 Lowest component pressure R/O System Float 4 0 1.00 loading for the current batch. It
float
resets to 0 when new batch is
authorized.

3-142 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 69: Components


System or
Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Data Type Length Range Default Ver
meaning of values
Update

Shows the timestamp when the


system recorded the Lowest
Component Pressure for this
Time
49 Lowest pressure timestamp R/O System 4 Any valid time 0 1.00 component was recorded. The
(UINT32)
timestamp represents the number
of seconds that have elapsed since
12:00 AM. Jan. 1, 1970.
Shows the maximum pressure
recorded for this component during
Any valid IEEE 754
50 Highest component pressure R/O System Float 4 0 1.00 loading for the current batch. It
float
resets to 0 when new batch is
authorized.
Shows the timestamp when the
system recorded the Highest
Component Pressure for this
Time
51 Highest pressure timestamp R/O System 4 Any valid time 0 1.00 component. The timestamp
(UINT32)
represents the number of seconds
that have elapsed since 12:00 AM.
Jan. 1, 1970.
Shows the minimum density
recorded for this component during
Any valid IEEE 754
52 Lowest component density R/O System Float 4 0 1.00 loading for the current batch. The
float
value resets to 0 when new batch
is authorized.
Shows the timestamp when the
system recorded the Lowest
Component Density for this
Time
53 Lowest density timestamp R/O System 4 Any valid time 0 1.00 component. The timestamp
(UINT32)
represents the number of seconds
that have elapsed since 12:00 AM.
Jan. 1, 1970.
Shows the maximum density
recorded for this component during
Any valid IEEE 754
54 Highest component density R/O System Float 4 0 1.00 loading for the current batch. This
float
value resets to 0 when new batch
is authorized.
Shows the timestamp when the
system recorded the Highest
Component Density for this
Time
55 Highest density timestamp R/O System 4 Any valid time 0 1.00 component. The timestamp
(UINT32)
represents the number of seconds
that have elapsed since 12:00 AM
Jan. 1, 1970.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-143


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 69: Components


System or
Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Data Type Length Range Default Ver
meaning of values
Update

Sets the stop rate for component.


The system uses this value for
inline blending during low flow stop
zone and for the delivery of the
flush component.
This is the flowrate at which the
system delivers this component
during the component’s configured
low-flow stop quantity at the end of
an in-line batch. Thus, the final
closure of the flow control valve is
always from the same flowrate so
R/W_ that valve closure averaging works
56 Stop flow rate User Float 4 0  99999.9 150 1.00 correctly, independently of the
CNDL
individual component blend
percentages in the recipes. This
also means that the overall flowrate
at the end of a batch is the sum of
the stop rates of any flowing
components.
It is also used for the delivery of
flush component.
Note: This target flowrate is always
of indicated flowrate type to provide
valve closure repeatability and
accuracy.
Sets the target flowrate in high flow
zone of this component if it is a low
proportion component (defined as 1
in Delivery Seq or Low Proportion
57 LP High Flow rate R/W User Float 4 0  99999.9 200 1.00 (68,0,16) in recipe PT.
Note: This target flowrate is always
delivery type (63,0,29) based
flowrate.
58 RESERVED Reserved for future use
Shows the actual ratio of
component in current batch being
59 Actual component % R/O System Float 4 0  99.99 0 1.00
delivered. The value resets when
new batch is authorized.
60 RESERVED Reserved for future use

3-144 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 69: Components


System or
Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Data Type Length Range Default Ver
meaning of values
Update

Shows the flow weighted average


(FWA) component temperature
Any valid IEEE 754 value, calculated when the batch is
61 Avg Component Temp. (FWA) R/O System Float 4 0 1.00
float in progress. This value resets to
zero when a new batch is
authorized.
62 RESERVED Reserved for future use
63 RESERVED Reserved for future use
Sets the block valve output status
contact TLP. For sequential batch
this parameter defines the block
64 Seq or Comp 1 Block Valve Output R/W User TLP 3 Any valid TLP 0,0,0 1.00 valve output (on/off) which controls
the delivery of this component into
the common pipe. It should point to
DO or ACIO output status.
65 RESERVED Reserved for future use
66 RESERVED Reserved for future use
67 RESERVED 1.00 Reserved for future use
Sets the block valve feedback input
status TLP, which needs to be
monitored to check whether the
block valve output 1 is in the
correct state. If feedback input
68 Seq or Comp 1 Block Valve Feedbac R/W User TLP 3 Any valid TLP 0,0,0 1.00
does not shows correct state then
block valve fail alarm is raised. It
should be configured only if block
valve output 1 of this component is
configured.
69 RESERVED Reserved for future use.
70 RESERVED Reserved for future use
71 RESERVED Reserved for future use
Shows the flow weighted average
(FWA) component pressure value,
Any valid IEEE 754
72 Avg component pressure (FWA) R/O System Float 4 0 1.00 calculated when the batch is in
float
progress. This value resets to zero
when a new batch is authorized.
Shows the actual stream
percentage error with respect to
Any valid IEEE 754 ideal component percentage.
73 Blend Percent Error R/O System Float 4 0 1.20
float
This value updates in case of Inline
blending.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-145


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 69: Components


System or
Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Data Type Length Range Default Ver
meaning of values
Update

Sets how the meter factor and k-


factor should interact. Valid values
are:
R/W_ 0 = Single Meter Factor and Single
74 Meter Factor/K-factor Option User UINT8 1 01 0 1.00
CNDL K-factor,
1 = Meter Factor Curve with a
Single K-factor.

0.8  1.2 [If Meter


Factor/K-Factor
Option = 1] Sets the Meter Factor for the
R/W_ Any positive, non- associated flow rate (69,0,76) or K-
75 Meter Factor/K-factor 1 User Float 4 1.0 1.00
CNDL zero, valid IEEE 754 factor for associated frequency
Float [If Meter (69,0,76).
Factor/K-Factor
Option = 2]
Sets the flowrate for the associated
R/W_ Meter Factor
76 Flowrate/Frequency 1 User Float 4 0.0  999999.0 0.0 1.00
CNDL Note: This flowrate is always of
indicated type.
0.8  1.2 [If Meter
Factor/K-Factor
Option = 1] Sets the Meter Factor for the
R/W_ Any positive, non- associated flow rate (69,0,78) or K-
77 Meter Factor/K-factor 2 User Float 4 1.0 1.00
CNDL zero, valid IEEE 754 factor for associated frequency
Float [If Meter (69,0,78).
Factor/K-Factor
Option = 2]
Sets the flowrate for the associated
R/W_ Meter Factor
78 Flowrate/Frequency 2 User Float 4 0.0  999999.0 0.0 1.00
CNDL Note: This flowrate is always of
indicated type.
0.8  1.2 [If Meter
Factor/K-Factor
Option = 1] Sets the Meter Factor for the
R/W_ Any positive, non- associated flow rate (69,0,80) or K-
79 Meter Factor/K-factor 3 User Float 4 1.0 1.00
CNDL zero, valid IEEE 754 factor for associated frequency
Float [If Meter (69,0,80).
Factor/K-Factor
Option = 2]
Sets the flowrate for the associated
R/W_ Meter Factor.
80 Flowrate/Frequency 3 User Float 4 0.0  999999.0 0.0 1.00
CNDL Note: This flowrate is always of
indicated type.

3-146 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 69: Components


System or
Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Data Type Length Range Default Ver
meaning of values
Update

0.8  1.2 [If Meter


Factor/K-Factor
Option = 1] Sets the Meter Factor for the
R/W_ Any positive, non- associated flowrate (69,0,82) or K-
81 Meter Factor/K-factor 4 User Float 4 1.0 1.00
CNDL zero, valid IEEE 754 factor for associated frequency
Float [If Meter (69,0,82).
Factor/K-Factor
Option = 2]
Sets the flowrate for the associated
R/W_ Meter Factor.
82 Flowrate/Frequency 4 User Float 4 0.0  999999.0 0.0 1.00
CNDL Note: This flowrate is always of
indicated type.
0.8  1.2 [If Meter
Factor/K-Factor
Option = 1] Sets the Meter Factor for the
R/W_ Any positive, non- associated flowrate (parameter
83 Meter Factor/K-factor 5 User Float 4 1.0 1.00
CNDL zero, valid IEEE 754 #84) or K-factor for associated
Float [If Meter frequency (69,0,84).
Factor/K-Factor
Option = 2]
Sets the flowrate for the associated
R/W_ Meter Factor.
84 Flowrate/Frequency 5 User Float 4 0.0  999999.0 0.0 1.00
CNDL Note: This flowrate is always of
indicated type.
0.8  1.2 [If Meter
Factor/K-Factor
Option = 1] Sets the Meter Factor for the
R/W_ Any positive, non- associated flow rate (69,0,86) or K-
85 Meter Factor/K-factor 6 User Float 4 1.0 1.00
CNDL zero, valid IEEE 754 factor for associated frequency
Float [If Meter (69,0,86).
Factor/K-Factor
Option = 2]
Sets the flowrate for the associated
R/W_ Meter Factor.
86 Flowrate/Frequency 6 User Float 4 0.0  999999.0 0.0 1.00
CNDL Note: This flowrate is always of
indicated type.
0.8  1.2 [If Meter
Factor/K-Factor
Option = 1] Sets the Meter Factor for the
R/W_ Any positive, non- associated flowrate (69,0,88) or K-
87 Meter Factor/K-factor 7 User Float 4 1.0 1.00
CNDL zero, valid IEEE 754 factor for associated frequency
Float [If Meter (69,0,88).
Factor/K-Factor
Option = 2]

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-147


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 69: Components


System or
Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Data Type Length Range Default Ver
meaning of values
Update

Sets the flowrate for the associated


R/W_ Meter Factor.
88 Flowrate/Frequency 7 User Float 4 0.0  999999.0 0.0 1.00
CNDL Note: This flowrate is always of
indicated type.
0.8  1.2 [If Meter
Factor/K-Factor
Option = 1] Sets the Meter Factor for the
R/W_ Any positive, non- associated flowrate (69,0,90) or K-
89 Meter Factor/K-factor 8 User Float 4 1.0 1.00
CNDL zero, valid IEEE 754 factor for associated frequency
Float [If Meter (69,0,90).
Factor/K-Factor
Option = 2]
Sets the flowrate for the associated
R/W_ Meter Factor.
90 Flowrate/Frequency 8 User Float 4 0.0  999999.0 0.0 1.00
CNDL Note: This flowrate is always of
indicated type.
0.8  1.2 [If Meter
Factor/K-Factor
Option = 1] Sets the Meter Factor for the
R/W_ Any positive, non- associated flowrate (69,0,92) or K-
91 Meter Factor/K-factor 9 User Float 4 1.0 1.00
CNDL zero, valid IEEE 754 factor for associated frequency
Float [If Meter (69,0,92).
Factor/K-Factor
Option = 2]
Sets the flowrate for the associated
R/W_ Meter Factor.
92 Flowrate/Frequency 9 User Float 4 0.0  999999.0 0.0 1.00
CNDL Note: This flowrate is always of
indicated type.
0.8  1.2 [If Meter
Factor/K-Factor
Option = 1] Sets the Meter Factor for the
R/W_ Any positive, non- associated flowrate (69,0,94) or K-
93 Meter Factor/K-factor 10 User Float 4 1.0 1.00
CNDL zero, valid IEEE 754 factor for associated frequency
Float [If Meter (69,0,94).
Factor/K-Factor
Option = 2]
Sets the flowrate for the associated
R/W_ Meter Factor.
94 Flowrate/Frequency 10 User Float 4 0.0  999999.0 0.0 1.00
CNDL Note: This flowrate is always of
indicated type.

3-148 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 69: Components


System or
Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Data Type Length Range Default Ver
meaning of values
Update

0.8  1.2 [If Meter


Factor/K-Factor
Option = 1] Sets the Meter Factor for the
R/W_ Any positive, non- associated flowrate (69,0,96) or K-
95 Meter Factor/K-factor 11 User Float 4 1.0 1.00
CNDL zero, valid IEEE 754 factor for associated frequency
Float [If Meter (69,0,96).
Factor/K-Factor
Option = 2]
Sets the flowrate for the associated
R/W_ Meter Factor.
96 Flowrate/Frequency 11 User Float 4 0.0  999999.0 0.0 1.00
CNDL Note: This flowrate is always of
indicated type.
0.8  1.2 [If Meter
Factor/K-Factor
Option = 1] Sets the Meter Factor for the
R/W_ Any positive, non- associated flowrate (69,0,98) or K-
97 Meter Factor/K-factor 12 User Float 4 1.0 1.00
CNDL zero, valid IEEE 754 factor for associated frequency
Float [If Meter (69,0,98).
Factor/K-Factor
Option = 2]
Sets the flowrate for the associated
R/W_ Meter Factor.
98 Flowrate/Frequency 12 User Float 4 0.0  999999.0 0.0 1.00
CNDL Note: This flowrate is always of
indicated type.
Shows the flow weighted average
(FWA) observed density value for
component when flowing through
Avg component observed density Any valid IEEE 754
99 R/O System Float 4 0 1.21 meter. It is calculated when the
(FWA) float
batch is in progress. The value
resets to zero when a new batch is
authorized.
Shows the flow weighted average
(FWA) base density value for
component when flowing through
Any valid IEEE 754
100 Avg component base density (FWA) R/O System Float 4 0 1.21 meter. It is calculated when the
float
batch is in progress. The value
resets to zero when a new batch is
authorized.
Shows the flow weighted average
(FWA) CTL value for component
Any valid IEEE 754 when flowing through meter. It is
101 Avg Component CTL (FWA) R/O System Float 4 0 1.21
Float calculated when the batch is in
progress. The value resets to zero
when a new batch is authorized.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-149


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 69: Components


System or
Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Data Type Length Range Default Ver
meaning of values
Update

Shows the flow weighted average


(FWA) CPL value for component
Any valid IEEE 754 when flowing through meter. It is
102 Avg Component CPL (FWA) R/O System Float 4 0 1.21
Float calculated when the batch is in
progress. The value resets to zero
when a new batch is authorized.
Shows the flow weighted average
(FWA) k-factor for component
Any valid IEEE 754 when flowing through meter. It is
103 Avg Component K-factor (FWA) R/O System Float 4 0 1.21
Float calculated when the batch is in
progress. The value resets to zero
when a new batch is authorized.
Shows the flow weighted average
(FWA) meter factor for component
Any valid IEEE 754 when flowing through meter. It is
104 Avg Component Meter Factor (FWA) R/O System Float 4 0 1.21
Float calculated when the batch is in
progress. The value resets to zero
when a new batch is authorized.
Master meter factor value. This is
user entered value. The overall
meter factor deviation % will be
checked against this value as Low
Limit= Master MF - [Master MF *
Master MF %/100]
R/W_
105 Master Meter Factor User Float 4 0.5->2.0 1.0 2.34 High Limit = Master MF + [Master
CNDL
MF * Master MF %/100]
If the meter factor not withn this
range then MF deviation alarm will
be trigerred (This is added to
satisfy Industry Canada
requirement)
Expected overall MF deviation %
R/W_
106 Master MF % User Float 4 0.0->9.99 2.0 2.34 (This is added to satisfy Industry
CNDL
Canada requirement)

3-150 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.10 Point Type 70: Liquid Preference Parameters

Description: Point type 70 provides parameters for liquid station and meters.
Number of Logical Points: 1 logical point for each liquid preference.
Storage Location: Point type 70 is saved to internal configuration memory.

Table 3-11: Point Type 70, Liquid Preference Parameters


Point Type 70: Liquid Preference Parameters
Param# Name Access System or Data Length Range Default Ver Description of functionality and
User Type meaning of values
Update
0 Differential Pressure Units Option R/W User UINT8 1 03 0 1.11 Sets the engineering units for
CNDL differential pressure values. Valid
values are:
0 = In H2O
1 = kPa
2 = mbar
3 = mm H2O.
1 Pressure Units Option R/W User UINT8 1 03 0 1.11 Sets the engineering units for
CNDL pressure values. Valid values are
(all units are in gauge):
0 = PSI
1 = kPa
2 = bar
3 = kg/cm2.
2 Temperature Units Option R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.11 Sets the engineering units for
CNDL temperature values. Valid values
are:
0 = Deg F
1 = Deg C.
3 Density in Units Option R/W User UINT8 1 06 0 1.11 Sets the engineering units for
CNDL density values. Valid values are:
0 = kg/m3
1 = g/cc
2 = lb/ft3
3 = lb/bbl
4 = lb/gal
5 = relative density
6 = API gravity.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-151


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 70: Liquid Preference Parameters


Param# Name Access System or Data Length Range Default Ver Description of functionality and
User Type meaning of values
Update
4 Linear Units Option R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.11 Sets the engineering units for
CNDL orifice and plate diameters and
prover wall thickness. Valid values
are:
0 = Inches
1 = mm .
5 Viscosity Units Option R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.11 Sets the engineering units for fluid
CNDL viscosity. Valid values are:
0 = Lb/ft-sec
1 = centipoise.
6 Volume Units Option R/W User UINT8 1 05 0 1.11 Sets the engineering units for
CNDL volume values. Valid values are:
0 = Bbls
1 = MCF
2 = km3
3 = Gallons (US)
4 = ft3
5 = m3
6 = liters.
7 Mass Units Option R/W User UINT8 1 03 0 1.11 Sets the engineering units for mass
CNDL values. Valid values are:
0 = lbs
1 = kg
2 = tons (short)
3 = tonnes.
8 Flow Rate Option R/W User UINT8 1 03 0 1.11 Sets the time basis for calculating
CNDL flowrates. Valid values are:
0 = per day
1 = per hour
2 = per minute
3 = per second.
9 Calculation Period R/W User Float 4 0.25  5 1.0 1.11 Sets, in seconds, the amount of
CNDL time between volume correction
factor calculations.
10 Program Status R/W User UINT8 1 02 0 1.11 Sets the current status of the Liquid
CNDL Calcs program. Valid values are:
0 = Program not running
1 = Program running
2 = License key not available.
11 Table Units R/W User UINT8 1 02 0 1.11 Sets the correction table to use.
CNDL Valid values are:
0 = Kg/m3
1 = Relative Density
2 = API Gravity

3-152 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 70: Liquid Preference Parameters


Param# Name Access System or Data Length Range Default Ver Description of functionality and
User Type meaning of values
Update
12 Rollover Value R/O System Double 8 - 2^31 1.21 Shows the value at which all on-
going accumulators roll over.
13 Barrels Label R/W System AC7 7 Any valid string Bbl 1.14 Sets the unit label for Barrels.
14 MCF Label R/W System AC7 7 Any valid string Bbl 1.14 Sets the unit label for millions of
cubic feet.
15 K Cubic Meters Label R/W System AC7 7 Any valid string Bbl 1.14 Sets the unit label for thousands of
cubic meters
16 Gallons Label R/W System AC7 7 Any valid string Bbl 1.14 Sets the unit label for gallons.
17 Cubic Feet Label R/W System AC7 7 Any valid string Bbl 1.14 Sets the unit label for cubic feet.
18 Cubic Meters Label R/W System AC7 7 Any valid string Bbl 1.14 Sets the unit label for cubic meters.
19 Liters Label R/W System AC7 7 Any valid string Bbl 1.14 Sets the unit label for liters.
20 Pounds Label R/W System AC7 7 Any valid string Bbl 1.14 Sets the unit label for pounds.
21 Kilograms Label R/W System AC7 7 Any valid string Bbl 1.14 Sets the unit label for kilograms.
22 Ton Label R/W System AC7 7 Any valid string Bbl 1.14 Sets the unit label for tons.
23 Tonne Label R/W System AC7 7 Any valid string Bbl 1.14 Sets the unit label for tonnes.
24 Calculation Alarm Status R/O System UINT8 1 01 0 2.00 Indication that there has been an
error in the flow calculation. Valid
values are:
0 = Normal
1 = Error
25 Calculation Alarm Reset R/W Both UINT8 1 01 0 2.00 Option to reset the Calculation
Alarm Status (parameter #24).
Setting this parameter will clear the
Calculation Alarm Status and then
clear the Calculation Alarm Reset.
Valid values are:
0 = No action
1 = Reset.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-153


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.11 Point Type 71: Liquid Station Parameters

Description: Point type 71 provides parameters for a station of liquid meter runs.
Number of Logical Points: 4 logical points for liquid stations.
Storage Location: Point type 71 is saved to internal configuration memory.

Table 3-12: Point Type 71, Liquid Station Parameters


Point Type 71: Liquid Station Parameters
Param# Name Access System or Data Length Range Default Ver Description of functionality and
User Type meaning of values
Update
0 Point Tag Id R/W User AC 10 0x20  0x7E for “Station X” 1.11 Sets an identification name for
each ASCII where X is specific station. Values must be
character the Station printable ASCII characters.
number
1 Product R/W User UINT8 1 0  23 0 1.14 Sets which product is currently
flowing through this station. The
value is the logical number of the
product point type.
2 Alarming Option R/W User UINT8 1 05 0 1.11 If enabled, generates and sends
alarms to the Alarm Log. Valid
values are:
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled for Indicated Volume
Flow Rate (parameter #18)
2 = Enabled for Gross Volume Flow
Rate (parameter #20)
3 = Enabled for Gross Standard
Volume Flow Rate (parameter #22)
4 = Enabled for Net Standard
Volume Flow Rate (parameter #24)
5 = Enabled for Mass Flow Rate
(parameter #26).
3 SRBX on Clear R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.11 Sets whether a SRBX alarm occurs
if an alarm condition clears. Valid
values are:
0 = SRBX on Clear Disabled
1 = SRBX on Clear Enabled.
4 SRBX on Set R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.11 Sets whether a SRBX alarm occurs
if an alarm condition occurs. Valid
values are:b
0 = SRBX on Set Disabled
1 = SRBX on Set Enabled.

3-154 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 71: Liquid Station Parameters


Param# Name Access System or Data Length Range Default Ver Description of functionality and
User Type meaning of values
Update
5 Alarm Code R/O System BIN 1 0x00  0xFF 0x00 1.11
5.0 Low Alarm Bit 0 0 1.11 Sets an alarm if the flowrate
selected for alarming (71,0,2) is less
than or equal to the Low Alarm Flow
(71,0,6). This alarm is cleared if the
flow rate selected for alarming is
greater than the Low Alarm Flow
(71,0,6) plus the alarm deadband
(71,0,8).
5.1 Not Used Bit 1 0 1.11 Not used.
5.2 High Alarm Bit 2 0 1.11 Sets an alarm if the flowrate
selected for alarming (see 71,0,2) is
greater than or equal to the High
Alarm Flow (71,0,7). This alarm
clears if the flowrate selected for
alarming is less than the High Alarm
Flow (71,0,7) minus the alarm
deadband (71,0,8).
5.3 Not Used Bit 3 0 1.11 Not Used
5.4 Not Used Bit 4 0 1.11 Not Used
5.5 Not Used Bit 5 0 1.11 Not Used
5.6 No Flow Alarm Bit 6 0 1.11 Sets an alarm if the flowrate
selected for alarming (see 71,0,2) is
equal to zero. This alarm clears if
the flow rate selected for alarming is
greater than 0.
5.7 Not Used Bit 7 0 1.11 Not Used
6 Low Alarm Flow R/W User Float 4 Any valid IEEE 754 –1000.0 1.11 Sets an alarm value for Low Alarm
float in units of selected flow rate
(71,0,2).
7 High Alarm Flow R/W User Float 4 Any valid IEEE 754 100,000.0 1.11 Sets an alarm value for High Alarm
float in units of selected flow rate
(71,0,2).
8 Alarm Deadband R/W User Float 4 Any valid IEEE 754 100.0 1.11 Sets a value that the selected
float flowrate (71,0,2) must be above the
low alarm value (71,0,6) or below
the high alarm value (71,0,8) before
the associated alarm clears.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-155


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 71: Liquid Station Parameters


Param# Name Access System or Data Length Range Default Ver Description of functionality and
User Type meaning of values
Update
9 Base Temperature Option R/W User UINT8 1 04 0 1.11 Sets a reference temperature the
net volume. Valid values are:
0 = 60 Deg F
1 = 68 Deg F
2 = 15 Deg C
3 = 20 Deg C
4 = 30 Deg C
5 = Not supported at this time
10 RESERVED Reserved for future use
11 Measured Density Option R/W User UINT8 1 02 0 1.11 Indicates whether the station has a
CNDL densitometer(s) that provides a
density for all the meters in the
station. Valid values are:
0 = No station densitometer
1 = Single station densitometer
present
2 = Not supported at this time. .
12 Density A Logical R/W User UINT8 1 03 0 1.11 Specifies the densitometer point
CNDL from which to retrieve the density.
13 RESERVED Reserved for future use
14 RESERVED Reserved for future use
15 RESERVED Reserved for future use
16 Observed Density R/O System Float 4 >0.0  Any positive 0.0 1.11 Shows the current value of the fluid
valid IEEE 754 float density observed at the station
header under flowing conditions.
Units are defined by Density Units
option (70,0.3).
17 Base Density R/O System Float 4 >0.0  Any positive 737.0 1.11 Shows the current value of the fluid
valid IEEE 754 float density at the selected base
temperature and equilibrium
pressure. Units are defined by
Density Units option (70,0,3).
18 Indicated Volume Flow Rate R/O System Double 8 Any valid IEEE 754 0.0 1.11 Shows the actual volume flow rate
double as indicated by the meter. Units are
defined by Volume Units option
(70,0,5) and Flow Rate option
(70,0,8).
19 Indicated Volume Total R/O System Double 8 Any valid IEEE 754 0.0 1.11 Indicates the volumetric total in
double volume units selected. Units are
defined by Volume Units option
(70,0,5).

3-156 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 71: Liquid Station Parameters


Param# Name Access System or Data Length Range Default Ver Description of functionality and
User Type meaning of values
Update
20 Gross Volume Flow Rate R/O System Double 8 Any valid IEEE 754 0.0 1.11 Shows the actual volume flow rate
double as indicated by the meter. Units are
defined by Volume Units option
(70,0,5) and Flow Rate option
(70,0,8).
21 Gross Volume Total R/O System Double 8 Any valid IEEE 754 0.0 1.11 Shows the volumetric total in
double volume units selected. Units are
defined by volume units option
(70,0,5). Rollover is defined by
70,0,11.
22 Gross Standard Volume Flow Rate R/O System Double 8 Any valid IEEE 754 0.0 1.11 Shows the volume flow rate at base
double conditions, also corrected for meter
performance. Units are defined by
Volume Units option (70,0,5) and
flow rate option (70,0,8).
23 Gross Standard Volume Total R/O System Double 8 Any valid IEEE 754 0.0 1.11 Shows the ongoing accumulation of
double volume at base conditions, also
corrected for meter performance.
Units are defined by Volume Units
option (70,0,5). Rollover is defined
by 70,0,11.
24 Net Standard Volume Flow Rate R/O System Double 8 Any valid IEEE 754 0.0 1.11 Shows the gross standard volume
double flow rate corrected for non-
merchantable quantities such as
sediment and water. Applies only to
crude oil applications. This
parameter is identical to Gross
Standard Volume Flow Rate
(parameter #17) for other fluid
types. Units are defined by volume
units option (70,0,5) and flow rate
option (70,0,8).
25 Net Standard Volume Total R/O System Double 8 0.0Any positive 0.0 1.11 Shows the gross standard volume
valid IEEE 754 total corrected for non-
double merchantable quantities such as
sediment and water. Applies only to
crude oil applications. This
parameter is identical to Gross
Standard Volume Total (parameter
#18) for other fluid types. Units are
defined by volume units option
(70,0,5). Rollover is defined by
70,0,11.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-157


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 71: Liquid Station Parameters


Param# Name Access System or Data Length Range Default Ver Description of functionality and
User Type meaning of values
Update
26 Mass Rate R/O System Double 8 0.0Any positive 0.0 1.11 Shows the mass flow rate. Units are
valid IEEE 754 defined by mass units option
double (70,0,6) and flow rate option (point
70,0,8).
27 Mass Total R/O System Double 8 0.0Any positive 0.0 1.11 Shows the total accumulation of
valid IEEE 754 float mass since the last contract hour in
mlb or tonnes. Rollover is defined
by 70,0,11.
28 Temperature Correction Table R/O System UINT8 1 0  21 20 1.11 Shows which temperature
correction table has been selected
based on the product type, density
units, and base temperature. Valid
values are:
0 = 1980 API2540 Table 5/6A
1 = 1980 API2540 Table 5/6B
2 = 1982 API2540 Table 5/6D
3 = 1980 API2540 Table 6C
4 = 1980 API2540 Table 23/24A
5 = 1980 API2540 Table 23/24B
6 = 1982 API2540 Table 23/24D
7 = TP27 Table 23/24E
8 = 1980 API2540 Table 24C
9 = 1980 API2540 Table 53/54A
10 = 1980 API2540 Table 53/54B
11 = 1982 API2540 Table 53/54D
12 = 1982 API2540 Table 53/54E
13 = 1980 API2540 Table 54C
14 = ISO / IP-3/ Table 59A/60A
15 = ISO / IP-3. Table 59/60B
16 = ISO / IP-3/ Table 59/60D
17 = TP27 Table 59E/60E
18 = Procedure 11.1.6 2004
19 = Procedure 11.1.7 2004
20 = Invalid Table
21 = Ethanol
29 Pressure Correction Table R/O System UINT8 1 05 o 1.11 Shows which pressure correction
table has been selected based on
the density and temperature units.
Valid values are:
0 = User compressibility
1 = 1984 API2540 Table 11.2.1
2 = 1984 API2540 Table 11.2.1M
3 = 1986 API2540 Table 11.2.2
4 = 1986 API2540 Table 11.2.2M
5 = None (Ethanol).

3-158 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 71: Liquid Station Parameters


Param# Name Access System or Data Length Range Default Ver Description of functionality and
User Type meaning of values
Update
30 BSW Volume Rate R/O System Double 8 Any valid IEEE 754 0.0 1.11 Shows the volume flow rate of non-
double merchantable quantities such as
sediment and water. Applies only to
crude oil applications. Units are
defined by Volume Units option
(70,0,6) and flow rate option
(70,0,9).
31 BSW Volume Total R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.11 Shows the volume total of non-
IEEE double merchantable quantities such as
precision float sediment and water. Applies only to
crude oil applications. Units are
defined by Volume Units option
(70,0,6) and Flow Rate option
(70,0,9).
32 Indicated Volume Today R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.11 Shows the volumetric total for the
IEEE double current contract day in volume units
precision float selected. Units are defined by
Volume Units option (70,0,6).
Rollover occurs at the time indicated
(e.g., end of day, end of month).
33 Gross Volume Today R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.11 Shows the accumulation of volume
IEEE double at flowing conditions, corrected for
precision float meter factor, for the current contract
day in volume units selected. Units
are defined by Volume Units option
(70,0,6). Rollover occurs at the time
indicated (e.g., end of day, end of
month).
34 Gross Standard Volume Today R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.11 Shows the accumulation of volume
IEEE double at base conditions, corrected for
precision float meter performance, for the current
contract day. Units are defined by
volume units option (70,0,6).
Rollover occurs at the time indicated
(e.g., end of day, end of month).
35 Net Standard Volume Today R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.11 Shows the accumulation of volume
IEEE double at base conditions, corrected for
precision float meter performance and BSW, for
the current contract day. Units are
defined by Volume Units option
(70,0,6). Rollover occurs at the time
indicated (e.g., end of day, end of
month).

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-159


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 71: Liquid Station Parameters


Param# Name Access System or Data Length Range Default Ver Description of functionality and
User Type meaning of values
Update
36 BSW Volume Today R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.11 Shows the accumulation of volume
IEEE double of non-merchantable quantities
precision float such as sediment and water for the
current contract day. Units are
defined by Volume Units option
(70,0,6). Rollover occurs at the time
indicated (e.g., end of day, end of
month).
37 Mass Today R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.11 Shows the accumulation of mass for
IEEE double the current contract day. Units are
precision float defined by Volume Units option
(70,0,6). Rollover occurs at the time
indicated (e.g., end of day, end of
month).
38 Indicated Volume Yesterday R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.11 Shows the volumetric total for the
IEEE double previous contract day in volume
precision float units selected. Units are defined by
Volume Units option (70,0,6).
Rollover occurs at the time indicated
(e.g., end of day, end of month).
39 Gross Volume Yesterday R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.11 Shows the accumulation of volume
IEEE double at flowing conditions, corrected for
precision float meter factor, for the previous
contract day in volume units
selected. Units are defined by
Volume Units option (70,0,6).
Rollover occurs at the time indicated
(e.g., end of day, end of month).
40 Gross Standard Volume Yesterday R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.11 Shows the accumulation of volume
IEEE double at base conditions, corrected for
precision float meter performance, for the previous
contract day. Units are defined by
Volume Units option (70,0,6).
Rollover occurs at the time indicated
(e.g., end of day, end of month).
41 Net Standard Volume Yesterday R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.11 Shows the accumulation of volume
IEEE double at base conditions, corrected for
precision float meter performance and BSW, for
the previous contract day. Units are
defined by Volume Units option
(70,0,6). Rollover occurs at the time
indicated (e.g., end of day, end of
month).

3-160 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 71: Liquid Station Parameters


Param# Name Access System or Data Length Range Default Ver Description of functionality and
User Type meaning of values
Update
42 BSW Volume Yesterday R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.11 Shows the accumulation of volume
IEEE double of non-merchantable quantities
precision float such as sediment and water for the
previous contract day. Units are
defined by Volume Units option
(70,0,6). Rollover occurs at the time
indicated (e.g., end of day, end of
month).
43 Mass Yesterday R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.11 Shows the accumulation of mass for
IEEE double the previous contract day. Units are
precision float defined by Volume Units option
(70,0,6). Rollover occurs at the time
indicated (e.g., end of day, end of
month).
44 Indicated Volume This Month R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.11 Shows the volumetric total for the
IEEE double current month in volume units
precision float selected. Units are defined by
Volume Units option (70,0,6).
Rollover occurs at the time indicated
(e.g., end of day, end of month).
45 Gross Volume This Month R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.11 Shows the accumulation of volume
IEEE double at flowing conditions, corrected for
precision float meter factor, for the current month
in volume units selected. Units are
defined by Volume Units option
(70,0,6). Rollover occurs at the time
indicated (e.g., end of day, end of
month).
46 Gross Standard Volume This Month R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.11 Shows the accumulation of volume
IEEE double at base conditions, corrected for
precision float meter performance, for the current
month. Units are defined by Volume
Units option (70,0,6). Rollover
occurs at the time indicated (e.g.,
end of day, end of month).
47 Net Standard Volume This Month R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.11 Shows the accumulation of volume
IEEE double at base conditions, corrected for
precision float meter performance and BSW, for
the current month. Units are defined
by volume units option (point type
70, parameter #6). Rollover occurs
at the time indicated (e.g., end of
day, end of month).

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-161


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 71: Liquid Station Parameters


Param# Name Access System or Data Length Range Default Ver Description of functionality and
User Type meaning of values
Update
48 BSW Volume This Month R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.11 Shows the accumulation of volume
IEEE double of non-merchantable quantities
precision float such as sediment and water for the
current month. Units are defined by
volume units option (point type 70,
parameter #6). Rollover occurs at
the time indicated (e.g., end of day,
end of month).
49 Mass This Month R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.11 Shows the accumulation of mass for
IEEE double the current month. Units are defined
precision float by mass units option (point type 70,
parameter #7). Rollover occurs at
the time indicated (e.g., end of day,
end of month).
50 Indicated Volume Previous Month R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.11 Shows the volumetric total for the
IEEE double current contract day in volume units
precision float selected. Units are defined by
Volume Units option (70,0,6).
Rollover occurs at the time indicated
(e.g., end of day, end of month).
51 Gross Volume Previous Month R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.11 Shows the accumulation of volume
IEEE double at flowing conditions, corrected for
precision float meter factor, for the current contract
day in volume units selected. Units
are defined by Volume Units option
(70,0,6). Rollover occurs at the time
indicated (e.g., end of day, end of
month).
52 Gross Standard Volume Previous Month R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.11 Shows the accumulation of volume
IEEE double at base conditions, corrected for
precision float meter performance, for the current
contract day. Units are defined by
Volume Units option (70,0,6).
Rollover occurs at the time indicated
(e.g., end of day, end of month).
53 Net Standard Volume Previous Month R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.11 Shows the accumulation of volume
IEEE double at base conditions, corrected for
precision float meter performance and BSW, for
the current contract day. Units are
defined by Volume Units option
(70,0,6). Rollover occurs at the time
indicated (e.g., end of day, end of
month).

3-162 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 71: Liquid Station Parameters


Param# Name Access System or Data Length Range Default Ver Description of functionality and
User Type meaning of values
Update
54 BSW Volume Previous Month R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.11 Shows the accumulation of volume
IEEE double of non-merchantable quantities
precision float such as sediment and water for the
current contract day. Units are
defined by Volume Units option
(70,0,6). Rollover occurs at the time
indicated (e.g., end of day, end of
month).
55 Mass Previous Month R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.11 Shows the accumulation of mass for
IEEE double the current contract day. Units are
precision float defined by Volume Units option
(70,0,6). Rollover occurs at the time
indicated (e.g., end of day, end of
month).

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-163


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.12 Point Type 72: Product Parameters

Description: Point type 72 provides parameters defining liquid product streams.


Number of Logical Points: 5 logical points.
Storage Location: Point type 72 is saved to internal configuration memory.

Table 3-13: Point Type 72, Product Parameters


Point Type 72: Product Parameters
Param# Name Access System or Data Length Range Default Ver Description of functionality and
User Type meaning of values
Update
0 Point Tag Id R/W User AC 10 0x20  0x7E for “Product X” 1.11 Sets an identification name for
each ASCII where X is specific station. Values must be
character the logical printable ASCII characters.
number
1 Fluid Type R/W User UINT8 1 09 0 1.11 Sets the type of fluid for this
product. Valid values are:
0 = Crude Oil
1 = Gasoline
2 = Jet Fuel
3 = Fuel Oil
4 = Lube Oil
5 = Special Applications (user-
defined Alpha)
6 = Light Hydrocarbons
7 = Transition Products
8 = Product out of range
9 = Ethanol
2 API Standard Version R/W User UINT8 1 02 1 1.11 Sets which version of the API
CNDL calculation standard to use. Valid
values are:
0 = Not supported
1 = 1980
2 = 2004
3 Light Hydrocarbon Standard Version R/W User UINT8 1 03 0 1.11 Sets which standard to use for
CNDL calculating a temperature correction
factor for light hydrocarbons. Valid
values are:
0 = Reserved
1 = Reserved
2 = Reserved
3 = GPA TP-27

3-164 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 72: Product Parameters


Param# Name Access System or Data Length Range Default Ver Description of functionality and
User Type meaning of values
Update
4 Compressibility Option R/W User UINT8 1 03 0 1.11 Sets what method to use for
CNDL calculating the product’s
compressibility. Valid values are:
0 = Program determines method
based on density of product and
temperature units
1 = API 11.2.1 calculation
2 = API 11.2.2 calculation
3 = User-defined compressibility.
Note: This selection is valid only if
you select 1 (the 1980 version of
the API MPMS Chapter 11.1
standard) for API Standard (72,0,2).
5 Compressibility Factor R/W User Float 4 0  Any valid IEEE 0.00000448 1.11 Sets the value of compressibility
CNDL 754 float factor for this product.
Note: You can write this value only
if you select 3 (User Defined
Compressibility) for Compressibility
Options (72,0,4).
6 Equilibrium/Base Pressure R/W User Float 4 >0.0  2.147,484 0.0 1.11 Sets the equilibrium (bubble point)
CNDL pressure for the current product in
psig or kPa (gauge). The
equilibrium pressure is the minimum
pressure at which bubbles of gas
appear in a liquid.
7 Alpha Coefficient R/W User Float 4 >0.0  2.147,484 1.0 1.11 Sets an alpha coefficient.
CNDL Note: This value is used only if you
select 5 (Special Applications) in
Fluid Type (72,0,1).
8 Base Density R/W User Float 4 >0.0  Any positive 737.0 1.11 Sets the base density of the product
CNDL valid IEEE 754 float at contract temperature and
pressure. Density units based on
the Base Density Type (70,0,11).
9 Low Density Alarm Limit R/W User Float 4 >0.0  Any positive 0.0 1.11 Sets the value below which the
valid IEEE 754 float system determines a density failure
has occurred. Units defined by
Station Density units option
(70,0,5).
10 High Density Alarm Limit R/W User Float 4 >0.0  Any positive 1200.0 1.11 Sets the value above which the
valid IEEE 754 float system determines a density failure
has occurred. Units defined by
Station Density units option (point
type 141, parameter #5).

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-165


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 72: Product Parameters


Param# Name Access System or Data Length Range Default Ver Description of functionality and
User Type meaning of values
Update
11 Ethanol Table Option R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 2.20 Sets the calculation used then the
CNDL Fluid Type is Ethanol. Valid values
are:
1 = OIML R22 International
Alcholometric Tables 1972
2 = ABNT NBR-5992
12 Ethanol Mass Percentage R/W User Float 4 0.0  100.0 0.0 2.20 Sets the alcoholic strength by mass,
CNDL expressed as a percentage. The
system uses this value when the
Fluid Type is Ethanol.

3-166 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.13 Point Type 73: Liquid Meter Parameters

Description: Point type 73 defines parameters for liquid turbine meters.


Number of Logical Points: 1 logical point for each active turbine meter.
Storage Location: Point type 73 is saved to internal configuration memory.

Table 3-14: Point Type 73, Liquid Meter


Point Type 73: Liquid Meter
Param# Name Access System or Data Length Range Default Ver Description of functionality and
User Type meaning of values
Update
0 Point Tag Identification R/W User String10 10 0x20  0x7E for “LiqTurb X” 1.13 Sets an identifying name for specific
each ASCII where X is Liquid Linear Meter Run. Values
character the logical must be printable ASCII characters.
number
1 Point Description R/W User String30 30 0x20  0x7E for “ “ 1.13 Sets a descriptive name for specific
each ASCII Meter Run. Values must be
character printable ASCII characters.
2 Station number R/W User UINT8 1 05 0 1.13 Sets the station association for this
meter run. This parameter indicates
the logical number of the liquid
station (point type 141).
3 Mass Option R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.13 Indicates whether the flow meter
CNDL input provides an indicated volume
or a mass value: Valid values are:
0 = Indicated Volume
1 = Mass.
4 Flow Option R/W User UINT8 1 01 1 1.13 Sets whether flow should be
calculated and accumulated for this
meter point. Disabling the flow
calculation would normally only be
done if the flow meter allows bi-
directional flow and the flow is
currently in the opposite direction
from the direction of flow this point
is measuring. Valid values are:
0 = Disable calculation
1 = Enable calculation
5 RESERVED Reserved for future use
6 RESERVED Reserved for future use.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-167


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 73: Liquid Meter


Param# Name Access System or Data Length Range Default Ver Description of functionality and
User Type meaning of values
Update
7 Alarming Option R/W User UINT8 1 05 0 1.13 Generates alarms and sends them
to the Alarm Log. Valid values are:
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled for Indicated Volume
Flow Rate (parameter #27)
2 = Enabled for Gross Volume Flow
Rate (parameter #29)
3 = Enabled for Gross Standard
Volume Flow Rate (parameter #31)
4 = Enabled for Net Standard
Volume Flow Rate (parameter #33)
5 = Enabled for Mass Flow Rate
(parameter #35).
8 SRBX on Clear R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.13 Sets a SRBX alarm if an alarm
condition clears. Valid values are:
0 = Disable SRBX on clear
1 = Enable SRBX on clear
9 SRBX on Set R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.13 Sets a SRBX alarm if an alarm
condition occurs. Valid values are:
0 = Disable SRBX on set
1 = Enable SRBX on set
10 Alarm Code R/O System BIN 1 0x00  0xFF 0x00 1.13
10.0 Low Alarm Bit 0 0 1.13 Sets alarm if the Flow Rate per Day
(point type 116, parameter #0) is
less than or equal to the Low Alarm
Flow (parameter #7). This alarm
clears if the Flow Rate per Day
(point type 116, parameter #0) is
greater than the Low Alarm Flow
(parameter #7) plus the alarm
deadband (parameter #9).
10.1 Not Used Bit 1 0 1.13 Not used
10.2 High Alarm Bit 2 0 1.13 Sets alarm if the Flow Rate per Day
(point type 116, parameter #0) is
greater than or equal to the High
Alarm Flow (parameter #8). This
alarm clears if the Flow Rate per
Day (point type 116, parameter #0)
is less than the High Alarm Flow
(parameter #8) minus the alarm
deadband (parameter #9).
10.3 Not Used Bit 3 0 1.13 Not used
10.4 Not Used Bit 4 0 1.13 Not used
10.5 Not Used Bit 5 0 1.13 Not used

3-168 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 73: Liquid Meter


Param# Name Access System or Data Length Range Default Ver Description of functionality and
User Type meaning of values
Update
10.6 No Flow Alarm Bit 6 0 1.13 If set, then no flow conditions are
present and the Flow Rate per Day
(point type 116, parameter #0) is
zero. If clear, then flowing
conditions exist and the Flow Rate
per Day (point type 116, parameter
#0) is not zero.
10.7 Manual Inputs Alarm Bit 7 0 1.13 If set, then one of the Uncorrected
Flow Rate TLP (parameter #13), SP
TLP (parameter #15), or TMP TLP
(parameter #17) is set to Manual
(0,0,0). If clear, then the
Uncorrected Flow Rate TLP
(parameter #13), SP TLP
(parameter #15), and TMP TLP
(parameter #17) are not set to
Manual.
11 Low Alarm Flow R/W User Float 4 Any valid IEEE 754 –1000.0 1.13 Sets an alarm value for Low Alarm
float in mft3/day or km3/day.
12 High Alarm Flow R/W User Float 4 Any valid IEEE 754 100,000.0 1.13 Sets an alarm value for High Alarm
float in mft3/day or km3/day.
13 Alarm Deadband R/W User Float 4 Any valid IEEE 754 100.0 1.13 Sets the value that the Flow Rate
float Per Day (Point Type 116, parameter
#0) must be above the low alarm
value (parameter #7) or below the
high alarm value (parameter #8)
before the associated alarm clears.
14 RESERVED Reserved for future use
15 RESERVED Reserved for future use
16 Densitometer Option R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.13 Sets whether the meter has a
CNDL densitometer. Valid values are:
0 = No densitometer, base density
from station.
1 = Densitometer present, calculate
base density.
17 Density Logical R/W User UINT8 1 03 0 1.13 Sets the logical number of the
CNDL densitometer point to read the value
of the observed density.
18 Observed Density R/O System Float 4 >0.0Any positive 737 1.13 Shows the actual measured density
valid IEEE 754 float of a fluid. Units defined by Density
Units option (70,0,3).

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-169


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 73: Liquid Meter


Param# Name Access System or Data Length Range Default Ver Description of functionality and
User Type meaning of values
Update
19 Base Density R/O System Float 4 >0.0Any positive 737 1.13 Shows the density of a fluid at base
valid IEEE 754 float or reference conditions. The system
determines this value either by
using the station base density or
calculating from the observed
density, depending on the selected
Density Option (73,0,16).
20 Uncorrected Flow Rate / Mass Flow R/W User TLP 3 TLP 0,0,0 and TLP 0,0,0 1.13 Sets the method used to get the
Rate Input CNDL 6077, 0255, pulses from the turbine and the
0255 (must be Uncorrected Flow Rate (parameter
float) and TLP #14).
105,5148,027
and TLP
103,5148,21 and
TLP 96,05,211
and TLP
98,031,120 and
TLP 141,0,6TLP
141,0,20 (Freq or
Raw Pulses)
21 Pressure Input R/W User TLP 3 TLP 0,0,0 and TLP 0,0,0 1.13 Sets the method used to get the SP
CNDL 6077, 0255, (parameter #16).
0255 (must be
float) and TLP
103,5148,21 and
TLP 96,05,211
and TLP
98,031,120
22 Temperature Input R/W User TLP 3 TLP 0,0,0 and TLP 0,0,0 1.13 Sets the method used to get the
CNDL 6077, 0255, TMP (parameter #18).
0255 (must be
float) and TLP
103,5148,21 and
TLP 96,05,211
and TLP
98,031,120 and
TLP 106,5148,22
and TLP
107,5148, 9

3-170 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 73: Liquid Meter


Param# Name Access System or Data Length Range Default Ver Description of functionality and
User Type meaning of values
Update
23 BSW Input R/W User TLP 3 TLP 0,0,0 and TLP 0,0,0 1.13 Sets the method used to get the
CNDL 6077, 0255, percent of base sediment and water
0255 (must be (BSW).
float) and TLP
103,5148,21 and
TLP 96,05,211
and TLP
98,031,120
24 SP (Static Pressure, Pf) R/O Both Float 4 Any valid IEEE 754 0.0 1.13 Sets the static pressure value. Units
float defined by pressure units option
(70,0,1).
25 TMP (Temperature, Tf) R/O Both Float 4 Any valid IEEE 754 0.0 1.13 Sets the meter temperature value.
float Units are defined by temperature
units option (70,0,2).
26 Percent BSW R/W Both Float 4 0.0  Any positive 0.0 1.13 Sets the percentage by volume of
CNDL valid IEEE 754 float base sediment and water (BSW) in
the fluid.
27 Indicated Flow Rate R/O System Double 8 0.0Any positive 0.0 1.13 Shows the actual volume or mass
valid IEEE 754 float flow rate as indicated by the meter.
Units are defined by volume or units
option (70,0,6) and flow rate option
(70,0,9). Volume or mass depends
on TLP 73,0,3.
28 Indicated Total R/O System Double 8 Any valid IEEE 0.0 1.13 Shows the volume or mass total in
double precision units selected. Units are defined by
float volume or mass units option (70,0,6
or 70,0,7). Volume or mass
depends on TLP 78,0,3.
29 Gross Volume Flow Rate R/O System Double 8 0.0Any positive 0.0 1.13 Shows the indicated volume flow
valid IEEE 754 float rate corrected for meter factor. Units
are defined by volume units option
(70,0,6) and flow rate option
(70,0,9).
30 Gross Volume Total R/O System Double 8 Any valid IEEE 0.0 1.13 Shows the gross volumetric total in
double precision the selected volume units, defined
float by Volume Units option (70,0,6).
31 Gross Standard Volume Flow Rate R/O System Double 8 0.0Any positive 0.0 1.13 Shows the volume flowrate at base
valid IEEE 754 float conditions, also corrected for meter
performance. Units are defined by
volume units option (70,0,6) and
flow rate option (70,0,9).

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-171


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 73: Liquid Meter


Param# Name Access System or Data Length Range Default Ver Description of functionality and
User Type meaning of values
Update
32 Gross Standard Volume Total R/O System Double 8 Any valid IEEE 0.0 1.13 Shows the ongoing accumulation of
double precision volume at base conditions,
float corrected for meter performance.
Units are defined by volume units
option (70,0,6).
33 Net Standard Volume Flow Rate R/O System Double 8 Any valid IEEE 754 0.0 1.13 Shows the gross standard volume
float flow rate corrected for non-
merchantable quantities such as
sediment and water. Applies only to
crude oil applications. This
parameter is identical to Gross
Standard Volume Flow Rate
(parameter #56) for other fluid
types. Units are defined by volume
units option (70,0,6) and flow rate
option (70,0,9).
34 Net Standard Volume Total R/O System Double 8 0.0Any positive 0.0 1.13 Shows the gross standard volume
valid IEEE 754 float total corrected for non-
merchantable quantities such as
sediment and water. Applies only to
crude oil applications. This
parameter is identical to Gross
Standard Volume Total (parameter
#57) for other fluid types. Units are
defined by volume units option
(70,0,6).
35 Mass Flow Rate R/O System Double 8 0.0Any positive 0.0 1.13 Shows the mass flowrate. Units are
valid IEEE 754 float defined by mass units option
(70,0,7) and flow rate option
(70,0,9).
36 Mass Total R/O System Double 8 0.0Any positive 0.0 1.13 Shows total accumulation of mass.
valid IEEE 754 float Units defined by mass units option
(70,0,7).
37 Correction for Temperature of the Liquid R/O Both Float 4 >0.0  any valid 1.0 1.13 Shows the correction for the effect
(CTL) IEEE 754 float of temperature on liquid at normal
operating conditions.
38 Correction for Pressure of the Liquid R/O Both Float 4 >0.0  any valid 1.0 1.13 Shows the correction for
(CPL) IEEE 754 float compressibility of liquid at normal
operating conditions.
39 Combined Correction Factor (CCF) R/O Both Float 4 >0.0  any valid 1.0 1.13 Shows the combined compressibility
IEEE 754 float factor, calculated as CTL x CPL x
Meter Factor

3-172 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 73: Liquid Meter


Param# Name Access System or Data Length Range Default Ver Description of functionality and
User Type meaning of values
Update
40 Compressibility Factor (F) R/O System Float 4 >0.0  any valid 0.53 1.13 Show the compressibility factor of
IEEE 754 float liquid in meter at normal operating
conditions.
41 Alpha R/O System Float 4 >0.0  any valid 0.000583 1.13 Shows the liquid’s Alpha value.
IEEE 754 float
42 Meter Factor/K-factor Option R/W User UINT8 1 Reserved for future use
43 Meter Factor/K-factor 1 R/W User Float 4 Reserved for future use
44 RESERVED R/W User Float 4 Reserved for future use
45 RESERVED R/W User Float 4 Reserved for future use
46 RESERVED R/W User Float 4 Reserved for future use
47 RESERVED R/W User Float 4 Reserved for future use
48 RESERVED R/W User Float 4 Reserved for future use
49 RESERVED R/W User Float 4 Reserved for future use
50 RESERVED R/W User Float 4 Reserved for future use
51 RESERVED R/W User Float 4 Reserved for future use
52 RESERVED R/W User Float 4 Reserved for future use
53 RESERVED R/W User Float 4 Reserved for future use
54 RESERVED R/W User Float 4 Reserved for future use
55 RESERVED R/W User Float 4 Reserved for future use
56 RESERVED R/W User Float 4 Reserved for future use
57 RESERVED R/W User Float 4 Reserved for future use
58 RESERVED R/W User Float 4 Reserved for future use
59 RESERVED R/W User Float 4 Reserved for future use
60 RESERVED R/W User Float 4 Reserved for future use
61 RESERVED R/W User Float 4 Reserved for future use
62 RESERVED R/W User Float 4 Reserved for future use
63 RESERVED R/W User Float 4 Reserved for future use
64 RESERVED R/W User Float 4 Reserved for future use
65 RESERVED R/W User Float 4 Reserved for future use
66 RESERVED R/W User Float 4 Reserved for future use

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-173


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 73: Liquid Meter


Param# Name Access System or Data Length Range Default Ver Description of functionality and
User Type meaning of values
Update
67 BSW Volume Rate R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.13 Shows the volume flow rate of non-
IEEE 754 float merchantable quantities such as
sediment and water. Applies only to
crude oil applications. Units are
defined by volume units option
(70,0,6) and flow rate option
(70,0,9).
68 BSW Volume Total R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.13 Indicates the volume total of non-
IEEE double merchantable quantities such as
precision float sediment and water. Applies only to
Crude Oil applications. Units are
defined by volume units option
(point type 70, parameter #6) and
flow rate option (point type 70,
parameter #9).
69 Indicated Volume Today R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.13 Indicates the volumetric total for the
IEEE double current contract day in volume units
precision float selected. Units are defined by
volume units option (point type 70,
parameter #6).
70 Gross Volume Today R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.13 Indicates the accumulation of
IEEE double volume at flowing conditions,
precision float corrected for meter factor, for the
current contract day in volume units
selected. Units are defined by
volume units option (point type 70,
parameter #6).
71 Gross Standard Volume Today R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.13 Indicates the accumulation of
IEEE double volume at base conditions,
precision float corrected for meter performance, for
the current contract day. Units are
defined by volume units option
(point type 70, parameter #6).
72 Net Standard Volume Today R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.13 The accumulation of volume at base
IEEE double conditions, corrected for meter
precision float performance and BSW, for the
current contract day. Units are
defined by volume units option
(point type 70, parameter #6).

3-174 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 73: Liquid Meter


Param# Name Access System or Data Length Range Default Ver Description of functionality and
User Type meaning of values
Update
73 BSW Volume Today R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.13 Indicates the accumulation of
IEEE double volume of non-merchantable
precision float quantities such as sediment and
water for the current contract day.
Units are defined by volume units
option (point type 70, parameter
#6).
74 Mass Today R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.13 Indicates the accumulation of mass
IEEE double for the current contract day. Units
precision float are defined by mass units option
(point type 70, parameter #7).
75 Indicated Volume Yesterday R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.13 Indicates the volumetric total for the
IEEE double previous contract day in volume
precision float units selected. Units are defined by
volume units option (point type 70,
parameter #6).
76 Gross Volume Yesterday R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.13 Indicates the accumulation of
IEEE double volume at flowing conditions,
precision float corrected for meter factor, for the
previous contract day in volume
units selected. Units are defined by
volume units option (point type 70,
parameter #6).
77 Gross Standard Volume Yesterday R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.13 The accumulation of volume at base
IEEE double conditions, corrected for meter
precision float performance, for the previous
contract day. Units are defined by
volume units option (point type 70,
parameter #6).
78 Net Standard Volume Yesterday R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.13 Indicates the accumulation of
IEEE double volume at base conditions,
precision float corrected for meter performance
and BSW, for the previous contract
day. Units are defined by volume
units option (point type 70,
parameter #6).
79 BSW Volume Yesterday R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.13 Indicates the accumulation of
IEEE double volume of non-merchantable
precision float quantities such as sediment and
water for the previous contract day.
Units are defined by volume units
option (point type 70, parameter
#6).

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-175


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 73: Liquid Meter


Param# Name Access System or Data Length Range Default Ver Description of functionality and
User Type meaning of values
Update
80 Mass Yesterday R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.13 Indicates the accumulation of mass
IEEE double for the previous contract day. Units
precision float are defined by mass units option
(point type 70, parameter #7).
81 Indicated Volume This Month R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.13 Indicates the volumetric total for the
IEEE double current month in volume units
precision float selected. Units are defined by
volume units option (point type 70,
parameter #6).
82 Gross Volume This Month R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.13 Indicates the accumulation of
IEEE double volume at flowing conditions,
precision float corrected for meter factor, for the
current month in volume units
selected. Units are defined by
volume units option (point type 70,
parameter #6).
83 Gross Standard Volume This Month R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.13 Indicates the accumulation of
IEEE double volume at base conditions,
precision float corrected for meter performance, for
the current month. Units are defined
by volume units option (point type
70, parameter #6).
84 Net Standard Volume This Month R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.13 Indicates the accumulation of
IEEE double volume at base conditions,
precision float corrected for meter performance
and BSW, for the current month.
Units are defined by volume units
option (point type 70, parameter
#6).
85 BSW Volume This Month R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.13 Indicates the accumulation of
IEEE double volume of non-merchantable
precision float quantities such as sediment and
water for the current month. Units
are defined by volume units option
(point type 70, parameter #6).
86 Mass This Month R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.13 Indicates the accumulation of mass
IEEE double for the current month. Units are
precision float defined by mass units option (point
type 70, parameter #7).
87 Indicated Volume Previous Month R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.13 Indicated volumetric total for the
IEEE double current contract day in volume units
precision float selected. Units are defined by
volume units option (point type 70,
parameter #6).

3-176 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 73: Liquid Meter


Param# Name Access System or Data Length Range Default Ver Description of functionality and
User Type meaning of values
Update
88 Gross Volume Previous Month R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.13 Indicates the accumulation of
IEEE double volume at flowing conditions,
precision float corrected for meter factor, for the
current contract day in volume units
selected. Units are defined by
volume units option (point type 70,
parameter #6).
89 Gross Standard Volume Previous Month R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.13 Indicates the accumulation of
IEEE double volume at base conditions, also
precision float corrected for meter performance, for
the current contract day. Units are
defined by volume units option
(point type 70, parameter #6).
90 Net Standard Volume Previous Month R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.13 Indicates the accumulation of
IEEE double volume at base conditions, also
precision float corrected for meter performance
and BSW, for the current contract
day. Units are defined by volume
units option (point type 70,
parameter #6).
91 BSW Volume Previous Month R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.13 Indicates the accumulation of
IEEE double volume of non-merchantable
precision float quantities such as sediment and
water for the current contract day.
Units are defined by volume units
option (point type 70, parameter
#6).
92 Mass Previous Month R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.13 Indicates the accumulation of mass
IEEE double for the current contract day. Units
precision float are defined by mass units option
(point type 70, parameter #7).
93 Flow meter Value R/W User Float 4 Any valid IEEE 754 0.0 1.13 Specifies the indicated flow rate if
float the mass option is disabled or the
mass flow rate if the mass option is
enabled (point type 73, parameter
#3).
94 CSW R/O System Float 4 0.0  any valid 0.0 1.13 Indicates the correction factor for
IEEE 754 float sediment and water.
95 CTL Base to ALT R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0 1.13 Indicates the Correction
IEEE double temperature flow.
precision float
96 CPL Base to ALT R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0 1.13 Indicates the pressure base
IEEE double conditions to alternate conditions.
precision float

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-177


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 73: Liquid Meter


Param# Name Access System or Data Length Range Default Ver Description of functionality and
User Type meaning of values
Update
97 CTPL Base to ALT R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0 1.13 Indicates the temperature base and
IEEE double pressure based conditions to
precision float alternate conditions.
98 F Base to ALT R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0 1.13 Indicates the compressibility factor
IEEE double base conditions to alternate
precision float conditions.
99 CTL Observed to Base R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0 1.13 Indicates the temperature observed
IEEE double conditions to base conditions.
precision float
100 CPL Observed to Base R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0 1.13 Indicates the pressure observed
IEEE double conditions to base conditions.
precision float
101 CTPL Observed to Base R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0 1.13 Indicates the temperature and
IEEE double pressure observed conditions to
precision float base conditions.
102 F Observed to Base R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0 1.13 Indicates the compressibility factor
IEEE double observed conditions to base
precision float conditions.
103 Meter Density Double R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0 1.13 Indicates the meter density at meter
IEEE double conditions.
precision float
104 RESERVED Reserved for future use.
105 Base Density Double R/O System Double 8 0.0  any valid 0 1.13 Indicates the density of a fluid at
IEEE double base or reference conditions. This
precision float value is either determined by the
station base density or calculated
from the observed density,
depending on the density option
selected (parameter #16)
106 CTPL Rounded R/O System Float 4 0.0  any valid 0 1.13 Indicates the temperature base and
IEEE double pressure base conditions to
precision float alternate conditions.
107 Manual Flow Rate R/W User Float 4 0.0  any valid 0 2.01 Manually sets the flow rate, as
CNDL IEEE 754 float opposed to reading the value from a
physical device.
108 Manual Pressure Value R/W User Float 4 0.0  any valid 0 2.01 Manually sets the pressure, as
CNDL IEEE 754 float opposed to reading the value from a
physical input.
109 Manual Temperature Value R/W User Float 4 0.0  any valid 0 2.01 Manually sets the temperature, as
CNDL IEEE 754 float opposed to reading the value from a
physical input.

3-178 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 73: Liquid Meter


Param# Name Access System or Data Length Range Default Ver Description of functionality and
User Type meaning of values
Update
110 Flow Calculation Alarm Option R/W User UINT8 1 01 1 2.10 Indicates whether the system
CNDL should generate flow calculation
alarms and send entries to the
alarm log. Valid values are 0
(Disabled) and 1 (Enabled).
111 Flow Calculation Alarm Code R/O System BIN 1 0.x00  0xFF 0 2.10 See description of individual bits
below
111.0 Temperature Out of Bounds Bit 0 0 2.10 Alarm occurs if the meter/observed
temperature is outside of the
bounds set by the applicable
standard.
111.1 Pressure Out of Bounds Bit 1 0 2.10 Alarm occurs if the meter/observed
pressure is outside of the bounds
set by the applicable standard.
111.2 Observed Density Out of Bounds Bit 2 0 2.10 Alarm occurs if the density is
outside of the bounds set by the
applicable standard.
111.3 Base Density Out of Bounds Bit 3 0 2.10 Alarm occurs if the base density is
outside of the bounds set by the
applicable standard.
111.4 Convergence Error Bit 4 0 2.10 Alarm occurs if the maximum
number of iterations is reached
without convergence in the density
calculation.
111.5 Refined Product Alarm Bit 5 0 2.10 Alarm occurs if the base density
does not match the base density of
the selected product.
Note: This alarm applies only to
refined products. .
111.6 Alpha Out of Bounds Bit 6 0 2.10 Alarm occurs if the entered value of
thermal expansion coefficient
(alpha) is outside the bounds of the
applicable standard.
Note: This alarm applies only to
speciality products.
111.7 CTL/CPL Out of Bounds Bit 7 0 2.10 Alarm occurs if the CTL, CPL, or
CTPL exceeds the range of being
greater than 0.5 but less than 1.5.
Note: This does not create an entry
in the alarm log.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-179


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.14 Point Type 74: Densitometer Interface Parameters

Description: Point type 74 provides parameters to configure a densitometer interface.


Number of Logical Points: 4 densitometer point types depending on the number of active meters.
Storage Location: Point type 74 is saved to internal configuration memory.

Table 3-15: Point Type 74, Densitometer Interface Parameters


Point Type 74: Densitometer Parameters
Parm Name Access System or Data Length Range Default Ver Description of functionality and
# User Type meaning of values
Update
0 Point Tag Id R/W User AC 10 0x20  0x7E for “Density X” 1.13 Identification name for specific
each ASCII where X is station. Values must be printable
character the densito- ASCII characters.
meter
number
1 Density Type R/W User UINT8 1 05 0 1.13 Sets the type of density input
interface:
0 = Solartron Model 7835/45/46/47
1 = Solartron Model 7830/40
2 = UGC
3 = Analog density
4 = Analog Relative Density
5 = Analog API Gravity
6 = Sarasota Densitometer
2 Raw Density Input TLP R/W User TLP 3 TLP 0,0,0 and TLP 0, 0, 0 1.13 Specifies the ROC parameter from
6077, 0255, which to retrieve the raw density
0255 (must be input. The input may either be a
float) and TLP frequency from a densitometer or
103,5148,21 and an analog density from any source.
TLP 105, 5148,10
or 13 and TLP
96,05,211and
TLP 98,031,120
3 Raw Density Input R/W Both FL 4 >0.0  Any positive 0.0 1.13 Sets the raw input value. If the
valid IEEE 754 float density input is a frequency input
from a densitometer, this value
contains the frequency. Otherwise,
it contains the raw density input.

3-180 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 74: Densitometer Parameters


Parm Name Access System or Data Length Range Default Ver Description of functionality and
# User Type meaning of values
Update
4 Density Input Status R/O System UINT8 1 01 0 1.13 Indicates the current status of the
density input:
0 = Density value within normal
range
1 = Density value exceeds density
low limit or density high limit for the
product.
5 Density Temperature TLP R/W User TLP 3 TLP 0,0,0 and TLP 0, 0, 0 1.13 Specifies the ROC parameter from
6077, 0255, which to retrieve the temperature at
0255 (must be the density measurement.
float) and TLP
103,5148,21 and
TLP 106, 5148,22
and TLP 107,
5148,9and TLP
96,05,211and
TLP 98,031,120
6 Density Temperature R/W Both FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 60.0 1.13 Sets the value of temperature at the
float density measurement site. Units
defined by temperature units option
(point type 70, parameter #2).
7 Density Pressure TLP R/W User TLP 3 TLP 0,0,0 and TLP 0, 0, 0 1.13 Specifies the ROC parameter from
6077, 0255, which to retrieve the pressure at the
0255 (must be densitometer.
float) and TLP
103,5148,21 and
TLP
96,05,211and
TLP 98,031,120
8 Density Pressure R/W Both FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 0.0 1.13 Sets the value of pressure at the
float density measurement site. Units
defined by pressure units option
(point type 70, parameter #1).
9 Basic Transducer Constant K0 R/W User Double 8 Any valid IEEE 0.0 1.13 Sets the constant K0 from the
double calibration certificate of the
Solartron or UGC densitometer. The
system uses this constant in the
general density calculation. Values
are in C and Bar.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-181


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 74: Densitometer Parameters


Parm Name Access System or Data Length Range Default Ver Description of functionality and
# User Type meaning of values
Update
10 Basic Transducer Constant K1 R/W User Double 8 Any valid IEEE 0.0 1.13 Sets the constant K1 from the
double calibration certificate of the
Solartron or UGC densitometer.
This system uses this constant in
the general density calculation.
Values are in C and Bar.
11 Basic Transducer Constant K2 R/W User Double 8 Any valid IEEE 0.0 1.13 Sets the constant K2 from the
double calibration certificate of the
Solartron or UGC densitometer. The
system uses this constant in the
general density calculation. Values
are in C and Bar.
12 Solartron Temperature Correction R/W User Double 8 Any valid IEEE 0.0 1.13 Sets the constant K18 from the
Constant K18 double calibration certificate of the
Solartron densitometer. The system
uses this constant in the
temperature compensation
calculation. Set to zero to disable
the temperature compensation.
Values are in C and Bar.
13 Solartron Temperature Correction R/W User Double 8 Any valid IEEE 0.0 1.13 Sets the constant K19 from the
Constant K19 double calibration certificate of the
Solartron densitometer. This
constant is used in the temperature
compensation calculation. Set to
zero to disable the temperature
compensation. Values are in C and
Bar.
14 Solartron Pressure Correction Constant R/W User Double 8 Any valid IEEE 0.0 1.13 Sets the constant K20A from the
K20A double calibration certificate of the
Solartron densitometer. The system
uses this constant in the pressure
compensation calculation. Set to
zero to disable the pressure
compensation. Values are in C and
Bar.
15 Solartron Pressure Correction Constant R/W User Double 8 Any valid IEEE 0.0 1.13 Sets the constant K20B from the
K20B double calibration certificate of the
Solartron densitometer. This
constant is used in the pressure
compensation calculation. Set to
zero to disable the pressure
compensation. Values are in C and
Bar.

3-182 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 74: Densitometer Parameters


Parm Name Access System or Data Length Range Default Ver Description of functionality and
# User Type meaning of values
Update
16 Solartron Pressure Correction Constant R/W User Double 8 Any valid IEEE 0.0 1.13 Sets the constant K21A from the
K21A double calibration certificate of the
Solartron densitometer. This
constant is used in the pressure
compensation calculation. Set to
zero to disable the pressure
compensation. Values are in C and
Bar.
17 Solartron Pressure Correction Constant R/W User Double 8 Any valid IEEE 0.0 1.13 Sets the constant K21B from the
K21B double calibration certificate of the
Solartron densitometer. The system
uses this constant in the pressure
compensation calculation. Set to
zero to disable the pressure
compensation. Values are in C and
Bar.
18 Velocity of Sound Compensation Option R/W User Double 1 01 0.0 1.13 Sets the density in kg/m3
compensated for operating
temperature other than 20 Deg C.
19 Liquid Velocity of Sound R/W User FL 4 >0.0  Any positive 0.0 1.13 Sets the actual velocity of sound of
valid IEEE 754 float the liquid at flowing conditions in ft/s
or m/s.
20 Calibration Velocity of Sound R/O System FL 4 >0.0  Any positive 0.0 1.13 Indicates the velocity of sound of
valid IEEE 754 float the liquid at calibrated conditions in
ft/s or m/s.
21 UGC Pressure Correction Constant Pc R/W User Double 8 Any valid IEEE 0.0 1.13 Sets the constant Pc from the
double calibration certificate of the UGC
densitometer. The system uses this
constant in the pressure
compensation calculation. Set to
zero to disable the pressure
compensation.
22 UGC Pressure Correction Constant Kp1 R/W User Double 8 Any valid IEEE 0.0 1.13 Sets the constant Kp1 from the
double calibration certificate of the UGC
densitometer. This constant is used
in the pressure compensation
calculation. Set to zero to disable
the pressure compensation. Values
are in C and Bar.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-183


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 74: Densitometer Parameters


Parm Name Access System or Data Length Range Default Ver Description of functionality and
# User Type meaning of values
Update
23 UGC Pressure Correction Constant Kp2 R/W User Double 8 Any valid IEEE 0.0 1.13 Sets the constant Kp2 from the
double calibration certificate of the UGC
densitometer. The system uses this
constant in the pressure
compensation calculation. Set to
zero to disable the pressure
compensation. Values are in C and
Bar.
24 UGC Pressure Correction Constant R/W User Double 8 Any valid IEEE 0.0 1.13 Sets the constant Kp3 from the
Kp3 double calibration certificate of the UGC
densitometer. The system uses this
constant in the pressure
compensation calculation. Set to
zero to disable the pressure
compensation. Values are in C and
Bar.
25 UGC Temperature Correction Constant R/W User Double 8 Any valid IEEE 0.0 1.13 Sets the constant Tc from the
Tc double calibration certificate of the UGC
densitometer. This constant is used
in the temperature compensation
calculation. Set to zero to disable
the temperature compensation.
Values are in C and Bar.
26 UGC Temperature Correction Constant R/W User Double 8 Any valid IEEE 0.0 1.13 Sets the constant Kt1 from the
Kt1 double calibration certificate of the UGC
densitometer. The system uses this
constant in the temperature
compensation calculation. Set to
zero to disable the temperature
compensation. Values are in C and
Bar.
27 UGC Temperature Correction Constant R/W User Double 8 Any valid IEEE 0.0 1.13 Sets the constant Kt2 from the
Kt2 double calibration certificate of the UGC
densitometer. The system uses this
constant in the temperature
compensation calculation. Set to
zero to disable the temperature
compensation. Values are in C and
Bar.

3-184 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 74: Densitometer Parameters


Parm Name Access System or Data Length Range Default Ver Description of functionality and
# User Type meaning of values
Update
28 UGC Temperature Correction Constant R/W User Double 8 Any valid IEEE 0.0 1.13 Sets the constant Kt3 from the
Kt3 double calibration certificate of the UGC
densitometer. The system uses this
constant in the temperature
compensation calculation. Set to
zero to disable the temperature
compensation. Values are in C and
Bar.
29 Density Correction Factor R/W User FL 4 >0.0  Any positive 1.0 1.13 Sets the multiplier value to correct
valid IEEE 754 float densitometer input.
30 Compensated Density R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 1000.0 1.13 Indicates the density in kg/m3
float compensated for operating
temperature and pressure other
than 20 Deg C. and 1 bar and
differences in velocity of sound, if
this option is selected (parameter
#18).
31 Relative Density R/O User FL 4 >0.0  Any positive 1.0 1.13 Indicates the density of fluid relative
valid IEEE 754 float to the density of water.
32 API Gravity R/O User FL 4 0.0100.0 9.86 1.13 Indicates the density of fluid
expressed as API gravity.
33 Hydrometer Correction Option R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.13 Sets the option to enable
hydrometer compensation.
34 Periodic Time R/O System FL 4 >0.0  Any positive 0 1.13 Indicates the periodic time of the
valid IEEE 754 float densitometer input (Solartron).
35 RHO Temp Compensation Option R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.13 Indicates if pressure and
temperature compensation of
density is enabled.
36 Uncorrected Compensated Density R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 0.0 1.13 Indicates the value of the
Compensated Density before the
user-defined correction factor is
applied.
37 Uncorrected Relative Density R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 0.0 1.13 Indicates the value of the Relative
Density before the user-defined
correction factor is applied.
38 Uncorrected API Gravity R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 0.0 1.13 Indicates the value of the API
Gravity before the user-defined
correction factor is applied.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-185


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.15 Point Type 75: Meters

Description: Point type 75 defines meter parameters.


Number of Logical Points: 1 logical point for each active meter.
Storage Location: Point type 75 is saved to internal configuration memory.

Table 3-16: Point Type 75, Meter Parametes


Point Type 75: Meter Parameters
System or
Parm Data Description of functionality and
Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
# Type meaning of values
Update
Shows the valve that controls flow
through this meter.
Note: This parameter is read-only
1 (Log 1) so it cannot be changed. The value
2 (Log 2) of this parameter always equals its
0 Valve to be Controlled R/O User UINT8 1 14 1.00
3 (Log 3) logical number + 1. This ensures a
4 (Log 4) one-to-one correspondence
between logicals of meter and
valve point types, so that value #1
is assigned to meter #1.
Sets an identifying name for
specific meter for display and
1 Meter ID R/W User String7 7 ASCII String “Meter #X” 1.00
logging purposes. Values must be
printable ASCII characters.
Sets the minimum flowrate
permitted for the time period set in
Low Flow Time (63,0,38) before the
system raises a Low Flow alarm.
R/W_
2 Minimum Flow Rate User UINT32 4 0  99999 100 1.00 Each meter can have different
CNDL minimum flowrate.
DL8000 uses the indicated flowrate
from liquid turbine to raise the Low
Flow alarm.
Sets the maximum flowrate
permitted for the time period set in
High Flow Time (63,0,40) before
R/W_ the system raises a High Flow
3 Maximum Flow Rate User UINT32 4 0  99999 660 1.00 alarm.
CNDL
The DL8000 uses the indicated
flowrate from liquid turbine for
raising the High Flow alarm.

3-186 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 75: Meter Parameters


System or
Parm Data Description of functionality and
Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
# Type meaning of values
Update
4 RESERVED Reserved for future use
Shows the gross volume that
passed through the meter when
meter was in un-authorized state
0.0 to any positive
(i.e. bit for this meter was 0 in
5 Meter Gross Volume (Unauthorized) R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00
'Meter Authorization status') since
Double
unit is initialized. The value never
resets; it rolls over when it crosses
roll over limit.
6 RESERVED Reserved for future use
Shows the net standard volume
that passed through the meter
when meter was in un-authorized
0.0 to any positive
state (i.e. bit for this meter was 0 in
7 Meter Net Std Volume (Unauthorized) R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00
Meter Authorization status) since
Double
unit is initialized. The value never
resets; it rolls over when it crosses
roll over limit.
Shows the mass that passed
through the meter when meter was
in un-authorized state (i.e. bit for
0.0 to any positive
this meter was 0 in Meter
8 Meter Mass (Unauthorized) R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00
Authorization status) since unit is
Double
initialized. The value never resets;
it rolls over when it crosses roll
over limit.
9 RESERVED Reserved for future use
Shows the gross volume delivered
from this meter in current batch
0.0 to any positive
when meter was in authorized state
10 Meter Gross Volume (Batch) R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00
(i.e. bit for this meter is 1 in Meter
Double
Authorization Status). Value resets
when new batch is authorized.
11 RESERVED Reserved for future use
Shows the net standard. volume
delivered from this meter in current
0.0 to any positive batch when meter was in
12 Meter Net Std Volume (Batch) R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00 authorized state (i.e. bit for this
Double meter is 1 in Meter Authorization
status). Value resets when new
batch is authorized.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-187


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 75: Meter Parameters


System or
Parm Data Description of functionality and
Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
# Type meaning of values
Update
Shows the mass delivered from this
meter in current batch when meter
0.0 to any positive
was in authorized state (i.e. bit for
13 Meter Mass (Batch) R/O System Double 17 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00
this meter is 1 in Meter
Double
Authorization status). Value resets
when new batch is authorized.
14 RESERVED Reserved for future use
shows the gross volume that
passed through the meter when
meter was in authorized state (i.e.
0.0 to any positive
bit for this meter is 1 in Meter
15 Meter Gross Volume (authorized) R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00
Authorization status) since unit is
Double
initialized. The value never resets;
it rolls over when it crosses roll
over limit.
16 RESERVED Reserved for future use
Shows the net standard volume
that passed through the meter
when meter was in authorized state
0.0 to any positive
(i.e. bit for this meter is 1 in Meter
17 Meter Net Std Volume (authorized) R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00
Authorization status) since unit is
Double
initialized. The value never resets;
it rolls over when it crosses roll
over limit.
Indicates the mass passed through
the meter when meter was in
0.0 to any positive authorized state (i.e. bit for this
18 Meter Mass (authorized) R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00 meter was 1 in Meter Authorization
Double status) since unit is initialized. The
value never resets; it rolls over
when it crosses roll over limit.
19 RESERVED Reserved for future use
20 RESERVED Reserved for future use
21 RESERVED Reserved for future use
22 RESERVED Reserved for future use
23 RESERVED Reserved for future use
24 RESERVED Reserved for future use
25 RESERVED Reserved for future use
26 RESERVED Reserved for future use
27 RESERVED Reserved for future use
28 RESERVED Reserved for future use

3-188 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 75: Meter Parameters


System or
Parm Data Description of functionality and
Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
# Type meaning of values
Update
29 RESERVED Reserved for future use
30 RESERVED Reserved for future use
Sets the TLP of the first
temperature probe input from which
temperature of the meter is read. It
should point to TLP of float data
type.
31 Temperature Probe 1 TLP R/W System TLP 3 Any valid TLP 0,0,0 1.00 The system uses this to scan for
temperature drift alarm. This alarm
is scanned only if both
Temperature Probe 1 TLP and
Temperature Probe 2 TLP
(75,0,32) of this meter point to
parameter of float data type.
Sets the TLP of the second
temperature probe input from which
temperature of the meter is read. It
should point to TLP of float data
type.
32 Temperature Probe 2 TLP R/W System TLP 3 Any valid TLP 0,0,0 1.00 The system uses this to scan for
temperature drift alarm. This alarm
is scanned only if both
Temperature Probe 1 TLP
(75,0,31) and Temperature Probe 2
TLP of this meter point to
parameter of float data type.
33 RESERVED Reserved for future use
Shows the gross volume meter
0.0 to any positive totalizer (73,0,30) reading when
34 Transaction Start Gross Reading R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00 current transaction starts (that is,
Double the first batch in the transaction
starts).
Shows the net standard volume
0.0 to any positive meter totalizer (73,0,34) reading
35 Transaction Start Net Std Reading R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00 when current transaction starts
Double (that is, the first batch in the
transaction starts).
Shows the mass meter totalizer
0.0 to any positive
(73,0,36) reading when current
36 Transaction Start Mass Reading R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00
transaction starts (that is, when the
Double
first batch in the transaction starts).
0.0 to any positive Shows the gross volume meter
37 Transaction End Gross Reading R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00 totalizer (73,0,30) reading when
Double current transaction ends.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-189


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 75: Meter Parameters


System or
Parm Data Description of functionality and
Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
# Type meaning of values
Update
0.0 to any positive Shows the net standard. volume
38 Transaction End Net Reading R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00 meter totalizer (73,0,34) reading
Double when current transaction ends.
0.0 to any positive Show the of mass meter totalizer
39 Transaction End Mass Reading R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00 (73,0,36) reading when current
Double transaction ends.
0.0 to any positive Shows the gross volume meter
40 Batch Start Gross Reading R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00 totalizer (73,0,30) reading when
Double current batch starts.
0.0 to any positive Shows the net standard. volume
41 Batch Start Net Std Reading R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00 meter totalizer (73,0,34) reading
Double when current batch starts.
0.0 to any positive Shows the of mass meter totalizer
42 Batch Start Mass Reading R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00 (73,0,36) reading when current
Double batch starts.
0.0 to any positive Shows the gross volume meter
43 Batch End Gross Reading R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00 totalizer (73,0,30) reading when
Double current batch ends.
0.0 to any positive Shows the net standard volume
44 Batch End Net Std Reading R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00 meter totalizer (73,0,34) reading
Double when current batch ends.
0.0 to any positive Shows the mass meter totalizer
45 Batch End Mass Reading R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00 (73,0,36) reading when current
Double batch ends.
Shows the current target flowrate
for the stream flowing through this
meter. The Batching user program
sets this value for the inline batch,
0.0 to any positive when each stream is measured by
46 Stream Target Flow Rate R/O System FL 4 0 1.00 a different meter.
valid IEEE 754 float
Note: This target flowrate is always
of indicated flowrate type (and
same is set as target for PID in
case of digital valve).

3-190 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 75: Meter Parameters


System or
Parm Data Description of functionality and
Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
# Type meaning of values
Update
Shows the current target flowrate
error-limit for the stream flowing
through this meter. The Batching
user program sets this value for the
inline batch, when each stream is
0.0 to any positive measured by different meter.
47 Stream Flowrate Error Limit R/O System FL 4 0 1.00
valid IEEE 754 float
Note: This tolerance band flowrate
is always of indicated flowrate type
(and same as set in PID in case of
digital valve). It allows the tolerance
band for alarm checking.
Shows the gross volume delivered
from this meter in current batch
0.0 to any positive when meter was in un-authorized
Meter Unauthorized Gross Volume
48 R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00 state (i.e. bit for this meter is 0 in
(Batch)
double Meter Authorization status
(63,0,133). The value resets when
new batch is authorized.
Shows the net standard volume
delivered from this meter in current
0.0 to any positive batch when meter was in un-
Meter Unauthorized Net Volume
49 R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00 authorized state (i.e. bit for this
(Batch)
double meter is 0 in Meter Authorization
status (63,0,133). Value resets
when new batch is authorized.
Shows the mass delivered from this
meter in current batch when meter
0.0 to any positive was in un-authorized state (i.e. bit
Meter Unauthorized Mass Volume
50 R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00 for this meter is 0 in Meter
(Batch)
double Authorization status (63,0,133).
Value resets when new batch gets
authorized.
0.0 to any positive Shows the indicated volume meter
51 Batch Start Indicated Reading R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00 totalizer (73,0,28) reading when
double current batch starts.
0.0 to any positive Indicates the stamp of indicated
52 Batch End Indicated Reading R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 1.00 volume meter totalizer (73,0,28)
double reading when current batch ends.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-191


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 75: Meter Parameters


System or
Parm Data Description of functionality and
Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
# Type meaning of values
Update
Defines if the non-system meter is
selected for reverse flow (used for
vapor return flow in some cases
like LPG loading). Valid values are:
0 = Not used for reverse flow
53 Meter Flow Direction R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 2.00 1 = Meter is used to record reverse
flow.
Note: If meter is selected for
reverse flow then this TLP should
not be one out of meters configured
[63,0,20] in system.
Shows the gross volume total that
passed through the meter (73,x,30)
0.0 to any positive
if you configure meter flow direction
54 Reverse Meter Gross Total R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 2.00
(75,x,53Z) for reverse flow. This
double
value resets at batch authorization
and at power ON.
Shows the net standard volume
total that passed through the meter
0.0 to any positive (73,x,34) if you configure meter
55 Reverse Meter Net-Std Total R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 2.00 flow direction for reverse flow
double (75,x,53). This value resets at
batch authorization and at power
ON.
Shows the mass total that passed
through the meter (73,x,36) if you
0.0 to any positive
configure the meter flow direction
56 Reverse Meter Mass Total R/O System Double 8 valid IEEE 754 0 2.00
for reverse flow (75,x,53). This
double
value resets at batch authorization
and at power ON.
Shows the number of bad pulses
received. Refer parameter bad
57 Bad Pulse Count R/O System UINT32 4 0  65535 0 2.00
pulse count reset option (64,0,38)
for resetting of bad pulse count.
Indicates how the meter factor and
K-factor should interact for a
R/W- reverse meter. Valid values are 0
58 Reverse Meter Factor/K-factor Optoin User UINT8 1 01 0 2.30
CNDL (single meter factor and single K-
factor) and 1 (meter factor curve
with a single K-factor)

3-192 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 75: Meter Parameters


System or
Parm Data Description of functionality and
Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
# Type meaning of values
Update
0.8  1.2 (for value
0 in parameter 58)
Meter factor for the associated flow
or
R/W- rate (parameter 60) or K-factor for
59 Reverse Meter Factor/K-factor 1 User FL 4 Any positive non- 1 2.30
CNDL the associated frequency
zero valid IEEE 754
(parameter 60)
float (for value 1 in
parameter 58)
Flow rate for the associated meter
R/W- factor.
60 Reverse Flowrate/Frequency 1 User FL 4 0  999999.0 0.0 2.30
CNDL Note: This flow rate is always of
the indicated type.
0.8  1.2 (for value
0 in parameter 58)
Meter factor for the associated flow
or
R/W- rate (parameter 60) or K-factor for
61 Reverse Meter Factor/K-factor 2 User FL 4 Any positive non- 1 2.30
CNDL the associated frequency
zero valid IEEE 754
(parameter 60)
float (for value 1 in
parameter 58)
Flow rate for the associated meter
R/W- factor.
62 Reverse Flowrate/Frequency 2 User FL 4 0  999999.0 0.0 2.30
CNDL Note: This flow rate is always of
the indicated type.
0.8  1.2 (for value
0 in parameter 58)
Meter factor for the associated flow
or
R/W- rate (parameter 60) or K-factor for
63 Reverse Meter Factor/K-factor 3 User FL 4 Any positive non- 1 2.30
CNDL the associated frequency
zero valid IEEE 754
(parameter 60)
float (for value 1 in
parameter 58)
Flow rate for the associated meter
R/W- factor.
64 Reverse Flowrate/Frequency 3 User FL 4 0  999999.0 0.0 2.30
CNDL Note: This flow rate is always of
the indicated type.
0.8  1.2 (for value
0 in parameter 58)
Meter factor for the associated flow
or
R/W- rate (parameter 60) or K-factor for
65 Reverse Meter Factor/K-factor 4 User FL 4 Any positive non- 1 2.30
CNDL the associated frequency
zero valid IEEE 754
(parameter 60)
float (for value 1 in
parameter 58)

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-193


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 75: Meter Parameters


System or
Parm Data Description of functionality and
Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
# Type meaning of values
Update
Flow rate for the associated meter
R/W- factor.
66 Reverse Flowrate/Frequency 4 User FL 4 0  999999.0 0.0 2.30
CNDL Note: This flow rate is always of
the indicated type.
0.8  1.2 (for value
0 in parameter 58)
Meter factor for the associated flow
or
R/W- rate (parameter 60) or K-factor for
67 Reverse Meter Factor/K-factor 5 User FL 4 Any positive non- 1 2.30
CNDL the associated frequency
zero valid IEEE 754
(parameter 60)
float (for value 1 in
parameter 58)
Flow rate for the associated meter
R/W- factor.
68 Reverse Flowrate/Frequency 5 User FL 4 0  999999.0 0.0 2.30
CNDL Note: This flow rate is always of
the indicated type.
0.8  1.2 (for value
0 in parameter 58)
Meter factor for the associated flow
or
R/W- rate (parameter 60) or K-factor for
69 Reverse Meter Factor/K-factor 6 User FL 4 Any positive non- 1 2.30
CNDL the associated frequency
zero valid IEEE 754
(parameter 60)
float (for value 1 in
parameter 58)
Flow rate for the associated meter
R/W- factor.
70 Reverse Flowrate/Frequency 6 User FL 4 0  999999.0 0.0 2.30
CNDL Note: This flow rate is always of
the indicated type.
0.8  1.2 (for value
0 in parameter 58)
Meter factor for the associated flow
or
R/W- rate (parameter 60) or K-factor for
71 Reverse Meter Factor/K-factor 7 User FL 4 Any positive non- 1 2.30
CNDL the associated frequency
zero valid IEEE 754
(parameter 60)
float (for value 1 in
parameter 58)
Flow rate for the associated meter
R/W- factor.
72 Reverse Flowrate/Frequency 7 User FL 4 0  999999.0 0.0 2.30
CNDL Note: This flow rate is always of
the indicated type.

3-194 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 75: Meter Parameters


System or
Parm Data Description of functionality and
Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
# Type meaning of values
Update
0.8  1.2 (for value
0 in parameter 58)
Meter factor for the associated flow
or
R/W- rate (parameter 60) or K-factor for
73 Reverse Meter Factor/K-factor 8 User FL 4 Any positive non- 1 2.30
CNDL the associated frequency
zero valid IEEE 754
(parameter 60)
float (for value 1 in
parameter 58)
Flow rate for the associated meter
R/W- factor.
74 Reverse Flowrate/Frequency 8 User FL 4 0  999999.0 0.0 2.30
CNDL Note: This flow rate is always of
the indicated type.
0.8  1.2 (for value
0 in parameter 58)
Meter factor for the associated flow
or
R/W- rate (parameter 60) or K-factor for
75 Reverse Meter Factor/K-factor 9 User FL 4 Any positive non- 1 2.30
CNDL the associated frequency
zero valid IEEE 754
(parameter 60)
float (for value 1 in
parameter 58)
Flow rate for the associated meter
R/W- factor.
76 Reverse Flowrate/Frequency 9 User FL 4 0  999999.0 0.0 2.30
CNDL Note: This flow rate is always of
the indicated type.
0.8  1.2 (for value
0 in parameter 58)
Meter factor for the associated flow
or
R/W- rate (parameter 60) or K-factor for
77 Reverse Meter Factor/K-factor 10 User FL 4 Any positive non- 1 2.30
CNDL the associated frequency
zero valid IEEE 754
(parameter 60)
float (for value 1 in
parameter 58)
Flow rate for the associated meter
R/W- factor.
78 Reverse Flowrate/Frequency 10 User FL 4 0  999999.0 0.0 2.30
CNDL Note: This flow rate is always of
the indicated type.
0.8  1.2 (for value
0 in parameter 58)
Meter factor for the associated flow
or
R/W- rate (parameter 60) or K-factor for
79 Reverse Meter Factor/K-factor 11 User FL 4 Any positive non- 1 2.30
CNDL the associated frequency
zero valid IEEE 754
(parameter 60)
float (for value 1 in
parameter 58)

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-195


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 75: Meter Parameters


System or
Parm Data Description of functionality and
Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
# Type meaning of values
Update
Flow rate for the associated meter
R/W- factor.
80 Reverse Flowrate/Frequency 11 User FL 4 0  999999.0 0.0 2.30
CNDL Note: This flow rate is always of
the indicated type.
0.8  1.2 (for value
0 in parameter 58)
Meter factor for the associated flow
or
R/W- rate (parameter 60) or K-factor for
81 Reverse Meter Factor/K-factor 12 User FL 4 Any positive non- 1 2.30
CNDL the associated frequency
zero valid IEEE 754
(parameter 60)
float (for value 1 in
parameter 58)
Flow rate for the associated meter
R/W- factor.
82 Reverse Flowrate/Frequency 12 User FL 4 0  999999.0 0.0 2.30
CNDL Note: This flow rate is always of
the indicated type.
Value determined by dividing the
Any positive non- quantity of fluid measured by the
R/W-
83 Reverse K-factor User FL 4 zero valid IEEE 754 0.0 2.30 proving system by the quanity
CNDL
float indicated by the meter during the
prove (for reverse meter).
Indicates the linear meter
constance (K-factor) expressed in
R/W- pulses/ft3 or pulses/m3, depending
84 Reverse Meter Factor User FL 4 0.8  1.2 0.0 2.30
CNDL on the volume and mass units
option in the Liquid Preference
point type (70).
Defines the output status contact
TLP for solenoid 1.
85 Solenoid 1 R/W User TLP 3 Any valid TLP 0,0,0 2.30
Note: This is for either single-
acting or double-acting valves.
Defines the output status contact
TLP for solenoid 1.
86 Solenoid 2 R/W User TLP 3 Any valid TLP 0,0,0 2.30
Note: This is only for double-acting
valves.
Indicates the time, in seconds, for
87 DO 1 Retention Time(s) R/W User UINT8 1 0  30 30 2.30 which solenoid 1 remains ON after
energizing.
Indicates the time, in seconds, for
88 DO 2 Retention Time(s) R/W User UINT8 1 0  30 30 2.30 which solenoid 2 remains ON after
energizing.

3-196 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.16 Point Type 76: Valves

Description: Point type 76 defines valve parameters.


Number of Logical Points: 1 logical point for each active valve.
Storage Location: Point type 76 is saved to internal configuration memory.

Table 3-17: Point Type 76, Valves


Point Type 76: Valves
System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
0 RESERVED Reserved for future use
Sets the percentage of difference in
the actual low flow rate and the
programmed low flow rate
(setpoint) allowed before the
system sends a flow rate
adjustment command to the flow
control valve.
This parameter defines the
R/W_ deadband and is only in effect
1 Low Flow Percentage Error User UINT8 1 2  10 5 1.00 when the low flow rate is
CNDL
established and not in effect when
the flow rate is changing to the low
flow rate during startup or
shutdown. The suggested value is
5 percent. Higher values may affect
measurement accuracy since the
flow rate will be allowed to vary
over a wider range without being
controlled.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-197


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 76: Valves


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Sets the percentage of difference in
the actual high flow rate and the
programmed high flow rate
(setpoint) allowed before a flow
rate adjustment command is sent
to the flow control valve. This
configuration parameter defines the
R/W_
2 High Flow Percentage Error User UINT8 1 2  10 2 1.00 deadband and is only in effect
CNDL
when the high flow rate setpoint is
set. The suggested value is 2
percent. Higher values may affect
measurement accuracy since the
flow rate will be allowed to vary
over a wider range without being
controlled.
3 RESERVED Reserved for future use
Defines the output status contact
TLP for solenoid 1.
AC I/O auto-out or DO It should point to ACIO auto-out
4 Solenoid 1 (Upstream) R/W User TLP 3 0,0,0 1.00
status (140,x,19) or DO status (102,x,8)
point type status parameter having
UINT8 data type.
Defines the output status contact
TLP for solenoid 2.
AC I/O auto-out or DO It should point to ACIO auto-out
5 Solenoid 2 (Downstream) R/W User TLP 3 0,0,0 1.00
status (140,x,19) or DO status (102,x,8)
point type status parameter having
UINT8 data type.
Defines the output status contact
TLP for stem switch 1.
AC I/O auto-out or DO It should point to ACIO auto-out
6 Stem Switch 1 (Upstream) R/W User TLP 3 0,0,0 1.00
status (140,x,19) or DO status (102,x,8)
point type status parameter having
UINT8 data type.
Defines the output status contact
TLP for stem switch 2.
AC I/O auto-out or DO It should point to ACIO auto-out
7 Stem Switch 2 (Downstream) R/W User TLP 3 0,0,0 1.00
status (140,x,19) or DO status (102,x,8)
point type status parameter having
UINT8 data type.

3-198 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.17 Point Type 82: Virtual Discrete Outputs

Description: Point type 82 provides the parameters for setting up virtual discrete outputs.
Number of Logical Points: 24 logical points may exist.
Storage Location: Point type 82 is saved to internal configuration memory.

Table 3-18: Point Type 82, Virtual Discrete Output


Point Type 82: Virtual Discrete Output
System or
Param Data Description of functionality and
Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
# Type meaning of values
Update
0x20  0x7E for
“DO Identifies a specif DO. Values must
0 Point Tag ID R/W User AC 10 each ASCII 2.10
Default” be printable ASCII characters.
character
0x20  0x7E for Describes the units used by the DO.
1 Units Tag R/W User AC 10 each ASCII “Percent…” 2.10 Values must be printable ASCII
character characters.
Indicates the scanning mode. Value
values are:
0 = Disabled (no changes to output
2 Scanning Mode R/W User UINT8 1 01 1 2.10 occur)
1 = Automatic (anything changes DO
values)
2 = Manual (only user can change
DO values)
If enabled, alarms are generated and
3 Alarming R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 2.10 set to the Alarm Log. Valid values
are 0 (Disabled) and 1 (Enabled).
Indicates a SRBX alarm is desired if
an alarm condition clears. Valid
4 SRBX on Clear R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 2.10 values are 0 (SRBX on Clear
Disabled) and 1 (SRBX on Clear
Enabled).
Indicates a SRBX alarm is desired if
an alarm condition occurs. Valid
5 SRBX on Set R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 2.10
values are 0 (SRBX on Set Disabled)
and 1 (SRBX on Set Enabled).

6 Alarm Code R/O System BIN 1 0x00  0xFF 0x00 2.10

6.0 Not Used Bit 0 0 2.10 Not Used

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-199


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 82: Virtual Discrete Output


System or
Param Data Description of functionality and
Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
# Type meaning of values
Update

6.1 Not Used Bit 1 0 2.10 Not Used

6.2 Not Used Bit 2 0 2.10 Not Used

6.3 Not Used Bit 3 0 2.10 Not Used

6.4 Not Used Bit 4 0 2.10 Not Used

6.5 Not Used Bit 5 0 2.10 Not Used

6.6 Not Used Bit 6 0 2.10 Not Used

6.7 Not Used Bit 7 0 2.10 Not Used

If enabled, the Status (parameter #8)


is set to the status indicated in
‘Failsafe Status Value’ (Parameter
#22) on a restart of any kind. If
7 Failsafe on Reset R/W User UNIT8 1 01 0 2.10
disabled, the last Status before the
restart will be used. Valid values are
0 (Output Last Status on Reset) and
1 (Use Failsafe value on Reset).
Controls the state of the DO when
Scanning (parameter #2) is in auto
mode. In other words, the physical
8 Auto Output R/W Both UNIT8 1 01 0 2.10
output gets this status when the
mode (parameter # 2) is set to
Automatic.
Number of times the Status
9 Accumulated Value R/W Both UINT32 4 0  4,294,967,295 0 2.10
(parameter #8) goes from OFF to ON
If enabled, the Status (parameter #8)
is turned ON for the entered Time On
(parameter #14) and then be turned
10 Momentary Mode R/W User UNIT8 1 01 0 2.10
OFF. Valid valules are 0 (Momentary
Disabled) and 1 (Momentary
Enabled).
Indicates that the DO currently has
the Momentary ability active. Valid
11 Momentary Active R/O System UNIT8 1 01 0 2.10
values are 0 (Momentary Not Active)
and 1 (Momentary Active).
If enabled, the Status (parameter #8)
12 Toggle Mode R/W User UNIT8 1 01 0 2.10
is ON for the entered Time On

3-200 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 82: Virtual Discrete Output


System or
Param Data Description of functionality and
Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
# Type meaning of values
Update
(parameter #14) and then turned
OFF for the same Time On. The
Status continues to cycle between
the ON and OFF states. Vallid values
are 0 (Toggle Disabled) and 1
(Toggle Enabled).
If enabled, the Status (parameter #8)
is turned ON for a calculated Time
On (parameter #14) based upon the
entered EU Value (parameter #20).
13 Timed Discrete Output (TDO) Mode R/W User UNIT8 1 01 0 2.10 After the Time On has expired, the
Status is turned OFF and remains
that way until a new EU Value is
entered. Valid values are 0 (TDO
Disabled) and 1 (TDO Enabled).
Number of seconds the Status
DO: 0.0  43,200.0
14 Time Out R/W Both FL 4 1.0 2.10 (parameter #8) is turned on for if in
DOR: 43,200.0
TDO, Toggle, or Momentary Mode.
Number of seconds for when TDO
Mode (parameter #13) and Toggle
Mode (parameter #12) are selected.
The Status (parameter #8) is ON for
15 Cycle Time R/W User FL 4 >0.0  43,200.0 15.0 2.10 the calculated Time On (parameter
#14) based upon the entered EU
Value (parameter #20). The Status is
then turned OFF based upon the
Cycle Time minus the Time On.
Minimum number of seconds the
calculated Time On (parameter #14)
is when the entered EU Value
16 Low Reading Time R/W User FL 4 0.0  43,200.0 3.0 2.10
(parameter #20) is less than or equal
to the entered Low Reading EU
(parameter #18).
Maximum number of seconds the
calculated Time On (parameter #14)
will be when the entered EU Value
17 High Reading Time R/W User FL 4 0.0  43,200.0 12.0 2.10
(parameter #20) is greater than or
equal to the entered High Reading
EU (parameter #19).
Any valid IEEE 754 Minimum EU Value (parameter #20)
18 Low Reading EU R/W User FL 4 0.0 2.10
float possible.
Any valid IEEE 754 Maximum EU Value (parameter #20)
19 High Reading EU R/W User FL 4 100.0 2.10
float possible.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-201


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 82: Virtual Discrete Output


System or
Param Data Description of functionality and
Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
# Type meaning of values
Update
Any valid IEEE 754
20 EU Value R/W User FL 4 0.0 2.10 Value in Engineering Units
float
Controls the state of the DO when
Scanning (parameter #2) is in
manual mode. In other words, the
21 Manual Output R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 2.10
physical output gets this status when
the mode (parameter # 2) is set to
Automatic.
The state the output is placed in
when the unit is started and the
22 Failsafe Output R/W User UINT8 1 01 1 2.10 Failsafe on Reset Parameter
(Parameter 7) is set to 1, Use
Failsafe value on reset.
Reserved for future use
23 RESERVED

Indicates the current state of the DO.


24 Physical Output R/O System UINT8 1 01 0 2.10
Valid values are 1 (ON) and 0 (OFF).
Inverts the output of the DO channel,
allowing you to use TDO mode to
keep a channel OFF for a set
amount of time and then bring the
25 Invert Output Mode R/W User UNIT8 1 01 0 2.10 channel back ON. Valid values are 0
(Normal) and 1 (Inverted).
Note: This always inverts the output,
including the Failsafe Output.
Indicates the DO type. Valid values
26 DO Type R/O System UINT8 1 01 0 2.10 are 0 (DO Relay) or 1 (DO Solid
State).

3-202 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.18 Point Type 84: HART Extended Point Type

Description: Point type 84 provides the HART parameters associated with the HART-2 module.
Number of Logical Points: 4 logicals per installed module may exist.
Storage Location: Any parameter noted as “persistent” is saved to internal configuration memory.

Table 3-19: Point Type 84, HART Extended


Point Type 84: HART Extended
System or
Param Data Description of functionality and
Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
# Type meaning of values
Update
If enabled, generates channel alarms
and sends them to the Alarm Log.
0 Channel Alarming R/W User UINT8 1 0-1 0 2.20 Valid values are 0 (Disabled) and 1
(Enabled).
Note: This parameter is persistent.
Alarm value for the HART channel.
1 Channel Alarm Code R/O System BIN 1 0x00  0xFF 0 2.20
Note: This parameter is persistent.
If set, the HART AI EU value is less
than or equal to the AI Low Alarm EU
(parameter #2). If clear, the HART
1.0 AI Low Alarm Bit 0 0 EU value is greater than the AI Low
Alarm EU (parameter #2). Only
applies when the channel is
configured as an AI.
If set, the HART AI EU value is
greater than or equal to the AI High
Alarm EU (parameter #3). If clear,
1.2 AI High Alarm Bit 2 0 the HART EU value is less than the
AI High Alarm EU (parameter #3).
Only applies when the channel is
configured as an AI.
If set, the HART module is not
detecting a device on the output line.
If clear, the analog output is
1.5 AO Readback Alarm Bit 5 0
functioning correctly. Only applies
when the channel is configured as an
AO.
If set, communicating with the HART
module has failed. If clear, the
1.6 Point Fail Alarm Bit 6 0
HART’s hardware is operating
properly.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-203


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 84: HART Extended


System or
Param Data Description of functionality and
Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
# Type meaning of values
Update

Any valid IEEE 754 Alarm value for HART AI Low Alarm.
2 AI Low Alarm EU R/W User FL 4 -10.0 2.20
float Note: This parameter is persistent.

Any valid IEEE 754 Alarm value for HART AI High Alarm.
3 AI High Alarm EU R/W User FL 4 110.0 2.20
float Note: This parameter is persistent.
Provides a range () that the HART
Any valid IEEE 754 AI EU Value may move between
4 Alarm Deadband R/W User FL 4 2.0 2.20 without causing another alarm.
float
Note: This parameter is persistent.
If enabled, generates device alarms
and sends them to the Alarm Log.
5 Device 1 Alarming R/W User UINT8 1 0-1 0 2.20 Valid values are 0 (Disabled) and 1
(Enabled).
Note: This parameter is persistent.
Alarm code for the device on the
6 Device 1 Alarm Code R/O System BIN 1 0x00  0xFF 0 2.20 HART channel.
Note: This parameter is persistent.
If set, the Device PV value is less
than or equal to the Device PV Low
6.0 Device 1 PV Low Alarm Bit 0 0 2.20 Alarm Value. If clear, the Device PV
value is greater than the Device PV
Low Alarm Value.
If set, the Device PV value is greater
than or equal to the Device PV High
6.2 Device 1 PV High Alarm Bit 2 0 2.20 Alarm Value. If clear, the Device PV
value is less than the Device PV
High Alarm Value.
If set, communicating with the HART
6.6 Device 1 Point Fail Alarm Bit 6 0 2.20 Device has failed. If clear, the HART
Device is operating correctly.
Alarm value for Device PV Low
Any valid IEEE 754 Alarm.
7 Device 1 PV Low Alarm Value R/W User FL 4 -10 2.20
float
Note: This parameter is persistent.
Alarm value for Device PV High
Any valid IEEE 754 Alarm.
8 Device 1 PV High Alarm Value R/W User FL 4 1,000,000 2.20
float
Note: This parameter is persistent.
Provides a range () that the Device
Any valid IEEE 754 PV Value may move between
9 Device 1 Alarm Deadband R/W User FL 4 0 2.20 without causing another alarm.
float
Note: This parameter is persistent.

3-204 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 84: HART Extended


System or
Param Data Description of functionality and
Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
# Type meaning of values
Update
When the device Poll Mode is set to
Download PV (4), the PV value of
Any valid IEEE 754 the device is set to the Device
10 Device 1 Download PV R/W USER FL 4 0 2.20
float Download PV value.
Note: This parameter is persistent.
The current value of the PV returned
from the card or last live value if scan
Any valid IEEE 754 mode is set to Skip this Device or
11 Device 1 Live PV Value R/O System FL 4 0 2.20
float Slot modes.
Note: This parameter is persistent.
Determines what value is used to
populate the PV parameter. Valid
values are:
0 = live or last live
R/W_
12 Device 1 In Use Mode User UINT8 1 0-2 0 2.20 1 = failsafe value
LOG
2 = download value. Overrides
failsafe mode except when in live
mode.
Note: This parameter is persistent.
Status of what value is being used to
populate the PV. Valid values are:
0 = live or last live value without
failure
1 = last live/scanning disabled
13 Device 1 In Use Status R/O System UINT8 1 0-6 0 2.20 2 = failed to last live value
3 = failed to download value
4 = failed to failsafe value,
5 = set to download value, 6 = set to
failsafe value
Note: This parameter is persistent.
If enabled, device alarms may be
generated and sent to the Alarm Log.
14 Device 2 Alarming R/W User UINT8 1 0-1 0 2.20 Valid values are 0 (Disabled) and 1
(Enabled).
Note: This parameter is persistent.
Alarm code for the device on the
15 Device 2 Alarm Code R/O System BIN 1 0x00  0xFF 0 2.20 HART channel.
Note: This parameter is persistent.
If set, the Device PV value is less
than or equal to the Device PV Low
15.0 Device 2 PV Low Alarm Bit 0 0 2.20 Alarm Value. If clear, the Device PV
value is greater than the Device PV
Low Alarm Value.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-205


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 84: HART Extended


System or
Param Data Description of functionality and
Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
# Type meaning of values
Update
If set, the Device PV value is greater
than or equal to the Device PV High
15.2 Device 2 PV High Alarm Bit 2 0 2.20 Alarm Value. If clear, the Device PV
value is less than the Device PV
High Alarm Value.
If set, communicating with the HART
15.6 Device 2 Point Fail Alarm Bit 6 0 2.20 Device has failed. If clear, the HART
Device is operating correctly.
Alarm value for Device PV Low
Any valid IEEE 754 Alarm.
16 Device 2 PV Low Alarm Value R/W User FL 4 -10 2.20
float
Note: This parameter is persistent.
Alarm value for Device PV High
Any valid IEEE 754 Alarm.
17 Device 2 PV High Alarm Value R/W User FL 4 1,000,000 2.20
float
Note: This parameter is persistent.
Provides a range () within which the
Any valid IEEE 754 Device PV Value may move between
18 Device 2 Alarm Deadband R/W User FL 4 0 2.20 without causing another alarm.
float
Note: This parameter is persistent.
When the device Poll Mode is set to
Download PV (4), the PV value of
Any valid IEEE 754 the device is set to the Device
19 Device 2 Download PV R/W USER FL 4 0 2.20
float Download PV value.
Note: This parameter is persistent.
The current value of the PV returned
from the card or last live value if scan
Any valid IEEE 754 mode is set to Skip this Device or
20 Device 2 Live PV Value R/O System FL 4 0 2.20
float Slot modes.
Note: This parameter is persistent.
Determines what value populates the
PV parameter. Valid values are:
0 = live or last live
1 = failsafe value
21 Device 2 In Use Mode R/W User UINT8 1 0-2 0 2.20
2 = download value. Overrides
failsafe mode except when in live
mode.
Note: This parameter is persistent.

3-206 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 84: HART Extended


System or
Param Data Description of functionality and
Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
# Type meaning of values
Update
Status of what value is being used to
populate the PV. Valid values are:
0 = live or last live value without
failure
1 = last live/scanning disabled
22 Device 2 In Use Status R/O System UINT8 1 0-6 0 2.20 2 = failed to last live value
3 = failed to download value,
4 = failed to failsafe value
5 = set to download value
6 = set to failsafe value
Note: This parameter is persistent.
If enabled, device alarms may be
generated and sent to the Alarm Log.
23 Device 3 Alarming R/W User UINT8 1 0-1 0 2.20 Valid values are 0 (Disabled) and 1
(Enabled).
Note: This parameter is persistent.
Alarm code for the device on the
24 Device 3 Alarm Code R/O System BIN 1 0x00  0xFF 0 2.20 HART channel.
Note: This parameter is persistent.
If set, the Device PV value is less
than or equal to the Device PV Low
24.0 Device 3 PV Low Alarm Bit 0 0 2.20 Alarm Value. If clear, the Device PV
value is greater than the Device PV
Low Alarm Value.
If set, the Device PV value is greater
than or equal to the Device PV High
24.2 Device 3 PV High Alarm Bit 2 0 2.20 Alarm Value. If clear, the Device PV
value is less than the Device PV
High Alarm Value.
If set, communicating with the HART
24.6 Device 3 Point Fail Alarm Bit 6 0 2.20 Device has failed. If clear, the HART
Device is operating correctly.
Alarm value for Device PV Low
Any valid IEEE 754 Alarm.
25 Device 3 PV Low Alarm Value R/W User FL 4 -10 2.20
float
Note: This parameter is persistent.
Alarm value for Device PV High
Any valid IEEE 754 Alarm.
26 Device 3 PV High Alarm Value R/W User FL 4 1,000,000 2.20
float
Note: This parameter is persistent.
Provides a range () that the Device
Any valid IEEE 754 PV Value may move between
27 Device 3 Alarm Deadband R/W User FL 4 0 2.20 without causing another alarm.
float
Note: This parameter is persistent.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-207


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 84: HART Extended


System or
Param Data Description of functionality and
Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
# Type meaning of values
Update
When the device Poll mode is set to
Download PV (4), the PV value of
Any valid IEEE 754 the device is set to the Device
28 Device 3 Download PV R/W USER FL 4 0 2.20
float Download PV value.
Note: This parameter is persistent.
The current value of the PV returned
from the card or last live value if
Any valid IEEE 754 Scan mode is set to Skip this Device
29 Device 3 Live PV Value R/O System FL 4 0 2.20
float or Slot modes.
Note: This parameter is persistent.
Determines what value populates the
PV parameter. Valid values are:
0 = live or last live
1 = failsafe value
30 Device 3 In Use Mode R/W User UINT8 1 0-2 0 2.20
2 = download value. Overrides
failsafe mode except when in live
mode.
Note: This parameter is persistent.
Status of what value is being used to
populate the PV. Valid values are:
0 = live or last live value without
failure
1 = last live/scanning disabled
31 Device 3 In Use Status R/O System UINT8 1 0-6 0 2.20 2 = failed to last live value
3 = failed to download value
4 = failed to failsafe value
5 = set to download value
6 = set to failsafe value.
Note: This parameter is persistent.
If enabled, device alarms may be
generated and sent to the Alarm Log.
32 Device 4 Alarming R/W User UINT8 1 0-1 0 2.20 Valid values are 0 (Disabled) and 1
(Enabled).
Note: This parameter is persistent.
Alarm code for the device on the
33 Device 4 Alarm Code R/O System BIN 1 0x00  0xFF 0 2.20 HART channel.
Note: This parameter is persistent.
If set, the Device PV value is less
than or equal to the Device PV Low
33.0 Device 4 PV Low Alarm Bit 0 0 2.20 Alarm Value. If clear, the Device PV
value is greater than the Device PV
Low Alarm Value.

3-208 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 84: HART Extended


System or
Param Data Description of functionality and
Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
# Type meaning of values
Update
If set, the Device PV value is greater
than or equal to the Device PV High
33.2 Device 4 PV High Alarm Bit 2 0 2.20 Alarm Value. If clear, the Device PV
value is less than the Device PV
High Alarm Value.
If set, communicating with the HART
33.6 Device 4 Point Fail Alarm Bit 6 0 2.20 Device has failed. If clear, the HART
Device is operating correctly.
Alarm value for Device PV Low
Any valid IEEE 754 Alarm.
34 Device 4 PV Low Alarm Value R/W User FL 4 -10 2.20
float
Note: This parameter is persistent.
Alarm value for Device PV High
Any valid IEEE 754 Alarm.
35 Device 4 PV High Alarm Value R/W User FL 4 1,000,000 2.20
float
Note: This parameter is persistent.
Provides a range () that the Device
Any valid IEEE 754 PV Value may move between
36 Device 4 Alarm Deadband R/W User FL 4 0 2.20 without causing another alarm.
float
Note: This parameter is persistent.
When the device Poll Mode is set to
Download PV (4), the PV value of
Any valid IEEE 754 the device is set to the Device
37 Device 4 Download PV R/W USER FL 4 0 2.20
float Download PV value.
Note: This parameter is persistent.
The current value of the PV returned
from the card or last live value if scan
Any valid IEEE 754 mode is set to Skip this Device or
38 Device 4 Live PV Value R/O System FL 4 0 2.20
float Slot modes.
Note: This parameter is persistent.
Determines what value populates the
PV parameter. Valid values are::
0 = live or last live
1 = failsafe value
39 Device 4 In Use Mode R/W User UINT8 1 0-2 0 2.20
2 = download value. Overrides
failsafe mode except when in live
mode.
Note: This parameter is persistent.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-209


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 84: HART Extended


System or
Param Data Description of functionality and
Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
# Type meaning of values
Update
Status of what value is being used to
populate the PV. Valid values are: :
0 = live or last live value without
failure
1 = last live/scanning disabled
40 Device 4 In Use Status R/O System UINT8 1 0-6 0 2.20 2 = failed to last live value
3 = failed to download value
4 = failed to failsafe value
5 = set to download value
6 = set to failsafe value
Note: This parameter is persistent.
If enabled, device alarms may be
generated and sent to the Alarm Log.
41 Device 5 Alarming R/W User UINT8 1 0-1 0 2.20 Valid values are 0 (Disabled) and 1
(Enabled).
Note: This parameter is persistent.
Alarm code for the device on the
42 Device 5 Alarm Code R/O System BIN 1 0x00  0xFF 0 2.20 HART channel.
Note: This parameter is persistent.
If set, the Device PV value is less
than or equal to the Device PV Low
42.0 Device 5 PV Low Alarm Bit 0 0 2.20 Alarm Value. If clear, the Device PV
value is greater than the Device PV
Low Alarm Value.
If set, the Device PV value is greater
than or equal to the Device PV High
42.2 Device 5 PV High Alarm Bit 2 0 2.20 Alarm Value. If clear, the Device PV
value is less than the Device PV
High Alarm Value.
If set, communicating with the HART
42.6 Device 5 Point Fail Alarm Bit 6 0 2.20 device has failed. If clear, the HART
device is operating correctly.
Alarm value for Device PV Low
Any valid IEEE 754 Alarm.
43 Device 5 PV Low Alarm Value R/W User FL 4 -10 2.20
float
Note: This parameter is persistent.
Alarm value for Device PV High
Any valid IEEE 754 Alarm.
44 Device 5 PV High Alarm Value R/W User FL 4 1,000,000 2.20
float
Note: This parameter is persistent.
Provides a range () in which the
Any valid IEEE 754 Device PV Value may move between
45 Device 5 Alarm Deadband R/W User FL 4 2.0 2.20 without causing another alarm.
float
Note: This parameter is persistent.

3-210 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 84: HART Extended


System or
Param Data Description of functionality and
Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
# Type meaning of values
Update
When the device Poll Mode is set to
Download PV (4), the PV value of
Any valid IEEE 754 the device is set to the Device
46 Device 5 Download PV R/W USER FL 4 0 2.20
float Download PV value.
Note: This parameter is persistent.
The current value of the PV returned
from the card or last live value if scan
Any valid IEEE 754 mode is set to Skip this Device or
47 Device 5 Live PV Value R/O System FL 4 0 2.20
float Slot modes.
Note: This parameter is persistent.
Determines what value is used to
populate the PV parameter. Valid
values are:
0 = live or last live
48 Device 5 In Use Mode R/W User UINT8 1 0-2 0 2.20 1 = failsafe value
2 = download value. Overrides
failsafe mode except when in live
mode.
Note: This parameter is persistent.
Status of what value is being used to
populate the PV. Valid values are: :
0 = live or last live value without
failure
1 = last live/scanning disabled
49 Device 5 In Use Status R/O System UINT8 1 0-6 0 2.20 2 = failed to last live value
3 = failed to download value
4 = failed to failsafe value
5 = set to download value
6 = set to failsafe value
Note: This parameter is persistent.
Describes the units the HART AI
0x20  0x7E for uses. Values must be primaryily
50 Units Tag R/W User AC 10 each ASCII “ “ 2.20 ASCII characters.
character
Note: This parameter is persistent.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-211


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.19 Point Type 85: HART Parameters

Description: Point type 85 defines HART parameters.


Number of Logical Points: 4 logicals per module inserted may exist.
Storage Location: The parameters listed as persistent are saved to internal configuration memory for point type 85.

Table 3-20: Point Type 85, HART


Point Type 85: HART
System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
0 0x20 - 0x5F for each Indicates the version number for the
Channel Version R/O System AC 10 "" 1.10
HART byte firmware in the channel.
0
RESERVED
HART-2
Indicates if a channel is an analog
input or output. Valid values are:
1
Channel I/O R/O System UINT8 1 0–1 0 1.10 0 = Input
HART
1 = Output
Note: This value is persistent.
Indicates if a channel is an analog
input or output. Valid values are:
1
Channel I/O R/W User UINT8 1 0–1 0 2.20 0 = Input
HART-2
1 = Output
Note: This value is persistent.
If disabled, all HART communication
stops and no changes occur unless
manually entered. Valid values are:
2
HART Communication Mode R/W User UINT8 1 0-2 1 1.10 0 = Disabled
HART
1 = Point to Point
2 = Multidrop
Note: This value is persistent.

3-212 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 85: HART


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
If disabled, all HART communication
stops and no changes occur unless
manually entered. Valid values are:
Bits 0-6
0 = Disabled
2 Bits 0-6: 0-2 1 = Point to Point
HART Communication Mode R/W User UINT8 1 1 2.20
HART-2 Bit7: 0-1 2 = Multidrop
Bit7:
0 = Primary Master
1= Secondary Master
Note: This value is persistent.
Number of devices connected in
3 Number of Devices Connected R/W User UINT8 1 1–5 1 1.10 multidrop mode.
Note: This value is persistent.
Indicates the status of the HART com.
Valid values are:
4 0 = Not Scanning
HART COM Status R/O System UINT8 1 03 1 1.10
HART 1 = Scanning
2 = Dual Master
3 = Pass thru
Indicates the status of the HART com.
Valid values are:
4 0 = Not Scanning
HART COM Status R/O System UINT8 1 04 1 2.20 1 = Scanning
HART-2
2 = Dual Master
3 = Pass thru
4 = Device in Burst mode detected
Analog Input. Valid values are:
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
3 = Calibration – EU Value not longer
updates and freezes at this value.
4 = Cancel Calibration (restore
5 Analog Mode R/W User UINT8 1 04 1 1.10 previous calibration)
Analog Output. Valid values are:
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled (Auto)
2 = Manual
Note: This value is persistent.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-213


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 85: HART


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Enables ROC protocol pass thru
communication. 0 = Disabled, 1 =
Enabled
0: Disable
1: Strip all bytes, including preambles,
before message
6 ROC Protocol Pass Thru Enable R/W User UINT8 1 0–2 1 1.10 2: Don’t alter the message, return all
bytes.
Note: This is only R/W (to other than
0) if the license is available for this
feature.
Note: This value is persistent.
Timeout in milliseconds to resume
polling of HART device after receiving
7 ROC protocol pass thru
ROC Protocol Pass Thru Timeout R/W User UINT32 4 0 - 4,294,967,295 5000 1.10
HART communication.
Note: This value is persistent.
Enables or disables internal resistor.
Bits 0-30 are used. Valid values but bit
7 31 are:
Internal Resistor Control R/W User UINT32 4 0 - 4,294,967,295 5000 2.20
HART-2 0 = Enabled
1 = Disabled
Note: This value is persistent.
EU value of analog input or output
8 EU Value R/O Both FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
Note: This value is persistent.
0 = Use last EU Value on reset
1 = Use Failsafe value on Reset
If enabled (1), the raw D/A Output will
be set to the Failsafe value on a restart
9 Failsafe on Reset R/W User UINT8 1 01 0 1.10 of any kind. If disabled, the last EU
Value or the last saved EU Value will
be used to determine the Raw D/A
Output after a restart.
Note: This value is persistent.
Output value when the unit starts and
the Failsafe on Reset Parameter is set
10 Failsafe Value R/W Both FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0.0 1.10 to 1, Use Failsafe value on reset.
Note: This value is persistent.
The EU value used as an output when
11 Manual Value R/W Both FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0.0 1.10 Scanning is in manual mode.
Note: This value is persistent.

3-214 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 85: HART


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
The EU value used as an output when
12 Auto Value R/W Both FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0.0 1.10 Scanning is in auto mode.
Note: This value is persistent.
Indicates the current value of the
13 Physical Value R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0.0 1.10
output in Engineering Units.
Calculated Digital-to-Analog value
AI:0
14 Physical Raw D/A Output R/O System UINT16 2 0  65,535 1.10 based upon The EU value that is
AO: 5,257
currently being outputed EU Value.
Live value when calibrating an AI.
15 Cabribration Live value R/O Both FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0.0 1.10
Note: This value is persistent.
Zero EU calibration value. This
parameter is read/write when the
HART channel is configured as an AO
16 EU Calibration Value Zero R/W User FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0.0 1.10 or when in calibration mode if
configured as an AI.
Note: This value is persistent.
Span EU calibration value. This
parameter is read/write when the
HART channel is configured as an AO
17 EU Calibration Value Span R/W User FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 100.0 1.10 or when in calibration mode if
configured as an AI.
Note: This value is persistent.
Raw EU value of analog input or output
18 EU Raw Value R/O System UINT16 2 0 - 65535 0 1.10
Note: This value is persistent.
AI: 621 Zero raw EU calibration value.
19 EU Raw Calibration Zero R/O System UINT16 2 0 - 65535 1.10
AO: 5,257 Note: This value is persistent.
AI:3,103 Span raw EU calibration value.
20 EU Raw Calibration Span R/O System UINT16 2 0 - 65535 1.10
AO: 21,030 Note: This value is persistent.
Indicates the polling mode for device 1.
Valid values are:
0 = Skip This Device
21 1 = Primary Variable Only
Device 1 Poll Mode R/W User UINT8 1 0-5 0 1.10
HART 2 = All Dynamic Variables
3 = All Slot Variables
4 = Full Update
Note: This value is persistent.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-215


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 85: HART


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Indicates the polling mode for device 1.
Valid values are:
Bit 7 (Update State):
0 = No update
1 = Update
21 Bit 7: 0-1
Device 1 Poll Mode R/W User UINT8 1 0 2.20 Bits0-6:
HART-2 Bits 0-6: 0-3
0 = Skip This Device
1 = Primary Variable Only
2 = All Dynamic Variables
3 = All Slot Variables
Note: This value is persistent.
22 Device 1 Polling Address R/O Both UINT8 1 0-15 0 1.10 Polling address for device 1.
0: No Device Found
23 Device 1 Status R/O System UINT8 1 0-1 0 1.10
1: Communicating
Period at which device 1 is being
24 Device 1 Actual Scan Period R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
updated.
0x20 - 0x5F for each Tag that resides in device 1.
25 Device 1 Tag R/W Both AC 10 "" 1.10
byte Note: This value is persistent.
Response code and status received
26 Device 1 Response Code/Status R/O System UINT16 2 0 - 65535 0 1.10
from device 1.
27 Device 1 Active Alarms R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10 Active alarms reported by device 1.
Current in milliamps reported by device
28 Device 1 Current (mA) R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
1.

29 Device 1 Percent of Range R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 Percent of range reported by device 1.

Enable the use of fail safe values for


30 the dynamic variables when the unit is
Device 1 Fail Safe Enable R/W User UINT8 1 0-1 0 1.10 reset for device 1.
HART
Note: This value is persistent.
Enables, for device 1, the use of fail
safe or download values for the
dynamic variables when the unit
detects an error. Valid values are:
30 0 = Live or last value
Device 1 Fail Safe Enable R/W User UINT8 1 0-1 0 2.20
HART-2 1 = Failsafe value
2 = Download value for PV, download
failsafe values for other dynamic
variables.
Note: This value is persistent.
Units code for primary variable
31 Device 1 PV Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
reported by device 1.

3-216 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 85: HART


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Value of primary variable of device 1.
32 Device 1 PV R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
Note: This value is persistent.
Primary fail safe on reset value for
33 Device 1 PV Fail Safe on Reset Value R/W User FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 device 1.
Note: This value is persistent.
Units code for secondary variable
34 Device 1 SV Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
reported by device 1.
Value of secondary variable of device
35 Device 1 SV R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 1.
Note: This value is persistent.
Secondary fail safe on reset value for
36 Device 1 SV Fail Safe on Reset Value R/W User FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 device 1
Note: This value is persistent..
Units code for tertiary variable reported
37 Device 1 TV Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
by device 1.
Value of tertiary variable of device 1.
38 Device 1 TV R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
Note: This value is persistent.
Tertiary fail safe on reset value for
39 Device 1 TV Fail Safe on Reset Value R/W User FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 device 1.
Note: This value is persistent.
Units code for fourth variable reported
40 Device 1 FV Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
by device 1.
Value of fourth variable of device 1.
41 Device 1 FV R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
Note: This value is persistent.
Fourth fail safe on reset value of
42 Device 1 FV Fail Safe on Reset Value R/W User FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 device 1.
Note: This value is persistent.
Slot 0 variable to request from device
43 Device 1 Slot 0 Assignment R/W User UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10 1.
Note: This value is persistent.
Units of slot 0 variable requested from
44 Device 1 Slot 0 Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
device 1.
Value of slot 0 variable requested from
45 Device 1 Slot 0 Variable R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
device 1.
Slot 1 variable to request from device
46 Device 1 Slot 1 Assignment R/W User UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10 1.
Note: This value is persistent.
Units of slot 1 variable requested from
47 Device 1 Slot 1 Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
device 1.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-217


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 85: HART


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Value of slot 1 variable requested from
48 Device 1 Slot 1 Variable R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
device 1.
Slot 2 variable to request from device
49 Device 1 Slot 2 Assignment R/W User UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10 1.
Note: This value is persistent.
Units of slot 2 variable requested from
50 Device 1 Slot 2 Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
device 1.
Value of slot 2 variable requested from
51 Device 1 Slot 2 Variable R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
device 1.
Slot 3 variable to request from device
52 Device 1 Slot 3 Assignment R/W User UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10 1.
Note: This value is persistent.
Units of slot 3 variable requested from
53 Device 1 Slot 3 Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
device 1.
Value of slot 3 variable requested from
54 Device 1 Slot 3 Variable R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
device 1.
0x20 - 0x5F for each
55 Device 1 Message R/W Both AC 40 "" 1.10 Device 1 message.
byte
0x20 - 0x5F for each
56 Device 1 Descriptor R/W Both AC 20 "" 1.10 Device 1 descriptor.
byte
Device 1 manufacture's ID and
57 Device 1 Manufacture's ID and Device ID R/O System UINT16 2 0 - 65535 0 1.10
device's ID

58 Device 1 Serial Number R/O System UINT32 4 0 - 4,294,967,295 0 1.10 Device 1 serial number.

59 Device 1 ID Number R/O System UINT32 4 0 - 4,294,967,295 0 1.10 Device 1 ID number.


60 Device 1 Sensor Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10 Device 1 sensor units.

61 Device 1 Upper Sensor Limit R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 Device 1 upper sensor limit.

62 Device 1 Lower Sensor Limit R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 Device 1 lower sensor limit.

63 Device 1 Minimum Span R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 Device 1 minimum sensor span.
64 Device 1 Output Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10 Device 1 Output Units

65 Device 1 Upper Output Limit R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 Device 1 upper output limit.

66 Device 1 Lower Output Limit R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 Device 1 lower output limit.

67 Device 1 Damping Value R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 Device 1 damping value.

3-218 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 85: HART


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Polling mode for device 2. Valid values
are:
0 = Skip This Device
68 1 = Primary Variable Only
Device 2 Poll Mode R/W User UINT8 1 0-255 0 1.10
HART 2 = All Dynamic Variables
3 = All Slot Variables
4 = Full Update
Note: This value is persistent.
Polling mode for device 2. Valid values
are:
Bit 7 (Update State):
0 = No update
1 Update
68 Bit 7: 0-1
Device 2 Poll Mode R/W User UINT8 1 0 2.20
HART-2 Bits 0-6: 0-3 Bits 0-6:
0 = Skip This Device
1 = Primary Variable Only
2 = All Dynamic Variables
3 = All Slot Variables,
Note: This value is persistent.
69 Device 2 Polling Address R/O Both UINT8 1 0-15 0 1.10 Polling address for device 2.
0: No Device Found
70 Device 2 Status R/O System UINT8 1 0-1 0 1.10
1: Communicating
Period at which device 2 is being
71 Device 2 Actual Scan Period R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
updated.
0x20 - 0x5F for each Tag that resides in device 2.
72 Device 2 Tag R/W Both AC 10 "" 1.10
byte Note: This value is persistent.
Response code and status received
73 Device 2 Response Code/Status R/O System UINT16 2 0 - 65535 0 1.10
from device 2.
74 Device 2 Active Alarms R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10 Active alarms reported by device 2.
Current in milliamps reported by device
75 Device 2 Current (mA) R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
2.

76 Device 2 Percent of Range R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 Percent of range reported by device 2.

Enables, for device 2, the use of fail


77 safe values for the dynamic variables
Device 2 Fail Safe Enable R/W User UINT8 1 0-1 0 1.10 when the unit resets.
HART
Note: This value is persistent.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-219


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 85: HART


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Enables, for device 2, the use of fail
safe or download values for the
dynamic variables when the unit
detects an error. Valid values are:
77 0 = Live or last value
Device 2 Fail Safe Enable R/W User UINT8 1 0-2 0 1.10
HART-2 1 = Failsafe value
2 = Download value for PV, download
failsafe values for other dynamic
variables.
Note: This value is persistent.
Units code for primary variable
78 Device 2 PV Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
reported by device 2.
Value of primary variable of device 2.
79 Device 2 PV R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
Note: This value is persistent.
Primary fail safe on reset value for
device 2.
80 Device 2 PV Fail Safe on Reset Value R/W User FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
Note: This value is persistent.

Units code for secondary variable


81 Device 2 SV Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
reported by device 2.
Value of secondary variable of device
82 Device 2 SV R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 2.
Note: This value is persistent.
Secondary fail safe on reset value for
83 Device 2 SV Fail Safe on Reset Value R/W User FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 device 2.
Note: This value is persistent.
Units code for tertiary variable reported
84 Device 2 TV Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
by device 2.
Value of tertiary variable of device 2.
85 Device 2 TV R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
Note: This value is persistent.
Tertiary fail safe on reset value for
86 Device 2 TV Fail Safe on Reset Value R/W User FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 device 2.
Note: This value is persistent.
Units code for fourth variable reported
87 Device 2 FV Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
by device 2.
Value of fourth variable of device 2.
88 Device 2 FV R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
Note: This value is persistent.
Fourth fail safe on reset value of
89 Device 2 FV Fail Safe on Reset Value R/W User FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 device 2.
Note: This value is persistent.

3-220 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 85: HART


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Slot 0 variable to request from device
90 Device 2 Slot 0 Assignment R/W User UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10 2.
Note: This value is persistent.
Units of slot 0 variable requested from
91 Device 2 Slot 0 Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
device 2.
Value of slot 0 variable requested from
92 Device 2 Slot 0 Variable R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
device 2.
Slot 1 variable to request from device
93 Device 2 Slot 1 Assignment R/W User UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10 2.
Note: This value is persistent.
Units of slot 1 variable requested from
94 Device 2 Slot 1 Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
device 2.
Value of slot 1 variable requested from
95 Device 2 Slot 1 Variable R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
device 2.
Slot 2 variable to request from device
96 Device 2 Slot 2 Assignment R/W User UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10 2.
Note: This value is persistent.
Units of slot 2 variable requested from
97 Device 2 Slot 2 Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
device 2.
Value of slot 2 variable requested from
98 Device 2 Slot 2 Variable R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
device 2.
Slot 3 variable to request from device
99 Device 2 Slot 3 Assignment R/W User UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10 2.
Note: This value is persistent.
Units of slot 3 variable requested from
100 Device 2 Slot 3 Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
device 2.
Value of slot 3 variable requested from
101 Device 2 Slot 3 Variable R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
device 2.
0x20 - 0x5F for each
102 Device 2 Message R/W Both AC 40 "" 1.10 Device 2 message.
byte
0x20 - 0x5F for each
103 Device 2 Descriptor R/W Both AC 20 "" 1.10 Device 2 descriptor.
byte
Device 2 manufacture's ID and
104 Device 2 Manufacture's ID and Device ID R/O System UINT16 2 0 - 65535 0 1.10
device's ID

105 Device 2 Serial Number R/O System UINT32 4 0 - 4,294,967,295 0 1.10 Device 2 serial number.

106 Device 2 ID Number R/O System UINT32 4 0 - 4,294,967,295 0 1.10 Device 2 ID number.
107 Device 2 Sensor Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10 Device 2 sensor units.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-221


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 85: HART


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update

108 Device 2 Upper Sensor Limit R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 Device 2 upper sensor limit.

109 Device 2 Lower Sensor Limit R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 Device 2 lower sensor limit.

110 Device 2 Minimum Span R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 Device 2 minimum sensor span.

111 Device 2 Output Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10 Device 2 Output Units

112 Device 2 Upper Output Limit R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 Device 2 upper output limit.

113 Device 2 Lower Output Limit R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 Device 2 lower output limit.

114 Device 2 Damping Value R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 Device 2 damping value.

Polling mode for device 3. Valid values


are:
0 = Skip This Device
115 1 = Primary Variable Only
Device 3 Poll Mode R/W User UINT8 1 0-255 0 1.10 2 = All Dynamic Variables
HART
3 = All Slot Variables
4 = Full Update
Note: This value is persistent.
Polling mode for device 3. Valid values
are:
Bit 7 (Update State):
0 = No update
1 = Update
115 Bit 7: 0-1
Device 3 Poll Mode R/W User UINT8 1 0 2.20 Bits 0-6:
HART-2 Bits 0-6: 0-3
0 = Skip This Device
1 = Primary Variable Only
2 = All Dynamic Variables
3 = All Slot Variables
Note: This value is persistent.
116 Device 3 Polling Address R/O Both UINT8 1 0-15 0 1.10 Polling address for device 3.
0: No Device Found
117 Device 3 Status R/O System UINT8 1 0-1 0 1.10
1: Communicating
Period at which device 3 is being
118 Device 3 Actual Scan Period R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
updated.
0x20 - 0x5F for each Tag that resides in device 3.
119 Device 3 Tag R/W Both AC 10 "" 1.10
byte Note: This value is persistent.
Response code and status received
120 Device 3 Response Code/Status R/O System UINT16 2 0 - 65535 0 1.10
from device 3.

3-222 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 85: HART


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
121 Device 3 Active Alarms R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10 Active alarms reported by device 3.
Current in milliamps reported by device
122 Device 3 Current (mA) R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
3.

123 Device 3 Percent of Range R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 Percent of range reported by device 3.

Enables, for device 3, the use of fail


124 safe values for the dynamic variables
Device 3 Fail Safe Enable R/W User UINT8 1 0-1 0 1.10 when the unit resets.
HART
Note: This value is persistent.
Enables, for device 3, the use of fail
safe or download values for the
dynamic variables when the unit
detects an error. Valid values are:
124 0 = Live or last value
Device 3 Fail Safe Enable R/W User UINT8 1 0-2 0 2.20
HART-2 1 = Failsafe value
2 = Download value for PV, download
failsafe values for other dynamic
variables.
Note: This value is persistent.
Units code for primary variable
125 Device 3 PV Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
reported by device 3.
Value of primary variable of device 3.
126 Device 3 PV R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
Note: This value is persistent.
Primary fail safe on reset value for
127 Device 3 PV Fail Safe on Reset Value R/W User FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 device 3.
Note: This value is persistent.
Units code for secondary variable
128 Device 3 SV Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
reported by device 3.
Value of secondary variable of device
129 Device 3 SV R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 3.
Note: This value is persistent.
Secondary fail safe on reset value for
130 Device 3 SV Fail Safe on Reset Value R/W User FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 device 3.
Note: This value is persistent.
Units code for tertiary variable reported
131 Device 3 TV Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
by device 3.
Value of tertiary variable of device 3.
132 Device 3 TV R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
Note: This value is persistent.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-223


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 85: HART


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Tertiary fail safe on reset value for
133 Device 3 TV Fail Safe on Reset Value R/W User FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 device 3.
Note: This value is persistent.
Units code for fourth variable reported
134 Device 3 FV Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
by device 3.
Value of fourth variable of device 3.
135 Device 3 FV R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
Note: This value is persistent.
Fourth fail safe on reset value of
136 Device 3 FV Fail Safe on Reset Value R/W User FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 device 3.
Note: This value is persistent.
Slot 0 variable to request from device
137 Device 3 Slot 0 Assignment R/W User UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10 3.
Note: This value is persistent.
Units of slot 0 variable requested from
138 Device 3 Slot 0 Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
device 3.
Value of slot 0 variable requested from
139 Device 3 Slot 0 Variable R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
device 3.
Slot 1 variable to request from device
140 Device 3 Slot 1 Assignment R/W User UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10 3.
Note: This value is persistent.
Units of slot 1 variable requested from
141 Device 3 Slot 1 Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
device 3.
Value of slot 1 variable requested from
142 Device 3 Slot 1 Variable R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
device 3.
Slot 2 variable to request from device 3
143 Device 3 Slot 2 Assignment R/W User UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
Note: This value is persistent.
Units of slot 2 variable requested from
144 Device 3 Slot 2 Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
device 3.
Value of slot 2 variable requested from
145 Device 3 Slot 2 Variable R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
device 3.
Slot 3 variable to request from device
146 Device 3 Slot 3 Assignment R/W User UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10 3.
Note: This value is persistent.
Units of slot 3 variable requested from
147 Device 3 Slot 3 Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
device 3.
Value of slot 3 variable requested from
148 Device 3 Slot 3 Variable R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
device 3.
0x20 - 0x5F for each
149 Device 3 Message R/W Both AC 40 "" 1.10 Device 3 message.
byte

3-224 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 85: HART


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
0x20 - 0x5F for each
150 Device 3 Descriptor R/W Both AC 20 "" 1.10 Device 3 descriptor.
byte
Device 3 manufacture's ID and
151 Device 3 Manufacture's ID and Device ID R/O System UINT16 2 0 - 65535 0 1.10
device's ID

152 Device 3 Serial Number R/O System UINT32 4 0 - 4,294,967,295 0 1.10 Device 3 serial number.

153 Device 3 ID Number R/O System UINT32 4 0 - 4,294,967,295 0 1.10 Device 3 ID number.
154 Device 3 Sensor Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10 Device 3 sensor units.

155 Device 3 Upper Sensor Limit R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 Device 3 upper sensor limit.

156 Device 3 Lower Sensor Limit R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 Device 3 lower sensor limit.

157 Device 3 Minimum Span R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 Device 3 minimum sensor span.

158 Device 3 Output Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10 Device 3 Output Units

159 Device 3 Upper Output Limit R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 Device 3 upper output limit.

160 Device 3 Lower Output Limit R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 Device 3 lower output limit.

161 Device 3 Damping Value R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 Device 3 damping value.

Polling mode for device 4. Valid values


are:
0 = Skip This Device
162 1 = Primary Variable Only
Device 4 Poll Mode R/W User UINT8 1 0-255 0 1.10
HART 2 = All Dynamic Variables
3 = All Slot Variables
4 = Full Update
Note: This value is persistent.
Polling mode for device 4. Valid values
are:
Bit 7 (Update State):
0 = No update
1 = Update
162 Bit 7: 0-1
Device 4 Poll Mode R/W User UINT8 1 0 2.20 Bits 0-6:
HART-2 Bits 0-6: 0-3
0 = Skip This Device
1 = Primary Variable Only
2 = All Dynamic Variables
3 = All Slot Variables
Note: This value is persistent.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-225


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 85: HART


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
163 Device 4 Polling Address R/O Both UINT8 1 0-15 0 1.10 Polling address for device 4.
0: No Device Found
164 Device 4 Status R/O System UINT8 1 0-1 0 1.10
1: Communicating
Period at which device 4 is being
165 Device 4 Actual Scan Period R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
updated.
0x20 - 0x5F for each Tag that resides in device 4.
166 Device 4 Tag R/W Both AC 10 "" 1.10
byte Note: This value is persistent.
Response code and status received
167 Device 4 Response Code/Status R/O System UINT16 2 0 - 65535 0 1.10
from device 4.
168 Device 4 Active Alarms R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10 Active alarms reported by device 4.
Current in milliamps reported by device
169 Device 4 Current (mA) R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
4.

170 Device 4 Percent of Range R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 Percent of range reported by device 4.

Enables, for device 4, the use of fail


171 safe values for the dynamic variables
Device 4 Fail Safe on Reset Enable R/W User UINT8 1 0-1 0 1.10 when the unit resets.
HART
Note: This value is persistent.
Enables, for device 4, the use of fail
safe or download values for the
dynamic variables when the unit
detects an error. Valid values are:
171 0 = Live or last value
Device 4 Fail Safe on Reset Enable R/W User UINT8 1 0-2 0 2.20
HART-2 1 = Failsafe value
2 = Download value for PV, download
failsafe values for other dynamic
variables.
Note: This value is persistent.
Units code for primary variable
172 Device 4 PV Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
reported by device 4.
Value of primary variable of device 4.
173 Device 4 PV R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
Note: This value is persistent.
Primary fail safe on reset value for
174 Device 4 PV Fail Safe on Reset Value R/W User FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 device 4.
Note: This value is persistent.
Units code for secondary variable
175 Device 4 SV Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
reported by device 4.
Value of secondary variable of device
176 Device 4 SV R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 4.
Note: This value is persistent.

3-226 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 85: HART


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Secondary fail safe on reset value for
177 Device 4 SV Fail Safe on Reset Value R/W User FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 device 4.
Note: This value is persistent.
Units code for tertiary variable reported
178 Device 4 TV Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
by device 4.
Value of tertiary variable of device 4.
179 Device 4 TV R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
Note: This value is persistent.
Tertiary fail safe on reset value for
180 Device 4 TV Fail Safe on Reset Value R/W User FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 device 4.
Note: This value is persistent.
Units code for fourth variable reported
181 Device 4 FV Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
by device 4.
Value of fourth variable of device 4.
182 Device 4 FV R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
Note: This value is persistent.
Fourth fail safe on reset value of
183 Device 4 FV Fail Safe on Reset Value R/W User FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 device 4.
Note: This value is persistent.
Slot 0 variable to request from device
184 Device 4 Slot 0 Assignment R/W User UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10 4.
Note: This value is persistent.
Units of slot 0 variable requested from
185 Device 4 Slot 0 Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
device 4.
Value of slot 0 variable requested from
186 Device 4 Slot 0 Variable R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
device 4.
Slot 1 variable to request from device
187 Device 4 Slot 1 Assignment R/W User UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10 4.
Note: This value is persistent.
Units of slot 1 variable requested from
188 Device 4 Slot 1 Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
device 4.
Value of slot 1 variable requested from
189 Device 4 Slot 1 Variable R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
device 4.
Slot 2 variable to request from device
190 Device 4 Slot 2 Assignment R/W User UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10 4.
Note: This value is persistent.
Units of slot 2 variable requested from
191 Device 4 Slot 2 Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
device 4.
Value of slot 2 variable requested from
192 Device 4 Slot 2 Variable R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
device 4.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-227


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 85: HART


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Slot 3 variable to request from device
193 Device 4 Slot 3 Assignment R/W User UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10 4.
Note: This value is persistent.
Units of slot 3 variable requested from
194 Device 4 Slot 3 Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
device 4.
Value of slot 3 variable requested from
195 Device 4 Slot 3 Variable R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
device 4.
0x20 - 0x5F for each
196 Device 4 Message R/W Both AC 40 "" 1.10 Device 4 message.
byte
0x20 - 0x5F for each
197 Device 4 Descriptor R/W Both AC 20 "" 1.10 Device 4 descriptor.
byte
Device 4 manufacture's ID and
198 Device 4 Manufacture's ID and Device ID R/O System UINT16 2 0 - 65535 0 1.10
device's ID

199 Device 4 Serial Number R/O System UINT32 4 0 - 4,294,967,295 0 1.10 Device 4 serial number.

200 Device 4 ID Number R/O System UINT32 4 0 - 4,294,967,295 0 1.10 Device 4 ID number.
201 Device 4 Sensor Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10 Device 4 sensor units.

202 Device 4 Upper Sensor Limit R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 Device 4 upper sensor limit.

203 Device 4 Lower Sensor Limit R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 Device 4 lower sensor limit.

204 Device 4 Minimum Span R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 Device 4 minimum sensor span.

205 Device 4 Output Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10 Device 4 Output Units

206 Device 4 Upper Output Limit R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 Device 4 upper output limit.

207 Device 4 Lower Output Limit R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 Device 4 lower output limit.

208 Device 4 Damping Value R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 Device 4 damping value.

Polling mode for device 5. Valid values


are:
0 = Skip This Device
209 1 = Primary Variable Only
Device 5 Poll Mode R/W User UINT8 1 0-255 0 1.10
HART 2 = All Dynamic Variables
3 = All Slot Variables
4 = Full Update
Note: This value is persistent.

3-228 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 85: HART


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Polling mode for device 5. Valid values
are:
Bit 7 (Update State):
0 = No update
1 = Update
209 Bit 7: 0-1
Device 5 Poll Mode R/W User UINT8 1 0 2.20 Bits 0-6:
HART-2 Bits 0-6: 0-3
0 = Skip This Device
1 = Primary Variable Only
2 = All Dynamic Variables
3 = All Slot Variables
Note: This value is persistent.
210 Device 5 Polling Address R/O Both UINT8 1 0-15 0 1.10 Polling address for device 5.
0: No Device Found
211 Device 5 Status R/O System UINT8 1 0-1 0 1.10
1: Communicating
Period at which device 5 is being
212 Device 5 Actual Scan Period R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
updated.
0x20 - 0x5F for each Tag that resides in device 5.
213 Device 5 Tag R/W Both AC 10 "" 1.10
byte Note: This value is persistent.
Response code and status received
214 Device 5 Response Code/Status R/O System UINT16 2 0 - 65535 0 1.10
from device 5.
215 Device 5 Active Alarms R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10 Active alarms reported by device 5.
Current in milliamps reported by device
216 Device 5 Current (mA) R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
5.

217 Device 5 Percent of Range R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 Percent of range reported by device 5.

Enables, for device 5, the use of fail


218 safe values for the dynamic variables
Device 5 Fail Safe on Reset Enable R/W User UINT8 1 0-1 0 1.10 when the unit resets.
HART
Note: This value is persistent.
Enables, for device 5, the use of fail
safe or download values for the
dynamic variables when the unit
detects an error. Valid values are:
218 0 = Live or last value
Device 5 Fail Safe on Reset Enable R/W User UINT8 1 0-2 0 2.20
HART-2 1 = Failsafe value
2 = Download value for PV, download
failsafe values for other dynamic
variables.
Note: This value is persistent.
Units code for primary variable
219 Device 5 PV Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
reported by device 5.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-229


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 85: HART


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Value of primary variable of device 5.
220 Device 5 PV R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
Note: This value is persistent.
Primary fail safe on reset value for
221 Device 5 PV Fail Safe on Reset Value R/W User FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 device 5.
Note: This value is persistent.
Units code for secondary variable
222 Device 5 SV Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
reported by device 5.
Value of secondary variable of device
223 Device 5 SV R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 5.
Note: This value is persistent.
Secondary fail safe on reset value for
224 Device 5 SV Fail Safe on Reset Value R/W User FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 device 5.
Note: This value is persistent.
Units code for tertiary variable reported
225 Device 5 TV Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
by device 5.
Value of tertiary variable of device 5.
226 Device 5 TV R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
Note: This value is persistent.
Tertiary fail safe on reset value for
227 Device 5 TV Fail Safe on Reset Value R/W User FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10 device 5.
Note: This value is persistent.
Units code for fourth variable reported
228 Device 5 FV Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
16437B

by device 5.
1643B 16435B 1643B

Value of fourth variable of device 5.


1647B

229
16438B Device 5 FV
16439B R/O
1640B System
164B FL
1642B 4
1643B Any valid IEEE 754 float
164B 0
1645B 1.10
164B

Note: This value is persistent.


1648B

Fourth fail safe on reset value of


16458B

230
1649B Device 5 FV Fail Safe on Reset Value
16450B R/W
1645B User
16452B FL
16453B 4
1645B Any valid IEEE 754 float
1645B 0
1645B 1.10
16457B
device 5.
Note: This value is persistent.
16459B

Slot 0 variable to request from device


1649B

231
1640B Device 5 Slot 0 Assignment
164B R/W
1642B User
1643B UINT8
164B 1
1645B 0 - 255
164B 0
1647B 1.10
1648B
5.
Note: This value is persistent.
16470B

Units of slot 0 variable requested from


232 Device 5 Slot 0 Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
16480B

device 5.
1647B 16472B 16473B 1647B 16475B 1647B 1647B 16478B 16479B

Value of slot 0 variable requested from


233 Device 5 Slot 0 Variable R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
16490B

device 5.
1648B 16482B 16483B 1648B 16485B 1648B 16487B 1648B 16489B

Slot 1 variable to request from device


1650B

234
1649B Device 5 Slot 1 Assignment
16492B R/W
16493B User
1649B UINT8
16495B 1
1649B 0 - 255
16497B 0
16498B 1.10
1649B
5.
Note: This value is persistent.
1650B

Units of slot 1 variable requested from


235 Device 5 Slot 1 Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
165B

device 5.
16502B 16503B 16504B 1650B 1650B 16507B 16508B 16509B 1650B

3-230 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 85: HART


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update
Value of slot 1 variable requested from
236 Device 5 Slot 1 Variable R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
1652B

device 5.
1652B 1653B 1654B 165B 165B 1657B 1658B 1659B 16520B

Slot 2 variable to request from device


1653B

237
1652B Device 5 Slot 2 Assignment
16523B R/W
16524B User
1652B UINT8
1652B 1
16527B 0 - 255
16528B 0
16529B 1.10
16530B
5.
Note: This value is persistent.
16532B

Units of slot 2 variable requested from


238 Device 5 Slot 2 Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
16542B

device 5.
1653B 16534B 1653B 1653B 16537B 16538B 16539B 16540B 1654B

Value of slot 2 variable requested from


239 Device 5 Slot 2 Variable R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
1652B

device 5.
16543B 1654B 1654B 1654B 16547B 16548B 16549B 1650B 165B

Slot 3 variable to request from device


1652B

240
1653B Device 5 Slot 3 Assignment
1654B R/W
165B User
165B UINT8
1657B 1
1658B 0 - 255
1659B 0
1650B 1.10
165B
5.
Note: This value is persistent.
1653B

Units of slot 3 variable requested from


241 Device 5 Slot 3 Units R/O System UINT8 1 0 - 255 0 1.10
16573B

device 5.
1654B 165B 165B 1657B 1658B 1659B 16570B 1657B 16572B

Value of slot 3 variable requested from


242 Device 5 Slot 3 Variable R/O System FL 4 Any valid IEEE 754 float 0 1.10
16583B

device 5.
16574B 1657B 1657B 1657B 16578B 16579B 16580B 1658B 16582B

0x20 - 0x5F for each


243 Device 5 Message R/W Both AC 40 "" 1.10 Device 5 message.
16590B

byte
16584B 1658B 1658B 16587B 1658B 16589B 1659B 16592B 16593B

0x20 - 0x5F for each


244 Device 5 Descriptor R/W Both AC 20 "" 1.10 Device 5 descriptor.
160B

byte
16594B 1659B 1659B 16597B 16598B 1659B 160B 1602B 1603B

Device 5 manufacture's ID and


245 Device 5 Manufacture's ID and Device ID R/O System UINT16 2 0 - 65535 0 1.10
163B

device's ID
1604B 1605B 160B 1607B 1608B 1609B 160B 16B 162B

246
164B Device 5 Serial Number
165B R/O
16B System
167B UINT32
168B 4
169B 0 - 4,294,967,295
1620B 0
162B 1.10
162B Device 5 serial number.
1623B

247
1624B Device 5 ID Number
1625B R/O
162B System
1627B UINT32
1628B 4
1629B 0 - 4,294,967,295
1630B 0
163B 1.10
1632B Device 5 ID number.
163B

248
1634B Device 5 Sensor Units
1635B R/O
163B System
1637B UINT8
1638B 1
1639B 0 - 255
1640B 0
164B 1.10
1642B Device 5 sensor units.
1643B

249
164B Device 5 Upper Sensor Limit
1645B R/O
164B System
1647B FL
1648B 4
1649B Any valid IEEE 754 float
1650B 0
165B 1.10
1652B Device 5 upper sensor limit.
1653B

250
1654B Device 5 Lower Sensor Limit
165B R/O
165B System
1657B FL
1658B 4
1659B Any valid IEEE 754 float
160B 0
16B 1.10
162B Device 5 lower sensor limit.
163B

251
164B Device 5 Minimum Span
165B R/O
16B System
167B FL
168B 4
169B Any valid IEEE 754 float
1670B 0
167B 1.10
1672B Device 5 minimum sensor span.
1673B

252
1674B Device 5 Output Units
1675B R/O
167B System
167B UINT8
1678B 1
1679B 0 - 255
1680B 0
168B 1.10
1682B Device 5 Output Units
1683B

253
1684B Device 5 Upper Output Limit
1685B R/O
168B System
1687B FL
168B 4
1689B Any valid IEEE 754 float
1690B 0
169B 1.10
1692B Device 5 upper output limit.
1693B

254
1694B Device 5 Lower Output Limit
1695B R/O
169B System
1697B FL
1698B 4
169B Any valid IEEE 754 float
1670B 0
1670B 1.10
16702B Device 5 lower output limit.
16703B

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-231


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 85: HART


System or
Data Description of functionality and
Param# Name Access User Length Range Default Ver
Type meaning of values
Update

255
16704B Device 5 Damping Value
16705B R/O
1670B System
1670B FL
16708B 4
16709B Any valid IEEE 754 float
1670B 0
167B 1.10
1672B Device 5 damping value.
1673B

3-232 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.20 Point Type 91: System Variables:

Description:
1674B Point type 91 provides parameters for configuring system variables.
1675B

Number of Logical Points:


167B 1 logic point for System Variables may exist.
167B

Storage Location:
1678B Point type 91 is saved to internal configuration memory.
1679B

Table 3-21: Point Type 91, System Variables


63B

Point Type 91: System Variables


16720B

Param#
1672B Name
1672B 16723B Access System or
16724B Data Type
16725B Length
1672B Range
1672B Default
16728B Ver
16729B Description of functionality and meaning
16730B

User of values
Update
0
3516B ROC Address
1673B R/W
16732B User
3516B UINT8
1673B 1
16734B 0 255
35167B 1
35168B 1.10
16735B One-byte unit code of the station address.
35169B

The unit code for a ROC address is


configurable by the user. A 0 is used for
broadcast and should not be used by the
ROC.
1
35170B ROC Group
1673B R/W
1673B User
3517B UINT8
16738B 1
16739B 0 255
35172B 2
3517B 1.10
16740B Group code of the station address.
35174B

2
3517B Station Name
1674B R/W
16742B User
35176B AC
16743B 20
1674B 0x200x7E for each
16745B ‘Remote 3517B 1.10
1674B A 20-character ASCII field for the station
35178B

byte Oprtns Cntrlr’ name.


3
35179B Part Number and
1674B R/O
16748B System
35180B AC
16749B 20
16750B 0x20  0x7E for each
1675B ‘W68xxx
3518B 1.10
16752B The software part number and version
35182B

Version byte Ver y.yy’ number string.


4
16753B Time Created
16754B R/O
1675B System
3518B AC
1675B 20
1675B 0x20  0x7E for each
16758B ‘mmm dd,
35184B 1.10
16759B The time and date stamp the firmware was
3518B

byte yyyy HH:MM’ created.


5
35186B Manufacturer ID
1670B R/O
167B System
35187B AC
1672B 20
1673B 0x20  0x7E for each
1674B ‘Emerson
3518B 1.10
1675B The manufacturing identification string.
35189B

byte Process
Mgmt’
6
35190B Product Description
167B R/O
167B System
1678B AC
1679B 20
1670B 0x20  0x7E for each
167B ‘DL8000
1672B 1.10
1673B The manufacturing description of product.
1674B

byte ‘
7
3519B Serial Number
1675B R/O
167B System
167B UINT32
1678B 4
1679B 0x0 0xFFFFFFFF
16780B 0xFFFFFFFF
1678B 1.10
16782B The serial number for the unit.
16783B

8
35192B Maximum Events
16784B R/O
16785B System
1678B UINT16
1678B 2
1678B 450
16789B 450
16790B 1.10
1679B The maximum number of events that the
16792B

Event Log may store.


9
3519B Maximum Alarms
16793B R/O
16794B System
16795B UINT16
1679B 2
1679B 450
16798B 450
1679B 1.10
1680B The maximum number of alarms that the
1680B

Alarm Log may store.


10
35194B Maximum PIDs
16802B R/O
16803B System
3519B UINT8
16804B 1
16805B 0 16
35196B 16
35197B 1.10
1680B The maximum number of PID loops that may
35198B

run on the system


11
3519B Unused
16807B R/O
1680B System
3520B UINT8
16809B 1
1680B 0
35201B 0
3520B 1.10
168B Unused
3520B

12
35204B Maximum FSTs
1682B R/O
1683B System
3520B UINT8
1684B 1
1685B 6
35206B 6
35207B 1.10
168B The maximum number of FSTs that may run
35208B

on the system
13
1687B Event Index
168B R/O
1689B System
16820B UINT16
1682B 2
1682B
0  449
16823B
0
16824B 1.10
16825B The current event index for the Event Log.
1682B

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-233


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 91: System Variables


16720B

Param#
1672B Name
1672B 16723B Access System or
16724B Data Type
16725B Length
1672B Range
1672B Default
16728B Ver
16729B Description of functionality and meaning
16730B

User of values
Update
14
16827B Alarm Index
1682B R/O
16829B System
16830B UINT16
1683B 2
16832B
0  449
1683B
0
16834B 1.10
16835B The current alarm index in the Alarm Log.
1683B

15
16837B Active PIDs
1683B R/W
16839B System
35209B UINT8
16840B 1
1684B 0  16
35210B 16
3521B 1.10
16842B Number of active PIDs
3521B

16
16843B Unused
1684B R/W
16845B User
1684B UINT8
16847B 1
1684B 0
16849B 0
16850B 1.10
1685B Unused
16852B

17
16853B Unused
16854B R/W
1685B User
1685B UINT8
16857B 1
1685B 0
16859B 0
1680B 1.10
168B Unused
1682B

18
1683B Unused
1684B R/W
1685B User
168B UINT8
1687B 1
168B 0
1689B 0
16870B 1.10
1687B Unused
16872B

19
16873B FST Clear
16874B R/W
16875B User
1687B UINT8
1687B 1
1687B 01
16879B 0
1680B 1.10
168B Setting this parameter clears All FST code
1682B

from Flash ROM.


0 – Does nothing.
1683B

1 – Initiates clearing of FST code.


1684B

20
1685B Clear configuration
168B R/W
1687B User
3521B UINT8
168B 1
1689B 01
35214B 0
3521B 1.10
16890B Used to clear the internal configuration
35216B

memory memory stored in flash ROM.


0 = Do nothing
35217B

1 = Enable clearing of Configuration Memory


35218B

21
1689B Write to Configuration
16892B R/W
16893B User
35219B UINT8
16894B 1
16895B 01
1689B 0
3520B 1.10
16897B Used to command the ROC to store certain
3521B

Memory point types (indicated throughout this


document) to flash configuration memory
0 = Do nothing
352B

1 = Perform Write to Configuration Memory


352B

22
1689B Configuration Memory
1689B R/O
1690B System
3524B UINT8
1690B 1
16902B 01
16903B 1
352B 1.10
16904B Indicated the system is the process of writing
3526B

Write Complete the configuration to flash ROM


0 = Currently Performing the Write
3527B

1 = Completed the Write


3528B

23
16905B MPU Loading
1690B R/O
16907B System
3529B FL
16908B 4
1690B 0.0 100.0
3520B 0.0
3521B 1.10
1690B The current percentage of time the CPU is
352B

being loaded, updated every 5 seconds.


24
169B Unused
1692B R/W
1693B User
1694B UINT8
1695B 1
169B 0
1697B 0
1698B 1.10
169B Unused
16920B

25
1692B I/O Scanning
1692B R/W
16923B User
16924B UINT8
16925B 1
1692B 01
16927B 1
16928B 1.10
1692B Used to enable or disable scanning of all I/O
16930B

in the system. 0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled.


26
1693B Warm Start
16932B R/W
1693B User
352B UINT8
16934B 1
16935B 01
1693B 0
3524B 1.10
16937B Used to re-start the system. A warm start is a
352B

reboot of the system without performing all


the power-on-self tests.
0 = Do nothing
3526B

1 = Perform Warm Start


3527B

3-234 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 91: System Variables


16720B

Param#
1672B Name
1672B 16723B Access System or
16724B Data Type
16725B Length
1672B Range
1672B Default
16728B Ver
16729B Description of functionality and meaning
16730B

User of values
Update
27
16938B Cold start
1693B R/W
16940B User
3528B UINT8
1694B 1
16942B 07
16943B 0
3529B 1.10
1694B Used to re-start the system. A cold start
35240B

always includes starting from the boot sector


and performing power-on-self tests, plus the
following options.
0 = Do nothing
35241B

1 = Restore Configuration from Flash


3524B

2 = Clear Alarms
3524B

3 = Clear Events
3524B

4 = Clear FSTs
3524B

5 = Clear History Data


35246B

6 = Restore Configuration from Flash, Clear


16945B

Alarms/Events/FSTs/History Data
7 = Restore Configuration from Defaults
1694B

28
16947B Unused
16948B R/O
1694B User
16950B UINT8
1695B 1
16952B 0
16953B 0
16954B 1.10
1695B Unused
1695B

29
16957B Unused
16958B R/W
1695B User
1690B UINT8
169B 1
1692B 0
1693B 0
1694B 1.10
1695B Unused
169B

30
1697B Display Power Save
1698B R/W
169B User
35247B UINT8
16970B 1
1697B 0255
35248B 0
35249B 1.10
16972B Enables or disables the power saving feature
3520B

Time of the LCD.


0 – Disable Power Saving,
>0 Enable Power Saving. When set to
anything greater than 0, it is the number of
minutes of inactivity are required before
placing the LCD into sleep. The first key
press will wakeup the display.
31
16973B Baud Rate Generator
16974B R/W
16975B User
1697B UINT32
1697B 4
16978B 300, 600, 1200, 2400,
1697B 19200
16980B 2.20
1698B The baud rate that baud rate generator #0 is
16982B

#0 Rate 4800, 9600, 19200, to be set to.


38400, 57600, 115200
32
16983B Baud Rate Generator
16984B R/W
16985B User
1698B UINT32
16987B 4
1698B 300, 600, 1200, 2400,
1698B 9600
1690B 2.20
169B The baud rate that baud rate generator #1 is
1692B

#1 Rate 4800, 9600, 19200, to be set to.


38400, 57600, 115200
33
1693B Baud Rate Generator
1694B R/W
1695B User
169B UINT32
1697B 4
1698B 300, 600, 1200, 2400,
169B 38400
170B 2.20
170B The baud rate that baud rate generator #2 is
1702B

#2 Rate 4800, 9600, 19200, to be set to.


38400, 57600, 115200
34
1703B Baud Rate Generator
1704B R/W
1705B User
1706B UINT32
170B 4
1708B 300, 600, 1200, 2400,
1709B 57600
170B 2.20
170B The baud rate that baud rate generator #3 is
1702B

#3 Rate 4800, 9600, 19200, to be set to.


38400, 57600, 115200

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-235


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 91: System Variables


16720B

Param#
1672B Name
1672B 16723B Access System or
16724B Data Type
16725B Length
1672B Range
1672B Default
16728B Ver
16729B Description of functionality and meaning
16730B

User of values
Update
35
1703B CRC Check
1704B R/W
1705B User
1706B UINT8
170B 1
1708B 01
1709B 1
1702B 1.10
1702B The CRC check flag. If this flag is enabled, a
1702B

CRC will be appended to all messages and a


CRC will be expected on all received
messages. Disabled = 0, Enabled = 1.
Note: Ethernet communications will ignore
17023B

the CRC since TCP/IP protocol already does


error checking.
Note: The CRC must still be sent over
17024B

Ethernet communications.

36
17025B LED Enable
17026B R/W
1702B User
17028B UINT8
17029B 1
1703B 0  60
1703B 5
17032B 1.10
1703B Indicates the number of minutes the LEDs
17034B

will be on before automatically turning


themselves off. (The LED button will active
the LEDs for the configured time).
0 = LEDs always on
17035B

1 - 60 = Number of minutes LEDs will be on


37
3521B Boot Part Number and
17036B R/O
1703B System
352B AC
17038B 20
17039B 0x20  0x7E for each
1704B ‘W68xxx
352B 1.10
1704B Contains the boot software part number and
3524B

Version byte Ver y.yy’ version number string.


38
17042B Boot Firmware Time
17043B R/O
1704B System
352B AC
17045B 20
17046B 0x20  0x7E for each
1704B ‘mmm dd,3526B 1.10
17048B Contains the time and date stamp that the
3527B

Created byte yyyy HH:MM’ boot firmware was created.


39
17049B Unused
1705B R/W
1705B User
17052B UINT8
17053B 1
17054B 0
1705B 0
17056B 1.10
1705B Unused
17058B

40
17059B Clear History
1706B R/W
1706B User
17062B UINT8
17063B 1
17064B 01
17065B 0
1706B 1.10
1706B Clears history database and resets
17068B

configuration back to factory defaults without


power cycling the ROC.
Don't clear = 0, Clear = 1.
17069B

41
170B Flash Disk Space Used
170B R/O
1702B System
1703B UINT32
1704B 4
1705B
0  0xFFFFFFFF
1706B
varies
170B 1.10
1708B The amount of disk space that has been
1709B

consumed.
42
1708B Flash Disk Space Free
1708B R/O
17082B System
17083B UINT32
17084B 4
17085B 0  0xFFFFFFFF
17086B varies
1708B 1.10
1708B The amount of disk space that is available.
17089B

43
1709B Number of System
1709B R/W
17092B Both
17093B UINT16
17094B 2
17095B 0  65535
17096B 0
1709B 1.10
17098B The number of system initializations.
1709B

Initializations Note: This parameter does not reset to


170B

defaults on a cold start, but does reset on a


firmware upgrade.
44
170B Number of Warm
1702B R/W
1703B Both
1704B UINT16
1705B 2
1706B 0  65535
170B 0
1708B 1.10
1709B The number of warm starts.
37B

Starts Note: This parameter does not reset to


38B

defaults on a cold start, but does reset on a


firmware upgrade.
45
170B Number of Cold Starts
17B R/W
172B Both
173B UINT16
174B 2
175B 0  65535
176B 0
17B 1.10
178B The number of cold starts.
179B

Note: This parameter does not reset to


1720B

defaults on a cold start, but does reset on a


firmware upgrade.

3-236 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 91: System Variables


16720B

Param#
1672B Name
1672B 16723B Access System or
16724B Data Type
16725B Length
1672B Range
1672B Default
16728B Ver
16729B Description of functionality and meaning
16730B

User of values
Update
46
172B Number of Power
172B R/W
1723B Both
1724B UINT16
1725B 2
1726B 0  65535
172B 0
1728B 1.10
1729B The number of power cycles.
1730B

Cycles Note: This parameter does not reset to


173B

defaults on a cold start, but does reset on a


firmware upgrade.
47
1732B Last Power-Down Time
173B R/O
1734B System
1735B TIME
1736B 4
173B N/A
1738B 0
1739B 1.10
1740B Contains the last power-down time in the
174B

number of seconds elapsed since 12:00 a.m.


Jan. 1, 1970.
48
1742B Last Power-Up Time
1743B R/O
174B System
1745B TIME
1746B 4
174B N/A
1748B 0
1749B 1.10
1750B Contains the last power-up time in the
175B

number of seconds elapsed since 12:00 a.m.


Jan. 1, 1970.
49
1752B Auto Logout Period
1753B R/W
1754B User
175B UINT8
1756B 1
175B 0  255
1758B 30
1759B 1.10
1760B The time out period for the keypad auto
176B

logout. This is in minutes.


50
1762B Logical Compatibility
1763B R/W
1764B User
1765B UINT8
176B 1
176B 01
1768B 0
1769B 1.10
170B Indicates the logical compatibility mode.
17B

Mode 0 = 16 points per slot [Opcode 50 information


172B

and logical indexing for I/O is used in the


same way as with version 1.XX of firmware]
1 = 8 points per slot [Opcode 50 information
173B

and logical indexing for I/O is based on 8


points per module and allows for up to 27
modules to be accessed.]
See Opcode 50 for more information.
51
174B RESERVED
175B R/O
176B System
17B UINT8
178B 1
179B 0
1780B 1.10
178B Reserved for future use
1782B

52
35164B Weights and Measures
1783B R/O
1784B System
1785B UINT16
1786B 2
178B 1000
178B 1000
1789B 1.10
1790B The maximum number of events that the
179B

Maximum Events Weights and Measures Event Log may store.


53
1792B Weights and Measures
1793B R/O
1794B System
1795B UINT16
1796B 2
179B 0  999
1798B 0
179B 1.10
1720B The current event index for the Weights and
1720B

Event Index Measures Event Log.


54
1720B RocSeries
17203B R/O
17204B System
17205B AC20
17206B 20
1720B 0x20  0x7E for each
17208B Series 2
17209B 2.20
1720B Indicates the version of hardware.
172B

byte
55
172B Num Active Virtual DO
1723B R/W
1724B User
1725B UINT8
1726B 1
172B 0 24
1728B 0
1729B 2.20
1720B Indicates the number of active virtual DO
172B

CNDL points.
56
172B System Rollover for
1723B R/W
1724B User
1725B Double
1726B 8
172B Any positive valid IEEE
1728B 1,000,000
1729B 2.20
17230B Sets the value at which the double precision
1723B

Double Precision CNDL double precision float  accumulators roll over.


Parameters 2.996 X 10308

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-237


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.21 Point Type 92: Logon Parameters

Description:
1723B Point type 92 is the Logon Parameters for logging onto the DL8000.
1723B

Number of Logical Points:


17234B 32 logical points for Logon Parameters may exist.
17235B

Storage Location:
17236B Point type 92 is saved to internal configuration memory.
1723B

Table 3-22: Point Type 92, Logon Parameters


64B

Point Type 92: Logon Parameters


125B

Param#
17238B Name
17239B 17240B Access System or
1724B Data Type
1724B Length
17243B Range
1724B Default
17245B Ver
17246B Description of functionality and meaning of
1724B

User values
Update
0
17248B Operator Identifier
17249B R/W
17250B User
1725B AC
1725B 3
17253B 0x20  0x7E for each
17254B See note
1725B 1.10
17256B A three character ASCII operator identifier (i.e.
1725B

byte. LOI).
Note: The first point (logical 0) defaults to
17258B

operator ID LOI and password 1000. The


remaining 15 points default to operator id ‘ ’ and
password 0000.
1
17259B Unused #1
17260B R/O
1726B User
1726B UINT8
17263B 1
17264B 0
17265B 0
1726B 1.10
1726B Note: This has been redefined in version 1.10.
17268B

2
17269B Unused #2
1720B R/O
172B User
172B UINT8
1723B 1
1724B 0
1725B 0
1726B 1.10
172B Note: This has been redefined in version 1.10.
1728B

3
1729B Unused #3
17280B R/O
1728B User
1728B UINT8
17283B 1
17284B 0
17285B 0
17286B 1.10
1728B Note: This has been redefined in version 1.10.
1728B

4
17289B Password
17290B W/O
1729B User
1729B UINT16
17293B 2
17294B 0000  9999
17295B See note
17296B 1.20
1729B A numerical value that is used as a password
17298B

for the Operator Identifier (i.e. 1000). For


version 1.20 and later, this field is write-only.
Reading this value now always returns 0.
Note: The first point (logical 0) defaults to
1729B

operator ID LOI and password 1000. The


remaining 15 points default to operator id ‘ ’ and
password 0000.
5
1730B Access Level
1730B R/W
17302B User
1730B UINT8
17304B 1
17305B 0 255
17306B 0
1730B 1.10
17308B A value that is used to limit access to
17309B

parameters when parameter (95, x, 44) is set to


2 (Security by User Access Level) where x = to
the logical of the port that the request is being
made on.
6
1730B Group #1
173B R/W
1732B User
173B UINT8
1734B 1
1735B 019,255
1736B 255
173B 1.10
1738B States the first group the user is a member.
1739B

The Group is then mapped to PT123 Logical 1,


Parameters 019.
7
17320B Group #2
1732B R/W
1732B User
1732B UINT8
17324B 1
17325B 019,255
17326B 255
1732B 1.10
17328B States the first group the user is a member.
17329B

The Group is then mapped to PT123 Logical 1,


Parameters 019.

3-238 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 92: Logon Parameters


125B

Param#
17238B Name
17239B 17240B Access System or
1724B Data Type
1724B Length
17243B Range
1724B Default
17245B Ver
17246B Description of functionality and meaning of
1724B

User values
Update
8
1730B Group #3
173B R/W
1732B User
173B UINT8
1734B 1
1735B 019,255
1736B 255
173B 1.10
1738B States the first group the user is a member.
1739B

The Group is then mapped to PT123 Logical 1,


Parameters 019.
9
17340B Group #4
1734B R/W
17342B User
1734B UINT8
1734B 1
17345B 019,255
17346B 255
1734B 1.10
17348B States the first group the user is a member.
17349B

The Group is then mapped to PT123 Logical 1,


Parameters 019.
10
17350B Group #5
1735B R/W
17352B User
1735B UINT8
17354B 1
1735B 019,255
17356B 255
1735B 1.10
17358B States the first group the user is a member.
17359B

The Group is then mapped to PT123 Logical 1,


Parameters 019.
11
17360B Group #6
1736B R/W
17362B User
1736B UINT8
17364B 1
17365B 019,255
1736B 255
1736B 1.10
17368B States the first group the user is a member.
17369B

The Group is then mapped to PT123 Logical 1,


Parameters 019.
12
1730B Group #7
173B R/W
1732B User
173B UINT8
1734B 1
1735B 019,255
1736B 255
173B 1.10
1738B States the first group the user is a member.
1739B

The Group is then mapped to PT123 Logical 1,


Parameters 019.
13
17380B Group #8
1738B R/W
17382B User
1738B UINT8
17384B 1
17385B 019,255
17386B 255
1738B 1.10
1738B States the first group the user is a member.
17389B

The Group is then mapped to PT123 Logical 1,


Parameters 019.
14
17390B Group #9
1739B R/W
17392B User
1739B UINT8
17394B 1
17395B 019,255
17396B 255
1739B 1.10
17398B States the first group the user is a member.
1739B

The Group is then mapped to PT123 Logical 1,


Parameters 019.
15
1740B Group #10
1740B R/W
17402B User
17403B UINT8
1740B 1
17405B 019,255
17406B 255
1740B 1.10
17408B States the first group the user is a member.
17409B

The Group is then mapped to PT123 Logical 1,


Parameters 019.
16
1740B Group #11
174B R/W
1742B User
1743B UINT8
174B 1
1745B 019,255
1746B 255
174B 1.10
1748B States the first group the user is a member.
1749B

The Group is then mapped to PT123 Logical 1,


Parameters 019.
17
17420B Group #12
1742B R/W
1742B User
17423B UINT8
1742B 1
17425B 019,255
17426B 255
1742B 1.10
17428B States the first group the user is a member.
17429B

The Group is then mapped to PT123 Logical 1,


Parameters 019.
18
17430B Group #13
1743B R/W
17432B User
1743B UINT8
1743B 1
17435B 019,255
17436B 255
1743B 1.10
17438B States the first group the user is a member.
17439B

The Group is then mapped to PT123 Logical 1,


Parameters 019.
19
1740B Group #14
174B R/W
1742B User
1743B UINT8
174B 1
1745B 019,255
1746B 255
174B 1.10
1748B States the first group the user is a member.
1749B

The Group is then mapped to PT123 Logical 1,


Parameters 019.
20
17450B Group #15
1745B R/W
17452B User
17453B UINT8
1745B 1
1745B 019,255
17456B 255
1745B 1.10
17458B States the first group the user is a member.
17459B

The Group is then mapped to PT123 Logical 1,


Parameters 019.
21
17460B Group #16
1746B R/W
17462B User
17463B UINT8
1746B 1
17465B 019,255
1746B 255
1746B 1.10
17468B States the first group the user is a member.
17469B

The Group is then mapped to PT123 Logical 1,


Parameters 019.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-239


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 92: Logon Parameters


125B

Param#
17238B Name
17239B 17240B Access System or
1724B Data Type
1724B Length
17243B Range
1724B Default
17245B Ver
17246B Description of functionality and meaning of
1724B

User values
Update
22
1740B Group #17
174B R/W
1742B User
1743B UINT8
174B 1
1745B 019,255
1746B 255
174B 1.10
1748B States the first group the user is a member.
1749B

The Group is then mapped to PT123 Logical 1,


Parameters 019.
23
17480B Group #18
1748B R/W
17482B User
17483B UINT8
1748B 1
17485B 019,255
17486B 255
1748B 1.10
1748B States the first group the user is a member.
17489B

The Group is then mapped to PT123 Logical 1,


Parameters 019.
24
17490B Group #19
1749B R/W
17492B User
17493B UINT8
1749B 1
17495B 019,255
17496B 255
1749B 1.10
17498B States the first group the user is a member.
1749B

The Group is then mapped to PT123 Logical 1,


Parameters 019.
25
1750B Group #20
1750B R/W
17502B User
17503B UINT8
17504B 1
1750B 019,255
17506B 255
1750B 1.10
17508B States the first group the user is a member.
17509B

The Group is then mapped to PT123 Logical 1,


Parameters 019.

3-240 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.22 Point Type 95: Communication Port Parameters

Description:
1750B Point type 95 provides parameters for configuring a communication port. Only the following parameters are valid for
175B

logical 1 (Ethernet port):


▪ ROC Plus Protocol Valid Receive Counter
1752B

▪ ROC Plus Protocol successful message time


1753B

▪ Transmit counter
1754B

▪ ROC Plus Protocol Security Status


175B

All other parameters for logical 1 cannot be modified.


1756B

Number of Logical Points:


175B 6 logical points for Communication Ports may exist.
1758B

Storage Location:
1759B Point type 95 is saved to internal configuration memory.
17520B

Table 3-23: Point Type 95, Communication Ports


65B

Point Type 95: Communication Ports


1752B

Parameter
1752B Name
17523B 17524B Access System or
1752B Data Type
17526B Length
1752B Range
17528B Default
17529B Ver
17530B Description of functionality and meaning
1753B

# User of values
Update
0
17532B Tag Identification
1753B R/W
17534B User
1753B AC
17536B 10
1753B 0x20  0x7E for each
17538B “Local 17539B 1.10
1754B The customizable name for this
17542B

byte Port”, communications port.


“COMM1”
17540B


“COMM5”
1
17543B Baud Rate Generator Used
1754B R/W
1754B User
17546B UINT16
1754B 2
17548B 0 3
17549B 0
1750B 1.10
175B The baud rate generator used by this com
1752B

port. Each port may use a different generator,


however, only 4 generators exist. See Point
Type 91, System Variables, parameters 31-
34.
2
1753B Stop Bits
1754B R/W
175B User
1756B UINT8
175B 1
1758B 1,2
1759B 1
17560B 1.10
1756B The number of stop bits in a character.
17562B

3
17563B Data Bits
17564B R/W
1756B User
1756B UINT8
1756B 1
17568B 7, 8
17569B 8
1750B 1.10
175B The number of data bits in a character.
1752B

4
1753B Parity
1754B R/W
175B User
1756B UINT8
175B 1
1758B 0 2
1759B 0
17580B 1.10
1758B For parity error checking, the host adds a 1 or
17582B

0 bit to the character to make it even or odd.


The receiver then decodes this. An error
occurs if the sum of the bits is not correct.
None = 0, Odd = 1, Even = 2.
17583B

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-241


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 95: Communication Ports


1752B

Parameter
1752B Name
17523B 17524B Access System or
1752B Data Type
17526B Length
1752B Range
17528B Default
17529B Ver
17530B Description of functionality and meaning
1753B

# User of values
Update
5
17584B Comm Type
1758B R/O
17586B System
1758B UINT8
1758B 1
17589B 0, 913, 15
17590B LOI: 10
1759B 1.10
1759B Indicates the type of comm module installed.
17598B

COMM1: 15
17592B
Valid values are:
COMM2: 10
17593B
0 = No Comm Module Installed
1759B

9 = MVS
COMM3: 0
17594B

10 = RS-232
COMM4: 0
1759B

11 = RS-485
COMM5: 0
17596B
12 = Modem
13 = HART
15 = Ethernet (Versions Prior to 1.10)
19 = Ethernet (Versions 1.10 and later)
This parameter is updated whenever the
1760B

system detects the insertion or removal of a


module.
6
1760B Store and forward port
17602B R/W
17603B User
17604B UINT8
17605B 1
1760B 01
1760B COMM1: 1
17608B 1.10
1760B If this is enabled all store and forward
176B

All others: 0
17609B
messages will be sent out this port. If it is
disabled, none will be sent.
0 = Do not store and forward for this port
1762B

1 = Store and forward for this port.


1763B

7
1764B Key On Delay
1765B R/W
176B User
176B FL
1768B 4
1769B 0.0Any positive valid
17620B LOI: 0.0
1762B 1.10
1762B The period to wait after turning the RTS signal
17623B

IEEE 754 float Others: on before a message can be sent. This value
0.01 is in seconds.
8
17624B Key Off Delay
17625B R/W
1762B User
1762B FL
17628B 4
17629B 0.0Any positive valid
17630B LOI: 0.0
1763B 1.10
17632B The period to delay turning the RTS signal off
1763B

IEEE 754 float Others: after a message has been sent. This value is
0.01 in seconds.
9
17634B Modem Status
17635B R/O
1763B System
1763B UINT8
17638B 1
17639B 0 255
17640B 0
1764B 1.10
17642B This is the numeric response from the
17643B

modem. A non-Hayes compatible modem will


not provide this information.
0 = OK.
1764B

10
17645B Modem Type
1764B R/W
1764B Both
17648B UINT8
17649B 1
17650B 0 2
1765B 0
17652B 1.10
17653B The type of modem. The internal modem will
17654B

be detected and changed by the ROC. 0 =


None, 1 = External, 2 = Internal. Note: 2 can
not be written by the user.
11
1765B Connect Time
1765B R/W
1765B User
17658B FL
17659B 4
1760B 0.0  Max positive
176B 60.0
1762B 1.10
1763B The amount of time in seconds the ROC800-
1764B

IEEE 754 float Series waits after initiating a call to receive a


connect message before terminating a call. 0
disables.
12
1765B Configuration Command
176B R/W
176B User
1768B AC
1769B 40
1760B 0x20  0x7E for each
176B “AT&F0E0H
1762B 1.10
1763B The commands needed to initialize a modem.
1764B

byte 0V0X0&K3
S0=1S7=25
5S24=60”
13
1765B Connect Command
176B R/W
176B User
1768B AC
1769B 40
17680B 0x20  0x7E for each
1768B “ATDT 17682B 1.10
17683B The Hayes compatible modem command
17684B

byte (number)” needed to dial out for SRBX communications.

3-242 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 95: Communication Ports


1752B

Parameter
1752B Name
17523B 17524B Access System or
1752B Data Type
17526B Length
1752B Range
17528B Default
17529B Ver
17530B Description of functionality and meaning
1753B

# User of values
Update
14
17685B Disconnect Time
1768B R/W
1768B User
1768B FL
17689B 4
17690B 0.0Any positive valid
1769B 60.0
17692B 1.10
17693B Time in seconds that the ROC800-Series will
17694B

IEEE 754 float wait before disconnecting if there is no


activity. 0 disables.
15
17695B Inactivity Time
1769B R/W
1769B User
17698B FL
1769B 4
170B 0.0Any positive valid
170B 900.0
1702B 1.10
1703B Time in seconds that the ROC800-Series will
1704B

IEEE 754 float wait, without receiving a signal, before it


resets the modem. The inactivity timer looks
at the valid receive counter to determine if the
signal has been received. 0 disables.
16
1705B Modem disconnect command
1706B R/W
170B User
1708B AC
1709B 40
170B 0x20  0x7E for each
17B “ATH0”
172B 1.10
173B The user can use a different disconnect string
174B

byte for a modem.


17
175B SRBX Status
176B R/O
17B System
178B UINT8
179B 1
1720B 01
172B 0
172B 1.10
1723B 0 = SRBX is currently inactive
1724B

1 = SRBX is currently active for this port


18
1725B Enable SRBX
1726B R/W
172B User
1728B UINT8
1729B 1
1730B 01
173B 0
1732B 1.10
173B If this is enabled all SRBX messages will be
1734B

sent out this port. If is disabled, none will be


sent.
0 = Disable SRBX for this port
1735B

1 = Enable SRBX for this port


1736B

19
173B SRBX Alarm Index
1738B R/O
1739B System
1740B UINT16
174B 2
1742B 0  [PT 91, parameter
1743B 0
174B 1.10
1745B The index into the alarm table that
1746B

10] corresponds to the alarm that caused an


SRBX.
20
174B SRBX Time Base #1
1748B R/W
1749B User
1750B FL
175B 4
1752B 0.0Any positive valid
1753B 20.0
1754B 1.10
175B Time in seconds that the ROC800-Series will
1756B

IEEE 754 float use as the 1st SRBX delay.


21
175B SRBX Attempts #1
1758B R/W
1759B User
1760B UINT8
176B 1
1762B 0  255
1763B 1
1764B 1.10
1765B The number of attempts for the 1st SRBX to
176B

use. 0 = disable, 255 = continuous.


22
176B SRBX Time Base #2
1768B R/W
1769B User
170B FL
17B 4
172B 0.0Any positive valid
173B 30.0
174B 1.10
175B Time in seconds that the ROC800-Series will
176B

IEEE 754 float use as the 2nd SRBX delay.


23
17B SRBX Attempts #2
178B R/W
179B User
1780B UINT8
178B 1
1782B 0  255
1783B 2
1784B 1.10
1785B The number of attempts for the 2nd SRBX to
1786B

use. 0 = disable, 255 = continuous.


24
178B SRBX Time Base #3
178B R/W
1789B User
1790B FL
179B 4
1792B 0.0Any positive valid
1793B 45.0
1794B 1.10
1795B Time in seconds that the ROC800-Series will
1796B

IEEE 754 float use as the 3rd SRBX delay.


25
179B SRBX Attempts #3
1798B R/W
179B User
1780B UINT8
1780B 1
17802B 0  255
17803B 3
17804B 1.10
17805B The number of attempts for the 3rd SRBX to
17806B

use. 0 = disable, 255 = continuous.


26
1780B SRBX Host Address
1780B R/W
17809B User
1780B UINT8
178B 1
1782B 0  255
1783B 1
1784B 1.10
1785B Used to identify the SRBX host – Address
1786B

portion.
27
178B SRBX Host Group
178B R/W
1789B User
17820B UINT8
1782B 1
1782B 0  255
17823B 0
17824B 1.10
17825B Used to identify the SRBX host – Group
17826B

portion.
28
1782B Store & Forward Address #1
1782B R/W
17829B User
17830B UINT8
1783B 1
17832B 0  255
1783B 0
17834B 1.10
17835B Address of the 1st destination for the store and
17836B

forward path. SRBX must be enabled for this


to function.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-243


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 95: Communication Ports


1752B

Parameter
1752B Name
17523B 17524B Access System or
1752B Data Type
17526B Length
1752B Range
17528B Default
17529B Ver
17530B Description of functionality and meaning
1753B

# User of values
Update
29
1783B Store & Forward Group #1
1783B R/W
17839B User
17840B UINT8
1784B 1
17842B 0  255
17843B 0
1784B 1.10
17845B Group number of the 1st destination for the
17846B

store and forward path. SRBX must be


enabled for this to function.
30
1784B Store & Forward Address #2
1784B R/W
17849B User
17850B UINT8
1785B 1
17852B 0  255
17853B 0
17854B 1.10
1785B Address of the 2nd destination for the store
17856B

and forward path. SRBX must be enabled for


this to function.
31
1785B Store & Forward Group #2
1785B R/W
17859B User
17860B UINT8
1786B 1
17862B 0  255
17863B 0
17864B 1.10
17865B Group number of the 2nd destination for the
1786B

store and forward path. SRBX must be


enabled for this to function.
32
1786B Store & Forward Address #3
1786B R/W
17869B User
1780B UINT8
178B 1
1782B 0  255
1783B 0
1784B 1.10
1785B Address of the 3rd destination for the store
1786B

and forward path. SRBX must be enabled for


this to function.
33
178B Store & Forward Group #3
178B R/W
1789B User
1780B UINT8
178B 1
1782B 0  255
1783B 0
1784B 1.10
1785B Group number of the 3rd destination for store
1786B

and forward. SRBX must be enabled for this


to function.
34
178B Unused
178B R/O
1789B User
17890B UINT8
1789B 1
17892B 0
17893B 0
17894B 1.10
17895B Not currently used.
17896B

35
1789B Unused
1789B R/O
1789B User
1790B UINT8
1790B 1
17902B 0
17903B 0
17904B 1.10
17905B Not currently used.
17906B

36
1790B ROC Plus Protocol Valid
17908B R/W
1790B Both
1790B UINT16
179B 2
1792B 0  65535
1793B 0
1794B 1.10
1795B The number of valid ROC Plus Protocol
1796B

Receive Counter messages received by the ROC for this port.


It can be cleared by the user.
37
179B ROC Plus Protocol successful
1798B R/O
179B System
17920B TIME
1792B 4
1792B 0x0 0xFFFFFFFF
17923B 0x386D97E
17924B 1.10
17925B The time of the last successful Opcode
17926B

message time 0 received by the ROC800-Series. Indicated by


the number of seconds since midnight Jan 1,
1970.
38
1792B Modbus Valid Receive
17928B R/W
1792B Both
17930B UINT16
1793B 2
17932B 0  65535
1793B 0
17934B 1.10
17935B The number of valid Modbus messages
17936B

Counter received by the ROC for this port. It can be


cleared by the user.
39
1793B Modbus successful message
17938B R/O
1793B System
17940B TIME
1794B 4
17942B 0x0 0xFFFFFFFF
17943B 0x386D97E
1794B 1.10
17945B The time of the last successful function code
17946B

time 0 received by the ROC800-Series. Indicated by


the number of seconds since midnight Jan 1,
1970.
40
1794B Number of invalid message
17948B R/W
1794B Both
17950B UINT16
1795B 2
17952B 0  65535
17953B 0
17954B 1.10
1795B The number of invalid ROC Plus Protocol or
17956B

bytes Modbus bytes received.


This parameter will always return 0 for logical
1795B

1.
41
17958B Invalid message byte time
1795B R/O
17960B System
1796B TIME
17962B 4
17963B 0x0 0xFFFFFFFF
17964B 0x386D97E
17965B 1.10
1796B The time of the last unsuccessful message
1796B

0 byte was received by the ROC800-Series.


Indicated by the number of seconds since
midnight Jan 1, 1970.
This parameter will always return 0 for logical
17968B

1.

3-244 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 95: Communication Ports


1752B

Parameter
1752B Name
17523B 17524B Access System or
1752B Data Type
17526B Length
1752B Range
17528B Default
17529B Ver
17530B Description of functionality and meaning
1753B

# User of values
Update
42
1796B Transmit counter
1790B R/W
179B Both
1792B UINT16
1793B 2
1794B 0  65535
1795B 0
1796B 1.10
179B Number of messages sent.
1798B

43
179B Port owner
17980B R/W
1798B Both
17982B UINT8
17983B 1
17984B 0  255
17985B 0
17986B 1.10
1798B Indicates the program currently owning the
1798B

port. Messages will be routed directly to the


owner, bypassing the ROC Plus protocol. The
owner will not be allowed to be changed if an
MVS module is installed on the port. Valid
values are :
0 = ROC Plus Protocol / Modbus Slave
1798B

1 = Modbus Master (Comm 1 – 5)


2 = DS800 (Not Valid for Comm 1 on
ROC809E)
3 = LCD
4 = I/O Module (Read Only)
5 = User C++ Program 1
6 = User C++ Program 2
7 = User C++ Program 3
8 = User C++ Program 4
9 = User C++ Program 5
10 = User C++ Program 6
11 = User C++ Program 7
12 = User C++ Program 8
50 = ROC Plus Protocol Only
51 = Modbus Slave Only
52 = LCD/Roc Plus Protocol (Added 1.10)
44
1790B ROC Plus Protocol Security
179B R/W
1792B User
1793B UINT8
1794B 1
1795B 02
1796B 0
179B Enables security for the communications port.
180B

Status 1.10
1798B
Disabled = 0
1.10
179B
Security by User ID = 1
1802B

1.10
180B
Security by User Access Level = 2
1803B

45
1804B RESERVED
1805B R/O
1806B System
1807B UINT8
180B 1
1809B 0
180B 1.10
180B Reserved for future use
1802B

46
1803B RESERVED
1804B R/O
1805B User
1806B UINT32
1807B 4
180B 5000
1809B 1.10
1802B Reserved for future use
1802B

47
1802B Security Inactivity Timeout
18023B R/W
18024B User
18025B UINT32
18026B 4
18027B 60  86400
1802B 3600
18029B 2.20
1803B Indicates the number of seconds before the
1803B

user is logged out because of inactivity.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-245


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.23 Point Type 96: FST Parameters

Description:
18032B Point type 96 provides parameters to set up an FST or that are used by the FST.
1803B

Number of Logical Points:


18034B 6 logical points for FST Parameters may exist.
18035B

Storage Location:
18036B Point type 96 is saved to internal configuration memory.
18037B

Table 3-24: Point Type 96, FST Parameters


6B

Point Type 96: FST Parameters


126B

Param#
1803B Name
18039B 1804B Access System or
1804B Data Type
18042B Length
18043B Range
1804B Default
18045B Ver
18046B Description of functionality and meaning of
18047B

User values
Update
0
1804B Point Tag ID
18049B R/W
1805B User
1805B AC
18052B 10
18053B 0x20  0x7E for each
18054B “FSTx”
1805B 1.10
18056B This field contains a string to describe the FST.
18057B

byte “X” in default name is a number that correlates to


the FST logical number.
1
1805B Result Register (RR)
18059B R/W
1806B System
1806B FL
18062B 4
18063B Any valid IEEE 754 float
18064B 0
18065B 1.10
1806B Register used to store result of last FST
18067B

operation.
2
1806B Register 1 (R1)
18069B R/W
1807B Both
1807B FL
18072B 4
18073B Any valid IEEE 754 float
18074B 0
18075B 1.10
18076B Register used as an input to an FST or as a
1807B

location to store FST data.


3
1807B Register 2 (R2)
18079B R/W
180B Both
180B FL
1802B 4
1803B Any valid IEEE 754 float
1804B 0
1805B 1.10
1806B Register used as an input to an FST or as a
1807B

location to store FST data.


4
180B Register 3 (R3)
1809B R/W
1809B Both
1809B FL
18092B 4
18093B Any valid IEEE 754 float
18094B 0
18095B 1.10
18096B Register used as an input to an FST or as a
18097B

location to store FST data.


5
1809B Register 4 (R4)
1809B R/W
180B Both
180B FL
1802B 4
1803B Any valid IEEE 754 float
1804B 0
1805B 1.10
1806B Register used as an input to an FST or as a
1807B

location to store FST data.


6
180B Register 5 (R5)
1809B R/W
180B Both
18B FL
182B 4
183B Any valid IEEE 754 float
184B 0
185B 1.10
186B Register used as an input to an FST or as a
187B

location to store FST data.


7
18B Register 6 (R6)
189B R/W
1820B Both
182B FL
182B 4
1823B Any valid IEEE 754 float
1824B 0
1825B 1.10
1826B Register used as an input to an FST or as a
1827B

location to store FST data.


8
182B Register 7 (R7)
1829B R/W
1830B Both
183B FL
1832B 4
183B Any valid IEEE 754 float
1834B 0
1835B 1.10
1836B Register used as an input to an FST or as a
1837B

location to store FST data.


9
183B Register 8 (R8)
1839B R/W
1840B Both
184B FL
1842B 4
1843B Any valid IEEE 754 float
184B 0
1845B 1.10
1846B Register used as an input to an FST or as a
1847B

location to store FST data.

10
184B Register 9 (R9)
1849B R/W
1850B Both
185B FL
1852B 4
1853B Any valid IEEE 754 float
1854B 0
185B 1.10
1856B Register used as an input to an FST or as a
1857B

location to store FST data.


11
185B Register 10 (R10)
1859B R/W
1860B Both
186B FL
1862B 4
1863B Any valid IEEE 754 float
1864B 0
1865B 1.10
186B Register used as an input to an FST or as a
1867B

location to store FST data.


12
186B Timer #1
1869B R/W
1870B Both
187B UINT32
1872B 4
1873B 0  4294967295
1874B 0
1875B 1.10
1876B Time left for count down timer. Timer resolution
187B

is 100ms.

3-246 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 96: FST Parameters


126B

Param#
1803B Name
18039B 1804B Access System or
1804B Data Type
18042B Length
18043B Range
1804B Default
18045B Ver
18046B Description of functionality and meaning of
18047B

User values
Update
13
187B Timer #2
1879B R/W
180B Both
18B UINT32
182B 4
183B 0  4294967295
184B 0
185B 1.10
186B Time left for count down timer. Timer resolution
187B

is 100ms.
14
18B Timer #3
189B R/W
1890B Both
189B UINT32
1892B 4
1893B 0  4294967295
1894B 0
1895B 1.10
1896B Time left for count down timer. Timer resolution
1897B

is 100ms.
15
189B Timer #4
189B R/W
1820B Both
1820B UINT32
1820B 4
18203B 0  4294967295
18204B 0
18205B 1.10
18206B Time left for count down timer. Timer resolution
18207B

is 100ms.
16
1820B Message #1
18209B R/W
1820B System
182B AC
182B 30
1823B 0x20  0x7E for each
1824B “”
1825B 1.10
1826B This parameter is updated with the first argument
1827B

byte of the ‘MSG’ FST command when the command


executes.
This description has changed for version 1.10.
17
182B Message #2
1829B R/W
1820B User
182B AC
182B 30
1823B 0x20  0x7E for each
1824B “”
1825B 1.10
1826B This parameter is updated with the first argument
1827B

byte of the ‘MS2’ FST command when the command


executes.
This description has changed for version 1.10.
18
182B Message Data #1
1829B R/O
18230B System
1823B AC
1823B 10
1823B 0x2D, 0x2E, 0x30 
18234B “0.0”
18235B 1.10
18236B This parameter is updated with the second
18237B

0x39 for each byte argument of the ‘MSG’ FST command when the
command executes.
This description has changed for version 1.10.
19
1823B Miscellaneous 1
18239B R/W
18240B Both
1824B UINT8
1824B 1
18243B 0  255
1824B 0
18245B 1.10
18246B Single byte register that may be used by an FST.
18247B

20
1824B Miscellaneous 2
18249B R/W
18250B Both
1825B UINT8
1825B 1
18253B 0  255
18254B 0
1825B 1.10
18256B Single byte register that may be used by an FST.
18257B

21
1825B Miscellaneous 3
18259B R/W
18260B Both
1826B UINT8
1826B 1
18263B 0  255
18264B 0
18265B 1.10
1826B Single byte register that may be used by an FST.
18267B

22
1826B Miscellaneous 4
18269B R/W
18270B Both
1827B UINT8
1827B 1
18273B 0  255
18274B 0
18275B 1.10
18276B Single byte register that may be used by an FST.
1827B

23
1827B Compare Flag (SVD)
18279B R/W
1820B System
182B UINT8
182B 1
1823B 0  255
1824B 0
1825B 1.10
1826B Stores the result of a Boolean expression.
1827B

0 – FALSE
182B

1 – TRUE
1829B

24
18290B Run Status
1829B R/W
1829B Both
18293B UINT8
18294B 1
18295B 0, 1, 5, 8, 9
18296B 0
18297B 1.10
1829B This parameter stores the run state of the FST.
1829B

0 – FST is not running.


1830B

1 – FST is running.
1830B

5 – Indicates FST has shut down due to an


18302B

invalid point reference.


8 – FST Editor initiates the Trace mode.
1830B

9 – Indicates that the FST in ROC800 is


18304B

processing.
25
18305B Code Size
18306B R/O
18307B System
1830B UINT16
18309B 2
1830B 0 – 3000
183B 0
1832B 1.10
183B Size, in bytes, of the FST code. This size does
1834B

not include storage needed for register names,


description, or version.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-247


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 96: FST Parameters


126B

Param#
1803B Name
18039B 1804B Access System or
1804B Data Type
18042B Length
18043B Range
1804B Default
18045B Ver
18046B Description of functionality and meaning of
18047B

User values
Update
26
1835B Instruction Pointer
1836B R/W
1837B System
183B UINT16
1839B 2
18320B 0 – 3000
1832B 0
1832B 1.10
1832B Contains the location of the FST function to be
18324B

executed next. If an error occurs, the Instruction


Pointer will be set to the location of the
parameter that caused the error. This parameter
may also be called a program counter.
27
18325B Execution Delay
18326B R/W
18327B User
1832B UINT16
18329B 2
1830B 0  65535
183B 0
1832B 1.10
183B Execution delay between FST instructions.
1834B

Resolution is tenths of a second.


28
1835B FST Version
1836B R/O
1837B System
183B AC
1839B 10
18340B 0x20  0x7E for each
1834B “”
18342B 1.10
1834B Stores information about the version of the FST
1834B

byte code. The user sets this before the FST is


uploaded to the ROC800.
29
18345B FST Description
18346B R/O
18347B System
1834B AC
18349B 40
18350B 0x20  0x7E for each
1835B “”
18352B 1.10
1835B Contains a short description about the FST that
18354B

byte is running. The user sets this before the FST is


uploaded to the ROC800.
30
1835B Message Data #2
18356B R/O
18357B System
1835B AC
18359B 10
18360B 0x2D, 0x2E, 0x30 
1836B “0.0”
18362B 1.10
1836B This parameter is updated with the second
18364B

0x39 for each byte argument of the ‘MS2’ FST command when the
command executes.
This description has changed for version 1.10.
31
18365B Steps / Task Cycle
1836B R/W
18367B User
1836B UINT8
18369B 1
18370B 0  250
1837B 20
18372B 1.10
1837B The requested number of steps to be executed
18374B

each cycle of the FST task for this FST. The FST
task nominally runs every 100 ms.
32
18375B Actual Steps / Task Cycle
18376B R/O
1837B System
1837B UINT8
18379B 1
1830B 0  250
183B 20
1832B 1.10
183B The actual number of FST steps that the
1834B

ROC800 executed for this FST during the most


recent cycle of the FST task.
33
1835B FST Cycle Time
1836B R/O
1837B System
183B FL
1839B 4
18390B 0  Any valid positive
1839B 0.0
18392B 1.10
1839B The amount of time in seconds from the
18394B

IEEE 754 float beginning of the last execution of the FST (step
1) to the beginning of the current execution (step
1).

3-248 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.24 Point Type 97: FST Register Tags

Description:
18395B Point Type 97 provides parameters for entering the register tags for FST data. Each register name corresponds to a
18396B

register in point type 96. It is only broken apart because of the length of the point type.
Number of Logical Points:
18397B 6 logical points for FST Register Tags may exist.
1839B

Storage Location:
1839B Point type 97 is saved to internal configuration memory.
1840B

Table 3-25: Point Type 97, FST Register Tags


67B

Point Type 97: FST Register Tags


127B

Param#
1840B Name
18402B 18403B Access System or
1840B Data Type
18405B Length
18406B Range
18407B Default
1840B Ver
18409B Description of functionality and
1840B

User meaning of values


Update
0
184B Register Tag 1
1842B R/W
1843B System
184B AC
1845B 10
1846B 0x20  0x7E for each
1847B “Register1”
184B 1.10
1849B Text string used as a label for Register 1
18420B

byte (R1).
1
1842B Register Tag 2
1842B R/W
18423B System
1842B AC
18425B 10
18426B 0x20  0x7E for each
18427B “Register2”
1842B 1.10
18429B Text string used as a label for Register 2
18430B

byte (R2).
2
1843B Register Tag 3
18432B R/W
1843B System
1843B AC
18435B 10
18436B 0x20  0x7E for each
18437B “Register3”
1843B 1.10
18439B Text string used as a label for Register 3
1840B

byte (R3).
3
184B Register Tag 4
1842B R/W
1843B System
184B AC
1845B 10
1846B 0x20  0x7E for each
1847B “Register4”
184B 1.10
1849B Text string used as a label for Register 4
18450B

byte (R4).
4
1845B Register Tag 5
18452B R/W
18453B System
1845B AC
1845B 10
18456B 0x20  0x7E for each
18457B “Register5”
1845B 1.10
18459B Text string used as a label for Register 5
18460B

byte (R5).
5
1846B Register Tag 6
18462B R/W
18463B System
1846B AC
18465B 10
1846B 0x20  0x7E for each
18467B “Register6”
1846B 1.10
18469B Text string used as a label for Register 6
18470B

byte (R6).
6
1847B Register Tag 7
18472B R/W
18473B System
1847B AC
18475B 10
18476B 0x20  0x7E for each
1847B “Register7”
1847B 1.10
18479B Text string used as a label for Register 7
1840B

byte (R7).
7
184B Register Tag 8
1842B R/W
1843B System
184B AC
1845B 10
1846B 0x20  0x7E for each
1847B “Register8”
184B 1.10
1849B Text string used as a label for Register 8
18490B

byte (R8).
8
1849B Register Tag 9
18492B R/W
18493B System
1849B AC
18495B 10
18496B 0x20  0x7E for each
18497B “Register9”
1849B 1.10
1849B Text string used as a label for Register 9
1850B

byte (R9).
9
1850B Register Tag 10
18502B R/W
18503B System
18504B AC
1850B 10
18506B 0x20  0x7E for each
18507B “Register10
1850B 1.10
18509B Text string used as a label for Register 10
1850B

byte ” (R10).

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-249


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.25 Point Type 98: Soft Point Parameters

Description:
185B Point type 98 is the Soft Point Parameters for global storage that may be used by any part of the system.
1852B

Number of Logical Points:


1853B 32 logical points for Soft Point Parameters will exist.
1854B

Storage Location:
185B Point type 98 will be saved to internal configuration memory.
1856B

Table 3-26: Point Type 98, Soft Point Parameters


68B

Point Type 98: Soft Point Parameters


1857B

Param#
185B Name
1859B 18520B Access System or
1852B Data Type
1852B Length
18523B Range
18524B Default
1852B Ver
18526B Description of functionality and meaning
18527B

User of values
Update
0
1852B ASCII Text 1
18529B R/W
18530B User
1853B AC
18532B 40
1853B Any printable ASCII
18534B “Soft Pt x”
1853B 1.10
18536B Text string used to label instance of Soft
18537B

text. Point. The ‘x’ in default is the number of the


Soft Point.
1
1853B Float 1
18539B R/W
18540B User
1854B FL
18542B 4
18543B Any valid IEEE 754 float
1854B 0
1854B 1.10
18546B Miscellaneous storage.
18547B

2
1854B Float 2
18549B R/W
1850B User
185B FL
1852B 4
1853B Any valid IEEE 754 float
1854B 0
185B 1.10
1856B Miscellaneous storage.
1857B

3
185B Float 3
1859B R/W
18560B User
1856B FL
18562B 4
18563B Any valid IEEE 754 float
18564B 0
1856B 1.10
1856B Miscellaneous storage.
18567B

4
1856B Float 4
18569B R/W
18570B User
1857B FL
18572B 4
18573B Any valid IEEE 754 float
18574B 0
1857B 1.10
18576B Miscellaneous storage.
1857B

5
1857B Float 5
18579B R/W
1850B User
185B FL
1852B 4
1853B Any valid IEEE 754 float
1854B 0
185B 1.10
1856B Miscellaneous storage.
1857B

6
185B Float 6
1859B R/W
18590B User
1859B FL
18592B 4
18593B Any valid IEEE 754 float
18594B 0
1859B 1.10
18596B Miscellaneous storage.
18597B

7
1859B Float 7
1859B R/W
1860B User
1860B FL
18602B 4
18603B Any valid IEEE 754 float
18604B 0
18605B 1.10
1860B Miscellaneous storage.
18607B

8
1860B Float 8
18609B R/W
1860B User
186B FL
1862B 4
1863B Any valid IEEE 754 float
1864B 0
1865B 1.10
186B Miscellaneous storage.
1867B

9
186B Float 9
1869B R/W
18620B User
1862B FL
1862B 4
18623B Any valid IEEE 754 float
18624B 0
18625B 1.10
1862B Miscellaneous storage.
18627B

10
1862B Float 10
18629B R/W
18630B User
1863B FL
18632B 4
1863B Any valid IEEE 754 float
18634B 0
18635B 1.10
1863B Miscellaneous storage.
18637B

11
1863B Float 11
18639B R/W
18640B User
1864B FL
18642B 4
18643B Any valid IEEE 754 float
1864B 0
18645B 1.10
1864B Miscellaneous storage.
18647B

12
1864B Float 12
18649B R/W
18650B User
1865B FL
18652B 4
18653B Any valid IEEE 754 float
18654B 0
1865B 1.10
1865B Miscellaneous storage.
18657B

13
1865B Float 13
18659B R/W
1860B User
186B FL
1862B 4
1863B Any valid IEEE 754 float
1864B 0
1865B 1.10
186B Miscellaneous storage.
1867B

14
186B Float 14
1869B R/W
18670B User
1867B FL
18672B 4
18673B Any valid IEEE 754 float
18674B 0
18675B 1.10
1867B Miscellaneous storage.
1867B

15
1867B Float 15
18679B R/W
1860B User
186B FL
1862B 4
1863B Any valid IEEE 754 float
1864B 0
1865B 1.10
186B Miscellaneous storage.
1867B

16
186B Float 16
1869B R/W
18690B User
1869B FL
18692B 4
18693B Any valid IEEE 754 float
18694B 0
18695B 1.10
1869B Miscellaneous storage.
18697B

17
1869B Float 17
1869B R/W
1870B User
1870B FL
18702B 4
18703B Any valid IEEE 754 float
18704B 0
18705B 1.10
18706B Miscellaneous storage.
1870B

18
1870B Float 18
18709B R/W
1870B User
187B FL
1872B 4
1873B Any valid IEEE 754 float
1874B 0
1875B 1.10
1876B Miscellaneous storage.
187B

19
187B Float 19
1879B R/W
18720B User
1872B FL
1872B 4
18723B Any valid IEEE 754 float
18724B 0
18725B 1.10
18726B Miscellaneous storage.
1872B

20
1872B Float 20
18729B R/W
18730B User
1873B FL
18732B 4
1873B Any valid IEEE 754 float
18734B 0
18735B 1.10
18736B Miscellaneous storage.
1873B

21
1873B Long 1
18739B R/W
18740B User
1874B UINT32
18742B 4
18743B 0  4294967295
1874B 0
18745B 1.10
18746B Miscellaneous storage.
1874B

3-250 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 98: Soft Point Parameters


1857B

Param#
185B Name
1859B 18520B Access System or
1852B Data Type
1852B Length
18523B Range
18524B Default
1852B Ver
18526B Description of functionality and meaning
18527B

User of values
Update
22
1874B Long 2
18749B R/W
18750B User
1875B UINT32
18752B 4
18753B 0  4294967295
18754B 0
1875B 1.10
18756B Miscellaneous storage.
1875B

23
1875B Short 1
18759B R/W
18760B User
1876B UINT16
18762B 2
18763B 0  65535
18764B 0
18765B 1.10
1876B Miscellaneous storage.
1876B

24
1876B Short 2
18769B R/W
1870B User
187B UINT16
1872B 2
1873B 0  65535
1874B 0
1875B 1.10
1876B Miscellaneous storage.
187B

25
187B Short 3
1879B R/W
1870B User
187B UINT16
1872B 2
1873B 0  65535
1874B 0
1875B 1.10
1876B Miscellaneous storage.
187B

26
187B Short 4
1879B R/W
18790B User
1879B UINT16
18792B 2
18793B 0  65535
18794B 0
18795B 1.10
18796B Miscellaneous storage.
1879B

27
1879B Short 5
1879B R/W
180B User
180B UINT16
1802B 2
1803B 0  65535
1804B 0
1805B 1.10
1806B Miscellaneous storage.
1807B

28
180B Short 6
1809B R/W
180B User
18B UINT16
182B 2
183B 0  65535
184B 0
185B 1.10
186B Miscellaneous storage.
187B

29
18B Short 7
189B R/W
1820B User
182B UINT16
182B 2
1823B 0  65535
1824B 0
1825B 1.10
1826B Miscellaneous storage.
1827B

30
182B Short 8
1829B R/W
1830B User
183B UINT16
1832B 2
183B 0  65535
1834B 0
1835B 1.10
1836B Miscellaneous storage.
1837B

31
183B Short 9
1839B R/W
1840B User
184B UINT16
1842B 2
1843B 0  65535
184B 0
1845B 1.10
1846B Miscellaneous storage.
1847B

32
184B Short 10
1849B R/W
1850B User
185B UINT16
1852B 2
1853B 0  65535
1854B 0
185B 1.10
1856B Miscellaneous storage.
1857B

33
185B Byte 1
1859B R/W
1860B User
186B UINT8
1862B 1
1863B 0  255
1864B 0
1865B 1.10
186B Miscellaneous storage.
1867B

34
186B Byte 2
1869B R/W
1870B User
187B UINT8
1872B 1
1873B 0  255
1874B 0
1875B 1.10
1876B Miscellaneous storage.
187B

35
187B Byte 3
1879B R/W
180B User
18B UINT8
182B 1
183B 0  255
184B 0
185B 1.10
186B Miscellaneous storage.
187B

36
18B Byte 4
189B R/W
1890B User
189B UINT8
1892B 1
1893B 0  255
1894B 0
1895B 1.10
1896B Miscellaneous storage.
1897B

37
189B Byte 5
189B R/W
1890B User
1890B UINT8
18902B 1
18903B 0  255
18904B 0
18905B 1.10
18906B Miscellaneous storage.
18907B

38
1890B Byte 6
1890B R/W
1890B User
189B UINT8
1892B 1
1893B 0  255
1894B 0
1895B 1.10
1896B Miscellaneous storage.
1897B

39
189B Byte 7
189B R/W
18920B User
1892B UINT8
1892B 1
18923B 0  255
18924B 0
18925B 1.10
18926B Miscellaneous storage.
18927B

40
1892B Byte 8
1892B R/W
18930B User
1893B UINT8
18932B 1
1893B 0  255
18934B 0
18935B 1.10
18936B Miscellaneous storage.
18937B

41
1893B Byte 9
1893B R/W
18940B User
1894B UINT8
18942B 1
18943B 0  255
1894B 0
18945B 1.10
18946B Miscellaneous storage.
18947B

42
1894B Byte 10
1894B R/W
18950B User
1895B UINT8
18952B 1
18953B 0  255
18954B 0
1895B 1.10
18956B Miscellaneous storage.
18957B

43
1895B Double 1
1895B R/W
18960B User
1896B Double
18962B 8
18963B Valid IEEE double
18964B 0.0
18965B 2.20
1896B Miscellaneous storage.
18967B

precision floating point


44
1896B Double 2
1896B R/W
18970B User
1897B Double
18972B 8
18973B Valid IEEE double
18974B 0.0
18975B 2.20
18976B Miscellaneous storage.
1897B

precision floating point


45
1897B Double 3
1897B R/W
1890B User
189B Double
1892B 8
1893B Valid IEEE double
1894B 0.0
1895B 2.20
1896B Miscellaneous storage.
1897B

precision floating point


46
189B Double 4
189B R/W
1890B User
189B Double
1892B 8
1893B Valid IEEE double
1894B 0.0
1895B 2.20
1896B Miscellaneous storage.
1897B

precision floating point


47
189B Double 5
189B R/W
190B User
190B Double
1902B 8
1903B Valid IEEE double
1904B 0.0
1905B 2.20
1906B Miscellaneous storage.
1907B

precision floating point


48
1908B Double 6
190B R/W
190B User
190B Double
1902B 8
1903B Valid IEEE double
1904B 0.0
1905B 2.20
1906B Miscellaneous storage.
1907B

precision floating point


49
1908B Double 7
190B R/W
1902B User
1902B Double
1902B 8
19023B Valid IEEE double
19024B 0.0
19025B 2.20
19026B Miscellaneous storage.
19027B

precision floating point

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-251


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 98: Soft Point Parameters


1857B

Param#
185B Name
1859B 18520B Access System or
1852B Data Type
1852B Length
18523B Range
18524B Default
1852B Ver
18526B Description of functionality and meaning
18527B

User of values
Update
50
19028B Double 8
1902B R/W
1903B User
1903B Double
19032B 8
1903B Valid IEEE double
19034B 0.0
19035B 2.20
19036B Miscellaneous storage.
19037B

precision floating point


51
19038B Double 9
1903B R/W
1904B User
1904B Double
19042B 8
19043B Valid IEEE double
1904B 0.0
19045B 2.20
19046B Miscellaneous storage.
19047B

precision floating point


52
19048B Double 10
1904B R/W
1905B User
1905B Double
19052B 8
19053B Valid IEEE double
19054B 0.0
1905B 2.20
19056B Miscellaneous storage.
19057B

precision floating point


53
19058B Long 3
1905B R/W
1906B User
1906B UINT32
19062B 4
19063B 0  4294967295
19064B 0
19065B 2.20
1906B Miscellaneous storage.
19067B

54
19068B Long 4
1906B R/W
1907B User
1907B UINT32
19072B 4
19073B 0  4294967295
19074B 0
19075B 2.20
19076B Miscellaneous storage.
1907B

55
19078B Long 5
1907B R/W
1908B User
1908B UINT32
19082B 4
19083B 0  4294967295
19084B 0
19085B 2.20
19086B Miscellaneous storage.
19087B

56
1908B Long 6
1908B R/W
190B User
190B UINT32
1902B 4
1903B 0  4294967295
1904B 0
1905B 2.20
1906B Miscellaneous storage.
1907B

57
1908B Long 7
190B R/W
190B User
190B UINT32
1902B 4
1903B 0  4294967295
1904B 0
1905B 2.20
1906B Miscellaneous storage.
1907B

58
1908B Long 8
190B R/W
190B User
19B UINT32
192B 4
193B 0  4294967295
194B 0
195B 2.20
196B Miscellaneous storage.
197B

59
198B Long 9
19B R/W
1920B User
192B UINT32
192B 4
1923B 0  4294967295
1924B 0
1925B 2.20
1926B Miscellaneous storage.
1927B

60
1928B Long 10
192B R/W
1930B User
193B UINT32
1932B 4
193B 0  4294967295
1934B 0
1935B 2.20
1936B Miscellaneous storage.
1937B

61
1938B Logging Enable
193B R/W
1940B User
194B UINT8
1942B 1
1943B 01
194B 1
1945B 2.20
1946B Enables or disables event logging for
1947B

changes to the soft point parameters on this


logical. Valid values are 0 (logging disabled)
and 1 (logging enabled).

3-252 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.26 Point Type 99: Configurable Opcode Table

Description:
1948B Point type 99 is the Configurable Opcode table that hosts may use to collect data from a ROC in a specific order.
194B

There are 16 instances (logicals) of the Configurable Opcode table. Each instance of the Point Type is a grouping of up
1950B

to 44 different ROC parameter definitions (Point Type, Logical Number, and Parameter Number, or TLP). Once you
define the parameter(s), you can use opcodes 10 and 11 to read or write data from and to the TLPs identified by the
Configurable Opcode Table.
Number of Logical Points:
195B 16 logical points for Configurable Opcodes may exist.
1952B

Storage Location:
1953B Point type 99 is saved to internal configuration memory.
1954B

Note:
195B The range of “Any valid TLP” indicates values represented as TLPs in the format 0,0,0, where (91-98 and 100-135), 0-
1956B

xx (where the logical number corresponds to the last instance of the point type), 0-xx (where the parameter number
corresponds to the number of parameters in the specified point type)

Table 3-27: Point Type 99, Configurable Opcode


69B

Point Type 99: Configurable Opcode


128B

Param#
1957B Name
1958B 195B Access System or
1960B Data
196B Length
1962B Range
1963B Default
1964B Ver
3528B Description of functionality and meaning
3529B

User Type of values


Update
0
1965B Sequence/Revision #
196B R/W
1967B User
1968B FL
196B 4
1970B Any valid IEEE 754
197B 0.0
1972B 1.10
1973B Intended to be used for a revision number for
1974B

float this table.


1
1975B Data 1
1976B R/W
197B User
1978B TLP
197B 3
1980B Any valid TLP
198B 0,0,0
1982B 1.10
1983B User configurable
1984B

2
1985B Data 2
1986B R/W
1987B User
198B TLP
198B 3
190B Any valid TLP
19B 0,0,0
192B 1.10
193B User configurable
194B

3
195B Data 3
196B R/W
197B User
198B TLP
19B 3
1920B Any valid TLP
1920B 0,0,0
1920B 1.10
19203B User configurable
19204B

4
19205B Data 4
19206B R/W
19207B User
19208B TLP
1920B 3
1920B Any valid TLP
192B 0,0,0
192B 1.10
1923B User configurable
1924B

5
1925B Data 5
1926B R/W
1927B User
1928B TLP
192B 3
1920B Any valid TLP
192B 0,0,0
192B 1.10
1923B User configurable
1924B

6
1925B Data 6
1926B R/W
1927B User
1928B TLP
192B 3
19230B Any valid TLP
1923B 0,0,0
1923B 1.10
1923B User configurable
19234B

7
19235B Data 7
19236B R/W
19237B User
19238B TLP
1923B 3
19240B Any valid TLP
1924B 0,0,0
1924B 1.10
19243B User configurable
1924B

8
19245B Data 8
19246B R/W
19247B User
19248B TLP
1924B 3
19250B Any valid TLP
1925B 0,0,0
1925B 1.10
19253B User configurable
19254B

9
1925B Data 9
19256B R/W
19257B User
19258B TLP
1925B 3
19260B Any valid TLP
1926B 0,0,0
1926B 1.10
19263B User configurable
19264B

10
19265B Data 10
1926B R/W
19267B User
19268B TLP
1926B 3
19270B Any valid TLP
1927B 0,0,0
1927B 1.10
19273B User configurable
19274B

11
19275B Data 11
19276B R/W
1927B User
19278B TLP
1927B 3
19280B Any valid TLP
1928B 0,0,0
1928B 1.10
19283B User configurable
19284B

12
19285B Data 12
19286B R/W
19287B User
1928B TLP
1928B 3
1920B Any valid TLP
192B 0,0,0
192B 1.10
1923B User configurable
1924B

13
1925B Data 13
1926B R/W
1927B User
1928B TLP
192B 3
1930B Any valid TLP
1930B 0,0,0
19302B 1.10
1930B User configurable
19304B

14
19305B Data 14
19306B R/W
19307B User
19308B TLP
1930B 3
1930B Any valid TLP
193B 0,0,0
1932B 1.10
193B User configurable
1934B

15
1935B Data 15
1936B R/W
1937B User
1938B TLP
193B 3
19320B Any valid TLP
1932B 0,0,0
1932B 1.10
1932B User configurable
19324B

16
19325B Data 16
19326B R/W
19327B User
19328B TLP
1932B 3
1930B Any valid TLP
193B 0,0,0
1932B 1.10
193B User configurable
1934B

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-253


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 99: Configurable Opcode


128B

Param#
1957B Name
1958B 195B Access System or
1960B Data
196B Length
1962B Range
1963B Default
1964B Ver
3528B Description of functionality and meaning
3529B

User Type of values


Update
17
1935B Data 17
1936B R/W
1937B User
1938B TLP
193B 3
19340B Any valid TLP
1934B 0,0,0
19342B 1.10
1934B User configurable
1934B

18
19345B Data 18
19346B R/W
19347B User
19348B TLP
1934B 3
19350B Any valid TLP
1935B 0,0,0
19352B 1.10
1935B User configurable
19354B

19
1935B Data 19
19356B R/W
19357B User
19358B TLP
1935B 3
19360B Any valid TLP
1936B 0,0,0
19362B 1.10
1936B User configurable
19364B

20
19365B Data 20
1936B R/W
19367B User
19368B TLP
1936B 3
19370B Any valid TLP
1937B 0,0,0
19372B 1.10
1937B User configurable
19374B

21
19375B Data 21
19376B R/W
1937B User
19378B TLP
1937B 3
19380B Any valid TLP
1938B 0,0,0
19382B 1.10
1938B User configurable
19384B

22
19385B Data 22
19386B R/W
19387B User
1938B TLP
1938B 3
1930B Any valid TLP
193B 0,0,0
1932B 1.10
193B User configurable
1934B

23
1935B Data 23
1936B R/W
1937B User
1938B TLP
193B 3
1940B Any valid TLP
1940B 0,0,0
19402B 1.10
19403B User configurable
1940B

24
19405B Data 24
19406B R/W
19407B User
19408B TLP
1940B 3
1940B Any valid TLP
194B 0,0,0
1942B 1.10
1943B User configurable
194B

25
1945B Data 25
1946B R/W
1947B User
1948B TLP
194B 3
19420B Any valid TLP
1942B 0,0,0
1942B 1.10
19423B User configurable
1942B

26
19425B Data 26
19426B R/W
19427B User
19428B TLP
1942B 3
19430B Any valid TLP
1943B 0,0,0
19432B 1.10
1943B User configurable
1943B

27
19435B Data 27
19436B R/W
19437B User
19438B TLP
1943B 3
1940B Any valid TLP
194B 0,0,0
1942B 1.10
1943B User configurable
194B

28
1945B Data 28
1946B R/W
1947B User
1948B TLP
194B 3
19450B Any valid TLP
1945B 0,0,0
19452B 1.10
19453B User configurable
1945B

29
1945B Data 29
19456B R/W
19457B User
19458B TLP
1945B 3
19460B Any valid TLP
1946B 0,0,0
19462B 1.10
19463B User configurable
1946B

30
19465B Data 30
1946B R/W
19467B User
19468B TLP
1946B 3
19470B Any valid TLP
1947B 0,0,0
19472B 1.10
19473B User configurable
1947B

31
19475B Data 31
19476B R/W
1947B User
19478B TLP
1947B 3
19480B Any valid TLP
1948B 0,0,0
19482B 1.10
19483B User configurable
1948B

32
19485B Data 32
19486B R/W
19487B User
1948B TLP
1948B 3
1940B Any valid TLP
194B 0,0,0
1942B 1.10
1943B User configurable
194B

33
1945B Data 33
1946B R/W
1947B User
1948B TLP
194B 3
1950B Any valid TLP
1950B 0,0,0
19502B 1.10
19503B User configurable
19504B

34
1950B Data 34
19506B R/W
19507B User
19508B TLP
1950B 3
1950B Any valid TLP
195B 0,0,0
1952B 1.10
1953B User configurable
1954B

35
195B Data 35
1956B R/W
1957B User
1958B TLP
195B 3
19520B Any valid TLP
1952B 0,0,0
1952B 1.10
19523B User configurable
19524B

36
1952B Data 36
19526B R/W
19527B User
19528B TLP
1952B 3
19530B Any valid TLP
1953B 0,0,0
19532B 1.10
1953B User configurable
19534B

37
1953B Data 37
19536B R/W
19537B User
19538B TLP
1953B 3
19540B Any valid TLP
1954B 0,0,0
19542B 1.10
19543B User configurable
1954B

38
1954B Data 38
19546B R/W
19547B User
19548B TLP
1954B 3
1950B Any valid TLP
195B 0,0,0
1952B 1.10
1953B User configurable
1954B

39
195B Data 39
1956B R/W
1957B User
1958B TLP
195B 3
19560B Any valid TLP
1956B 0,0,0
19562B 1.10
19563B User configurable
19564B

40
1956B Data 40
1956B R/W
19567B User
19568B TLP
1956B 3
19570B Any valid TLP
1957B 0,0,0
19572B 1.10
19573B User configurable
19574B

41
1957B Data 41
19576B R/W
1957B User
19578B TLP
1957B 3
19580B Any valid TLP
1958B 0,0,0
19582B 1.10
19583B User configurable
19584B

42
1958B Data 42
19586B R/W
19587B User
1958B TLP
1958B 3
1950B Any valid TLP
195B 0,0,0
1952B 1.10
1953B User configurable
1954B

43
195B Data 43
1956B R/W
1957B User
1958B TLP
195B 3
1960B Any valid TLP
1960B 0,0,0
19602B 1.10
19603B User configurable
19604B

44
19605B Data 44
1960B R/W
19607B User
19608B TLP
1960B 3
1960B Any valid TLP
196B 0,0,0
1962B 1.10
1963B User configurable
1964B

3-254 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.27 Point Type 100: Power Control Parameters

Description:
1965B Point type 100 provides the parameters to configuring radio power control.
196B

Number of Logical Points:


1967B 6 logical points for Power Control Parameters may exist.
1968B

Storage Location:
196B Point type 100 is saved to internal configuration memory.
19620B

Special Data Type


1962B
Name: HOURMINUTE
17B

Length: 2 Bytes
18B

Description:
19B

This is supposed to be viewed as a time listed as a decimal-based number. The first two digits represent the hour and
120B

the last two digits represent the minute.


Range: 9999, 0  23 for 2 MS Digits; 0  59 for 2 LS Digits
12B

Special Meanings: 9999, Disabled


12B

Table 3-28: Point Type 100, Power Control Parameters


70B

Point Type 100: Power Control Parameters


1962B

Param#
19623B Name
19624B 19625B Access System or
1962B Data 19627B Length
1962B Range
19630B Default
1963B Ver
129B Description of functionality and meaning of
130B

User Type
19628B
values
Update
0
19632B Point Tag Identification
1963B R/W
19634B User
19635B AC
1963B 10
19637B 0x20  0x7E for each
19638B LOI: 1963B 1.10
19645B The name used to identify this radio power
1964B

byte “PWR_CTR control point.


L_0”
COMM1:
19640B

“PWR_CTR
L_1”
COMM2:
1964B

“PWR_CTR
L_2”
COMM3:
19642B

“PWR_CTR
L_3”
COMM4:
19643B

“PWR_CTR
L_4”
COMM5:
1964B

“PWR_CTR
L_5”
1
19647B Status
19648B R/O
1964B User
19650B UINT8
1965B 1
19652B 0,1
19653B 0
19654B 1.10
1965B Status of power control on this port.
1965B

0 = Power Disabled, 1 = Power Enabled


19657B

2
19658B Enable
1965B R/W
1960B User
196B UINT8
1962B 1
1963B 0,1
1964B 0
1965B 1.10
196B The enabled mode for the power control on this
1967B

port. 0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-255


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 100: Power Control Parameters


1962B

3
1968B Start Time #1
196B R/W
19670B User
1967B HOURMIN
19672B 2
19673B See Default Above
19674B 9999
19675B 1.10
1967B Zone 1 start time.
1967B

UTE
4
19678B Start Time #2
1967B R/W
19680B User
1968B HOURMIN
19682B 2
19683B See Default Above
19684B 9999
19685B 1.10
1968B Zone 2 start time.
19687B

UTE
5
1968B Start Time #3
1968B R/W
1960B User
196B HOURMIN
1962B 2
1963B See Default Above
1964B 9999
1965B 1.10
196B Zone 3 start time.
1967B

UTE
6
1968B On Time #1
196B R/W
1970B User
1970B UINT32
19702B 4
19703B 0, 100  4294967295
19704B 0
19705B 1.10
19706B On time for Zone 1. The amount of time for this
1970B

cycle, the DO associated with this power control


will be in the on state (in milliseconds).
7
19708B On Time #2
1970B R/W
1970B User
197B UINT32
1972B 4
1973B 0, 100  4294967295
1974B 0
1975B 1.10
1976B On time for Zone 2. The amount of time for this
197B

cycle, the DO associated with this power control


will be in the on state (in milliseconds).
8
1978B On Time #3
197B R/W
19720B User
1972B UINT32
1972B 4
19723B 0, 100  4294967295
19724B 0
19725B 1.10
19726B On time for Zone 3. The amount of time for this
1972B

cycle, the DO associated with this power control


will be in the on state (in milliseconds).
9
19728B Off Time #1
1972B R/W
19730B User
1973B UINT32
19732B 4
1973B 0, 100  4294967295
19734B 0
19735B 1.10
19736B Off time for Zone 1. The amount of time (in
1973B

milliseconds) for this cycle, the DO associated


with this power control will be in the off state
(following the on state)
10
19738B Off Time #2
1973B R/W
19740B User
1974B UINT32
19742B 4
19743B 0, 100  4294967295
1974B 0
19745B 1.10
19746B Off time for Zone 2. The amount of time (in
1974B

milliseconds) for this cycle, the DO associated


with this power control will be in the off state
(following the on state).
11
19748B Off Time #3
1974B R/W
19750B User
1975B UINT32
19752B 4
19753B 0, 100  4294967295
19754B 0
1975B 1.10
19756B On time for Zone 3. The amount of time (in
1975B

milliseconds) for this cycle, the DO associated


with this power control will be in the off state
(following the on state).
12
19758B Active Time Zone
1975B R/O
19760B System
1976B UINT8
19762B 1
19763B 13
19764B 1
19765B 1.10
1976B This parameter is the current active power zone.
1976B

13
19768B Hold Time
1976B R/W
1970B User
197B UINT32
1972B 4
1973B 0  4294967295
1974B 10000
1975B 1.10
1976B Time in milliseconds that the output is held on
197B

after detection of communications. Not


applicable for logical 1 if Ethernet Port.
14
1978B Power Timer
197B R/O
19780B System
1978B UINT32
19782B 4
19783B 0  4294967295
19784B 0
19785B 1.10
19786B Counts down the amount of time, in milliseconds,
1978B

(On Time, Off Time, Hold Time) that the power


control is currently using.
15
1978B Discrete Output Number
1978B R/W
1970B User
197B TLP
1972B 3
1973B [0,0,0] or 1974B 0,0,0
1978B 1.10
197B The logical discrete output number.
1980B

Type: 102. 1975B

Parameter: 8 1976B

Logical is 0 (number
197B

of DO Points – 1).
16
1980B Low Battery
19802B R/W
19803B User
19804B FL
19805B 4
19806B Any IEEE 754 floating
19807B 11.0
1980B 1.10
1980B The radio will not be turned on if the voltage
1980B

point number. drops below this value. In volts.


17
198B Cumulative On Time
1982B R/W
1983B Both
1984B UINT32
1985B 4
1986B 0  4294967295
1987B 0
198B 1.10
198B The counter shows how many seconds the radio
19820B

power control has been on.

3-256 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 100: Power Control Parameters


1962B

18
1982B Cumulative Off Time
1982B R/W
19823B Both
19824B UINT32
19825B 4
19826B 0  4294967295
19827B 0
1982B 1.10
1982B This counter shows how many seconds the radio
19830B

power control has been off.


19
1983B Low Battery Deadband
19832B R/W
1983B User
19834B FL
19835B 4
19836B Any IEEE 754 floating
19837B 1.0
1983B 1.10
1983B This is a dead-band for the low battery level in
19840B

point number. power control. This is used to keep from the


radio continuously turning on and off.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-257


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.28 Point Type 101: Discrete Inputs

Description:
1984B Point type 101 provides parameters to set up and read discrete inputs.
19842B

Number of Logical Points:


19843B 8 logicals per inserted module exist.
1984B

Storage Location:
19845B Point type 101 is saved to internal configuration memory.
19846B

Table 3-29: Point Type 101, Discrete Inputs


71B

Point Type 101: Discrete Inputs


19847B

Param#
1984B Name
1984B 19850B Access System or
1985B Data Type
19852B Length
19853B Range
19854B Default
1985B Ver
19856B Description of functionality and meaning of
19857B

User values
Update
0
1985B Point Tag Id.
1985B R/W
19860B User
1986B AC
19862B 10
19863B 0x20  0x7E for each
19864B “DI Default”
19865B 1.10
1986B Identification name for specific DI. Values must
19867B

ASCII character be printable ASCII characters.


1
1986B Scanning
1986B R/W
19870B User
1987B UINT8
19872B 1
19873B
01
19874B
1
19875B 1.10
19876B If disabled, field inputs are ignored and no
1987B

changes will occur unless manually entered. 0 =


Disabled, 1 = Enabled.
2
1987B Filter
1987B R/W
1980B User
198B FL
1982B 4
1983B 0.00  43,200.0
1984B 0.3
1985B 1.10
1986B Number of seconds that a DI must remain in the
1987B

ON state before it is recognized as valid and the


Status (parameter #3) is changed.
3
198B Status
198B R/W
1980B Both
198B UINT8
1982B 1
1983B
01
1984B
0
1985B 1.10
1986B Indicates what state the DI is currently in, ON (1)
1987B

or OFF (0).
4
198B Invert Mode
198B R/W
190B User
190B UINT8
1902B 1
1903B 01
1904B 0
1905B 1.10
1906B If enabled, the field input will be inverted in the
1907B

Status (parameter #3 – ON becomes OFF and


vice-versa). 0 = Invert Status Disabled, 1 = Invert
Status Enabled.
5
1908B Latch Mode
190B R/W
190B User
19B UINT8
192B 1
193B
01
194B
0
195B 1.10
196B If enabled, then, on an active transition of the
197B

input, the Status (parameter #3) will change to


ON and remain in the ON state until it is cleared
manually. 0 = Latch Status Disabled, 1 = Latch
Status Enabled.
6
198B Accumulated Value
19B R/W
1920B Both
192B UINT32
192B 4
1923B
0  16,000,000
1924B
0
1925B 1.10
1926B Number of times the Status (parameter #3) goes
1927B

from OFF to ON. Value will rollover once it


reaches the maximum range.
7
1928B Cumulative On Time
192B R/W
1930B Both
193B FL
1932B 4
193B
0.0 1,000,000
1934B
0.0
1935B 1.10
1936B Number of seconds when the Status (parameter
1937B

#3) is in the ON state. Value will rollover once it


reaches the maximum range.
8
1938B Cumulative Off Time
193B R/W
1940B Both
194B FL
1942B 4
1943B
0.0 1,000,000
194B
0.0
1945B 1.10
1946B Number of seconds when the Status (parameter
1947B

#3) is in the OFF state. Value will rollover once it


reaches the maximum range.
9
1948B Alarming
194B R/W
1950B User
195B UINT8
1952B 1
1953B
01
1954B
0
195B 1.10
1956B If enabled, alarms may be generated and sent to
1957B

the Alarm Log. 0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled.

3-258 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 101: Discrete Inputs


19847B

Param#
1984B Name
1984B 19850B Access System or
1985B Data Type
19852B Length
19853B Range
19854B Default
1985B Ver
19856B Description of functionality and meaning of
19857B

User values
Update
10
1958B SRBX on Clear
195B R/W
1960B User
196B UINT8
1962B 1
1963B
01
1964B
0
1965B 1.10
196B Indicates a SRBX alarm is desired if an alarm
1967B

condition clears. 0 = SRBX on Clear Disabled, 1


= SRBX on Clear Enabled.
11
1968B SRBX on Set
196B R/W
1970B User
197B UINT8
1972B 1
1973B
01
1974B
0
1975B 1.10
1976B Indicates a SRBX alarm is desired if an alarm
197B

condition occurs. 0 = SRBX on Set Disabled, 1 =


SRBX on Set Enabled.
12
1978B Alarm Code
197B R/O
1980B System
198B BIN
1982B 1
1983B
0x00  0xFF
1984B
0x00
1985B 1.10
1986B

12.0
1987B Not Used
198B Bit 0
198B 0
190B Not Used
19B

12.1
192B Not Used
193B Bit 1
194B 0
195B Not Used
196B

12.2
197B Not Used
198B Bit 2
19B 0
20B Not Used
201B

12.3
20B Not Used
203B Bit 3
204B 0
205B Not Used
206B

12.4
207B Not Used
208B Bit 4
209B 0
201B Not Used
201B

12.5
201B Status On Alarm
2013B Bit 5
2014B 0
2015B 1.10
2016B If set, the Status (parameter #3) is ON. If clear,
2017B

the Status (parameter #3) is OFF.


12.6
2018B Not Used
2019B Bit 6
20B 0
201B Not Used
20B

12.7
203B Scanning Disabled Alarm
204B Bit 7
205B 0
206B 1.10
207B If set, the Scanning (parameter #1) has been
208B

disabled. If clear, the Scanning (parameter #1)


has been enabled.
13
209B Scan Period
203B R/W
2031B User
203B FL
203B 4
2034B 0.00443,200.0
2035B 0.05
2036B 1.10
2037B Scan Period in Seconds
2038B

14
2039B Actual Scan Time
204B R/O
2041B System
204B FL
2043B 4
204B 0.0  43,200.0
2045B 0.0
2046B 1.10
2047B Actual number of seconds between updates of
2048B

the DI.
15
2049B Physical Status
205B R/O
2051B System
205B UINT8
2053B 1
2054B
01
205B
0
2056B 1.10
2057B Indicates what state the hardware is currently in,
2058B

ON (1) or OFF (0).

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-259


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.29 Point Type 102: Discrete Outputs

Description:
2059B Point type 102 is the Discrete Outputs parameters for setting up discrete outputs.
206B

Number of Logical Points:


2061B 5 logical points for each installed DO or DO-Relay module. The DO-Relay 6 Point module has 6 logicals for each
206B

inserted module.
Storage Location:
2063B Point type 102 is saved to internal configuration memory.
2064B

Table 3-30: Point Type 102, Discrete Outputs


72B

Point Type 102: Discrete Outputs


13B

Parameter
2065B Name
206B 2067B Access System or
2068B Data Type
2069B Length
207B Range
2071B Default
207B Ver
2073B Description of functionality and meaning of
2074B

# User values
Update
0
2075B Point Tag Id.
2076B R/W
207B User
2078B AC
2079B 10
208B 0x20  0x7E for each
2081B “DO 208B 1.10
2083B Identification name for specific DO. Values must
2084B

ASCII character Default” be printable ASCII characters.


1
2085B Units Tag
2086B R/W
2087B User
208B AC
2089B 10
209B 0x20  0x7E for each
2091B “Percent “
209B 1.10
2093B Describes the units used by the DO. Values must
2094B

ASCII character be printable ASCII characters.


2
2095B Scanning Mode
2096B R/W
2097B User
2098B UINT8
209B 1
201B
02
201B
1
201B 1.10
2013B If disabled, no changes to the output occur. If in
2014B

Manual, only the user can change the values of


the DO. If in Automatic, anything can change the
values of the DO.
0 = Disabled, 1 = Automatic , 2 = Manual
2015B

3
2016B Alarming
2017B R/W
2018B User
2019B UINT8
201B 1
201B
01
201B
0
2013B 1.10
2014B If enabled, alarms may be generated and sent to
2015B

the Alarm Log. 0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled.


4
2016B SRBX on Clear
2017B R/W
2018B User
2019B UINT8
201B 1
201B
01
201B
0
2013B 1.10
2014B Indicates a SRBX alarm is desired if an alarm
2015B

condition clears. 0 = SRBX on Clear Disabled, 1


= SRBX on Clear Enabled.
5
2016B SRBX on Set
2017B R/W
2018B User
2019B UINT8
2013B 1
2013B 01
2013B 0
2013B 1.10
20134B Indicates a SRBX alarm is desired if an alarm
20135B

condition occurs. 0 = SRBX on Set Disabled, 1 =


SRBX on Set Enabled.
6
20136B Alarm Code
20137B R/O
20138B System
20139B BIN
2014B 1
2014B 0x00  0xFF
2014B 0x00
20143B 1.10
2014B

6.0
20145B Not Used
20146B Bit 0
20147B 0
20148B Not Used
20149B

6.1
2015B Not Used
2015B Bit 1
2015B 0
20153B Not Used
20154B

6.2
2015B Not Used
20156B Bit 2
20157B 0
20158B Not Used
20159B

6.3
2016B Not Used
2016B Bit 3
2016B 0
20163B Not Used
20164B

6.4
20165B Not Used
2016B Bit 4
20167B 0
20168B Not Used
20169B

6.5
2017B Scanning Manual Alarm
2017B Bit 5
2017B 0
20173B 1.10
20174B If set, the Scanning (parameter #2) has been set
20175B

to Manual. If clear, the Scanning (parameter #2)


has been set to either Disable or Automatic
6.6
20176B Not Used
2017B Bit 6
20178B 0
20179B Not Used
2018B

3-260 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 102: Discrete Outputs


13B

Parameter
2065B Name
206B 2067B Access System or
2068B Data Type
2069B Length
207B Range
2071B Default
207B Ver
2073B Description of functionality and meaning of
2074B

# User values
Update
6.7
2018B Scanning Disabled Alarm
2018B Bit 7
20183B 0
20184B 1.10
20185B If set, the Scanning (parameter #2) has been
20186B

disabled. If clear, the Scanning (parameter #2)


has been set to either Automatic or Manual.
7
20187B Failsafe on Reset
2018B R/W
20189B User
2019B UINT8
2019B 1
2019B
01
20193B
0
20194B 1.10
20195B If enabled, the Status (parameter #8) will be set
20196B

to the status indicated in ‘Failsafe Status Value’


(Parameter #22) on a restart of any kind. If
disabled, the last Status before the restart will be
used. 0 = Output Last Status on Reset, 1 = Use
Failsafe value on Reset.
8
20197B Auto Output
20198B R/W
2019B Both
20B UINT8
201B 1
20B 01
203B 0
204B 1.10
205B Controls the state of the DO when Scanning
206B

(parameter #2) is in auto mode. In other words,


the physical output gets this status when the
mode (parameter # 2) is set to Automatic.
9
207B Accumulated Value
208B R/W
209B Both
201B UINT32
201B 4
201B 0  4,294,967,295
2013B 0
2014B 1.10
2015B Number of times the Status (parameter #8) goes
2016B

from OFF to ON.


10
2017B Momentary Mode
2018B R/W
2019B User
20B UINT8
201B 1
20B
01
203B
0
204B 1.10
205B If enabled, the Status (parameter #8) will be
206B

turned ON for the entered Time On (parameter


#14) and then be turned OFF. 0 = Momentary
Disabled, 1 = Momentary Enabled.
11
207B Momentary Active
208B R/O
209B System
203B UINT8
2031B 1
203B
01
203B
0
2034B 1.10
2035B Indicates that the DO currently has the
2036B

Momentary ability active. 0 = Momentary Not


Active, 1 = Momentary Active.
12
2037B Toggle Mode
2038B R/W
2039B User
204B UINT8
2041B 1
204B
01
2043B
0
204B 1.10
2045B If enabled, the Status (parameter #8) will be
2046B

turned ON for the entered Time On (parameter


#14) and then turned OFF for the same Time On.
The Status will continue to cycle between the ON
and OFF states. 0 = Toggle Disabled, 1 = Toggle
Enabled.
13
2047B Timed Discrete Output (TDO)
2048B R/W
2049B User
205B UINT8
2051B 1
205B 01
2053B 0
2054B 1.10
205B If enabled, the Status (parameter #8) will be
2056B

Mode turned ON for a calculated Time On (parameter


#14) based upon the entered EU Value
(parameter #20). After the Time On has expired,
the Status will be turned OFF and remain that
way until a new EU Value is entered. 0 = TDO
Disabled, 1 = TDO Enabled.
14
2057B Time On
2058B R/W
2059B Both
206B FL
2061B 4
206B
DO: 0.002  43,200.0
2063B
1.0
2065B 1.10
206B Number of seconds the Status (parameter #8) will
2067B

DOR: 0.05 43,200.0


2064B
be turned ON for if in TDO, Toggle, or Momentary
Mode.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-261


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 102: Discrete Outputs


13B

Parameter
2065B Name
206B 2067B Access System or
2068B Data Type
2069B Length
207B Range
2071B Default
207B Ver
2073B Description of functionality and meaning of
2074B

# User values
Update
15
2068B Cycle Time
2069B R/W
207B User
2071B FL
207B 4
2073B
>0.0  43,200.0
2074B
15.0
2075B 1.10
2076B Number of seconds for when TDO Mode
207B

(parameter #13) and Toggle Mode (parameter


#12) are selected. The Status (parameter #8) will
be ON for the calculated Time On (parameter
#14) based upon the entered EU Value
(parameter #20). The Status will then be turned
OFF based upon the Cycle Time minus the Time
On.
16
2078B Low Reading Time
2079B R/W
208B User
2081B FL
208B 4
2083B
0.0  43,200.0
2084B
3.0
2085B 1.10
2086B Minimum number of seconds the calculated Time
2087B

On (parameter #14) will be when the entered EU


Value (parameter #20) is less than or equal to the
entered Low Reading EU (parameter #18).
17
208B High Reading Time
2089B R/W
209B User
2091B FL
209B 4
2093B 0.0  43,200.0
2094B 12.0
2095B 1.10
2096B Maximum number of seconds the calculated Time
2097B

On (parameter #14) will be when the entered EU


Value (parameter #20) is greater than or equal to
the entered High Reading EU (parameter #19).
18
2098B Low Reading EU
209B R/W
203B User
2031B FL
203B 4
203B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2034B 0.0
2035B 1.10
2036B Minimum EU Value (parameter #20) possible.
2037B

19
2038B High Reading EU
2039B R/W
2031B User
2031B FL
2031B 4
2031B Any valid IEEE 754 float
20314B 100.0
20315B 1.10
20316B Maximum EU Value (parameter #20) possible.
20317B

20
20318B EU Value
20319B R/W
203B Both
2031B FL
203B 4
203B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2034B 0.0
2035B 1.10
2036B Value in Engineering Units.
2037B

21
2038B Manual Output
2039B R/W
203B Both
2031B UINT8
203B 1
203B
01
2034B
0
2035B 1.10
2036B Controls the state of the DO when Scanning
2037B

(parameter #2) is in manual mode. In other


words, the physical output gets this status when
the mode (parameter # 2) is set to Manual.
22
2038B Failsafe Output
2039B R/W
2034B User
20341B UINT8
2034B 1
2034B
01
2034B
1
20345B 1.10
20346B The state the output will be placed in when the
20347B

unit is started and the Failsafe on Reset


Parameter (Parameter 7) is set to 1, Use Failsafe
value on reset.
23
20348B RESERVED
20349B Reserved fof future use
2035B

24
20351B Physical Output
2035B R/O
2035B System
20354B UINT8
2035B 1
20356B 01
20357B 0
20358B 1.10
20359B Indicates what state the DO is currently in, ON (1)
2036B

or OFF (0).
25
20361B Invert Output Mode
2036B R/W
2036B User
20364B UINT8
20365B 1
2036B
01
20367B
0
20368B 2.20
20369B Inverts the output of the ACIO channel. This
2037B

allows you to use TDO mode to keep a channel


OFF for a set amount of time and then bring the
channel back ON. Valid values are 0 (Normal)
and 1 (Inverted).
Note: This always inverts the output, including
20371B

the Failsafe Output.


26
2037B DO Type
2037B R/O
20374B System
20375B UINT8
20376B 1
2037B
01
20378B
0
20379B 2.20
2038B Indicates the type of DO (relay or solid state).
20381B

Valid values are:


0 = DO Relay
2038B

1 = DO Solid State
3 = DO Relay 6 Point

3-262 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.30 Point Type 103: Analog Inputs

Description:
2038B Point type 103 is the Analog Inputs parameters for setting up and reading analog inputs.
20384B

Number of Logical Points:


20385B 4 logical points for each installed AI module.
20386B

Storage Location:
20387B Point type 103 is saved to internal configuration memory.
2038B

Table 3-31: Point Type 103, Analog Inputs


73B

Point Type 103: Analog Inputs


132B

Param#
20389B Name
2039B 20391B Access System or
2039B Data Type
2039B Length
20394B Range
20395B Default
20396B Ver
20397B Description of functionality and meaning of
20398B

User values
Update
0
2039B Point Tag Id.
204B R/W
2041B User
204B AC
2043B 10
204B 0x20  0x7E for each
2045B “AI Default”
2046B 1.10
2047B Identification name for specific AI. Values must be
2048B

ASCII character printable ASCII characters.


1
2049B Units Tag
2041B R/W
2041B User
2041B AC
20413B 10
2041B 0x20  0x7E for each
20415B “
20416B “ 1.10
20417B Describes the units used by the AI. Values must
20418B

ASCII character be printable ASCII characters.


2
20419B Scanning
204B R/W_CNDL
2041B User
204B UINT8
2043B 1
204B 01
2045B 1
2046B 1.10
2047B If disabled, field inputs are ignored and no
2048B

changes will occur unless manually entered. 0 =


Disabled, 1 = Enabled.
3
2049B Scan Period
2043B R/W_CNDL
20431B User
2043B FL
2043B 4
2043B
0.05  43,200.0
20435B
1.0
20436B 1.10
20437B Number of seconds between updates of the AI.
20438B

4
20439B Actual Scan Time
204B R/O
2041B System
204B FL
2043B 4
204B
0.0  43,200.0
2045B
0.0
2046B 1.10
2047B Actual number of seconds between updates of the
2048B

AI.
5
2049B Filter
2045B R/W_CNDL
20451B User
2045B UINT8
20453B 1
2045B
0  99
2045B
3
20456B 1.10
20457B Percentage of last raw A/D reading to be
20458B

weighted with the new raw A/D reading.


6
20459B Averaging
2046B R/W_CNDL
20461B User
2046B UINT8
20463B 1
2046B 01
20465B 0
2046B 1.10
20467B If enabled, the filtered raw A/D value is averaged
20468B

over the Scan Period. If disabled, the current


filtered raw A/D value is used when the Scan
Period is reached. 0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled.
7
20469B Raw A/D Input
2047B R/W_CNDL
20471B Both
2047B UINT16
20473B 2
2047B 0  65,535
20475B 0
20476B 1.10
2047B Raw A/D reading used to calculate the EU Value
20478B

(parameter #21).
8
20479B Zero Raw
2048B R/W_CNDL
20481B User
2048B UINT16
20483B 2
2048B
0  65,535
20485B
AI-12:819
20486B 1.10
20487B Lowest calibrated raw A/D input.
2048B

AI16:
13,107
9
20489B Mid Point Raw #1
2049B R/W_CNDL
20491B User
2049B UINT16
20493B 2
2049B 0  65,535
20495B
AI-12:
20496B 1.10
20497B Second lowest calibrated raw A/D input.
20498B

4,095
AI16:
65,535
10
2049B Mid Point Raw #2
205B R/W_CNDL
2051B User
205B UINT16
2053B 2
2054B
0  65,535
205B
AI-12:
2056B 1.10
2057B Third lowest or highest calibrated raw A/D input.
2058B

4,095
AI16:
65,535

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-263


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 103: Analog Inputs


132B

Param#
20389B Name
2039B 20391B Access System or
2039B Data Type
2039B Length
20394B Range
20395B Default
20396B Ver
20397B Description of functionality and meaning of
20398B

User values
Update
11
2059B Mid Point Raw #3
2051B R/W_CNDL
2051B User
2051B UINT16
20513B 2
20514B
0  65,535
2051B
AI-12:
20516B 1.10
20517B Second highest calibrated raw A/D input.
20518B

4,095
AI16:
65,535
12
20519B Span Raw
205B R/W_CNDL
2051B User
205B UINT16
2053B 2
2054B
0  65,535
205B
AI-12:
2056B 1.10
2057B Highest calibrated raw A/D input.
2058B

4,095
AI16:
65,535
13
2059B Zero EU
2053B R/W_CNDL
20531B User
2053B FL
2053B 4
20534B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2053B 0.0
20536B 1.10
20537B Lowest calibrated EU value.
20538B

14
20539B Mid Point EU #1
2054B R/W_CNDL
20541B User
2054B FL
20543B 4
2054B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2054B 100.0
20546B 1.10
20547B Second lowest calibrated EU value.
20548B

15
20549B Mid Point EU #2
205B R/W_CNDL
2051B User
205B FL
2053B 4
2054B Any valid IEEE 754 float
205B 100.0
2056B 1.10
2057B Third lowest or highest calibrated EU value.
2058B

16
2059B Mid Point EU #3
2056B R/W_CNDL
20561B User
2056B FL
20563B 4
20564B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2056B 100.0
2056B 1.10
20567B Second highest calibrated EU value.
20568B

17
20569B Span EU
2057B R/W_CNDL
20571B User
2057B FL
20573B 4
20574B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2057B 100.0
20576B 1.10
2057B Highest calibrated EU value. When this parameter
20578B

changes, Parameters 14,15,16 are set equal to


this value.
18
20579B Offset (Zero Shift)
2058B R/W_CNDL
20581B User
2058B FL
20583B 4
20584B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2058B 0.0
20586B 1.10
20587B Value to be added to all calculated EU values.
2058B

19
20589B Set Value
2059B R/W_CNDL
20591B User
2059B FL
20593B 4
20594B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2059B 0.0
20596B 1.10
20597B Desired EU value for a calibration point.
20598B

Note: No event is logged for this parameter


2059B

20
206B Manual Value
2061B R/O
206B System
2063B FL
2064B 4
2065B Any valid IEEE 754 float
206B 0.0
2067B 1.10
2068B Current EU Value of AI while performing
2069B

calibration.
21
2061B EU Value
2061B R/W_CNDL
2061B Both
20613B FL
20614B 4
20615B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2061B 0.0
20617B 1.10
20618B Value in Engineering Units.
20619B

22
206B Clipping
2061B R/W_CNDL
206B User
2063B UINT8
2064B 1
2065B 01
206B 0
2067B 1.10
2068B If enabled, then the EU Value (parameter #21)
2069B

cannot be less than the Low Low Alarm EU


(parameter #23) or greater than the High High
Alarm EU (parameter #26). If disabled, no limiting
of the EU Value (parameter #21) takes place. 0 =
Disabled, 1 = Enabled.
23
2063B Low Low Alarm EU
20631B R/W
2063B User
2063B FL
20634B 4
20635B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2063B -20.0
20637B 1.10
20638B Alarm value for Low Low Alarm and minimum EU
20639B

Value (parameter #21) if Clipping (parameter #22)


is enabled.
24
2064B Low Alarm EU
20641B R/W
2064B User
20643B FL
2064B 4
20645B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2064B -10.0
20647B 1.10
20648B Alarm value for Low Alarm.
20649B

25
2065B High Alarm EU
20651B R/W
2065B User
20653B FL
20654B 4
2065B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2065B 110.0
20657B 1.10
20658B Alarm value for High Alarm.
20659B

26
206B High High Alarm EU
2061B R/W
206B User
2063B FL
2064B 4
2065B Any valid IEEE 754 float
206B 120.0
2067B 1.10
2068B Alarm value for High High Alarm and maximum
2069B

EU Value (parameter #21) if Clipping (parameter


#22) is enabled.
27
2067B Rate Alarm EU
20671B R/W
2067B User
20673B FL
20674B 4
20675B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2067B 5.0
2067B 1.10
20678B Alarm value for maximum change of EU Value
20679B

(parameter #21) between Scan Periods.


28
2068B Alarm Deadband
20681B R/W
2068B User
20683B FL
20684B 4
20685B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2068B 2.0
20687B 1.10
2068B Provides a range () that the EU Value
20689B

(parameter #21) may move between without


causing another alarm.

3-264 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 103: Analog Inputs


132B

Param#
20389B Name
2039B 20391B Access System or
2039B Data Type
2039B Length
20394B Range
20395B Default
20396B Ver
20397B Description of functionality and meaning of
20398B

User values
Update
29
2069B Alarming
20691B R/W
2069B User
20693B UINT8
20694B 1
20695B
01
2069B
0
20697B 1.10
20698B If enabled, alarms may be generated and sent to
2069B

the Alarm Log. 0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled.


30
207B SRBX on Clear
2071B R/W
207B User
2073B UINT8
2074B 1
2075B
01
2076B
0
207B 1.10
2078B Indicates a SRBX alarm is desired if an alarm
2079B

condition clears. 0 = SRBX on Clear Disabled, 1 =


SRBX on Clear Enabled.
31
2071B SRBX on Set
2071B R/W
2071B User
20713B UINT8
20714B 1
20715B 01
20716B 0
2071B 1.10
20718B Indicates a SRBX alarm is desired if an alarm
20719B

condition occurs. 0 = SRBX on Set Disabled, 1 =


SRBX on Set Enabled.
32
207B Alarm Code
2071B R/O
207B System
2073B BIN
2074B 1
2075B
0x00  0xFF
2076B
0x00
207B 1.10
2078B

32.0
2079B Low Alarm
2073B Bit 0
20731B 0
2073B 1.10
2073B If set, the EU Value (parameter #21) is less than
20734B

or equal to the Low Alarm EU (parameter #24). If


clear, the EU Value (parameter #21) is greater
than the Low Alarm EU (parameter #24).
32.1
20735B Low Low Alarm
20736B Bit 1
2073B 0
20738B 1.10
20739B If set, the EU Value (parameter #21) is less than
2074B

or equal to the Low Low Alarm EU (parameter


#23). If clear, the EU Value (parameter #21) is
greater than the Low Low Alarm EU (parameter
#23).
32.2
20741B High Alarm
2074B Bit 2
20743B 0
2074B 1.10
20745B If set, the EU Value (parameter #21) is greater
20746B

than or equal to the High Alarm EU (parameter


#25). If clear, the EU Value (parameter #21) is
less than the High Alarm EU (parameter #25).
32.3
2074B High High Alarm
20748B Bit 3
20749B 0
2075B 1.10
20751B If set, the EU Value (parameter #21) is greater
2075B

than or equal to the High High Alarm EU


(parameter #26). If clear, the EU Value
(parameter #21) is less than the High High Alarm
EU (parameter #26).
32.4
20753B Rate Alarm
20754B Bit 4
2075B 0
20756B 1.10
2075B If set, the EU Value (parameter #21) change from
20758B

last Scan Period to the new Scan Period is


greater than or equal to the Rate Alarm EU
(parameter #27). If clear, the EU Value
(parameter #21) change from last Scan Period to
the new Scan Period is less than the Rate Alarm
EU (parameter #27).
32.5
20759B Not Used
2076B Bit 5
20761B 0
2076B Not Used
20763B

32.6
20764B Point Fail Alarm
20765B Bit 6
2076B 0
2076B 1.10
20768B If set, the AI’s hardware is reporting a malfunction.
20769B

If clear, the AI’s hardware is operating properly.


32.7
207B Scanning Disabled Alarm
2071B Bit 7
207B 0
2073B 1.10
2074B If set, the Scanning (parameter #2) has been
2075B

disabled. If clear, the Scanning (parameter #2)


has been enabled.
33
2076B Calibration Timer
207B R/O
2078B System
2079B FL
2078B 4
20781B
0.0  3,600.0
2078B
3,600.0
20783B 1.10
20784B Number of seconds until a calibration timeout
20785B

occurs.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-265


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 103: Analog Inputs


132B

Param#
20389B Name
2039B 20391B Access System or
2039B Data Type
2039B Length
20394B Range
20395B Default
20396B Ver
20397B Description of functionality and meaning of
20398B

User values
Update
34
20786B Calibration Mode
2078B R/W_CNDL
2078B Both
20789B UINT8
2079B 1
20791B
04
2079B
0
20793B 1.10
20794B Indicates what the calibration for the AI is doing. 0
20795B

= Use Current Calibration, 1 = Start Calibration, 2


= Calibrate, 3 = Restore Previous Calibration, 4 =
Stop Calibration.
Note: No event is logged for this parameter.
20796B

35
2079B Calibration Type
20798B R/W_CNDL
2079B Both
208B UINT8
2081B 1
208B
06
2083B
0
2084B 1.10
2085B During calibration, determines what the Set Value
2086B

(parameter #19) is replacing. 0 = Nothing, 1 = Set


Zero, 2 = Set Span, 3 = Set Mid Point #1, 4 = Set
Mid Point #2, 5 = Set Mid Point #3, 6 = Set Offset
(Zero Shift).
Note: No event is logged for this parameter.
2087B

36
208B Failsafe Mode
2089B R/W
2081B User
2081B UINT8
2081B 1
20813B 01
20814B 0
20815B 2.30
20816B Valid alues are 0 (Disabled) and 1 (Enabled, the
20817B

EU Value is set to the Failsafe Value in the event


of a point fail).
37
2081B Failsafe Value
20819B R/W
208B User
2081B FL
208B 4
2083B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2084B 0
2085B 2.20
2086B The AI’s EU Value is set to the Failsafe Value if
2087B

Failsafe Mode is enabled and the AI is in point


fail.
38
208B AI Type
2089B R/O
2083B System
20831B UINT8
2083B 1
2083B
01
20834B
0
20835B 2.20
20836B Indicates the type of AI module (12- or 16-bit).
20837B

Valid values are 0 (AI 12-bit) and 1 (AI 16-bit).


39
2083B Equivalent Milliamp Value
20839B R/O
2084B System
20841B FL
2084B 4
20843B
4  20
2084B
0
20845B 2.20
20846B Output of module scaled to a 4-20 value to be
20847B

equivalent to milliamps.

3-266 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.31 Point Type 104: Analog Outputs

Description:
2084B Point type 104 provides the parameters for setting up analog outputs.
20849B

Number of Logical Points:


2085B 4 logical points for each installed AO module.
20851B

Storage Location:
2085B Point type 104 is saved to internal configuration memory.
20853B

Table 3-32: Point Type 104, Analog Outputs


74B

Point Type 104: Analog Outputs


20854B

Param #
2085B Name
20856B 20857B Access System or
2085B Data Type
20859B Length
2086B Range
20861B Default
2086B Ver
20863B Description of functionality and meaning of
20864B

User values
Update
0
20865B Point Tag Id.
2086B R/W
20867B User
2086B AC
20869B 10
2087B 0x20  0x7E for each
20871B “AO 2087B 1.10
20873B Identification name for specific AO. Values must
20874B

ASCII character Default” be printable ASCII characters.


1
20875B Units Tag
20876B R/W
2087B User
2087B AC
20879B 10
208B 0x20  0x7E for each
2081B “Percent “
208B 1.10
2083B Describes the units used by the AO. Values
2084B

ASCII character must be printable ASCII characters.


2
2085B Scanning Mode
2086B R/W
2087B User
208B UINT8
2089B 1
2089B 02
20891B 1
2089B 1.10
20893B If disabled, no changes to the output will occur. If
20894B

in Manual, only the user can change the values


of the AO. If in Automatic, anything can change
the values of the AO.
0 = Disabled, 1 = Automatic , 2 = Manual
20895B

3
20896B Alarming
20897B R/W
2089B User
2089B UINT8
209B 1
2091B 01
209B 0
2093B 1.10
2094B If enabled, alarms may be generated and sent to
2095B

the Alarm Log. 0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled.


4
2096B SRBX on Clear
2097B R/W
2098B User
209B UINT8
2091B 1
2091B 01
2091B 0
20913B 1.10
20914B Indicates a SRBX alarm is desired if an alarm
20915B

condition clears. 0 = SRBX on Clear Disabled, 1


= SRBX on Clear Enabled.
5
20916B SRBX on Set
20917B R/W
20918B User
2091B UINT8
209B 1
2091B
01
209B
0
2093B 1.10
2094B Indicates a SRBX alarm is desired if an alarm
2095B

condition occurs. 0 = SRBX on Set Disabled, 1 =


SRBX on Set Enabled.
6
2096B Alarm Code
2097B R/O
2098B System
209B BIN
2093B 1
20931B 0x00  0xFF
2093B 0x00
2093B 1.10
20934B

6.0
20935B Not Used
20936B Bit 0
20937B 0
20938B Not Used
2093B

6.1
2094B Not Used
20941B Bit 1
2094B 0
20943B Not Used
2094B

6.2
20945B Not Used
20946B Bit 2
20947B 0
20948B Not Used
2094B

6.3
2095B Not Used
20951B Bit 3
2095B 0
20953B Not Used
20954B

6.4
2095B Not Used
20956B Bit 4
20957B 0
20958B Not Used
2095B

6.5
2096B Scanning Manual Alarm
20961B Bit 5
2096B 0
20963B 1.10
20964B If set, the Scanning (parameter #2) has been set
20965B

to Manual. If clear, the Scanning (parameter #2)


has been set to either Disable or Automatic

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-267


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 104: Analog Outputs


20854B

Param #
2085B Name
20856B 20857B Access System or
2085B Data Type
20859B Length
2086B Range
20861B Default
2086B Ver
20863B Description of functionality and meaning of
20864B

User values
Update
6.6
2096B Point Fail Alarm
20967B Bit 6
20968B 0
2096B 1.10
2097B If set, the AO’s hardware is reporting a
20971B

malfunction. If clear, the AO’s hardware is


operating properly.
6.7
2097B Scanning Disabled Alarm
20973B Bit 7
20974B 0
20975B 1.10
20976B If set, the Scanning (parameter #2) has been
2097B

disabled. If clear, the Scanning (parameter #2)


has been set to Manual or Automatic.
7
20978B Failsafe on Reset
2097B R/W
2098B User
20981B UINT8
2098B 1
20983B
01
20984B
0
20985B 1.10
20986B If enabled, the Raw D/A Output (parameter #13)
20987B

will be set to the Failsafe value (parameter #22)


on a restart of any kind. If disabled, the last EU
Value (parameter #13) or the last saved EU
Value will be used to determine the Raw D/A
Output (parameter #13) after a restart. 0 = Use
last EU Value on reset, 1 = Use Failsafe value
on Reset.
8
2098B Zero Raw
2098B R/W
209B User
2091B UINT16
209B 2
2093B
0  65,535
2094B
12,584
2095B 1.10
2096B Minimum D/A count the calculated Raw D/A
2097B

Output (parameter #13) will be when the entered


EU Value (parameter #12) is less than or equal
to the entered Zero EU (parameter #10).
9
2098B Span Raw
209B R/W
210B User
210B UINT16
210B 2
2103B
0  65,535
2104B
62,923
2105B 1.10
2106B Maximum D/A count the calculated Raw D/A
2107B

Output (parameter #13) will be when the entered


EU Value (parameter #12) is greater than or
equal to the entered Span EU (parameter #11).
10
2108B Zero EU
2109B R/W
210B User
210B FL
210B 4
2103B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2104B 0.0
2105B 1.10
2106B Minimum EU Value (parameter #12) possible.
2107B

11
2108B Span EU
2109B R/W
210B User
210B FL
210B 4
2103B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2104B 100.0
2105B 1.10
2106B Maximum EU Value (parameter #12) possible.
2107B

12
2108B Auto Value
2109B R/W
2103B Both
2103B FL
2103B 4
2103B Any valid IEEE 754 float
21034B 0.0
21035B 1.10
21036B Controls the output when Scanning (parameter
21037B

#2) is in auto mode.


13
21038B Raw D/A Output
21039B R/O
2104B System
2104B UINT16
2104B 2
21043B
0  65,535
2104B
12,584
21045B 1.10
21046B Calculated Digital-to-Analog value based upon
21047B

EU Value (parameter #12).


14
21048B Manual Value
21049B R/W
2105B Both
2105B FL
2105B 4
21053B Any valid IEEE 754 float
21054B 0.0
2105B 1.10
21056B Controls the output when Scanning (parameter
21057B

#2) is in manual mode.


15
21058B Failsafe Value
21059B R/W
2106B Both
2106B FL
2106B 4
21063B Any valid IEEE 754 float
21064B 0.0
21065B 1.10
2106B This is the value that will be outputted when the
21067B

unit is started and the Failsafe on Reset


Parameter (Parameter 7) is set to 1, Use
Failsafe value on reset.
16
21068B Physical Value
21069B R/O
2107B System
2107B FL
2107B 4
21073B Any valid IEEE 754 float
21074B 0.0
21075B 1.10
21076B Indicates the current value of the output in
2107B

Engineering Units.

3-268 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.32 Point Type 105: Pulse Inputs

Description:
21078B Point type 105 provides parameters for setting up and reading pulse inputs.
21079B

Number of Logical Points:


2108B 4 logical points for each installed module.
2108B

Storage Location:
2108B Point type 105 is saved to internal configuration memory.
21083B

Table 3-33: Point Type 105, Pulse Inputs


75B

Point Type 105: Pulse Inputs


21084B

Param#
21085B Name
21086B 21087B Access System or
2108B Data Type
21089B Length
2109B Range
2109B Default
2109B Ver
21093B Description of functionality and meaning of
21094B

User values
Update
0
21095B Point Tag Id.
21096B R/W
21097B User
21098B AC
2109B 10
210B 0x20  0x7E for each
210B “PI Default”
210B 1.10
2103B Identification name for specific PI. Values must
2104B

ASCII character be printable ASCII characters.


1
2105B Units Tag
2106B R/W
2107B User
2108B AC
2109B 10
210B 0x20  0x7E for each
21B “
21B “ 1.10
213B Describes the units used by the PI. Values must
214B

ASCII character be printable ASCII characters.


2
215B Scanning
216B R/W_CNDL
217B User
218B UINT8
219B 1
210B 01
21B 1
21B 1.10
213B If disabled, field inputs are ignored and no
214B

changes will occur unless manually entered. 0 =


Disabled, 1 = Enabled.
3
215B Scan Period
216B R/W_CNDL
217B User
218B FL
219B 4
2130B
0.05  43,200.0
213B
1.0
213B 1.10
213B Number of seconds between updates of the PI.
2134B

4
2135B Accumulated Value
2136B R/O
2137B System
2138B UINT32
2139B 4
2140B
016,000,000
214B
0
214B 1.10
2143B Total number of pulses that the PI has received.
214B

5
2145B Contract Hour
2146B R/W_CNDL
2147B User
2148B UINT8
2149B 1
2150B
0  23
215B
0
215B 1.10
2153B Hour, in military time, that represents the end of
2154B

the day for the PI.


6
215B Pulses for Day
2156B R/O
2157B Both
2158B UINT32
2159B 4
2160B
0  4,294,967,295
216B
0
216B 1.10
2163B Total number of pulses that the PI has received
2164B

for the contract day.


7
2165B Current Rate Period
216B R/W_CNDL
2167B User
2168B UINT8
2169B 1
2170B 03
217B 2
217B 1.10
2173B Used to determine the calculation of the Current
2174B

Rate (parameter #10). 0 = EU/second, 1 =


EU/minute, 2 = EU/hour, 3 = EU/day.
8
2175B Conversion
2176B R/W_CNDL
217B User
2178B UINT8
2179B 1
2180B
01
218B
1
218B 1.10
2183B Determines if Conversion Value (parameter #9)
2184B

will be multiplied or divided by the accumulated


pulses to determine the units for the Current
Rate (parameter #10). 0 = EUs/pulse, 1 =
pulses/EU.
9
2185B Conversion Value
2186B R/W_CNDL
2187B User
218B FL
2189B 4
2190B Any valid IEEE 754
219B 1.0
219B 1.10
2193B Used to calculate the units of the Current Rate
2194B

float, except 0.0 (parameter #10).


10
2195B Current Rate
2196B R/O
2197B System
2198B FL
219B 4
210B Any valid IEEE 754 float
210B 0.0
210B 1.10
2103B Calculated rate of the pulses.
2104B

11
2105B EU Value Mode
2106B R/W_CNDL
2107B User
2108B UINT8
2109B 1
210B 02
21B 0
21B 1.10
213B Used to determine what the EU Value
214B

(parameter #13) will represent. 0 = Rate, 1 =


Accumulator with Maximum Rollover, 2 =
Accumulator with Entered Rollover.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-269


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 105: Pulse Inputs


21084B

Param#
21085B Name
21086B 21087B Access System or
2108B Data Type
21089B Length
2109B Range
2109B Default
2109B Ver
21093B Description of functionality and meaning of
21094B

User values
Update
12
215B Rollover Maximum
216B R/W_CNDL
217B User
218B FL
219B 4
210B Any valid IEEE 754 float
21B 1,000.0
21B 1.10
213B This is the Entered Rollover Maximum for the EU
214B

Value Mode (parameter #11) when it is setup for


Accumulator with Entered Rollover.
13
215B EU Value
216B R/W_CNDL
217B Both
218B FL
219B 4
2130B Any valid IEEE 754 float
213B 0.0
213B 1.10
213B Value in Engineering Units.
2134B

14
2135B Low Low Alarm EU
2136B R/W
2137B User
2138B FL
2139B 4
2140B Any valid IEEE 754 float
214B 0.0
214B 1.10
2143B Alarm value for Low Low Alarm when the EU
214B

Value Mode (parameter #11) is setup for Rate.


15
2145B Low Alarm EU
2146B R/W
2147B User
2148B FL
2149B 4
2150B Any valid IEEE 754 float
215B 10.0
215B 1.10
2153B Alarm value for Low Alarm when the EU Value
2154B

Mode (parameter #11) is setup for Rate.


16
215B High Alarm EU
2156B R/W
2157B User
2158B FL
2159B 4
2160B Any valid IEEE 754 float
216B 100.0
216B 1.10
2163B Alarm value for High Alarm when the EU Value
2164B

Mode (parameter #11) is setup for Rate.


17
2165B High High Alarm EU
216B R/W
2167B User
2168B FL
2169B 4
2170B Any valid IEEE 754 float
217B 110.0
217B 1.10
2173B Alarm value for High High Alarm when the EU
2174B

Value Mode (parameter #11) is setup for Rate.


18
2175B Rate Alarm EU
2176B R/W
217B User
2178B FL
2179B 4
2180B Any valid IEEE 754 float
218B 5.0
218B 1.10
2183B Alarm value for maximum change of EU Value
2184B

(parameter #13) between Scan Periods when


the EU Value Mode (parameter #11) is setup for
Rate.
19
2185B Alarm Deadband
2186B R/W
2187B User
218B FL
2189B 4
2190B Any valid IEEE 754 float
219B 2.0
219B 1.10
2193B Provides a range () that the EU Value
2194B

(parameter #13) may move between without


causing another alarm when the EU Value Mode
(parameter #11) is setup for Rate.
20
2195B Alarming
2196B R/W
2197B User
2198B UINT8
219B 1
2130B
01
2130B
0
2130B 1.10
2130B If enabled, alarms may be generated and sent to
21304B

the Alarm Log. 0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled.


21
21305B SRBX on Clear
21306B R/W
21307B User
21308B UINT8
21309B 1
2130B
01
213B
0
213B 1.10
213B Indicates a SRBX alarm is desired if an alarm
2134B

condition clears. 0 = SRBX on Clear Disabled, 1


= SRBX on Clear Enabled.
22
2135B SRBX on Set
2136B R/W
2137B User
2138B UINT8
2139B 1
2130B 01
213B 0
213B 1.10
213B Indicates a SRBX alarm is desired if an alarm
2134B

condition occurs. 0 = SRBX on Set Disabled, 1 =


SRBX on Set Enabled.
23
2135B Alarm Code
2136B R/O
2137B System
2138B BIN
2139B 1
2130B 0x00  0xFF
213B 0x00
213B 1.10
213B

23.0
2134B Low Alarm
2135B Bit 0
2136B 0
2137B 1.10
2138B If set, the EU Value (parameter #13) is less than
2139B

or equal to the Low Alarm EU (parameter #15). If


clear, the EU Value (parameter #13) is greater
than the Low Alarm EU (parameter #15).
23.1
21340B Low Low Alarm
2134B Bit 1
2134B 0
2134B 1.10
2134B If set, the EU Value (parameter #13) is less than
21345B

or equal to the Low Low Alarm EU (parameter


#14). If clear, the EU Value (parameter #13) is
greater than the Low Low Alarm EU (parameter
#14).

3-270 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 105: Pulse Inputs


21084B

Param#
21085B Name
21086B 21087B Access System or
2108B Data Type
21089B Length
2109B Range
2109B Default
2109B Ver
21093B Description of functionality and meaning of
21094B

User values
Update
23.2
21346B High Alarm
21347B Bit 2
21348B 0
21349B 1.10
21350B If set, the EU Value (parameter #13) is greater
2135B

than or equal to the High Alarm EU (parameter


#16). If clear, the EU Value (parameter #13) is
less than the High Alarm EU (parameter #16).
23.3
2135B High High Alarm
2135B Bit 3
21354B 0
2135B 1.10
21356B If set, the EU Value (parameter #13) is greater
21357B

than or equal to the High High Alarm EU


(parameter #17). If clear, the EU Value
(parameter #13) is less than the High High Alarm
EU (parameter #17).
23.4
21358B Rate Alarm
21359B Bit 4
21360B 0
2136B 1.10
2136B If set, the EU Value (parameter #13) change
2136B

from last Scan Period to the new Scan Period is


greater than or equal to the Rate Alarm EU
(parameter #18). If clear, the EU Value
(parameter #13) change from last Scan Period to
the new Scan Period is less than the Rate Alarm
EU (parameter #18).
23.5
21364B Not Used
21365B Bit 5
2136B 0
21367B Not Used
21368B

23.6
21369B Point Fail Alarm
21370B Bit 6
2137B 0
2137B 1.10
2137B If set, the PI’s hardware is reporting a
21374B

malfunction. If clear, the PI’s hardware is


operating properly.
23.7
21375B Scanning Disabled Alarm
21376B Bit 7
2137B 0
21378B 1.10
21379B If set, the Scanning (parameter #2) has been
21380B

disabled. If clear, the Scanning (parameter #2)


has been enabled.
24
2138B Today’s Total
2138B R/O
2138B Both
21384B FL
21385B 4
21386B Any valid IEEE 754 float
21387B 0.0
2138B 1.10
21389B Calculated value of the accumulated pulses for
21390B

the contract day multiplied by the Conversion


Value (parameter #9).
25
2139B Yesterday’s Total
2139B R/O
2139B System
21394B FL
21395B 4
21396B Any valid IEEE 754 float
21397B 0.0
21398B 1.10
2139B Previous contract day’s total.
2140B

26
2140B Corrected Pulse
2140B R/O
21403B System
2140B FL
21405B 4
21406B Any valid IEEE 754 float
21407B 0.0
21408B 1.10
21409B Running accumulation of Pulses * X. Where X is
2140B

Accumulation = Conversion Value when Parameter 8 is set to


EU/Pulse or X is set to 1/Conversion Value if
Pulses/EU. Rolls over at 1,000,000.0
27
214B Frequency
214B R/W_CNDL
2143B System
214B FL
2145B 4
2146B 0  positive valid IEEE
2147B 0.0
2148B 1.10
2149B Frequency of incoming pulses in pulses/second.
2140B

754 float

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-271


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.33 Point Type 106: RTD

Description:
214B Point type 106 provides parameters for setting up and reading a RTD.
214B

Number of Logical Points:


2143B 2 logical points for each installed RTD module. 3 logicals per installed module exist for the RTD 3-Point module.
214B

Storage Location:
2145B Point type 106 is saved to internal configuration memory.
2146B

Table 3-34: Point Type 106, RTD


76B

Point Type 106: RTD


2147B

Param#
2148B Name
2149B 21430B Access System or
2143B Data Type
2143B Length
2143B Range
2143B Default
21435B Ver
21436B Description of functionality and meaning of
21437B

User values
Update
0
21438B Point Tag Id.
21439B R/W
2140B User
214B AC
214B 10
2143B 0x20  0x7E for each
214B “RTD Deflt ”
2145B 1.10
2146B Identification name for specific RTD. Values
2147B

ASCII character must be printable ASCII characters.


1
2148B Units Tag
2149B R/W
21450B User
2145B AC
2145B 10
21453B 0x20  0x7E for each
2145B “
2145B “ 1.10
21456B Describes the units used by the RTD. Values
21457B

ASCII character must be printable ASCII characters.


2
21458B Scanning
21459B R/W_CNDL
21460B User
2146B UINT8
2146B 1
21463B 01
2146B 1
21465B 1.10
2146B If disabled, field inputs are ignored and no
21467B

changes will occur unless manually entered. 0 =


Disabled, 1 = Enabled.
3
21468B Scan Period
21469B R/W_CNDL
21470B User
2147B FL
2147B 4
21473B
0.066  43,200.0
2147B
1.0
21475B 1.10
21476B Number of seconds between updates of the
2147B

RTD.
4
21478B Actual Scan Time
21479B R/O
21480B System
2148B FL
2148B 4
21483B 0.05  43,200.0
2148B 0.0
21485B 1.10
21486B Actual number of seconds between updates of
21487B

the RTD.
5
2148B Filter
21489B R/W_CNDL
21490B User
2149B UINT8
2149B 1
21493B
0  99
2149B
3
21495B 1.10
21496B Percentage of last raw A/D reading to be
21497B

weighted with the new raw A/D reading.


6
21498B Averaging
2149B R/W_CNDL
2150B User
2150B UINT8
2150B 1
21503B 01
21504B 0
2150B 1.10
21506B If enabled, the filtered raw A/D value is averaged
21507B

over the Scan Period. If disabled, the current


filtered raw A/D value is used when the Scan
Period is reached. 0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled.
7
21508B Alpha of RTD
21509B R/W_CNDL
2150B User
215B UINT8
215B 1
2153B 01
2154B 0
215B 1.10
2156B Indicates what the alpha () of the RTD. 0 =
2157B

Alpha of 0.00385, 1 = Alpha of 0.00392.


8
2158B Raw A/D Input
2159B R/W_CNDL
2150B Both
215B UINT16
215B 2
2153B
0  65,535
2154B
0
215B 1.10
2156B Raw A/D reading used to calculate the EU Value
2157B

(parameter #22).
9
2158B Zero Raw
2159B R/O
21530B User
2153B UINT16
2153B 2
2153B 0  65,535
21534B 42973
2153B 1.10
21536B Lowest calibrated raw A/D input.
21537B

10
21538B Mid Point Raw #1
21539B R/O
21540B User
2154B UINT16
2154B 2
21543B
0  65,535
2154B
61963
2154B 1.10
21546B Second lowest calibrated raw A/D input.
21547B

11
21548B Mid Point Raw #2
21549B R/O
2150B User
215B UINT16
215B 2
2153B 0  65,535
2154B 61963
215B 1.10
2156B Third lowest or highest calibrated raw A/D input.
2157B

12
2158B Mid Point Raw #3
2159B R/O
21560B User
2156B UINT16
2156B 2
21563B
0  65,535
21564B
61963
2156B 1.10
2156B Second highest calibrated raw A/D input.
21567B

13
21568B Span Raw
21569B R/O
21570B User
2157B UINT16
2157B 2
21573B
0  65,535
21574B
61963
2157B 1.10
21576B Highest calibrated raw A/D input.
2157B

14
21578B Zero EU
21579B R/O
21580B User
2158B FL
2158B 4
21583B Any valid IEEE 754 float
21584B -50.0
2158B 1.10
21586B Lowest calibrated EU value.
21587B

3-272 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 106: RTD


2147B

Param#
2148B Name
2149B 21430B Access System or
2143B Data Type
2143B Length
2143B Range
2143B Default
21435B Ver
21436B Description of functionality and meaning of
21437B

User values
Update
15
2158B Mid Point EU #1
21589B R/O
21590B User
2159B FL
2159B 4
21593B Any valid IEEE 754 float
21594B 350.0
2159B 1.10
21596B Second lowest calibrated EU value.
21597B

16
21598B Mid Point EU #2
2159B R/O
2160B User
2160B FL
2160B 4
21603B Any valid IEEE 754 float
21604B 350.0
21605B 1.10
2160B Third lowest or highest calibrated EU value.
21607B

17
21608B Mid Point EU #3
21609B R/O
2160B User
216B FL
216B 4
2163B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2164B 350.0
2165B 1.10
216B Second highest calibrated EU value.
2167B

18
2168B Span EU
2169B R/O
2160B User
216B FL
216B 4
2163B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2164B 350.0
2165B 1.10
216B Highest calibrated EU value.
2167B

19
2168B Reserved
2169B R/O
21630B System
2163B FL
2163B 4
2163B Any valid IEEE 754 float
21634B 0.0
21635B 1.10
2163B Unused parameter
21637B

20
21638B Set Value
21639B R/W_CNDL
21640B User
2164B FL
2164B 4
21643B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2164B -50350 C
21645B 1.10
2164B Desired EU value for a calibration point.
21647B

-58662 F Note: No event is logged for this parameter.


21648B

401.67 The range is based upon the unit selected.


1121.67 R
223.15
623.15 K
80.31
229.72 
(385)
80
231.89 
(392)
21
21649B Manual Value
21650B R/O
2165B System
2165B FL
21653B 4
21654B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2165B 0.0
2165B 1.10
21657B Current EU Value of RTD while performing
21658B

calibration.
22
21659B EU Value
2160B R/W_CNDL
216B Both
216B FL
2163B 4
2164B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2165B 0.0
216B 1.10
2167B Value in Engineering Units.
2168B

23
2169B Clipping
21670B R/W_CNDL
2167B User
2167B UINT8
21673B 1
21674B 01
21675B 0
2167B 1.10
2167B If enabled, then the EU Value (parameter #22)
21678B

cannot be less than the Low Low Alarm EU


(parameter #24) or greater than the High High
Alarm EU (parameter #27). If disabled, no
limiting of the EU Value (parameter #22) takes
place. 0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled.
24
21679B Low Low Alarm EU
21680B R/W
2168B User
2168B FL
21683B 4
21684B Any valid IEEE 754 float
21685B -20.0
2168B 1.10
21687B Alarm value for Low Low Alarm and minimum
2168B

EU Value (parameter #22) if Clipping (parameter


#23) is enabled.
25
21689B Low Alarm EU
21690B R/W
2169B User
2169B FL
21693B 4
21694B Any valid IEEE 754 float
21695B -10.0
2169B 1.10
21697B Alarm value for Low Alarm.
21698B

26
2169B High Alarm EU
2170B R/W
2170B User
2170B FL
21703B 4
21704B Any valid IEEE 754 float
21705B 110.0
21706B 1.10
2170B Alarm value for High Alarm.
21708B

27
21709B High High Alarm EU
2170B R/W
217B User
217B FL
2173B 4
2174B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2175B 120.0
2176B 1.10
217B Alarm value for High High Alarm and maximum
2178B

EU Value (parameter #22) if Clipping (parameter


#23) is enabled.
28
2179B Rate Alarm EU
2170B R/W
217B User
217B FL
2173B 4
2174B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2175B 5.0
2176B 1.10
217B Alarm value for maximum change of EU Value
2178B

(parameter #22) between Scan Periods.


29
2179B Alarm Deadband
21730B R/W
2173B User
2173B FL
2173B 4
21734B Any valid IEEE 754 float
21735B 2.0
21736B 1.10
2173B Provides a range () that the EU Value
21738B

(parameter #22) may move between without


causing another alarm.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-273


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 106: RTD


2147B

Param#
2148B Name
2149B 21430B Access System or
2143B Data Type
2143B Length
2143B Range
2143B Default
21435B Ver
21436B Description of functionality and meaning of
21437B

User values
Update
30
21739B Alarming
21740B R/W
2174B User
2174B UINT8
21743B 1
2174B
01
21745B
0
21746B 1.10
2174B If enabled, alarms may be generated and sent to
21748B

the Alarm Log. 0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled.


31
21749B SRBX on Clear
21750B R/W
2175B User
2175B UINT8
21753B 1
21754B
01
2175B
0
21756B 1.10
2175B Indicates a SRBX alarm is desired if an alarm
21758B

condition clears. 0 = SRBX on Clear Disabled, 1


= SRBX on Clear Enabled.
32
21759B SRBX on Set
21760B R/W
2176B User
2176B UINT8
21763B 1
21764B 01
21765B 0
2176B 1.10
2176B Indicates a SRBX alarm is desired if an alarm
21768B

condition occurs. 0 = SRBX on Set Disabled, 1 =


SRBX on Set Enabled.
33
21769B Alarm Code
2170B R/O
217B System
217B BIN
2173B 1
2174B
0x00  0xFF
2175B
0x00
2176B 1.10
217B

33.0
2178B Low Alarm
2179B Bit 0
21780B 0
2178B 1.10
2178B If set, the EU Value (parameter #22) is less than
21783B

or equal to the Low Alarm EU (parameter #25). If


clear, the EU Value (parameter #22) is greater
than the Low Alarm EU (parameter #25).
33.1
21784B Low Low Alarm
21785B Bit 1
21786B 0
2178B 1.10
2178B If set, the EU Value (parameter #22) is less than
21789B

or equal to the Low Low Alarm EU (parameter


#24). If clear, the EU Value (parameter #22) is
greater than the Low Low Alarm EU (parameter
#24).
33.2
21790B High Alarm
2179B Bit 2
2179B 0
21793B 1.10
21794B If set, the EU Value (parameter #22) is greater
21795B

than or equal to the High Alarm EU (parameter


#26). If clear, the EU Value (parameter #22) is
less than the High Alarm EU (parameter #26).
33.3
21796B High High Alarm
2179B Bit 3
21798B 0
2179B 1.10
2180B If set, the EU Value (parameter #22) is greater
2180B

than or equal to the High High Alarm EU


(parameter #27). If clear, the EU Value
(parameter #22) is less than the High High Alarm
EU (parameter #27).
33.4
2180B Rate Alarm
21803B Bit 4
21804B 0
21805B 1.10
21806B If set, the EU Value (parameter #22) change
21807B

from last Scan Period to the new Scan Period is


greater than or equal to the Rate Alarm EU
(parameter #28). If clear, the EU Value
(parameter #22) change from last Scan Period to
the new Scan Period is less than the Rate Alarm
EU (parameter #28).
33.5
2180B Not Used
21809B Bit 5
2180B 0
218B Not Used
218B

33.6
2183B Point Fail Alarm
2184B Bit 6
2185B 0
2186B 1.10
2187B If set, the RTD’s hardware is reporting a
218B

malfunction. If clear, the RTD’s hardware is


operating properly.
33.7
2189B Scanning Disabled Alarm
2180B Bit 7
218B 0
218B 1.10
2183B If set, the Scanning (parameter #2) has been
2184B

disabled. If clear, the Scanning (parameter #2)


has been disabled.

3-274 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 106: RTD


2147B

Param#
2148B Name
2149B 21430B Access System or
2143B Data Type
2143B Length
2143B Range
2143B Default
21435B Ver
21436B Description of functionality and meaning of
21437B

User values
Update
34
2185B Calibration Timer
2186B R/O
2187B System
218B FL
2189B 4
21830B
0.0  3,600.0
2183B
3,600.0
2183B 1.10
2183B Number of seconds until a calibration timeout
21834B

occurs.
35
21835B Calibration Mode
21836B R/W_CNDL
21837B Both
2183B UINT8
21839B 1
21840B
04
2184B
0
2184B 1.10
21843B Describes what the calibration for the RTD is
2184B

doing. Valid values are:


0 = Use Current Calibration
21845B

1 = Start Calibration
2 = Calibrate
3 = Restore Previous Calibration
4 = Stop Calibration.
36
21846B Calibration Type
21847B R/W_CNDL
2184B Both
21849B UINT8
21850B 1
2185B 06
2185B 0
21853B 1.10
21854B During calibration, determines what the Set
2185B

Value (parameter #20) replaces. Valid values


are:
0 = Nothing
21856B

1 = Set Zero
2 = Set Span
3 = Set Mid Point #1
4 = Set Mid Point #2
5 = Set Mid Point #3
6 = Unused.
Note: No event is logged for this parameter
21857B

37
2185B Units
21859B R/W_CNDL
21860B User
2186B UINT8
2186B 1
21863B 04
21864B 0
21865B 1.20
2186B Indicates the units for the point. Valid values are:
21867B

0 = F
2186B

1 = C
2 = K
3 = R
4 = Ohms.
Note: Version 1.20 changed the default from 1
21869B

(C) to 0 (F)

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-275


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.34 Point Type 107: Thermocouple

Description:
21870B Point type 107 provides parameters for setting up and reading a thermocouple.
2187B

Number of Logical Points:


2187B 5 logical points for each installed 5-point T/C module (labeled T/C); 4 logical points for each 4-point TC module (labled 4
21873B

T/C)
Storage Location:
21874B Point type 107 is saved to internal configuration memory.
21875B

Table 3-35: Point Type 107, Thermocouple


7B

Point Type 107: Thermocouple


21876B

Param#
2187B Name
2187B 21879B Access System or
2180B Data Type
218B Length
218B Range
2183B Default
2184B Ver
2185B Description of functionality and meaning of
2186B

User values
Update
0
2187B Point Tag Id.
218B R/W
2189B User
21890B AC
2189B 10
2189B 0x20  0x7E for each
21893B “TC 21894B 1.10
21895B Identification name for specific TC. Values must
21896B

ASCII character Default” be printable ASCII characters.


1
21897B Units Tag
2189B R/W
2189B User
2190B AC
2190B 10
2190B 0x20  0x7E for each
21903B “
21904B “ 1.10
21905B Describes the units used by the TC. Values
21906B

ASCII character must be printable ASCII characters.


2
21907B Scanning
21908B R/W
2190B User
2190B UINT8
219B 1
219B
01
2193B
1
2194B 1.10
2195B If disabled, field inputs are ignored and no
2196B

changes will occur unless manually entered. 0


= Disabled, 1 = Enabled.
3
2197B Units
2198B R/W
219B User
2190B UINT8
219B 1
219B 03
2193B 0
2194B 1.20
2195B Indicates the TC units. Valid values are:
2196B

0 = F
2197B

1 = C
2 = K
3 = R
Note: Version 1.20 changed the default from 1
2198B

(C ) to 0 (F).
4
219B Type of Thermocouple
21930B R/W
2193B System
2193B UINT8
2193B 1
21934B
08
21935B
0
21936B 1.10
21937B Indicates the type opf thermocouple. Valid
21938B

values are:
0 = Type J
2193B

1 = Type K
2 = Type B
3 = Type E
4 = Type R
5 = Type S
6 = Type T
7 = Type C
8 = Type N
Note: Only types J and K (values 1 and 2) are
21940B

available on the original 5-point TC module.


5
2194B Scan Period
2194B R/W
21943B User
2194B FL
21945B 4
21946B
0.1  43,200.0
21947B
1.0
21948B 1.10
2194B Number of seconds between updates of the
21950B

TC.

3-276 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 107: Thermocouple


21876B

Param#
2187B Name
2187B 21879B Access System or
2180B Data Type
218B Length
218B Range
2183B Default
2184B Ver
2185B Description of functionality and meaning of
2186B

User values
Update
6
2195B Actual Scan Time
2195B R/O
21953B System
21954B FL
2195B 4
21956B
0.00  43,200.0
21957B
0.0
21958B 1.10
2195B Actual number of seconds between updates of
21960B

the TC.
7
2196B Filter
2196B R/W
21963B User
21964B UINT8
21965B 1
2196B
0  99
21967B
0
21968B 1.10
2196B Percentage of last raw A/D reading to be
21970B

weighted with the new raw A/D reading.


8
2197B Averaging
2197B R/W
21973B User
21974B UINT8
21975B 1
21976B 01
2197B 0
21978B 1.10
2197B If enabled, the filtered EU value is averaged
21980B

over the Scan Period. If disabled, the current


filtered EU value is used when the Scan Period
is reached. 0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled.
9
2198B EU Value
2198B R/W
21983B Both
21984B FL
21985B 4
21986B Any valid IEEE 754 float
21987B 0.0
2198B 1.10
2198B Value in Engineering Units.
2190B

10
219B Low Low Alarm EU
219B R/W
2193B User
2194B FL
2195B 4
2196B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2197B -20.0
2198B 1.10
219B Alarm value for Low Low Alarm and minimum
20B

EU Value (parameter #22) if Clipping


(parameter #23) is enabled.
11
201B Low Alarm EU
20B R/W
203B User
204B FL
205B 4
206B Any valid IEEE 754 float
207B -10.0
208B 1.10
209B Alarm value for Low Alarm.
201B

12
201B High Alarm EU
201B R/W
2013B User
2014B FL
2015B 4
2016B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2017B 110.0
2018B 1.10
2019B Alarm value for High Alarm.
20B

13
201B High High Alarm EU
20B R/W
203B User
204B FL
205B 4
206B Any valid IEEE 754 float
207B 120.0
208B 1.10
209B Alarm value for High High Alarm and maximum
203B

EU Value (parameter #22) if Clipping


(parameter #23) is enabled.
14
2031B Rate Alarm EU
203B R/W
203B User
2034B FL
2035B 4
2036B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2037B 5.0
2038B 1.10
2039B Alarm value for maximum change of EU Value
204B

(parameter #22) between Scan Periods.


15
2041B Alarm Deadband
204B R/W
2043B User
204B FL
2045B 4
2046B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2047B 2.0
2048B 1.10
2049B Provides a range () that the EU Value
205B

(parameter #22) may move between without


causing another alarm.
16
2051B Alarming
205B R/W
2053B User
2054B UINT8
205B 1
2056B 01
2057B 0
2058B 1.10
2059B If enabled, alarms may be generated and sent
206B

to the Alarm Log. 0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled.


17
2061B SRBX on Clear
206B R/W
2063B User
2064B UINT8
2065B 1
206B
01
2067B
0
2068B 1.10
2069B Indicates a SRBX alarm is desired if an alarm
207B

condition clears. 0 = SRBX on Clear Disabled,


1 = SRBX on Clear Enabled.
18
2071B SRBX on Set
207B R/W
2073B User
2074B UINT8
2075B 1
2076B
01
207B
0
2078B 1.10
2079B Indicates a SRBX alarm is desired if an alarm
208B

condition occurs. 0 = SRBX on Set Disabled, 1


= SRBX on Set Enabled.
19
2081B Alarm Code
208B R/O
2083B System
2084B BIN
2085B 1
2086B 0x00  0xFF
2087B 0x00
208B 1.10
2089B

19.0
209B Low Alarm
2091B Bit 0
209B 0
2093B 1.10
2094B If set, the EU Value (parameter #22) is less
2095B

than or equal to the Low Alarm EU (parameter


#25). If clear, the EU Value (parameter #22) is
greater than the Low Alarm EU (parameter
#25).
19.1
2096B Low Low Alarm
2097B Bit 1
2098B 0
209B 1.10
210B If set, the EU Value (parameter #22) is less
210B

than or equal to the Low Low Alarm EU


(parameter #24). If clear, the EU Value
(parameter #22) is greater than the Low Low
Alarm EU (parameter #24).

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-277


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 107: Thermocouple


21876B

Param#
2187B Name
2187B 21879B Access System or
2180B Data Type
218B Length
218B Range
2183B Default
2184B Ver
2185B Description of functionality and meaning of
2186B

User values
Update
19.2
210B High Alarm
2103B Bit 2
2104B 0
2105B 1.10
2106B If set, the EU Value (parameter #22) is greater
2107B

than or equal to the High Alarm EU (parameter


#26). If clear, the EU Value (parameter #22) is
less than the High Alarm EU (parameter #26).
19.3
2108B High High Alarm
2109B Bit 3
210B 0
21B 1.10
21B If set, the EU Value (parameter #22) is greater
213B

than or equal to the High High Alarm EU


(parameter #27). If clear, the EU Value
(parameter #22) is less than the High High
Alarm EU (parameter #27).
19.4
214B Rate Alarm
215B Bit 4
216B 0
217B 1.10
218B If set, the EU Value (parameter #22) change
219B

from last Scan Period to the new Scan Period


is greater than or equal to the Rate Alarm EU
(parameter #28). If clear, the EU Value
(parameter #22) change from last Scan Period
to the new Scan Period is less than the Rate
Alarm EU (parameter #28).
19.5
210B Not Used
21B Bit 5
21B 0
213B Not Used
214B

19.6
215B Point Fail Alarm
216B Bit 6
217B 0
218B 1.10
219B If set, the TC’s hardware is reporting a
2130B

malfunction. If clear, the TC’s hardware is


operating properly.
19.7
213B Scanning Disabled Alarm
213B Bit 7
213B 0
2134B 1.10
2135B If set, the Scanning (parameter #2) has been
2136B

disabled. If clear, the Scanning (parameter #2)


has been disabled.
20
2137B EU Offset
2138B R/W
2139B User
2140B FL
214B 4
214B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2143B 0.0
214B 1.10
2145B Value to be added to EU value (parameter #9).
2146B

3-278 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.35 Point Type 108: Multi-Variable Sensor

Description:
2147B Point type 108 provides parameters for interfacing with an MVS.
2148B

Number of Logical Points:


2149B 6 logical points for each installed module.
2150B

Storage Location:
215B Point type 108 is saved to internal configuration memory.
215B

Table 3-36: Point Type 108, Multi-Variable Sensor


78B

Point Type 108: Multi-Variable Sensor


2153B

Param#
2154B Name
215B 2156B Access System or
2157B Data Type
2158B Length
2159B Range
2160B Default
216B Ver
216B Description of functionality and meaning of
2163B

User values
Update
0
2164B Sensor Tag Id.
2165B R/W
216B User
2167B AC
2168B 10
2169B 0x20  0x7E for each
2170B “MVS Deflt
217B 1.10
217B Identification name for specific MVS. Values
2173B

ASCII character “ must be printable ASCII characters.


1
2174B Sensor Address
2175B R/W
2176B User
217B UINT8
2178B 1
2179B 0  255
2180B 1
218B 1.10
218B Unique address of MVS to allow for multi-drop
2183B

communications.
2
2184B Poll Mode
2185B R/W
2186B Both
2187B UINT8
218B 1
2189B
0  2, 4  5
2190B
0
219B 1.10
219B Sets the operation for the MVS Module. 0 = Off
2193B

Scan Mode, 1 = Normal Poll Mode, 2 = Input


Freeze Mode, 4 = Configuration Poll Mode, 5 =
Set Tag and Address Mode.
3
2194B Units
2195B R/W
2196B User
2197B UINT8
2198B 1
219B
01
20B
0
201B 1.10
20B Indicates what engineering units the process
203B

variables will be. 0 = English Units, 1 = Metric


Units.
4
204B Inches H2O
205B R/W
206B User
207B UINT8
208B 1
209B
01
210B
0
21B 1.10
21B Indicates the reference temperature for
213B

calculating pressure properly. 0 = Inches H2O at


60 F, 1 = Inches H2O at 68 F.
5
214B Pressure Tap Location
215B R/W
216B User
217B UINT8
218B 1
219B
01
20B
1
21B 1.10
2B Indicates if the static pressure is an upstream or
23B

downstream reading. 0 = Downstream, 1 =


Upstream.
6
24B Action on Failure
25B R/W
26B User
27B UINT8
28B 1
29B 01
230B 1
231B 1.10
23B Indicates whether the DP Reading, SP Reading,
23B

TMP Reading, and DP Reverse Reading should


retain last value or be set to the Fault Value
parameters when a 485 or Sensor
Communication Failure occurs. 0 = Retain Last
Value, 1 = Use Fault Value parameters.
7
234B Software Revision MVS
235B R/O
236B System
237B UINT8
238B 1
239B
0  255
240B
0
241B 1.10
24B Current software revision of the MVS Interface
243B

Interface software.
8
24B Sensor Voltage
245B R/O
246B System
247B FL
248B 4
249B Any valid IEEE 754 float
250B 0.0
251B 1.10
25B Current voltage of MVS in volts.
253B

9
254B Sensor Alarming
25B R/W
256B User
257B UINT8
258B 1
259B
01
260B
0
261B 1.10
26B If enabled, alarms may be generated and sent to
263B

the Alarm Log. 0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled.


10
264B Sensor Alarm Code
265B R/O
26B System
267B BIN
268B 1
269B
0x00  0xFF
270B
0x00
271B 1.10
27B

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-279


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 108: Multi-Variable Sensor


2153B

Param#
2154B Name
215B 2156B Access System or
2157B Data Type
2158B Length
2159B Range
2160B Default
216B Ver
216B Description of functionality and meaning of
2163B

User values
Update
10.0
273B Not Used
274B Bit 0
275B 0
276B Not Used
27B

10.1
278B Not Used
279B Bit 1
280B 0
281B Not Used
28B

10.2
283B Not Used
284B Bit 2
285B 0
286B Not Used
287B

10.3
28B Not Used
289B Bit 3
290B 0
291B Not Used
29B

10.4
293B Input Freeze Mode
294B Bit 4
295B 0
296B 1.10
297B Indicates the Poll Mode (parameter #2) is in
298B

Input Freeze Mode. 0 = Not in Input Freeze


Mode, 1 = Input Freeze Mode.
10.5
29B Sensor Communication
230B Bit 5
2301B 0
230B 1.10
230B Indicates the MVS is no longer communicating
2304B

Failure with the MVS Interface. 0 = No Failure, 1 =


Sensor Communication Failure.
10.6
2305B 485 Communication Failure
2306B Bit 6
2307B 0
2308B 1.10
2309B Indicates the MVS Interface is no longer
2310B

communicating with the ROC800-Series. 0 = No


Failure, 1 = 485 Communication Failure.
10.7
231B Off Scan Mode
231B Bit 7
231B 0
2314B 1.10
2315B Indicates the Poll Mode (parameter #2) is in Off
2316B

Scan Mode. 0 = Not in Off Scan Mode, 1 = Off


Scan Mode.
11
2317B Sensor Range Status
2318B R/O
2319B System
230B BIN
231B 1
23B
0x00  0xFF
23B
0x00
234B 1.10
235B

11.0
236B DP less than DP Zero
237B Bit 0
238B 0
239B 1.10
230B Indicates if the DP Reading (parameter #19) is
231B

less than the calibrated DP Zero Calibration


Point (parameter #13). 0 = DP Reading greater
than or equal to DP Zero Calibration Point, 1 =
DP Reading less than DP Zero Calibration Point.
11.1
23B SP less than SP Zero
23B Bit 1
234B 0
235B 1.10
236B Indicates if the SP Reading (parameter #35) is
237B

less than the calibrated SP Zero Calibration


Point (parameter #29). 0 = SP Reading greater
than or equal to SP Zero Calibration Point, 1 =
SP Reading less than SP Zero Calibration Point.
11.2
238B TMP less than TMP Zero
239B Bit 2
2340B 0
2341B 1.10
234B Indicates if the TMP Reading (parameter #50) is
234B

less than the calibrated TMP Zero Calibration


Point (parameter #44). 0 = TMP Reading greater
than or equal to TMP Zero Calibration Point, 1 =
TMP Reading less than TMP Zero Calibration
Point.
11.3
234B DP greater than DP Span
2345B Bit 3
2346B 0
2347B 1.10
2348B Indicates if the DP Reading (parameter #19) is
2349B

greater than the calibrated DP Span Calibration


Point (parameter #17). 0 = DP Reading less than
or equal to DP Span Calibration Point, 1 = DP
Reading greater than DP Span Calibration Point.

3-280 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 108: Multi-Variable Sensor


2153B

Param#
2154B Name
215B 2156B Access System or
2157B Data Type
2158B Length
2159B Range
2160B Default
216B Ver
216B Description of functionality and meaning of
2163B

User values
Update
11.4
2350B SP greater than SP Span
2351B Bit 4
235B 0
235B 1.10
2354B Indicates if the SP Reading (parameter #35) is
235B

greater than the calibrated SP Span Calibration


Point (parameter #33). 0 = SP Reading less than
or equal to SP Span Calibration Point, 1 = SP
Reading greater than SP Span Calibration Point.
11.5
2356B TMP greater than TMP Span
2357B Bit 5
2358B 0
2359B 1.10
2360B Indicates if the TMP Reading (parameter #50) is
2361B

greater than the calibrated TMP Span


Calibration Point (parameter #48). 0 = TMP
Reading less than or equal to TMP Span
Calibration Point, 1 = TMP Reading greater than
TMP Span Calibration Point.
11.6
236B Not Used
236B Bit 6
2364B 0
2365B Not Used
236B

11.7
2367B Not Used
2368B Bit 7
2369B 0
2370B Not Used
2371B

12
237B Static Pressure Effect
237B R/W
2374B Both
2375B FL
2376B 4
237B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2378B 0.0
2379B 1.10
2380B Calibrated Zero Shift for DP in inches of H2O or
2381B

kPa.
13
238B DP Zero Calibration Point
238B R/O
2384B Both
2385B FL
2386B 4
2387B Any valid IEEE 754 float
238B 0.0
2389B 1.10
2390B Lowest calibrated DP Reading value in inches of
2391B

H2O or kPa.
14
239B DP Calibration Mid Point #1
239B R/O
2394B Both
2395B FL
2396B 4
2397B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2398B 250.0
239B 1.10
240B Second lowest calibrated DP Reading value in
2401B

inches of H2O or kPa.


15
240B DP Calibration Mid Point #2
2403B R/O
240B Both
2405B FL
2406B 4
2407B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2408B 250.0
2409B 1.10
2410B Third lowest or highest calibrated DP Reading
241B

value in inches of H2O or kPa.


16
241B DP Calibration Mid Point #3
2413B R/O
241B Both
2415B FL
2416B 4
2417B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2418B 250.0
2419B 1.10
240B Second highest calibrated DP Reading value in
241B

inches of H2O or kPa.


17
24B DP Span Calibration Point
243B R/O
24B Both
245B FL
246B 4
247B Any valid IEEE 754 float
248B 250.0
249B 1.10
2430B Highest calibrated DP Reading value in inches of
2431B

H2O or kPa.
18
243B Manual DP
243B R/O
243B System
2435B FL
2436B 4
2437B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2438B 0.0
2439B 1.10
240B Current DP Reading while performing calibration
241B

in inches of H2O or kPa.


19
24B DP Reading
243B R/W
24B Both
245B FL
246B 4
247B Any valid IEEE 754 float
248B 0.0
249B 1.10
2450B Current Differential Pressure in inches of H2O or
2451B

kPa.
20
245B DP Reverse Reading
2453B R/O
245B Both
245B FL
2456B 4
2457B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2458B 0.0
2459B 1.10
2460B Current Differential Pressure Reversed in inches
2461B

of H2O or kPa.
21
246B DP Fault Value
2463B R/W
246B User
2465B FL
246B 4
2467B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2468B 0.0
2469B 1.10
2470B Value that the DP Reading (parameter #19) will
2471B

be set to if a 485 Communication Failure or


Sensor Communication Failure occurs in inches
of H2O or kPa. The DP Reverse Reading
(parameter #20) will be set to the same value of
the opposite sign.
22
247B DP Low Alarm EU
2473B R/W
247B User
2475B FL
2476B 4
247B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2478B 0.0
2479B 1.10
2480B DP Alarm value for DP Low Alarm in inches of
2481B

H2O or kPa.
23
248B DP High Alarm EU
2483B R/W
248B User
2485B FL
2486B 4
2487B Any valid IEEE 754 float
248B 250.0
2489B 1.10
2490B DP Alarm value for DP High Alarm in inches of
2491B

H2O or kPa.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-281


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 108: Multi-Variable Sensor


2153B

Param#
2154B Name
215B 2156B Access System or
2157B Data Type
2158B Length
2159B Range
2160B Default
216B Ver
216B Description of functionality and meaning of
2163B

User values
Update
24
249B DP Alarm Deadband
2493B R/W
249B User
2495B FL
2496B 4
2497B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2498B 2.0
249B 1.10
250B Provides a range () that the DP Reading
2501B

(parameter #19) may move between without


causing another alarm in inches of H2O or kPa.
25
250B DP Alarming
2503B R/W
2504B User
250B UINT8
2506B 1
2507B 01
2508B 0
2509B 1.10
2510B If enabled, DP alarms may be generated and
251B

sent to the Alarm Log. 0 = DP Alarming


Disabled, 1 = DP Alarming Enabled.
26
251B DP SRBX on Clear
2513B R/W
2514B User
251B UINT8
2516B 1
2517B 01
2518B 0
2519B 1.10
250B Indicates a SRBX alarm is desired if an alarm
251B

condition clears. 0 = SRBX on Clear Disabled, 1


= SRBX on Clear Enabled.
27
25B DP SRBX on Set
253B R/W
254B User
25B UINT8
256B 1
257B
01
258B
0
259B 1.10
2530B Indicates a SRBX alarm is desired if an alarm
2531B

condition occurs. 0 = SRBX on Set Disabled, 1 =


SRBX on Set Enabled.
28
253B DP Alarm Code
253B R/O
2534B System
253B BIN
2536B 1
2537B 0x00  0xFF
2538B 0x00
2539B 1.10
2540B

28.0
2541B Low Alarm
254B Bit 0
2543B 0
254B 1.10
254B If set, the DP Reading (parameter #19) is less
2546B

than or equal to the DP Low Alarm EU


(parameter #22). If clear, the DP Reading
(parameter #19) is greater than the DP Low
Alarm EU (parameter #22).
28.1
2547B Not Used
2548B Bit 1
2549B 0
250B Not Used
251B

28.2
25B High Alarm
253B Bit 2
254B 0
25B 1.10
256B If set, the DP Reading (parameter #19) is greater
257B

than or equal to the DP High Alarm EU


(parameter #23). If clear, the DP Reading
(parameter #19) is less than the DP High Alarm
EU (parameter #23).
28.3
258B Not Used
259B Bit 3
2560B 0
2561B Not Used
256B

28.4
2563B Not Used
2564B Bit 4
256B 0
256B Not Used
2567B

28.5
2568B Not Used
2569B Bit 5
2570B 0
2571B Not Used
257B

28.6
2573B Point Fail Alarm
2574B Bit 6
257B 0
2576B 1.10
257B Indicates a failure in the hardware or software of
2578B

the MVS for Differential Pressure. 0 = No


Failure, 1 = DP Failure.
28.7
2579B Not Used
2580B Bit 7
2581B 0
258B Not Used
2583B

29
2584B SP Zero Calibration Point
258B R/O
2586B Both
2587B FL
258B 4
2589B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2590B 0.0
2591B 1.10
259B Lowest calibrated SP Reading value in PSI or
2593B

kPa.
30
2594B SP Calibration Mid Point #1
259B R/O
2596B Both
2597B FL
2598B 4
259B Any valid IEEE 754 float
260B 800.6447
2601B 1.10
260B Second lowest calibrated SP Reading value in
2603B

PSI or kPa.
31
2604B SP Calibration Mid Point #2
2605B R/O
260B Both
2607B FL
2608B 4
2609B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2610B 800.6447
261B 1.10
261B Third lowest or highest calibrated SP Reading
2613B

value in PSI or kPa.


32
2614B SP Calibration Mid Point #3
2615B R/O
261B Both
2617B FL
2618B 4
2619B Any valid IEEE 754 float
260B 800.6447
261B 1.10
26B Second highest calibrated SP Reading value in
263B

PSI or kPa.

3-282 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 108: Multi-Variable Sensor


2153B

Param#
2154B Name
215B 2156B Access System or
2157B Data Type
2158B Length
2159B Range
2160B Default
216B Ver
216B Description of functionality and meaning of
2163B

User values
Update
33
264B SP Span Calibration Point
265B R/O
26B Both
267B FL
268B 4
269B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2630B 800.6447
2631B 1.10
263B Highest calibrated SP Reading value in PSI or
263B

kPa.
34
2634B Manual SP
2635B R/O
263B System
2637B FL
2638B 4
2639B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2640B 0.0
2641B 1.10
264B Current SP Reading while performing calibration
2643B

in PSI or kPa.
35
264B SP Reading
2645B R/W
264B Both
2647B FL
2648B 4
2649B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2650B 0.0
2651B 1.10
265B Current Static Pressure in PSI or kPa.
2653B

36
2654B SP Fault Value
265B R/W
265B User
2657B FL
2658B 4
2659B Any valid IEEE 754 float
260B 0.0
261B 1.10
26B Value that the SP Reading (parameter #35) will
263B

be set to if a 485 Communication Failure or


Sensor Communication Failure occurs in PSI or
kPa.
37
264B SP Low Alarm EU
265B R/W
26B User
267B FL
268B 4
269B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2670B 0.0
2671B 1.10
267B SP Alarm value for SP Low Alarm in PSI or kPa.
2673B

38
2674B SP High Alarm EU
2675B R/W
267B User
267B FL
2678B 4
2679B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2680B 800.6447
2681B 1.10
268B SP Alarm value for SP High Alarm in PSI or kPa.
2683B

39
2684B SP Alarm Deadband
2685B R/W
268B User
2687B FL
268B 4
2689B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2690B 2.0
2691B 1.10
269B Provides a range () that the SP Reading
2693B

(parameter #35) may move between without


causing another alarm in PSI or kPa.
40
2694B SP Alarming
2695B R/W
269B User
2697B UINT8
2698B 1
269B
01
270B
0
2701B 1.10
270B If enabled, SP alarms may be generated and
2703B

sent to the Alarm Log. 0 = SP Alarming


Disabled, 1 = SP Alarming Enabled.
41
2704B SP SRBX on Clear
2705B R/W
2706B User
270B UINT8
2708B 1
2709B 01
2710B 0
271B 1.10
271B Indicates a SRBX alarm is desired if an alarm
2713B

condition clears. 0 = SRBX on Clear Disabled, 1


= SRBX on Clear Enabled.
42
2714B SP SRBX on Set
2715B R/W
2716B User
271B UINT8
2718B 1
2719B
01
270B
0
271B 1.10
27B Indicates a SRBX alarm is desired if an alarm
273B

condition occurs. 0 = SRBX on Set Disabled, 1 =


SRBX on Set Enabled.
43
274B SP Alarm Code
275B R/O
276B System
27B BIN
278B 1
279B 0x00  0xFF
2730B 0x00
2731B 1.10
273B

43.0
273B Low Alarm
2734B Bit 0
2735B 0
2736B 1.10
273B If set, the SP Reading (parameter #35) is less
2738B

than or equal to the SP Low Alarm EU


(parameter #37). If clear, the SP Reading
(parameter #35) is greater than the SP Low
Alarm EU (parameter #37).
43.1
2739B Not Used
2740B Bit 1
2741B 0
274B Not Used
2743B

43.2
274B High Alarm
2745B Bit 2
2746B 0
274B 1.10
2748B If set, the SP Reading (parameter #35) is greater
2749B

than or equal to the SP High Alarm EU


(parameter #38). If clear, the SP Reading
(parameter #35) is less than the SP High Alarm
EU (parameter #38).
43.3
2750B Not Used
2751B Bit 3
275B 0
2753B Not Used
2754B

43.4
275B Not Used
2756B Bit 4
275B 0
2758B Not Used
2759B

43.5
2760B Not Used
2761B Bit 5
276B 0
2763B Not Used
2764B

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-283


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 108: Multi-Variable Sensor


2153B

Param#
2154B Name
215B 2156B Access System or
2157B Data Type
2158B Length
2159B Range
2160B Default
216B Ver
216B Description of functionality and meaning of
2163B

User values
Update
43.6
2765B Point Fail Alarm
276B Bit 6
276B 0
2768B 1.10
2769B Indicates a failure in the hardware or software of
270B

the MVS for Static Pressure. 0 = No Failure, 1 =


SP Failure.
43.7
271B Not Used
27B Bit 7
273B 0
274B Not Used
275B

44
276B TMP Zero Calibration Point
27B R/O
278B Both
279B FL
2780B 4
2781B Any valid IEEE 754 float
278B -459.4
2783B 1.10
2784B Lowest calibrated TMP Reading value in F or
2785B

C.
45
2786B TMP Calibration Mid Point #1
278B R/O
278B Both
2789B FL
2790B 4
2791B Any valid IEEE 754 float
279B 800.6
2793B 1.10
2794B Second lowest calibrated TMP Reading value in
2795B

F or C.
46
2796B TMP Calibration Mid Point #2
279B R/O
2798B Both
279B FL
280B 4
2801B Any valid IEEE 754 float
280B 800.6
2803B 1.10
2804B Third lowest (or highest) calibrated TMP
2805B

Reading value in F or C.


47
2806B TMP Calibration Mid Point #3
2807B R/O
280B Both
2809B FL
2810B 4
281B Any valid IEEE 754 float
281B 800.6
2813B 1.10
2814B Second highest calibrated TMP Reading value in
2815B

F or C.
48
2816B TMP Span Calibration Point
2817B R/O
281B Both
2819B FL
280B 4
281B Any valid IEEE 754 float
28B 800.6
283B 1.10
284B Highest calibrated TMP Reading value in F or
285B

C.
49
286B Manual TMP
287B R/O
28B System
289B FL
2830B 4
2831B Any valid IEEE 754 float
283B 0.0
283B 1.10
2834B Current TMP Reading while performing
2835B

calibration in F or C.
50
2836B TMP Reading
2837B R/W
283B Both
2839B FL
2840B 4
2841B Any valid IEEE 754 float
284B -459.4
2843B 1.10
284B
Current Temperature in F or C.
2845B

51
2846B TMP Fault Value
2847B R/W
284B User
2849B FL
2850B 4
2851B Any valid IEEE 754 float
285B -459.4
2853B 1.10
2854B Value that the TMP Reading (parameter #50) will
285B

be set to if a 485 Communication Failure or


Sensor Communication Failure occurs in F or
C.
52
2856B TMP Low Alarm EU
2857B R/W
285B User
2859B FL
2860B 4
2861B Any valid IEEE 754 float
286B -459.4
2863B 1.10
2864B
TMP Alarm value for TMP Low Alarm in F or C.
2865B

53
286B TMP High Alarm EU
2867B R/W
286B User
2869B FL
2870B 4
2871B Any valid IEEE 754 float
287B 800.6
2873B 1.10
2874B TMP Alarm value for TMP High Alarm in F or
2875B

C.
54
2876B TMP Alarm Deadband
287B R/W
287B User
2879B FL
280B 4
281B Any valid IEEE 754 float
28B 2.0
283B 1.10
284B Provides a range () that the TMP Reading
285B

(parameter #50) may move between without


causing another alarm in F or C.
55
286B TMP Alarming
287B R/W
28B User
289B UINT8
2890B 1
2891B
01
289B
0
2893B 1.10
2894B If enabled, TMP alarms may be generated and
2895B

sent to the Alarm Log. 0 = TMP Alarming


Disabled, 1 = TMP Alarming Enabled.
56
2896B TMP SRBX on Clear
2897B R/W
289B User
289B UINT8
290B 1
2901B 01
290B 0
2903B 1.10
2904B Indicates a SRBX alarm is desired if an alarm
2905B

condition clears. 0 = SRBX on Clear Disabled, 1


= SRBX on Clear Enabled.
57
2906B TMP SRBX on Set
2907B R/W
2908B User
290B UINT8
2910B 1
291B
01
291B
0
2913B 1.10
2914B Indicates a SRBX alarm is desired if an alarm
2915B

condition occurs. 0 = SRBX on Set Disabled, 1 =


SRBX on Set Enabled.
58
2916B TMP Alarm Code
2917B R/O
2918B System
291B BIN
290B 1
291B
0x00  0xFF
29B
0x00
293B 1.10
294B

3-284 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 108: Multi-Variable Sensor


2153B

Param#
2154B Name
215B 2156B Access System or
2157B Data Type
2158B Length
2159B Range
2160B Default
216B Ver
216B Description of functionality and meaning of
2163B

User values
Update
58.0
295B Low Alarm
296B Bit 0
297B 0
298B 1.10
29B If set, the TMP Reading (parameter #50) is less
2930B

than or equal to the TMP Low Alarm EU


(parameter #52). If clear, the TMP Reading
(parameter #50) is greater than the TMP Low
Alarm EU (parameter #52).
58.1
2931B Not Used
293B Bit 1
293B 0
2934B Not Used
2935B

58.2
2936B High Alarm
2937B Bit 2
2938B 0
293B 1.10
2940B If set, the TMP Reading (parameter #50) is
2941B

greater than or equal to the TMP High Alarm EU


(parameter #53). If clear, the TMP Reading
(parameter #50) is less than the TMP High
Alarm EU (parameter #53).
58.3
294B Not Used
2943B Bit 3
294B 0
2945B Not Used
2946B

58.4
2947B Not Used
2948B Bit 4
294B 0
2950B Not Used
2951B

58.5
295B Not Used
2953B Bit 5
2954B 0
295B Not Used
2956B

58.6
2957B Point Fail Alarm
2958B Bit 6
295B 0
2960B 1.10
2961B Indicates a failure in the hardware or software of
296B

the MVS for Temperature. 0 = No Failure, 1 =


TMP Failure.
58.7
2963B Not Used
2964B Bit 7
2965B 0
296B Not Used
2967B

59
2968B Calibrate Command
296B R/W
2970B Both
2971B UINT8
297B 1
2973B
06
2974B
0
2975B 1.10
2976B Tells the MVS Interface what process variable is
297B

being calibrated. 0 = No Action, 1 = Calibrate


DP, 2 = Calibrate SP, 3 = Calibrate TMP, 6 =
Save MVS Calibration, 7 = Set Defaults.
60
2978B Calibrate Type
297B R/W
2980B Both
2981B UINT8
298B 1
2983B
07
2984B
0
2985B 1.10
2986B Tells the MVS Interface what point is being
2987B

calibrated. 0 = None, 1 = Set Zero, 2 = Set Span,


3 = Set Mid Point #1, 4 = Set Mid Point #2, 5 =
Set Mid Point #3, 6 = Sensor Setup, 7 = Sensor
Restore.
61
298B Calibrate Set Value
298B R/W
290B User
291B FL
29B 4
293B Any valid IEEE 754 float
294B 0.0
295B 1.10
296B Desired value for a calibration point.
297B

62
298B Sensor SRBX on Clear
29B R/W
230B User
2301B UINT8
230B 1
230B
01
2304B
0
2305B 1.10
2306B Indicates a SRBX alarm is desired if an alarm
2307B

condition clears. 0 = SRBX on Clear Disabled, 1


= SRBX on Clear Enabled.
Note: For 485 and Sensor Communication
2308B

Failures only.
63
2309B Sensor SRBX on Set
2301B R/W
2301B User
2301B UINT8
2301B 1
23014B
01
23015B
0
23016B 1.10
23017B Indicates a SRBX alarm is desired if an alarm
23018B

condition occurs. 0 = SRBX on Set Disabled, 1 =


SRBX on Set Enabled.
Note: For 485 and Sensor Communication
23019B

Failures only.
64
230B SP Zero Shift
2301B R/W
230B Both
230B FL
2304B 4
2305B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2306B 0.0
2307B 1.10
2308B Calibrated Zero Shift for SP in inches of H2O or
2309B

kPa.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-285


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 108: Multi-Variable Sensor


2153B

Param#
2154B Name
215B 2156B Access System or
2157B Data Type
2158B Length
2159B Range
2160B Default
216B Ver
216B Description of functionality and meaning of
2163B

User values
Update
65
230B MVS Type
2301B R/O
230B System
230B UINT8
2304B 1
2305B
02
2306B
0
2307B 2.20
2308B Indicates the module/sensor type. Valid values
2309B

are:
0 = Standard MVS
2304B

1 = Smart MVS
2 = 3095
66
23041B Temperature Bias
2304B R/W
2304B User
2304B FL
23045B 4
23046B Any valid IEEE 754 float
23047B 0
23048B 2.00
23049B Indicates the calibrated temperature bias for the
2305B

MVS temperature reading. Units based on units


parameter (#3).

3-286 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.36 Point Type 109: System Analog Inputs

Description:
23051B Point type 109 provides parameters for setting up and reading analog inputs.
2305B

Number of Logical Points:


2305B 5 logical points for System Analog Inputs may exist.
23054B

Storage Location:
2305B Point type 109 is saved to internal configuration memory.
23056B

Table 3-37: Point Type 109, System Analog Inputs


79B

Point Type 109: System Analog Inputs


23057B

Param #
23058B Name
23059B 2306B Access System or
23061B Data Type
2306B Length
2306B Range
23064B Default
23065B Ver
2306B Description of functionality and meaning of
23067B

User values
Update
0
23068B Point Tag Id.
23069B R/W
2307B User
23071B AC
2307B 10
2307B 0x20  0x7E for each
23074B Logic 0: 23075B 1.10
23081B Identification name for specific System AI.
2308B

ASCII character “Battery ” 23076B


Values must be printable ASCII characters.
Logic 1: Note: Point Tag ID on logical 1 is “Voltage In”
2308B

“Charge In “
2307B
when a PM-30 power module is installed
Logic 2: (Version 1.30).
“Module “ 23078B

Logic 3:
“AI Default” 23079B

Logic 4:
“OnBoardT 2308B

mp”
1
23084B Units Tag
23085B R/W
23086B User
23087B AC
2308B 10
23089B 0x20  0x7E for each
2309B Logic 0: 23091B 1.10
23097B Describes the units used by the System AI.
23098B

ASCII character “Volts “ 2309B


Values must be printable ASCII characters.
Logic 1:
“Volts “ 2309B

Logic 2:
“Volts “ 23094B

Logic 3:
“ “ 23095B

Logic 4:
“Degrees C
23096B


2
2309B Scanning
2310B R/W
2310B User
2310B UINT8
2310B 1
23104B 01
23105B 1
23106B 1.10
23107B If disabled, field inputs are ignored and no
23108B

changes will occur unless manually entered. 0 =


Disabled, 1 = Enabled.
3
23109B Scan Period
2310B R/W
231B User
231B FL
231B 4
2314B
1.0  43,200.0
2315B
1.0
2316B 1.10
2317B Number of seconds between updates of the
2318B

System AI.
4
2319B Actual Scan Time
2310B R/O
231B System
231B FL
231B 4
2314B
1.0  43,200.0
2315B
1.0
2316B 1.10
2317B Actual number of seconds between updates of
2318B

the System AI.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-287


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 109: System Analog Inputs


23057B

Param #
23058B Name
23059B 2306B Access System or
23061B Data Type
2306B Length
2306B Range
23064B Default
23065B Ver
2306B Description of functionality and meaning of
23067B

User values
Update
5
2319B Filter
2310B R/W
231B User
231B UINT8
231B 1
2314B
0  99
2315B
0
2316B 1.10
2317B Percentage of last raw A/D reading to be
2318B

weighted with the new raw A/D reading.


6
2319B Averaging
23140B R/W
2314B User
2314B UINT8
2314B 1
2314B
01
23145B
0
23146B 1.10
23147B If enabled, the filtered raw A/D value is averaged
23148B

over the Scan Period. If disabled, the current


filtered raw A/D value is used when the Scan
Period is reached. 0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled.
7
23149B Raw A/D Input
23150B R/W
2315B Both
2315B UINT16
2315B 2
23154B
0  65,535
2315B
0
23156B 1.10
23157B Raw A/D reading used to calculate the EU Value
23158B

(parameter #21).
8
23159B Zero Raw
23160B R/W
2316B User
2316B UINT16
2316B 2
23164B
0  65,535
23165B
Logic 0:
2316B 1.10
23176B Lowest raw A/D input.
2317B

0 23167B

Logic 1:
23168B

0 23169B

Logic 2:
23170B

0 2317B

Logic 3:
2317B

819 2317B

Logic 4:
23174B

10 23175B

9
23178B Span Raw
23179B R/W
23180B User
2318B UINT16
2318B 2
2318B
0  65,535
23184B
Logic 0:
23185B 1.10
23195B Highest raw A/D input.
23196B

255 23186B

Logic 1:
23187B

255 2318B

Logic 2:
23189B

255 23190B

Logic 3:
2319B

4095 2319B

Logic 4:
2319B

179 23194B

10
23197B Zero EU
23198B R/O
2319B User
230B FL
2301B 4
230B Any valid IEEE 754 float
230B Logic 0:
2304B 1.10
2314B Lowest EU value.
2315B

0.0 2305B

Logic 1:
2306B

0.0 2307B

Logic 2:
2308B

0.0 2309B

Logic 3:
2310B

0.0 231B

Logic 4:
231B

-40.0 231B

3-288 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 109: System Analog Inputs


23057B

Param #
23058B Name
23059B 2306B Access System or
23061B Data Type
2306B Length
2306B Range
23064B Default
23065B Ver
2306B Description of functionality and meaning of
23067B

User values
Update
11
2316B Span EU
2317B R/O
2318B User
2319B FL
230B 4
231B Any valid IEEE 754 float
23B Logic 0:
23B 1.10
23B Highest EU value.
234B

16.225 234B

Logic 1:
235B

19.95 236B

Logic 2:
237B

16.225 238B

Logic 3:
239B

100.0 230B

Logic 4:
231B

125.0 23B

12
235B EU Value
236B R/W
237B Both
238B FL
239B 4
2340B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2341B Logic 0:
234B 1.10
235B Value in Engineering Units.
235B

12.0 234B

Logic 1:
234B

13.5 2345B

Logic 2:
2346B

12.0 2347B

Logic 3:
2348B

0.0 2349B

Logic 4:
2350B

20.0 2351B

13
2354B Clipping
235B R/W
2356B User
2357B UINT8
2358B 1
2359B
01
2360B
0
2361B 1.10
236B If enabled, then the EU Value (parameter #12)
236B

cannot be less than the Low Low Alarm EU


(parameter #14) or greater than the High High
Alarm EU (parameter #17). If disabled, no
limiting of the EU Value (parameter #12) takes
place. 0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled.
14
2364B Low Low Alarm EU
2365B R/W
236B User
2367B FL
2368B 4
2369B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2370B Logic 0:
237B 1.10
238B Alarm value for Low Low Alarm and minimum
238B

EXCEPT +B, then it is


2371B 10.6 237B
EU Value (parameter #12) if Clipping (parameter
>=9.00Volts Logic 1:
2374B
#13) is enabled.
10.0 2375B
Note: Low Low Alarm is 10.1 on logicals 0 and 2
2384B

when a PM-30 power module is installed


Logic 2:
2376B

(Version 1.30)
10.6 237B

Logic 3:
2378B

-20.0 2379B

Logic 4:
2380B

-25.0 2381B

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-289


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 109: System Analog Inputs


23057B

Param #
23058B Name
23059B 2306B Access System or
23061B Data Type
2306B Length
2306B Range
23064B Default
23065B Ver
2306B Description of functionality and meaning of
23067B

User values
Update
15
2385B Low Alarm EU
2386B R/W
2387B User
238B FL
2389B 4
2390B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2391B Logic 0:
239B 1.10
230B Alarm value for Low Alarm.
230B

11.0 239B

Logic 1:
2394B

11.0 2395B

Logic 2:
2396B

11.0 2397B

Logic 3:
2398B

-10.0 239B

Logic 4:
230B

-15.0 2301B

16
2304B High Alarm EU
2305B R/W
2306B User
2307B FL
2308B 4
2309B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2310B Logic 0:
231B 1.10
231B Alarm value for High Alarm.
23B

14.5 231B

Logic 1:
231B

17.0 2314B

Logic 2:
2315B

14.5 2316B

Logic 3:
2317B

110.0 2318B

Logic 4:
2319B

100.0 230B

17
23B High High Alarm EU
234B R/W
235B User
236B FL
237B 4
238B Any valid IEEE 754 float
239B Logic 0:
230B 1.10
2340B Alarm value for High High Alarm and maximum
2341B

15.0 231B
EU Value (parameter #12) if Clipping (parameter
#13) is enabled.
Logic 1:
23B

18.5 23B

Logic 2:
234B

15.0 235B

Logic 3:
236B

120.0 237B

Logic 4:
238B

110.0 239B

3-290 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 109: System Analog Inputs


23057B

Param #
23058B Name
23059B 2306B Access System or
23061B Data Type
2306B Length
2306B Range
23064B Default
23065B Ver
2306B Description of functionality and meaning of
23067B

User values
Update
18
234B Rate Alarm EU
234B R/W
234B User
2345B FL
2346B 4
2347B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2348B Logic 0:
2349B 1.10
2359B Alarm value for maximum change of EU Value
2360B

3.0 2350B
(parameter #12) between Scan Periods.
Logic 1:
2351B

3.0 235B

Logic 2:
235B

3.0 2354B

Logic 3:
235B

5.0 2356B

Logic 4:
2357B

8.0 2358B

19
2361B Alarm Deadband
236B R/W
236B User
2364B FL
2365B 4
236B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2367B Logic 0:
2368B 1.10
2378B Provides a range () that the EU Value
2379B

0.5 2369B
(parameter #12) may move between without
Logic 1:
2370B
causing another alarm.
1.0 2371B

Logic 2:
237B

0.5 237B

Logic 3:
2374B

2.0 2375B

Logic 4:
2376B

5.0 237B

20
2380B Alarming
2381B R/W
238B User
238B UINT8
2384B 1
2385B
01
2386B
0
2387B 1.10
238B If enabled, alarms may be generated and sent to
2389B

the Alarm Log. 0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled.


21
2390B SRBX on Clear
2391B R/W
239B User
239B UINT8
2394B 1
2395B 01
2396B 0
2397B 1.10
2398B Indicates a SRBX alarm is desired if an alarm
239B

condition clears. 0 = SRBX on Clear Disabled, 1


= SRBX on Clear Enabled.
22
2340B SRBX on Set
23401B R/W
2340B User
2340B UINT8
2340B 1
23405B
01
23406B
0
23407B 1.10
23408B Indicates a SRBX alarm is desired if an alarm
23409B

condition occurs. 0 = SRBX on Set Disabled, 1 =


SRBX on Set Enabled.
23
23410B Alarm Code
2341B R/O
2341B System
2341B BIN
2341B 1
23415B
0x00  0xFF
23416B
0x00
23417B 1.10
23418B

23.0
23419B Low Alarm
2340B Bit 0
2341B 0
234B 1.10
234B If set, the EU Value (parameter #12) is less than
234B

or equal to the Low Alarm EU (parameter #15). If


clear, the EU Value (parameter #12) is greater
than the Low Alarm EU (parameter #15).
23.1
2345B Low Low Alarm
2346B Bit 1
2347B 0
2348B 1.10
2349B If set, the EU Value (parameter #12) is less than
2340B

or equal to the Low Low Alarm EU (parameter


#14). If clear, the EU Value (parameter #12) is
greater than the Low Low Alarm EU (parameter
#14).

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-291


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 109: System Analog Inputs


23057B

Param #
23058B Name
23059B 2306B Access System or
23061B Data Type
2306B Length
2306B Range
23064B Default
23065B Ver
2306B Description of functionality and meaning of
23067B

User values
Update
23.2
2341B High Alarm
234B Bit 2
234B 0
234B 1.10
2345B If set, the EU Value (parameter #12) is greater
2346B

than or equal to the High Alarm EU (parameter


#16). If clear, the EU Value (parameter #12) is
less than the High Alarm EU (parameter #16).
23.3
2347B High High Alarm
2348B Bit 3
2349B 0
2340B 1.10
2341B If set, the EU Value (parameter #12) is greater
234B

than or equal to the High High Alarm EU


(parameter #17). If clear, the EU Value
(parameter #12) is less than the High High Alarm
EU (parameter #17).
23.4
234B Rate Alarm
234B Bit 4
2345B 0
2346B 1.10
2347B If set, the EU Value (parameter #12) change
2348B

from last Scan Period to the new Scan Period is


greater than or equal to the Rate Alarm EU
(parameter #18). If clear, the EU Value
(parameter #12) change from last Scan Period to
the new Scan Period is less than the Rate Alarm
EU (parameter #18).
23.5
2349B Not Used
23450B Bit 5
23451B 0
2345B Not Used
2345B

23.6
2345B Point Fail Alarm
2345B Bit 6
23456B 0
23457B 1.10
23458B If set, the System AI’s hardware is reporting a
23459B

malfunction. If clear, the System AI’s hardware is


operating properly.
23.7
23460B Scanning Disabled Alarm
23461B Bit 7
2346B 0
2346B 1.10
2346B If set, the Scanning (parameter #2) has been
23465B

disabled. If clear, the Scanning (parameter #2)


has been enabled.
24
2346B Units
23467B R/W
23468B User
23469B UINT8
23470B 1
23471B
Logic 0  3:
2347B Logic 0 
23476B 1.10
23480B Indicates what units the EU value will be.
23481B

01 2347B
3: Logic 0  3:
2348B

Logic 4:
2347B
0 2347B

0 = Volts, 1 = milliVolts
2348B

03 23475B
Logic 4:23478B

Logic 4:
2348B

1 23479B

0 = F, 1 = C, 2 = K, 3 = R.


23485B

3-292 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.37 Point Type 110: PID Control Parameters

Description:
23486B Point type 110 provides parameters for configuring and controlling PID loops.
23487B

Number of Logical Points:


2348B 16 logical points for PID Control Parameters may exist, depending on the number of active PIDs.
23489B

Storage Location:
23490B Point type 110 is saved to internal configuration memory.
23491B

Table 3-38: Point Type 110 , PID Control Parameters


80B

Point Type 110: PID Control Parameters


2349B

Param#
2349B Name
2349B 23495B Access System or
23496B Data Type
23497B Length
23498B Range
2349B Default
2350B Ver
23501B Description of functionality and meaning of
2350B

User values
Update
0
2350B Point Tag Id.
23504B R/W
2350B User
23506B AC
23507B 10
23508B 0x20  0x7E for each
23509B “PID X” 23510B 1.10
2351B Identification name for specific PID. Values must
2351B

ASCII character where X is be printable ASCII characters.


the PID
number
1
2351B PID Mode
23514B R/W
2351B User
23516B UINT8
23517B 1
23518B 03
23519B 0
2350B 1.10
2351B Indicates whether the PID is disabled, in manual
235B

mode, automatic mode, or in remote setpoint


mode.
0 = PID Disabled
235B

1 = Manual
2354B

2 = Automatic
235B

3 = Remote Setpoint
2356B

2
2357B Loop Period
2358B R/W
2359B User
2350B FL
2351B 4
235B 0.05  Any positive
235B 1.5
2354B 1.10
235B Desired frequency of execution of the PID
2356B

valid IEEE 754 float algorithm in seconds.


3
2357B Actual Loop Period
2358B R/O
2359B System
23540B FL
23541B 4
2354B 0.05  Any positive
2354B 0
2354B 1.10
2354B Actual frequency of execution of the PID
23546B

valid IEEE 754 float algorithm in seconds.


4
23547B Action on Process Variable
23548B R/O
23549B User
2350B UINT8
2351B 1
235B
01
235B
0
2354B 1.10
235B Indicates what action to take if the process
2356B

Failure (Reserved) variable has questionable data.


0 = No action
2357B

1 = Switch mode to manual


2358B

5
2359B Discrete Output Control
23560B R/W
23561B User
2356B UINT8
2356B 1
23564B
01
2356B
0
2356B 1.10
23567B 0 = Analog Control
23568B

1 = DO Control
23569B

2 = Brooks Control (AC I/O)


23570B

6
23571B Reset Mode
2357B R/W
2357B User
23574B UINT8
2357B 1
23576B 01
2357B 1
23578B 1.10
23579B Indicates whether the PID will be disabled on a
23580B

restart of any kind or retain its last mode.


0 = Retain last mode
23581B

1 = Disable after Reset.


2358B

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-293


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 110: PID Control Parameters


2349B

Param#
2349B Name
2349B 23495B Access System or
23496B Data Type
23497B Length
23498B Range
2349B Default
2350B Ver
23501B Description of functionality and meaning of
2350B

User values
Update
7
2358B Manual Tracking
23584B R/W
2358B User
23586B UINT8
23587B 1
2358B
01
23589B
0
23590B 1.10
23591B If in Manual Mode, the Primary Setpoint is set
2359B

equal to the current Primary Process Variable. If


disabled, nothing occurs.
0 = Disable Manual Tracking
2359B

1 = Enable Manual Tracking.


23594B

8
2359B Primary Input Point
23596B R/W
23597B User
23598B TLP
2359B 3
2360B TLP 0,0,0 and TLP
23601B 0,0,0
2360B 1.10
2360B The parameter assigned to read the Primary
23604B

6077, 0255, 0255 Process Variable (parameter #9) from.


(must be float) and TLP
103,5148,21 and TLP
105,5148,10 or 13
and TLP
96,05,211and TLP
98,031,120 and
TLP 108,011,1920
or 35 or 50 and TLP
106,5148,22 and TLP
107,5148,9 and TLP
112,011,5354 and
TLP 113,011,26 or 28
or 30 and
114,011,03 and
TLP 115,011,14 or 16
or 18 and TLP
116,011,03
9
23605B Primary Process Variable
2360B R/W
23607B Both
23608B FL
23609B 4
23610B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2361B 0.0
2361B 1.10
2361B Input value for the Primary Loop.
23614B

10
23615B Primary Setpoint Point
2361B R/W
23617B User
23618B TLP
23619B 3
2360B TLP 0,0,0 and TLP
2361B 0,0,0
236B 1.10
236B The parameter assigned to read the primary
2364B

6077, 0255, 0255 setpoint (parameter #11) from.


(must be float) and TLP
103,5148,21 and TLP
105,5148,10 or 13
and TLP
96,05,211and TLP
98,031,120 and
TLP 108,011,1920
or 35 or 50 and TLP
106,5148,22 and TLP
107,5148,14 and TLP
112,011,5354 and
TLP 114,011,03
and TLP
116,011,03
11
2365B Primary Setpoint
236B R/W
2367B Both
2368B FL
2369B 4
2360B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2361B 0.0
236B 1.10
236B Desired value of the Primary Process Variable
2364B

(parameter #9).

3-294 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 110: PID Control Parameters


2349B

Param#
2349B Name
2349B 23495B Access System or
23496B Data Type
23497B Length
23498B Range
2349B Default
2350B Ver
23501B Description of functionality and meaning of
2350B

User values
Update
12
2365B Primary Setpoint Low Limit
236B R/W
2367B User
2368B FL
2369B 4
23640B Any valid IEEE 754 float
23641B 0.0
2364B 1.10
2364B Lowest allowed value for the primary setpoint
2364B

(parameter #11).
13
23645B Primary Setpoint High Limit
2364B R/W
23647B User
23648B FL
23649B 4
23650B Any valid IEEE 754 float
23651B 1000000.0
2365B 1.10
2365B Highest allowed value for the primary setpoint
23654B

(parameter #11).
14
2365B Primary Setpoint Maximum
2365B R/W
23657B User
23658B FL
23659B 4
2360B Any positive valid IEEE
2361B 0.0
236B 1.10
236B Maximum rate of change allowed for the actual
2364B

Change Rate 754 float setpoint used by the Primary Loop in


engineering units per minute (EU/minute). A
value of 0 disables this option.
15
2365B Primary Proportional Gain
236B R/W
2367B User
2368B FL
2369B 4
23670B Any positive valid IEEE
23671B 0.5
2367B 1.10
2367B Proportional gain (KP) of the Primary Loop.
23674B

754 float
16
23675B Primary Integral Gain
2367B R/W
2367B User
23678B FL
23679B 4
23680B Any positive valid IEEE
23681B 4.0
2368B 1.10
2368B Integral gain (KI) of the Primary Loop.
23684B

754 float
17
23685B Primary Derivative Gain
2368B R/W
23687B User
2368B FL
23689B 4
23690B Any positive valid IEEE
23691B 0.0
2369B 1.10
2369B Derivative gain (KD) of the Primary Loop.
23694B

754 float
18
23695B Primary Scale Factor
2369B R/W
23697B User
23698B FL
2369B 4
2370B Any valid IEEE 754 float
23701B -1.0
2370B 1.10
2370B Scale factor (FS) of the Primary Loop.
23704B

19
23705B Primary Integral Deadband
23706B R/W
2370B User
23708B FL
23709B 4
23710B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2371B 0.0
2371B 1.10
2371B Range () that the error at time t (et) must be
23714B

greater than or equal to for the Primary Loop to


include the KI term for the change in output
calculation.
20
23715B Primary Change in Output
23716B R/O
2371B System
23718B FL
23719B 4
2370B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2371B 0.0
237B 1.10
237B Calculated change in output from the Primary
2374B

Loop.
21
2375B Override Loop Mode
2376B R/W
237B User
2378B UINT8
2379B 1
2370B
02
2371B
0
237B 1.10
237B Indicates which loops have been enabled for
2374B

control. 0 = Primary Loop Only


1 = Primary and Override Loop
2375B

2 = Override Loop Only.


2376B

22
237B Loop Switch Select
2378B R/W
2379B User
23740B UINT8
23741B 1
2374B
01
2374B
0
2374B 1.10
23745B Indicates when to switch to the Override Loop
23746B

based upon whether the Primary change in


output is less than or greater than the Override
change in output.
0 = Low Override
2374B

1 = High Override.
23748B

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-295


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 110: PID Control Parameters


2349B

Param#
2349B Name
2349B 23495B Access System or
23496B Data Type
23497B Length
23498B Range
2349B Default
2350B Ver
23501B Description of functionality and meaning of
2350B

User values
Update
23
23749B Override Input Point
23750B R/W
23751B User
2375B TLP
2375B 3
23754B TLP 0,0,0 and TLP
2375B 0,0,0
23756B 1.10
2375B The parameter assigned to read the Override
23758B

6077, 0255, 0255 Process Variable (parameter #24) from.


(must be float) and TLP
103,5148,21 and TLP
105,5148,10 or 13
and TLP
96,05,211and TLP
98,031,120 and
TLP 108,011,1920
or 35 or 50 and TLP
106,5148,22 and TLP
107,5148,9 and TLP
112,011,5354 and
TLP 113,011,26 or 28
or 30 and
114,011,03 and
TLP 115,011,14 or 16
or 18 and TLP
116,011,03
24
23759B Override Process Variable
23760B R/W
23761B Both
2376B FL
2376B 4
23764B Any valid IEEE 754 float
23765B 0.0
2376B 1.10
2376B Input value for the Override Loop.
23768B

25
23769B Override Setpoint Point
2370B R/W
2371B User
237B TLP
237B 3
2374B TLP 0,0,0 and TLP
2375B 0,0,0
2376B 1.10
237B The parameter assigned to read the override
2378B

6077, 0255, 0255 setpoint (parameter #26) from


(must be float) and TLP
103,5148,21 and TLP
105,5148,10 or 13
and TLP
96,05,211and TLP
98,031,120 and
TLP 108,011,1920
or 35 or 50 and TLP
106,5148,22 and TLP
107,5148,14 and TLP
112,011,5354 and
TLP 114,011,03
and TLP
116,011,03
26
2379B Override Setpoint
23780B R/W
23781B User
2378B FL
2378B 4
23784B Any valid IEEE 754 float
23785B 0.0
23786B 1.10
2378B Desired value of the Override Process Variable
2378B

(parameter #24).
27
23789B Override Setpoint Low Limit
23790B R/W
23791B User
2379B FL
2379B 4
23794B Any valid IEEE 754 float
23795B 0.0
23796B 1.10
2379B Lowest allowed value for the override setpoint
23798B

(parameter #26).
28
2379B Override Setpoint High Limit
2380B R/W
23801B User
2380B FL
2380B 4
23804B Any valid IEEE 754 float
23805B 1000000.0
23806B 1.10
23807B Highest allowed value for the override setpoint
2380B

(parameter #26).

3-296 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 110: PID Control Parameters


2349B

Param#
2349B Name
2349B 23495B Access System or
23496B Data Type
23497B Length
23498B Range
2349B Default
2350B Ver
23501B Description of functionality and meaning of
2350B

User values
Update
29
23809B Override Setpoint Maximum
23810B R/W
2381B User
2381B FL
2381B 4
23814B Any positive valid IEEE
23815B 0.0
23816B 1.10
23817B Maximum rate of change allowed for the actual
2381B

Change Rate 754 float setpoint used by the Override Loop in


engineering units per minute (EU/minute).
30
23819B Override Proportional Gain
2380B R/W
2381B User
238B FL
238B 4
2384B Any positive valid IEEE
2385B 0.5
2386B 1.10
2387B Proportional gain (KP) of the Override Loop.
238B

754 float
31
2389B Override Integral Gain
2380B R/W
2381B User
238B FL
238B 4
2384B Any positive valid IEEE
2385B 4.0
2386B 1.10
2387B Integral gain (KI) of the Override Loop.
238B

754 float
32
2389B Override Derivative Gain
23840B R/W
23841B User
2384B FL
2384B 4
2384B Any positive valid IEEE
23845B 0.0
23846B 1.10
23847B Derivative gain (KD) of the Override Loop.
2384B

754 float
33
23849B Override Scale Factor
23850B R/W
23851B User
2385B FL
2385B 4
23854B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2385B -1.0
23856B 1.10
23857B Scale factor (FS) of the Override Loop.
2385B

34
23859B Override Integral Deadband
23860B R/W
23861B User
2386B FL
2386B 4
23864B Any valid IEEE 754 float
23865B 0.0
2386B 1.10
23867B Range () that the error at time t (et) must be
2386B

greater than or equal to for the Override Loop to


include the KI term for the change in output
calculation.
35
23869B Override Change in Output
23870B R/O
23871B System
2387B FL
2387B 4
23874B Any valid IEEE 754 float
23875B 0.0
23876B 1.10
2387B Calculated change in output from the Override
2387B

Loop.
36
23879B Switch Status
2380B R/O
2381B System
238B UINT8
238B 1
2384B
02
2385B
0
2386B 1.10
2387B Indicates what loop is currently being used to
238B

control the process variable.


0 = Neither
2389B

1 = Primary Loop
23890B

2 = Override Loop.
23891B

37
2389B Current Output of PID
2389B R/W
23894B Both
23895B FL
23896B 4
23897B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2389B 0.0
2389B 1.10
2390B Value that is sent to current output.
23901B

38
2390B Output of PID point
2390B R/W
23904B User
23905B TLP
23906B 3
23907B TLP 0,0,0 and {if DO
23908B 0,0,0
2390B 1.10
23910B The parameter assigned to write the analog
2391B

Control Off TLP control output of the PID loop to. Only used of
104,5148,12 and TLP DO Control (parameter #5) is Off.
96,05,211 and TLP
98,031,120 and
TLP 6077, 0255,
0255 (must be float)}
39
2391B Discrete Open PID output
2391B R/W
23914B User
23915B TLP
23916B 3
23917B TLP 0,0,0 and {if DO
23918B 0,0,0
35260B 1.10
2391B The parameter assigned to write the
35261B

Control On TLP increase/open output to. Only used if DO Control


102,5148,20 and TLP (parameter #5) is On.
96,05,211 and TLP
98,031,120 and
TLP 6077, 0255,
0255 (must be float) }

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-297


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 110: PID Control Parameters


2349B

Param#
2349B Name
2349B 23495B Access System or
23496B Data Type
23497B Length
23498B Range
2349B Default
2350B Ver
23501B Description of functionality and meaning of
2350B

User values
Update
40
2390B Discrete Close PID output
2391B R/W
239B User
239B TLP
2394B 3
2395B TLP 0,0,0 and {if DO
2396B 0,0,0
3526B 1.10
2397B The parameter assigned to write the
3526B

Control On TLP decrease/closed output to. Only used if DO


102,5148,20 and TLP Control (parameter #5) is On.
96,05,211 and TLP
98,031,120 and
TLP 6077, 0255,
0255 (must be float) }
41
2398B Output Low Limit
239B R/W
2390B User
2391B FL
239B 4
239B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2394B 0.0
35264B 1.10
2395B Minimum allowable PID output. If the change in
3526B

output calculated by the loop would cause the


current value of the output to go below this
value, the output will be set to this value.
42
2396B Output High Limit
2397B R/W
2398B User
239B FL
23940B 4
23941B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2394B 100.0
3526B 1.10
2394B Maximum allowable PID output. If the change in
35267B

output calculated by the loop would cause the


current value of the output to go above this
value, the output will be set to this value.
43
2394B Output Low Limit Status
23945B R/O
23946B System
23947B UINT8
23948B 1
2394B
01
23950B
0
35268B 1.10
23951B Indication that the output of the PID loop has
35269B

been clipped by the low output limit. 0 = Not


limited, 1 = Low output limited.
44
2395B Output High Limit Status
2395B R/O
23954B System
2395B UINT8
23956B 1
23957B
01
23958B
0
35270B 1.10
2395B Indication that the output of the PID loop has
35271B

been clipped by the high output limit. 0 = Not


limited, 1 = High output limited.
45
23960B Primary Process Variable
23961B R/O
2396B System
2396B UINT8
23964B 1
23965B
02
2396B
0
3527B 1.10
23967B Indication of the status of the primary process
3527B

Status variable. 0 = No error, 1 = Questionable data, 2


= Invalid TLP.
46
23968B Primary Setpoint Low Limit
2396B R/O
23970B System
23971B UINT8
2397B 1
2397B
01
23974B
0
35274B 1.10
23975B Indication that the primary setpoint has been
3527B

Status clipped by the low setpoint limit. 0 = Not limited,


1 = Low setpoint limited.
47
23976B Primary Setpoint High Limit
2397B R/O
23978B System
2397B UINT8
23980B 1
23981B 01
2398B 0
35276B 1.10
2398B Indication that the primary setpoint has been
3527B

Status clipped by the high setpoint limit. 0 = Not limited,


1 = High setpoint limited.
48
23984B Primary Setpoint Rate Limited
23985B R/O
23986B System
23987B UINT8
2398B 1
2398B
01
2390B
0
35278B 1.10
2391B Indication that the primary setpoint currently
35279B

being used by the PID calculation is currently


being limited by the maximum setpoint change
rate (parameter #14).
49
239B Override Process Variable
239B R/O
2394B System
2395B UINT8
2396B 1
2397B
02
2398B
0
35280B 1.10
239B Indication of the status of the override process
35281B

Status variable. 0 = No error, 1 = Questionable data, 2


= Invalid TLP.
50
240B Override Setpoint Low Limit
2401B R/O
240B System
2403B UINT8
240B 1
2405B
01
2406B
0
3528B 1.10
2407B Indication that the override setpoint has been
3528B

Status clipped by the low setpoint limit. 0 = Not limited,


1 = Low setpoint limited.

3-298 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 110: PID Control Parameters


2349B

Param#
2349B Name
2349B 23495B Access System or
23496B Data Type
23497B Length
23498B Range
2349B Default
2350B Ver
23501B Description of functionality and meaning of
2350B

User values
Update
51
2408B Override Setpoint High Limit
2409B R/O
2401B System
2401B UINT8
2401B 1
24013B
01
2401B
0
35284B 1.10
24015B Indication that the override setpoint has been
3528B

Status clipped by the high setpoint limit. 0 = Not limited,


1 = High setpoint limited.
52
24016B Override Setpoint Rate
24017B R/O
24018B System
24019B UINT8
240B 1
2401B
01
240B
0
35286B 1.10
2403B Indication that the override setpoint currently
35287B

Limited being used by the PID calculation is currently


being limited by the maximum setpoint change
rate (parameter #29).
53
240B Override Threshold Value
2405B R/W
2406B User
2407B FL
2408B 4
2409B Any positive valid IEEE
2403B 0.0
3528B 1.10
24031B The override function will only be allowed to take
35289B

754 float control if the override process variable is within


the threshold value of the override setpoint.
54
2403B Action Wait Time
2403B R/W
2403B User
24035B FL
24036B 4
24037B Any positive valid IEEE
24038B 1.0
35290B 1.10
24039B When taking an action, this amount of time, in
35291B

754 float seconds, is added to make sure the process


returns to a steady state before a new action is
taken. Only used if Brooks Control (parameter
#5) is selected.
55
240B Upstream Output Point
2401B R/W
240B User
2403B TLP
240B 3
2405B TLP 0,0,0 and
2406B 0,0,0
3529B 1.10
2408B The parameter assigned to write the upstream
3529B

TLP 140, X, 37
2407B
output to. Only used if Brooks Control
(parameter #5) is selected. Only valid output is
an AC I/O EU TLP
56
2409B Downstream Output Point
2405B R/W
24051B User
2405B TLP
24053B 3
2405B TLP 0,0,0 and
2405B 0,0,0
35294B 1.10
24057B The parameter assigned to write the
3529B

TLP 140, X, 37
24056B
downstream output to. Only used if Brooks
Control (parameter #5) is selected. Only valid
output is an AC I/O EU TLP
57
24058B Valve Dead Time
24059B R/W
2406B User
24061B FL
2406B 4
24063B Any positive valid IEEE
2406B 0.0
35296B 1.10
24065B An amount of time, in seconds, added to every
35297B

754 float TDO EU value passed to the AC I/O to account


for extra time to break valve seal. Only used if
Brooks Control (parameter #5) is selected.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-299


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.38 Point Type 117: Modbus Configuration Parameters

Description:
2406B Point type 117 provides parameters for setting up the Modbus protocol.
24067B

Number of Logical Points:


24068B 6 logical points for Modbus Configuration Parameters may exist corresponding to LOI through Comm 5.
24069B

Storage Location:
2407B Point type 117 is saved to internal configuration memory.
24071B

Table 3-39: Point Type 117, Modbus Configuration Parameters


81B

Point Type 117: Modbus Configuration Parameters


2407B

Param#
24073B Name
2407B 24075B Access System or
24076B Data Type
2407B Length
24078B Range
24079B Default
2408B Ver
24081B Description of functionality and meaning of
2408B

User values
Update
0
24083B Transmission Mode
2408B R/W
24085B User
24086B UINT8
24087B 1
2408B 01
24089B 0
2409B 1.10
35298B Controls the type of transmission mode desired.
24091B

0 = RTU Mode
2409B

1 = ASCII Mode
1
24093B Byte Order
2409B R/W
24095B User
24096B UINT8
24097B 1
24098B 01
2409B 0
2410B 1.10
3529B Controls which byte is sent out first for floats, short
2410B

integers, and long integers.


0 = LSB first (Associated with little-endian
2410B

processors)
1 = MSB first (Associated with big-endian
24103B

processors)
2
2410B Event Log Enable
24105B R/W
24106B User
24107B UINT8
24108B 1
24109B 01
2410B 1
241B 1.10
350B Controls if changes to Modbus registers are logged
241B

to the event log or not (Slave mode only).


0 = No Logging
2413B

1 = Log to Event Log


3
241B Slave Exception Status
2415B R/O
2416B System
2417B UINT8
2418B 1
2419B 03
2410B 0
241B 1.10
3501B Contains the error code for the last Modbus
241B

message received (Slave mode only).


0 = No Error
2413B

1 = Illegal Function
2 = Illegal Data Address
3 = Illegal Data Value
4
241B Master Poll Request Trigger
2415B R/W
2416B Both
2417B UINT8
2418B 1
2419B 01
24130B 0
2413B 1.10
3502B Controls the initiation of a Modbus master polling
2413B

sequence (Master mode only).


0 = No polling
2413B

1 = Begin polling with the entry in the Modbus


2413B

master table indicated by the master starting


request number (parameter #5) and continue
through the table for the number of master requests
(parameter #6). This parameter will be reset by the
system when the polling sequence has been
completed.

3-300 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 117: Modbus Configuration Parameters


2407B

Param#
24073B Name
2407B 24075B Access System or
24076B Data Type
2407B Length
24078B Range
24079B Default
2408B Ver
24081B Description of functionality and meaning of
2408B

User values
Update
5
24135B Master Starting Request
24136B R/W
24137B User
24138B UINT16
24139B 2
2410B 1 - 75
241B 1
241B 1.10
350B Contains the request number in the Modbus master
2413B

Number table to begin with when the Modbus master poll


request trigger (parameter #4) is set (Master mode
only).
6
241B Master Number of Requests
2415B R/W
2416B User
2417B UINT16
2418B 2
2419B 0  75
24150B 0
2415B 1.10
3504B Contains the total number of Modbus requests to be
2415B

made when the Modbus master poll request trigger


(parameter #4) is set (Master mode only).
7
24153B Master Continuous Polling
2415B R/W
2415B User
24156B UINT8
24157B 1
24158B 01
24159B 0
24160B 1.10
350B Controls whether the Modbus master poll request
2416B

Enable sequence specified is executed on a continuous


basis (Master mode only).
0 = Continuous polling disabled
2416B

1 = Continuous polling enabled


8
24163B Master Poll Request Delay
2416B R/W
24165B User
2416B FL
24167B 4
24168B 1  86400 (24 hrs)
24169B 1
24170B 1.10
3506B Contains the delay time in seconds between
2417B

continuous master poll requests (Continuous poll


mode only).
Note: Default and minimum changed to 1 in Version
2417B

2.40.
9
24173B Reserved
2417B R/O
24175B System
24176B UINT8
2417B 1
24178B 0
24179B 0
24180B 1.10
3507B Reserved for future use.
2418B

10
2418B Low Integer Scale
24183B R/W
2418B User
24185B INT16
24186B 2
24187B -32768  32767
2418B 0
24189B 1.10
3508B Contains the lower limit value when scaling floating-
24190B

point data.
11
2419B High Integer Scale
2419B R/W
24193B User
2419B INT16
24195B 2
24196B -32768  32767
24197B 4095
24198B 1.10
3509B Contains the upper limit value when scaling floating-
2419B

point data.
12
240B Low Float Scale 1
2401B R/W
240B User
2403B FL
240B 4
2405B Any IEEE 754
2406B 0.0
2407B 1.10
3510B Contains the lower limit in float range 1 when
2408B

floating point converting integers to floats and vice-versa.


number
13
2409B High Float Scale 1
2410B R/W
241B User
241B FL
2413B 4
241B Any IEEE 754
2415B 0.0
2416B 1.10
351B Contains the upper limit in float range 1 when
2417B

floating point converting integers to floats and vice-versa.


number
14
2418B Low Float Scale 2
2419B R/W
240B User
241B FL
24B 4
243B Any IEEE 754
24B 0.0
245B 1.10
3512B Contains the lower limit in float range 2 when
246B

floating point converting integers to floats and vice-versa.


number
15
247B High Float Scale 2
248B R/W
249B User
2430B FL
2431B 4
243B Any IEEE 754
243B 0.0
243B 1.10
351B Contains the upper limit in float range 2 when
2435B

floating point converting integers to floats and vice-versa.


number
16
2436B Low Float Scale 3
2437B R/W
2438B User
2439B FL
240B 4
241B Any IEEE 754
24B 0.0
243B 1.10
3514B Contains the lower limit in float range 3 when
24B

floating point converting integers to floats and vice-versa.


number
17
245B High Float Scale 3
246B R/W
247B User
248B FL
249B 4
2450B Any IEEE 754
2451B 0.0
245B 1.10
351B Contains the upper limit in float range 3 when
2453B

floating point converting integers to floats and vice-versa.


number

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-301


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 117: Modbus Configuration Parameters


2407B

Param#
24073B Name
2407B 24075B Access System or
24076B Data Type
2407B Length
24078B Range
24079B Default
2408B Ver
24081B Description of functionality and meaning of
2408B

User values
Update
18
245B Low Float Scale 4
245B R/W
2456B User
2457B FL
2458B 4
2459B Any IEEE 754
2460B 0.0
2461B 1.10
3516B Contains the lower limit in float range 4 when
246B

floating point converting integers to floats and vice-versa.


number
19
2463B High Float Scale 4
246B R/W
2465B User
246B FL
2467B 4
2468B Any IEEE 754
2469B 0.0
2470B 1.10
3517B Contains the upper limit in float range 4 when
2471B

floating point converting integers to floats and vice-versa.


number
20
247B Low Float Scale 5
2473B R/W
247B User
2475B FL
2476B 4
247B Any IEEE 754
2478B 0.0
2479B 1.10
3518B Contains the lower limit in float range 5 when
2480B

floating point converting integers to floats and vice-versa.


number
21
2481B High Float Scale 5
248B R/W
2483B User
248B FL
2485B 4
2486B Any IEEE 754
2487B 0.0
248B 1.10
3519B Contains the upper limit in float range 5 when
2489B

floating point converting integers to floats and vice-versa.


number
22
2490B Low Float Scale 6
2491B R/W
249B User
2493B FL
249B 4
2495B Any IEEE 754
2496B 0.0
2497B 1.10
3520B Contains the lower limit in float range 6 when
2498B

floating point converting integers to floats and vice-versa.


number
23
249B High Float Scale 6
2430B R/W
24301B User
2430B FL
2430B 4
2430B Any IEEE 754
24305B 0.0
24306B 1.10
3521B Contains the upper limit in float range 6 when
24307B

floating point converting integers to floats and vice-versa.


number
24
24308B Low Float Scale 7
24309B R/W
24310B User
2431B FL
2431B 4
2431B Any IEEE 754
2431B 0.0
24315B 1.10
352B Contains the lower limit in float range 7 when
24316B

floating point converting integers to floats and vice-versa.


number
25
24317B High Float Scale 7
24318B R/W
24319B User
2430B FL
2431B 4
243B Any IEEE 754
243B 0.0
243B 1.10
352B Contains the upper limit in float range 7 when
2435B

floating point converting integers to floats and vice-versa.


number
26
2436B Low Float Scale 8
2437B R/W
2438B User
2439B FL
2430B 4
2431B Any IEEE 754
243B 0.0
243B 1.10
3524B Contains the lower limit in float range 8 when
243B

floating point converting integers to floats and vice-versa.


number
27
2435B High Float Scale 8
2436B R/W
2437B User
2438B FL
2439B 4
2430B Any IEEE 754
2431B 0.0
243B 1.10
352B Contains the upper limit in float range 8 when
243B

floating point converting integers to floats and vice-versa.


number
28
243B Master Poll Timeout
2435B R/W
2436B User
2437B U8
2438B 1
2439B 1  255
24350B 30
24351B 1.10
3526B Amount of time in seconds Modbus master will wait
2435B

for a slave response. (Master mode only).


29
2435B Master Poll Number of
2435B R/W
2435B User
24356B U8
24357B 1
24358B 0  255
24359B 2
24360B 1.10
3527B Number of retries Modbus Master will attempt on a
24361B

Retries particular request number in the Master Poll Table


before giving-up and going to the next request
number. (Master mode only).

3-302 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.39 Point Type 118: Modbus Register to TLP Mapping Parameters

Description:
2436B Point type 118 provides parameters for mapping ROC Plus Protocol TLPs to Modbus Protocol Registers.
2436B

Number of Logical Points:


2436B 24 logical points for Modbus Register to TLP Mapping may exist.
24365B

Storage Location:
2436B Point type 118 is saved to internal configuration memory.
24367B

Table 3-40: Point Type 118, Modbus Register to TLP Mapping


82B

Point Type 118: Modbus Register to TLP Mapping Parameters


3680B

Param#
24368B Name
24369B 24370B Access System or
24371B Data Type
2437B Length
2437B Range
2437B Default
24375B Ver
24376B Description of functionality and meaning of
2437B

User values
Update
0
24378B Tag Id
24379B R/W
24380B User
24381B AC
2438B 10
2438B 0x20  0x7E for each
2438B ‘Reg 24385B 1.10
3528B String that describes the instance of the mapping
24386B

byte Map #’ table.


1
24387B Start Register #1
2438B R/W
24389B User
24390B UINT16
24391B 2
2439B 0  65535
2439B 0
2439B 1.10
3529B The starting register number for the first range of
24395B

Modbus registers that map to ROC Plus Protocol


TLP(s).
2
24396B End Register #1
24397B R/W
24398B User
2439B UINT16
240B 2
2401B 0  65535
240B 0
2403B 1.10
350B The ending register number for the first range of
240B

Modbus registers that map to ROC Plus Protocol


TLP(s).
3
2405B ROC Parameter(s) (Reg Range
2406B R/W
2407B User
2408B TLP
2409B 3
2410B Any valid TLP (with
241B 0, 0, 0
241B 1.10
351B The starting ROC Plus Protocol TLP that maps to the
2413B

1) exception of Program first range of Modbus registers.


Flash Parameters,
PT90)
4
241B Indexing (Reg Range 1)
2415B R/W
2416B User
2417B UINT8
2418B 1
2419B 01
240B 0
241B 1.10
352B Indicates whether multiple registers access
24B

consecutive logical numbers or consecutive


parameters from the starting TLP. 0 = Logical
indexing, 1 = Parameter indexing.
5
243B Conversion Code
24B R/W
245B User
246B UINT8
247B 1
248B 0  29, 37
249B 0
2430B 1.10
35B Contains the code to convert the ROC800-Series
2431B

(Reg Range 1) 41 81 data into a format that is compatible to a Modbus


device. Valid conversion codes are:
0 = No Conversion
243B

1 = Float to Signed Integer, Float Scale 1


2 = Float to Signed Integer, Float Scale 2
3 = Float to Signed Integer, Float Scale 3
4 = Float to Signed Integer, Float Scale 4
5 = Float to Signed Integer, Float Scale 5
6 = Float to Signed Integer, Float Scale 6
7 = Float to Signed Integer, Float Scale 7
8 = Float to Signed Integer, Float Scale 8
9 = Convert Anything to Signed Long with 1 implied
decimal places
10 = Convert Anything to Signed Long with 2 implied
decimal places

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-303


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 118: Modbus Register to TLP Mapping Parameters


3680B

Param#
24368B Name
24369B 24370B Access System or
24371B Data Type
2437B Length
2437B Range
2437B Default
24375B Ver
24376B Description of functionality and meaning of
2437B

User values
Update
11 = Convert Anything to Signed Long with 3 implied
decimal places
12 = Convert Anything to Signed Long with 4 implied
decimal places
13 = Convert Anything to Signed Long with 5 implied
decimal places
14 = Convert Anything to Signed Long with 6 implied
decimal places
15 = Convert Anything to Signed Long with 7 implied
decimal places
16 = Convert Anything to Signed Long with 8 implied
decimal places
17 = Convert Anything to Unsigned Long with 1
implied decimal places
18 = Convert Anything to Unsigned Long with 2
implied decimal places
19 = Convert Anything to Unsigned Long with 3
implied decimal places
20 = Convert Anything to Unsigned Long with 4
implied decimal places
21 = Convert Anything to Unsigned Long with 5
implied decimal places
22 = Convert Anything to Unsigned Long with 6
implied decimal places
23 = Convert Anything to Unsigned Long with 7
implied decimal places
24 = Convert Anything to Unsigned Long with 8
implied decimal places
25 = Convert Anything to Float, No Scaling
26 = Convert Anything to a Signed Short Integer
27 = Convert Anything to a Signed Long Integer
28 = Convert Anything to an Unsigned Short Integer
29 = Convert Anything to an Unsigned Long Integer
37 = Unsiged Byte to Packed Bit
41 = Convert Anything to Signed Short with 1
Impliled Decimal place
42 = Convert Anything to Signed Short with 2
Implied Decimal places
43 = Convert Anything to Signed Short with 3
Implied Decimal places
44 = Convert Anything to Signed Short with 4
Implied Decimal places
45 = Convert Anything to Signed Short with 5
Implied Decimal places
46 = Convert Anything to Signed Short with 6
Implied Decimal places
47 = Convert Anything to Signed Short with 7
Implied Decimal places

3-304 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 118: Modbus Register to TLP Mapping Parameters


3680B

Param#
24368B Name
24369B 24370B Access System or
24371B Data Type
2437B Length
2437B Range
2437B Default
24375B Ver
24376B Description of functionality and meaning of
2437B

User values
Update
48 = Convert Anything to Signed Short with 8
Implied Decimal places
49 = Convert Anything to Unsigned Short with 1
Implied Decimal place
50 = Convert Anything to Unsigned Short with 2
Implied Decimal places
51 = Convert Anything to Unsigned Short with 3
Implied Decimal places
52 = Convert Anything to Unsigned Short with 4
Implied Decimal places
53 = Convert Anything to Unsigned Short with 5
Implied Decimal places
54 = Convert Anything to Unsigned Short with 6
Implied Decimal places
55 = Convert Anything to Unsigned Short with 7
Implied Decimal places
56 = Convert Anything to Unsigned Short with 8
Implied Decimal places
57 = Convert Anything to Signed Long 0, 1, 2, 3
58 = Convert Anything to Unsigned Long 0, 1, 2, 3
59 = Convert Anything to Signed Long 1, 0 3, 2
60 = Convert Anything to Unsigned Long 1, 0, 3, 2
61 = Convert Anything to Signed Long 2, 3, 0, 1
62 = Convert Anything to Unsigned Long 2, 3, 0, 1
63 = Convert Anything to Signed Long 3, 2, 1, 0
64 = Convert Anything to Unsigned Long 3, 2, 1, 0
65 = IEEE Floating Point Number 0, 1, 2, 3
66 = IEEE Floating Point Number 0, 1, 2, 3,
Disregard MSB flag
67 = IEEE Floating Point Number 1, 0, 3, 2
68 = IEEE Floating Point Number 1, 0, 3, 2,
Disregard MSB flag
69 = IEEE Floating Point Number 2, 3, 0, 1
70 = IEEE Floating Point Number 2, 3, 0, 1,
Disregard MSB flag
71 = IEEE Floating Point Number 3, 2, 1, 0
72 = IEEE Floating Point Number 3, 2, 1, 0,
Disregard MSB flag
73 = Double 01, 23, 45, 67, Disregard MSB flag
74 = Double 23, 01, 67, 45, Disregard MSB flag
75 = Double 45, 67, 01, 23, Disregard MSB flag
76 = Double 67, 45, 23, 01, Disregard MSB flag
77 = Double 10, 32, 54, 76, Disregard MSB flag
78 = Double 32, 10, 76, 54, Disregard MSB flag
79 = Double 54, 76, 10, 32, Disregard MSB flag
80 = Double 76, 54, 32, 10, Disregard MSB flag
81 = ASCII, two characters per 16-bit register

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-305


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 118: Modbus Register to TLP Mapping Parameters


3680B

Param#
24368B Name
24369B 24370B Access System or
24371B Data Type
2437B Length
2437B Range
2437B Default
24375B Ver
24376B Description of functionality and meaning of
2437B

User values
Update
6
243B Comm Port (Reg Range 1)
243B R/W
2435B User
2436B UINT8
2437B 1
2438B 0  5, 255
2439B 255
240B 1.10
354B Communication port the first range of registers map
241B

to.
0 = LOI
24B

1 = Comm Port 1
2 = Comm Port 2
3 = Comm Port 3
4 = Comm Port 4
5 = Comm Port 5
255 = All Comm Ports
7
243B Start Register #2
24B R/W
245B User
246B UINT16
247B 2
248B 0  65535
249B 0
2450B 1.10
35B The starting register number for the second range of
2451B

Modbus registers that map to ROC Plus Protocol


TLP(s).
8
245B End Register #2
2453B R/W
245B User
245B UINT16
2456B 2
2457B 0  65535
2458B 0
2459B 1.10
356B The ending register number for the second range of
2460B

Modbus registers that map to ROC Plus Protocol


TLP(s).
9
2461B ROC Parameter(s) (Reg Range
246B R/W
2463B User
246B TLP
2465B 3
246B Any valid TLP (with
2467B 0, 0, 0
2468B 1.10
357B The starting ROC Plus Protocol TLP that maps to the
2469B

2) exception of Program second range of Modbus registers.


Flash Parameters,
PT90)
10
2470B Indexing (Reg Range 2)
2471B R/W
247B User
2473B UINT8
247B 1
2475B 01
2476B 0
247B 1.10
358B Indicates whether multiple registers access
2478B

consecutive logical numbers or consecutive


parameters from the starting TLP. 0 = Logical
indexing, 1 = Parameter indexing.
11
2479B Conversion Code (Reg Range
2480B R/W
2481B User
248B UINT8
2483B 1
248B 0  29, 37,
2485B 0
2487B 1.10
359B Contains the conversion code to convert the
248B

2) 41  81 2486B
ROC800-Series data into a format that is compatible
to a Modbus device.
Note: See parameter #5 for list of conversion codes.
2489B

12
2490B Comm Port (Reg Range 2)
2491B R/W
249B User
2493B UINT8
249B 1
2495B 0  5, 255
2496B 255
2497B 1.10
3540B Communication port the second range of registers
2498B

map to.
0 = LOI
249B

1 = Comm Port 1
2450B

2 = Comm Port 2
24501B

3 = Comm Port 3
2450B

4 = Comm Port 4
24503B

5 = Comm Port 5
2450B

255 = All Comm Ports


2450B

13
24506B Start Register #3
24507B R/W
24508B User
24509B UINT16
24510B 2
2451B 0  65535
2451B 0
24513B 1.10
3541B The starting register number for the third range of
2451B

Modbus registers that map to ROC Plus Protocol


TLP(s).
14
2451B End Register #3
24516B R/W
24517B User
24518B UINT16
24519B 2
2450B 0  65535
2451B 0
245B 1.10
3542B The ending register number for the third range of
2453B

Modbus registers that map to ROC Plus Protocol


TLP(s).

3-306 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 118: Modbus Register to TLP Mapping Parameters


3680B

Param#
24368B Name
24369B 24370B Access System or
24371B Data Type
2437B Length
2437B Range
2437B Default
24375B Ver
24376B Description of functionality and meaning of
2437B

User values
Update
15
245B ROC Parameter(s) (Reg Range
245B R/W
2456B User
2457B TLP
2458B 3
2459B Any valid TLP (with
24530B 0, 0, 0
24531B 1.10
354B The starting ROC Plus Protocol TLP that maps to the
2453B

3) exception of Program third range of Modbus registers.


Flash Parameters,
PT90)
16
2453B Indexing (Reg Range 3)
2453B R/W
2453B User
24536B UINT8
24537B 1
24538B 01
24539B 0
2450B 1.10
354B Indicates whether multiple registers access
2451B

consecutive logical numbers or consecutive


parameters from the starting TLP. 0 = Logical
indexing, 1 = Parameter indexing.
17
245B Conversion Code (Reg Range
2453B R/W
245B User
245B UINT8
2456B 1
2457B 0  29, 37,
2458B 0
2450B 1.10
354B Contains the conversion code to convert the
2451B

3) 41  81 2459B
ROC800-Series data into a format that is compatible
to a Modbus device.
Note: See parameter #5 for list of conversion codes.
245B

18
2453B Comm Port (Reg Range 3)
245B R/W
245B User
2456B UINT8
2457B 1
2458B 0  5, 255
2459B 255
24560B 1.10
3546B Communication port the third range of registers map
24561B

to.
0 = LOI
2456B

1 = Comm Port 1
24563B

2 = Comm Port 2
2456B

3 = Comm Port 3
2456B

4 = Comm Port 4
2456B

5 = Comm Port 5
24567B

255 = All Comm Ports


24568B

19
24569B Start Register #4
24570B R/W
24571B User
2457B UINT16
24573B 2
2457B 0  65535
2457B 0
24576B 1.10
3547B The starting register number for the fourth range of
2457B

Modbus registers that map to ROC Plus Protocol


TLP(s).
20
24578B End Register #4
24579B R/W
24580B User
24581B UINT16
2458B 2
24583B 0  65535
2458B 0
2458B 1.10
3548B The ending register number for the fourth range of
24586B

Modbus registers that map to ROC Plus Protocol


TLP(s).
21
24587B ROC Parameter(s) (Reg Range
2458B R/W
24589B User
24590B TLP
24591B 3
2459B Any valid TLP (with
24593B 0, 0, 0
2459B 1.10
3549B The starting ROC Plus Protocol TLP that maps to the
2459B

4) exception of Program fourth range of Modbus registers.


Flash Parameters,
PT90)
22
24596B Indexing (Reg Range 4)
24597B R/W
24598B User
2459B UINT8
2460B 1
24601B 01
2460B 0
24603B 1.10
350B Indicates whether multiple registers access
2460B

consecutive logical numbers or consecutive


parameters from the starting TLP. 0 = Logical
indexing, 1 = Parameter indexing.
23
24605B Conversion Code (Reg Range
2460B R/W
24607B User
24608B UINT8
24609B 1
24610B 0  29, 37
2461B 0
24613B 1.10
351B Contains the conversion code to convert the
2461B

4) 41  812461B
ROC800-Series data into a format that is compatible
to a Modbus device.
Note: See parameter #5 for list of conversion codes.
24615B

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-307


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 118: Modbus Register to TLP Mapping Parameters


3680B

Param#
24368B Name
24369B 24370B Access System or
24371B Data Type
2437B Length
2437B Range
2437B Default
24375B Ver
24376B Description of functionality and meaning of
2437B

User values
Update
24
2461B Comm Port (Reg Range 4)
24617B R/W
24618B User
24619B UINT8
2460B 1
2461B 0  5, 255
246B 255
2463B 1.10
352B Communication port the fourth range of registers
246B

map to.
0 = LOI
2465B

1 = Comm Port 1
246B

2 = Comm Port 2
2467B

3 = Comm Port 3
2468B

4 = Comm Port 4
2469B

5 = Comm Port 5
24630B

255 = All Comm Ports


24631B

25
2463B Start Register #5
2463B R/W
2463B User
24635B UINT16
2463B 2
24637B 0  65535
24638B 0
24639B 1.10
35B The starting register number for the fifth range of
2460B

Modbus registers that map to ROC Plus Protocol


TLP(s).
26
2461B End Register #5
246B R/W
2463B User
246B UINT16
2465B 2
246B 0  65535
2467B 0
2468B 1.10
354B The ending register number for the fifth range of
2469B

Modbus registers that map to ROC Plus Protocol


TLP(s).
27
24650B ROC Parameter(s) (Reg Range
24651B R/W
2465B User
24653B TLP
2465B 3
2465B Any valid TLP (with
2465B 0, 0, 0
24657B 1.10
35B The starting ROC Plus Protocol TLP that maps to the
24658B

5) exception of Program fifth range of Modbus registers.


Flash Parameters,
PT90)
28
24659B Indexing (Reg Range 5)
2460B R/W
2461B User
246B UINT8
2463B 1
246B 01
2465B 0
246B 1.10
356B Indicates whether multiple registers access
2467B

consecutive logical numbers or consecutive


parameters from the starting TLP. 0 = Logical
indexing, 1 = Parameter indexing.
29
2468B Conversion Code (Reg Range
2469B R/W
24670B User
24671B UINT8
2467B 1
24673B 0  29, 37
2467B 0
2467B 1.10
357B Contains the conversion code to convert the
2467B

5) 41  81 24675B
ROC800-Series data into a format that is compatible
to a Modbus device.
Note: See parameter #5 for list of conversion codes.
24678B

30
24679B Comm Port (Reg Range 5)
24680B R/W
24681B User
2468B UINT8
24683B 1
2468B 0  5, 255
24685B 255
2468B 1.10
358B Communication port the fifth range of registers map
24687B

to.
0 = LOI
2468B

1 = Comm Port 1
24689B

2 = Comm Port 2
24690B

3 = Comm Port 3
24691B

4 = Comm Port 4
2469B

5 = Comm Port 5
24693B

255 = All Comm Ports


2469B

31
24695B Start Register #6
2469B R/W
24697B User
24698B UINT16
2469B 2
2470B 0 – 65535
24701B 0
2470B 1.10
359B The starting register number for the sixth range of
24703B

Modbus registers that map to ROC Plus Protocol


TLP(s).

3-308 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 118: Modbus Register to TLP Mapping Parameters


3680B

Param#
24368B Name
24369B 24370B Access System or
24371B Data Type
2437B Length
2437B Range
2437B Default
24375B Ver
24376B Description of functionality and meaning of
2437B

User values
Update
32
2470B End Register #6
24705B R/W
24706B User
2470B UINT16
24708B 2
24709B 0 – 65535
24710B 0
2471B 1.10
3560B The ending register number for the sixth range of
2471B

Modbus registers that map to ROC Plus Protocol


TLP(s).
33
24713B ROC Parameter(s) (Reg Range
2471B R/W
24715B User
24716B TLP
2471B 3
24718B Any valid TLP (with
24719B 0, 0, 0
2470B 1.10
3561B The starting ROC Plus Protocol TLP that maps to the
2471B

6) exception of Program sixth range of Modbus registers.


Flash Parameters,
PT90)
34
247B Indexing (Reg Range 6)
2473B R/W
247B User
2475B UINT8
2476B 1
247B 01
2478B 0
2479B 1.10
3562B Indicates whether multiple registers access
24730B

consecutive logical numbers or consecutive


parameters from the starting TLP. 0 = Logical
indexing, 1 = Parameter indexing.
35
24731B Conversion Code (Reg Range
2473B R/W
2473B User
2473B UINT8
24735B 1
24736B 0  29, 37
2473B 0
24739B 1.10
356B Contains the conversion code to convert the
2470B

6) 41  81 24738B
ROC800-Series data into a format that is compatible
to a Modbus device.
Note: See parameter #5 for list of conversion codes.
2471B

36
247B Comm Port (Reg Range 6)
2473B R/W
247B User
2475B UINT8
2476B 1
247B 0  5, 255
2478B 255
2479B 1.10
3564B Communication port the sixth range of registers map
24750B

to.
0 = LOI
24751B

1 = Comm Port 1
2475B

2 = Comm Port 2
24753B

3 = Comm Port 3
2475B

4 = Comm Port 4
2475B

5 = Comm Port 5
24756B

255 = All Comm Ports


2475B

37
24758B Start Register #7
24759B R/W
24760B User
24761B UINT16
2476B 2
24763B 0  65535
2476B 0
24765B 1.10
356B The starting register number for the seventh range of
2476B

Modbus registers that map to ROC Plus Protocol


TLP(s).
38
2476B End Register #7
24768B R/W
24769B User
2470B UINT16
2471B 2
247B 0  65535
2473B 0
247B 1.10
356B The ending register number for the seventh range of
2475B

Modbus registers that map to ROC Plus Protocol


TLP(s).
39
2476B ROC Parameter(s) (Reg Range
247B R/W
2478B User
2479B TLP
24780B 3
24781B Any valid TLP (with
2478B 0, 0, 0
24783B 1.10
3567B The starting ROC Plus Protocol TLP that maps to the
2478B

7) exception of Program seventh range of Modbus registers.


Flash Parameters,
PT90)
40
24785B Indexing (Reg Range 7)
24786B R/W
2478B User
2478B UINT8
24789B 1
24790B 01
24791B 0
2479B 1.10
3568B Indicates whether multiple registers access
24793B

consecutive logical numbers or consecutive


parameters from the starting TLP. 0 = Logical
indexing, 1 = Parameter indexing.
41
2479B Conversion Code (Reg Range
24795B R/W
24796B User
2479B UINT8
24798B 1
2479B 0  29, 37
2480B 0
2480B 1.10
3569B Contains the conversion code to convert the
24803B

7) 41  81 24801B
ROC800-Series data into a format that is compatible
to a Modbus device.
Note: See parameter #5 for list of conversion codes.
2480B

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-309


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 118: Modbus Register to TLP Mapping Parameters


3680B

Param#
24368B Name
24369B 24370B Access System or
24371B Data Type
2437B Length
2437B Range
2437B Default
24375B Ver
24376B Description of functionality and meaning of
2437B

User values
Update
42
24805B Comm Port (Reg Range 7)
24806B R/W
24807B User
2480B UINT8
24809B 1
24810B 0  5, 255
2481B 255
2481B 1.10
3570B Communication port the seventh range of registers
24813B

map to.
0 = LOI
2481B

1 = Comm Port 1
24815B

2 = Comm Port 2
24816B

3 = Comm Port 3
24817B

4 = Comm Port 4
2481B

5 = Comm Port 5
24819B

255 = All Comm Ports


2480B

43
2481B Start Register #8
248B R/W
2483B User
248B UINT16
2485B 2
2486B 0  65535
2487B 0
248B 1.10
3571B The starting register number for the eighth range of
2489B

Modbus registers that map to ROC Plus Protocol


TLP(s).
44
24830B End Register #8
24831B R/W
2483B User
2483B UINT16
2483B 2
24835B 0  65535
24836B 0
24837B 1.10
3572B The ending register number for the eighth range of
2483B

Modbus registers that map to ROC Plus Protocol


TLP(s).
45
24839B ROC Parameter(s) (Reg Range
2480B R/W
2481B User
248B TLP
2483B 3
248B Any valid TLP (with
2485B 0, 0, 0
2486B 1.10
357B The starting ROC Plus Protocol TLP that maps to the
2487B

8) exception of Program eighth range of Modbus registers.


Flash Parameters,
PT90)
46
248B Indexing (Reg Range 8)
2489B R/W
24850B User
24851B UINT8
2485B 1
24853B 01
2485B 0
2485B 1.10
3574B Indicates whether multiple registers access
24856B

consecutive logical numbers or consecutive


parameters from the starting TLP. 0 = Logical
indexing, 1 = Parameter indexing.
47
24857B Conversion Code (Reg Range
2485B R/W
24859B User
24860B UINT8
24861B 1
2486B 0  29, 37
24863B 0
24865B 1.10
357B Contains the conversion code to convert the
2486B

8) 41  81 2486B
ROC800-Series data into a format that is compatible
to a Modbus device.
Note: See parameter #5 for list of conversion codes.
24867B

48
2486B Comm Port (Reg Range 8)
24869B R/W
24870B User
24871B UINT8
2487B 1
24873B 0  5, 255
2487B 255
24875B 1.10
3576B Communication port the eighth range of registers
24876B

map to.
0 = LOI
2487B

1 = Comm Port 1
2487B

2 = Comm Port 2
24879B

3 = Comm Port 3
2480B

4 = Comm Port 4
2481B

5 = Comm Port 5
248B

255 = All Comm Ports


2483B

49
248B Start Register #9
2485B R/W
2486B User
2487B UINT16
248B 2
2489B 0  65535
24890B 0
24891B 1.10
357B The starting register number for the ninth range of
2489B

Modbus registers that map to ROC Plus Protocol


TLP(s).

3-310 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 118: Modbus Register to TLP Mapping Parameters


3680B

Param#
24368B Name
24369B 24370B Access System or
24371B Data Type
2437B Length
2437B Range
2437B Default
24375B Ver
24376B Description of functionality and meaning of
2437B

User values
Update
50
24893B End Register #9
2489B R/W
24895B User
24896B UINT16
24897B 2
2489B 0  65535
2489B 0
2490B 1.10
3578B The ending register number for the ninth range of
24901B

Modbus registers that map to ROC Plus Protocol


TLP(s).
51
2490B ROC Parameter(s) (Reg Range
24903B R/W
2490B User
24905B TLP
24906B 3
24907B Any valid TLP (with
24908B 0, 0, 0
2490B 1.10
3579B The starting ROC Plus Protocol TLP that maps to the
24910B

9) exception of Program ninth range of Modbus registers.


Flash Parameters,
PT90)
52
2491B Indexing (Reg Range 9)
2491B R/W
24913B User
2491B UINT8
24915B 1
24916B 01
24917B 0
24918B 1.10
3580B Indicates whether multiple registers access
2491B

consecutive logical numbers or consecutive


parameters from the starting TLP. 0 = Logical
indexing, 1 = Parameter indexing.
53
2490B Conversion Code (Reg Range
2491B R/W
249B User
2493B UINT8
249B 1
2495B 0  29, 37
2496B 0
2498B 1.10
3581B Contains the conversion code to convert the
249B

9) 41  81 2497B
ROC800-Series data into a format that is compatible
to a Modbus device.
Note: See parameter #5 for list of conversion codes.
24930B

54
24931B Comm Port (Reg Range 9)
2493B R/W
2493B User
2493B UINT8
24935B 1
24936B 0  5, 255
24937B 255
24938B 1.10
3582B Communication port the ninth range of registers map
2493B

to.
0 = LOI
2490B

1 = Comm Port 1
2491B

2 = Comm Port 2
249B

3 = Comm Port 3
2493B

4 = Comm Port 4
249B

5 = Comm Port 5
2495B

255 = All Comm Ports


2496B

55
2497B Start Register #10
2498B R/W
249B User
24950B UINT16
24951B 2
2495B 0  65535
24953B 0
2495B 1.10
358B The starting register number for the tenth range of
2495B

Modbus registers that map to ROC Plus Protocol


TLP(s).
56
24956B End Register #10
24957B R/W
24958B User
2495B UINT16
24960B 2
24961B 0  65535
2496B 0
24963B 1.10
3584B The ending register number for the tenth range of
2496B

Modbus registers that map to ROC Plus Protocol


TLP(s).
57
24965B ROC Parameter(s) (Reg Range
2496B R/W
24967B User
24968B TLP
2496B 3
24970B Any valid TLP (with
24971B 0, 0, 0
2497B 1.10
358B The starting ROC Plus Protocol TLP that maps to the
24973B

10) exception of Program tenth range of Modbus registers.


Flash Parameters,
PT90)
58
2497B Indexing (Reg Range 10)
24975B R/W
24976B User
2497B UINT8
24978B 1
2497B 01
24980B 0
24981B 1.10
3586B Indicates whether multiple registers access
2498B

consecutive logical numbers or consecutive


parameters from the starting TLP. 0 = Logical
indexing, 1 = Parameter indexing.
59
24983B Conversion Code (Reg Range
2498B R/W
24985B User
24986B UINT8
24987B 1
2498B 0  29, 37
2498B 0
2491B 1.10
3587B Contains the conversion code to convert the
249B

10) 41  81 2490B
ROC800-Series data into a format that is compatible
to a Modbus device.
Note: See parameter #5 for list of conversion codes.
2493B

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-311


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 118: Modbus Register to TLP Mapping Parameters


3680B

Param#
24368B Name
24369B 24370B Access System or
24371B Data Type
2437B Length
2437B Range
2437B Default
24375B Ver
24376B Description of functionality and meaning of
2437B

User values
Update
60
249B Comm Port (Reg Range 10)
2495B R/W
2496B User
2497B UINT8
2498B 1
249B 0  5, 255
250B 255
2501B 1.10
358B Communication port the tenth range of registers map
250B

to.
0 = LOI
2503B

1 = Comm Port 1
2504B

2 = Comm Port 2
250B

3 = Comm Port 3
2506B

4 = Comm Port 4
2507B

5 = Comm Port 5
2508B

255 = All Comm Ports


2509B

61
2501B Start Register #11
2501B R/W
2501B User
25013B UINT16
25014B 2
2501B 0  65535
25016B 0
25017B 1.10
3589B The starting register number for the 11th range of
25018B

Modbus registers that map to ROC Plus Protocol


TLP(s).
62
25019B End Register #11
250B R/W
2501B User
250B UINT16
2503B 2
2504B 0  65535
250B 0
2506B 1.10
3590B The ending register number for the 11th range of
2507B

Modbus registers that map to ROC Plus Protocol


TLP(s).
63
2508B ROC Parameter(s) (Reg Range
2509B R/W
2503B User
25031B TLP
2503B 3
2503B Any valid TLP (with
25034B 0, 0, 0
2503B 1.10
3591B The starting ROC Plus Protocol TLP that maps to the
25036B

11) exception of Program 11th range of Modbus registers.


Flash Parameters,
PT90)
64
25037B Indexing (Reg Range 11)
25038B R/W
25039B User
2504B UINT8
25041B 1
2504B 01
25043B 0
2504B 1.10
3592B Indicates whether multiple registers access
2504B

consecutive logical numbers or consecutive


parameters from the starting TLP. 0 = Logical
indexing, 1 = Parameter indexing.
65
25046B Conversion Code (Reg Range
25047B R/W
25048B User
25049B UINT8
250B 1
2501B 0  29, 37
250B 0
2504B 1.10
359B Contains the conversion code to convert the
250B

11) 41  81 2503B
ROC800-Series data into a format that is compatible
to a Modbus device.
Note: See parameter #5 for list of conversion codes.
2506B

66
2507B Comm Port (Reg Range 11)
2508B R/W
2509B User
2506B UINT8
25061B 1
2506B 0  5, 255
25063B 255
25064B 1.10
3594B Communication port the 11th range of registers map
2506B

to.
0 = LOI
2506B

1 = Comm Port 1
2 = Comm Port 2
3 = Comm Port 3
4 = Comm Port 4
5 = Comm Port 5
255 = All Comm Ports
67
25067B Start Register #12
25068B R/W
25069B User
2507B UINT16
25071B 2
2507B 0  65535
25073B 0
25074B 1.10
359B The starting register number for the 12th range of
2507B

Modbus registers that map to ROC Plus Protocol


TLP(s).
68
25076B End Register #12
2507B R/W
25078B User
25079B UINT16
2508B 2
25081B 0  65535
2508B 0
25083B 1.10
3596B The ending register number for the 12th range of
25084B

Modbus registers that map to ROC Plus Protocol


TLP(s).

3-312 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 118: Modbus Register to TLP Mapping Parameters


3680B

Param#
24368B Name
24369B 24370B Access System or
24371B Data Type
2437B Length
2437B Range
2437B Default
24375B Ver
24376B Description of functionality and meaning of
2437B

User values
Update
69
2508B ROC Parameter(s) (Reg Range
25086B R/W
25087B User
2508B TLP
25089B 3
2509B Any valid TLP (with
25091B 0, 0, 0
2509B 1.10
3597B The starting ROC Plus Protocol TLP that maps to the
25093B

12) exception of Program 12th range of Modbus registers.


Flash Parameters,
PT90)
70
25094B Indexing (Reg Range 12)
2509B R/W
25096B User
25097B UINT8
25098B 1
2509B 01
2510B 0
2510B 1.10
3598B Indicates whether multiple registers access
2510B

consecutive logical numbers or consecutive


parameters from the starting TLP. 0 = Logical
indexing, 1 = Parameter indexing.
71
25103B Conversion Code (Reg Range
25104B R/W
2510B User
25106B UINT8
25107B 1
25108B 0  29, 37
25109B 0
251B 1.10
359B Contains the conversion code to convert the
251B

12) 41  81 2510B
ROC800-Series data into a format that is compatible
to a Modbus device.
Note: See parameter #5 for list of conversion codes.
2513B

72
2514B Comm Port (Reg Range 12)
251B R/W
2516B User
2517B UINT8
2518B 1
2519B 0  5, 255
2510B 255
251B 1.10
3540B Communication port the 12th range of registers map
251B

to.
0 = LOI
2513B

1 = Comm Port 1
2514B

2 = Comm Port 2
251B

3 = Comm Port 3
2516B

4 = Comm Port 4
2517B

5 = Comm Port 5
2518B

255 = All Comm Ports


2519B

73
25130B Start Register #13
2513B R/W
2513B User
2513B UINT16
25134B 2
2513B 0  65535
25136B 0
25137B 1.10
35401B The starting register number for the 13th range of
25138B

Modbus registers that map to ROC Plus Protocol


TLP(s).
74
25139B End Register #13
25140B R/W
2514B User
2514B UINT16
25143B 2
2514B 0  65535
2514B 0
25146B 1.10
35402B The ending register number for the 13th range of
25147B

Modbus registers that map to ROC Plus Protocol


TLP(s).
75
25148B ROC Parameter(s) (Reg Range
25149B R/W
2510B User
251B TLP
251B 3
2513B Any valid TLP (with
2514B 0, 0, 0
251B 1.10
3540B The starting ROC Plus Protocol TLP that maps to the
2516B

13) exception of Program 13th range of Modbus registers.


Flash Parameters,
PT90)
76
2517B Indexing (Reg Range 13)
2518B R/W
2519B User
25160B UINT8
2516B 1
2516B 01
25163B 0
25164B 1.10
3540B Indicates whether multiple registers access
2516B

consecutive logical numbers or consecutive


parameters from the starting TLP. 0 = Logical
indexing, 1 = Parameter indexing.
77
2516B Conversion Code (Reg Range
25167B R/W
25168B User
25169B UINT8
25170B 1
2517B 0  29, 37
2517B 0
25174B 1.10
3540B Contains the conversion code to convert the
2517B

13) 41  81 25173B
ROC800-Series data into a format that is compatible
to a Modbus device.
Note: See parameter #5 for list of conversion codes.
25176B

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-313


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 118: Modbus Register to TLP Mapping Parameters


3680B

Param#
24368B Name
24369B 24370B Access System or
24371B Data Type
2437B Length
2437B Range
2437B Default
24375B Ver
24376B Description of functionality and meaning of
2437B

User values
Update
78
2517B Comm Port (Reg Range 13)
25178B R/W
25179B User
25180B UINT8
2518B 1
2518B 0  5, 255
25183B 255
25184B 1.10
35406B Communication port the 13th range of registers map
2518B

to.
0 = LOI
25186B

1 = Comm Port 1
25187B

2 = Comm Port 2
2518B

3 = Comm Port 3
25189B

4 = Comm Port 4
25190B

5 = Comm Port 5
2519B

255 = All Comm Ports


2519B

79
25193B Start Register #14
25194B R/W
2519B User
25196B UINT16
25197B 2
25198B 0  65535
2519B 0
250B 1.10
35407B The starting register number for the 14th range of
2501B

Modbus registers that map to ROC Plus Protocol


TLP(s).
80
250B End Register #14
2503B R/W
2504B User
250B UINT16
2506B 2
2507B 0  65535
2508B 0
2509B 1.10
35408B The ending register number for the 14th range of
2510B

Modbus registers that map to ROC Plus Protocol


TLP(s).
81
251B ROC Parameter(s) (Reg Range
251B R/W
2513B User
2514B TLP
251B 3
2516B Any valid TLP (with
2517B 0, 0, 0
2518B 1.10
35409B The starting ROC Plus Protocol TLP that maps to the
2519B

14) exception of Program 14th range of Modbus registers.


Flash Parameters,
PT90)
82
250B Indexing (Reg Range 14)
251B R/W
25B User
253B UINT8
254B 1
25B 01
256B 0
257B 1.10
35410B Indicates whether multiple registers access
258B

consecutive logical numbers or consecutive


parameters from the starting TLP. 0 = Logical
indexing, 1 = Parameter indexing.
83
259B Conversion Code (Reg Range
2530B R/W
2531B User
253B UINT8
253B 1
2534B 0  29, 37
253B 0
2537B 1.10
3541B Contains the conversion code to convert the
2538B

14) 41  81 2536B
ROC800-Series data into a format that is compatible
to a Modbus device.
Note: See parameter #5 for list of conversion codes.
2539B

84
2540B Comm Port (Reg Range 14)
2541B R/W
254B User
2543B UINT8
254B 1
254B 0  5, 255
2546B 255
2547B 1.10
35412B Communication port the 14th range of registers map
2548B

to.
0 = LOI
2549B

1 = Comm Port 1
250B

2 = Comm Port 2
251B

3 = Comm Port 3
25B

4 = Comm Port 4
253B

5 = Comm Port 5
254B

255 = All Comm Ports


25B

85
256B Start Register #15
257B R/W
258B User
259B UINT16
2560B 2
2561B 0  65535
256B 0
2563B 1.10
3541B The starting register number for the 15th range of
2564B

Modbus registers that map to ROC Plus Protocol


TLP(s).

3-314 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 118: Modbus Register to TLP Mapping Parameters


3680B

Param#
24368B Name
24369B 24370B Access System or
24371B Data Type
2437B Length
2437B Range
2437B Default
24375B Ver
24376B Description of functionality and meaning of
2437B

User values
Update
86
256B End Register #15
256B R/W
2567B User
2568B UINT16
2569B 2
2570B 0  65535
2571B 0
257B 1.10
3541B The ending register number for the 15th range of
2573B

Modbus registers that map to ROC Plus Protocol


TLP(s).
87
2574B ROC Parameter(s) (Reg Range
257B R/W
2576B User
257B TLP
2578B 3
2579B Any valid TLP (with
2580B 0, 0, 0
2581B 1.10
3541B The starting ROC Plus Protocol TLP that maps to the
258B

15) exception of Program 15th range of Modbus registers.


Flash Parameters,
PT90)
88
2583B Indexing (Reg Range 15)
2584B R/W
258B User
2586B UINT8
2587B 1
258B 01
2589B 0
2590B 1.10
35416B Indicates whether multiple registers access
2591B

consecutive logical numbers or consecutive


parameters from the starting TLP. 0 = Logical
indexing, 1 = Parameter indexing.
89
259B Conversion Code (Reg Range
2593B R/W
2594B User
259B UINT8
2596B 1
2597B 0  29, 37
2598B 0
2530B 1.10
35417B Contains the conversion code to convert the
25301B

15) 41  81 259B
ROC800-Series data into a format that is compatible
to a Modbus device.
Note: See parameter #5 for list of conversion codes.
2530B

90
2530B Comm Port (Reg Range 15)
25304B R/W
2530B User
25306B UINT8
25307B 1
25308B 0  5, 255
25309B 255
25310B 1.10
35418B Communication port the 15th range of registers map
2531B

to.
0 = LOI
2531B

1 = Comm Port 1
2531B

2 = Comm Port 2
25314B

3 = Comm Port 3
2531B

4 = Comm Port 4
25316B

5 = Comm Port 5
25317B

255 = All Comm Ports


25318B

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-315


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.40 Point Type 119: Modbus Event, Alarm, and History Table

Description:
25319B Point type 119 provides parameters that enable Modbus to capture the event log, the alarm log, and history archives.
2530B

Number of Logical Points:


2531B 1 logical point for Modbus Event, Alarm, and History Table may exist.
253B

Storage Location:
253B Point type 119 is saved to internal configuration memory.
2534B

Table 3-41: Point Type 119, Modbus Event, Alarm, and History Table
83B

Point Type 119: Modbus Event, Alarm, and History Table


253B

Parameter
2536B Name
2537B 2538B Access System or
2539B Data Type
2530B Length
2531B Range
253B Default
253B Ver
2534B Description of functionality and meaning of
253B

# User Update values


0
2536B Event/Alarm Register
2537B R/W
2538B User
35419B UINT16
2539B 2
25340B 0  65535
35420B 32
35421B 1.10
3542B Contains a unique register number that indicates
3542B

the request is for Events and Alarm records.


1
25341B Current Date Register
2534B R/W
2534B User
3542B UINT16
2534B 2
2534B 0  65535
3542B 7046
35426B 1.10
35427B Contains a unique register that allows a Modbus
35428B

read/write command to access the current date in


MMDDYY format
2
25346B Current Time Register
25347B R/W
25348B User
35429B UINT16
25349B 2
2530B 0  65535
3540B 7047
3541B 1.10
3542B Contains a unique register that allows a Modbus
354B

read/write command to access the current time in


HHMMSS format
3
2531B Periodic History Register #1
253B R/W
253B User
354B UINT16
2534B 2
253B 0  65535
354B 0
3546B 1.10
3547B Contains a unique register number that indicates
3548B

the request is for periodic values for the first range


of history points.
4
2536B Daily History Register #1
2537B R/W
2538B User
3549B UINT16
2539B 2
25360B 0  65535
3540B 0
3541B 1.10
3542B Contains a unique register number that indicates
354B

the request is for daily values for the first range of


history points.
5
25361B History Segment
2536B R/W
2536B User
354B UINT8
25364B 1
2536B 010
354B 0
3546B 1.10
3547B Contains the history segment for range 1.
3548B

6
2536B Start History Point
25367B R/W
25368B User
3549B UINT16
25369B 2
25370B 0199
3540B 0
3541B 1.10
3542B Contains the starting history point number for
354B

range 1.
7
25371B End History Point
2537B R/W
2537B User
354B UINT16
25374B 2
2537B 0199
354B 0
3546B 1.10
3547B Contains the ending history point number for range
3548B

1.

3-316 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 119: Modbus Event, Alarm, and History Table


253B

Parameter
2536B Name
2537B 2538B Access System or
2539B Data Type
2530B Length
2531B Range
253B Default
253B Ver
2534B Description of functionality and meaning of
253B

# User Update values


8
25376B Conversion Code
2537B R/W
25378B User
3549B UINT8
25379B 1
25380B 0, 65  72
35460B 0
35461B 1.10
35462B Contains the conversion code to convert the
3546B

ROC800-Series data into a format that is


compatible to a Modbus device.
Conversion codes are:
3546B

0 = No Conversion
25381B

65 = IEEE Floating Point Number 0, 1, 2, 3


2538B

66 = IEEE Floating Point Number 0, 1, 2, 3,


2538B

Disregard MSB flag


67 = IEEE Floating Point Number 1, 0, 3, 2
25384B

68 = IEEE Floating Point Number 1, 0, 3, 2,


2538B

Disregard MSB flag


69 = IEEE Floating Point Number 2, 3, 0, 1
25386B

70 = IEEE Floating Point Number 2, 3, 0, 1,


25387B

Disregard MSB flag


71 = IEEE Floating Point Number 3, 2, 1, 0
2538B

72 = IEEE Floating Point Number 3, 2, 1, 0,


25389B

Disregard MSB flag


9
25390B Periodic History Register #2
25391B R/W
2539B User
3546B UINT16
2539B 2
25394B 0  65535
3546B 0
35467B 1.10
35468B Contains a unique register number that indicates
35469B

the request is for periodic values for the second


range of history points.
10
2539B Daily History Register #2
25396B R/W
25397B User
35470B UINT16
25398B 2
2539B 0  65535
35471B 0
35472B 1.10
3547B Contains a unique register number that indicates
3547B

the request is for daily values for the second range


of history points.
11
2540B History Segment
25401B R/W
2540B User
3547B UINT8
25403B 1
2540B 010
35476B 0
3547B 1.10
35478B Contains the history segment for range 2.
35479B

12
2540B Start History Point
25406B R/W
25407B User
35480B UINT16
25408B 2
25409B 0199
35481B 0
35482B 1.10
3548B Contains the starting history point number for
3548B

range 2.
13
25410B End History Point
2541B R/W
2541B User
3548B UINT16
25413B 2
2541B 0199
35486B 0
35487B 1.10
3548B Contains the ending history point number for range
35489B

2.
14
2541B Conversion Code
25416B R/W
25417B User
35490B UINT8
25418B 1
25419B 0, 65  72
35491B 0
35492B 1.10
3549B Contains the conversion code to convert the
3549B

ROC800-Series data into a format that is


compatible to a Modbus device.
Note: See parameter #8 for conversion codes.
3549B

15
2540B Periodic History Register #3
2541B R/W
254B User
35496B UINT16
2543B 2
254B 0  65535
35497B 0
35498B 1.10
3549B Contains a unique register number that indicates
350B

the request is for periodic values for the third


range of history points.
16
254B Daily History Register #3
2546B R/W
2547B User
3501B UINT16
2548B 2
2549B 0  65535
3502B 0
350B 1.10
3504B Contains a unique register number that indicates
350B

the request is for daily values for the third range of


history points.
17
25430B History Segment
25431B R/W
2543B User
3506B UINT8
2543B 1
2543B 010
3507B 0
3508B 1.10
3509B Contains the history segment for range 3.
3510B

18
2543B Start History Point
25436B R/W
25437B User
351B UINT16
25438B 2
25439B 0199
3512B 0
351B 1.10
3514B Contains the starting history point number for
351B

range 3.
19
2540B End History Point
2541B R/W
254B User
3516B UINT16
2543B 2
254B 0199
3517B 0
3518B 1.10
3519B Contains the ending history point number for range
3520B

3.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-317


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 119: Modbus Event, Alarm, and History Table


253B

Parameter
2536B Name
2537B 2538B Access System or
2539B Data Type
2530B Length
2531B Range
253B Default
253B Ver
2534B Description of functionality and meaning of
253B

# User Update values


20
254B Conversion Code
2546B R/W
2547B User
3521B UINT8
2548B 1
2549B 0, 65  72
352B 0
352B 1.10
3524B Contains the conversion code to convert the
352B

ROC800-Series data into a format that is


compatible to a Modbus device.
Note: See parameter #8 for conversion codes.
3526B

21
2540B Periodic History Register #4
2541B R/W
254B User
3527B UINT16
2543B 2
254B 0  65535
3528B 0
3529B 1.10
350B Contains a unique register number that indicates
351B

the request is for periodic values for the fourth


range of history points.
22
254B Daily History Register #4
2546B R/W
2547B User
352B UINT16
2548B 2
2549B 0  65535
35B 0
354B 1.10
35B Contains a unique register number that indicates
356B

the request is for daily values for the fourth range


of history points.
23
25460B History Segment
25461B R/W
2546B User
357B UINT8
25463B 1
2546B 010
358B 0
359B 1.10
3540B Contains the history segment for range 4.
3541B

24
2546B Start History Point
2546B R/W
25467B User
3542B UINT16
25468B 2
25469B 0199
354B 0
354B 1.10
354B Contains the starting history point number for
3546B

range 4.
25
25470B End History Point
25471B R/W
2547B User
3547B UINT16
25473B 2
2547B 0199
3548B 0
3549B 1.10
350B Contains the ending history point number for range
351B

4.
26
2547B Conversion Code
25476B R/W
2547B User
352B UINT8
25478B 1
25479B 0, 65  72
35B 0
354B 1.10
35B Contains the conversion code to convert the
356B

ROC800-Series data into a format that is


compatible to a Modbus device.
Note: See parameter #8 for conversion codes.
357B

27
25480B Periodic History Register #5
25481B R/W
2548B User
358B UINT16
25483B 2
2548B 0  65535
359B 0
3560B 1.10
3561B Contains a unique register number that indicates
3562B

the request is for periodic values for the fifth range


of history points.
28
2548B Daily History Register #5
25486B R/W
25487B User
356B UINT16
2548B 2
25489B 0  65535
3564B 0
356B 1.10
356B Contains a unique register number that indicates
3567B

the request is for daily values for the fifth range of


history points.
29
25490B History Segment
25491B R/W
2549B User
3568B UINT8
25493B 1
2549B 010
3569B 0
3570B 1.10
3571B Contains the history segment for range 5.
3572B

30
2549B Start History Point
25496B R/W
25497B User
357B UINT16
25498B 2
2549B 0199
3574B 0
357B 1.10
3576B Contains the starting history point number for
357B

range 5.
31
250B End History Point
2501B R/W
250B User
3578B UINT16
2503B 2
2504B 0199
3579B 0
3580B 1.10
3581B Contains the ending history point number for range
3582B

5.
32
250B Conversion Code
2506B R/W
2507B User
358B UINT8
2508B 1
2509B 0, 65  72
3584B 0
358B 1.10
3586B Contains the conversion code to convert the
3587B

ROC800-Series data into a format that is


compatible to a Modbus device.
Note: See parameter #8 for conversion codes.
358B

33
2510B Periodic History Register #6
251B R/W
251B User
3589B UINT16
2513B 2
2514B 0  65535
3590B 0
3591B 1.10
3592B Contains a unique register number that indicates
359B

the request is for periodic values for the sixth


range of history points.
34
251B Daily History Register #6
2516B R/W
2517B User
3594B UINT16
2518B 2
2519B 0  65535
359B 0
3596B 1.10
3597B Contains a unique register number that indicates
3598B

the request is for daily values for the sixth range of


history points.
35
250B History Segment
251B R/W
25B User
359B UINT8
253B 1
254B 010
3560B 0
35601B 1.10
35602B Contains the history segment for range 6.
3560B

3-318 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 119: Modbus Event, Alarm, and History Table


253B

Parameter
2536B Name
2537B 2538B Access System or
2539B Data Type
2530B Length
2531B Range
253B Default
253B Ver
2534B Description of functionality and meaning of
253B

# User Update values


36
25B Start History Point
256B R/W
257B User
35604B UINT16
258B 2
259B 0199
3560B 0
3560B 1.10
35607B Contains the starting history point number for
35608B

range 6.
37
2530B End History Point
2531B R/W
253B User
35609B UINT16
253B 2
2534B 0199
35610B 0
3561B 1.10
35612B Contains the ending history point number for range
3561B

6.
38
253B Conversion Code
2536B R/W
2537B User
35614B UINT8
2538B 1
2539B 0, 65  72
3561B 0
3561B 1.10
35617B Contains the conversion code to convert the
35618B

ROC800-Series data into a format that is


compatible to a Modbus device.
Note: See parameter #8 for conversion codes.
35619B

39
2540B Periodic History Register #7
2541B R/W
254B User
35620B UINT16
2543B 2
254B 0  65535
35621B 0
3562B 1.10
3562B Contains a unique register number that indicates
35624B

the request is for periodic values for the seventh


range of history points.
40
254B Daily History Register #7
2546B R/W
2547B User
3562B UINT16
2548B 2
2549B 0  65535
3562B 0
35627B 1.10
35628B Contains a unique register number that indicates
35629B

the request is for daily values for the seventh


range of history points.
41
250B History Segment
251B R/W
25B User
3560B UINT8
253B 1
254B 010
3561B 0
3562B 1.10
356B Contains the history segment for range 7.
3564B

42
25B Start History Point
256B R/W
257B User
356B UINT16
258B 2
259B 0199
356B 0
3567B 1.10
3568B Contains the starting history point number for
3569B

range 7.
43
2560B End History Point
2561B R/W
256B User
35640B UINT16
2563B 2
2564B 0199
35641B 0
35642B 1.10
3564B Contains the ending history point number for range
3564B

7.
44
256B Conversion Code
256B R/W
2567B User
3564B UINT8
2568B 1
2569B 0, 65  72
3564B 0
35647B 1.10
35648B Contains the conversion code to convert the
35649B

ROC800-Series data into a format that is


compatible to a Modbus device.
Note: See parameter #8 for conversion codes.
3560B

45
2570B Periodic History Register #8
2571B R/W
257B User
3561B UINT16
2573B 2
2574B 0  65535
3562B 0
356B 1.10
3564B Contains a unique register number that indicates
356B

the request is for periodic values for the eighth


range of history points.
46
257B Daily History Register #8
2576B R/W
257B User
356B UINT16
2578B 2
2579B 0  65535
3567B 0
3568B 1.10
3569B Contains a unique register number that indicates
3560B

the request is for daily values for the eighth range


of history points.
47
2580B History Segment
2581B R/W
258B User
3561B UINT8
2583B 1
2584B 010
3562B 0
356B 1.10
3564B Contains the history segment for range 8.
356B

48
258B Start History Point
2586B R/W
2587B User
356B UINT16
258B 2
2589B 0199
3567B 0
3568B 1.10
3569B Contains the starting history point number for
35670B

range 8.
49
2590B End History Point
2591B R/W
259B User
35671B UINT16
2593B 2
2594B 0199
35672B 0
3567B 1.10
35674B Contains the ending history point number for range
3567B

8.
50
259B Conversion Code
2596B R/W
2597B User
3567B UINT8
2598B 1
259B 0, 65  72
3567B 0
35678B 1.10
35679B Contains the conversion code to convert the
35680B

ROC800-Series data into a format that is


compatible to a Modbus device.
Note: See parameter #8 for conversion codes.
35681B

51
2560B Periodic History Register #9
25601B R/W
2560B User
35682B UINT16
25603B 2
25604B 0  65535
3568B 0
35684B 1.10
3568B Contains a unique register number that indicates
3568B

the request is for periodic values for the ninth


range of history points.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-319


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 119: Modbus Event, Alarm, and History Table


253B

Parameter
2536B Name
2537B 2538B Access System or
2539B Data Type
2530B Length
2531B Range
253B Default
253B Ver
2534B Description of functionality and meaning of
253B

# User Update values


52
2560B Daily History Register #9
2560B R/W
25607B User
35687B UINT16
25608B 2
25609B 0  65535
3568B 0
35689B 1.10
35690B Contains a unique register number that indicates
35691B

the request is for daily values for the ninth range of


history points.
53
25610B History Segment
2561B R/W
2561B User
35692B UINT8
25613B 1
25614B 010
3569B 0
35694B 1.10
3569B Contains the history segment for range 9.
3569B

54
2561B Start History Point
2561B R/W
25617B User
35697B UINT16
25618B 2
25619B 0199
35698B 0
3569B 1.10
3570B Contains the starting history point number for
35701B

range 9.
55
2560B End History Point
2561B R/W
256B User
35702B UINT16
2563B 2
2564B 0199
3570B 0
35704B 1.10
3570B Contains the ending history point number for range
35706B

9.
56
256B Conversion Code
256B R/W
2567B User
3570B UINT8
2568B 1
2569B 0  8, 35708B 0
3571B 1.10
35712B Contains the conversion code to convert the
3571B

25  29,
35709B
ROC800-Series data into a format that is
65  72 35710B
compatible to a Modbus device.
Note: See parameter #8 for conversion codes.
35714B

57
25630B Periodic History Register
25631B R/W
2563B User
3571B UINT16
2563B 2
25634B 0  65535
35716B 0
3571B 1.10
35718B Contains a unique register number that indicates
35719B

#10 the request is for periodic values for the tenth


range of history points.
58
2563B Daily History Register #10
2563B R/W
25637B User
35720B UINT16
25638B 2
25639B 0  65535
35721B 0
3572B 1.10
3572B Contains a unique register number that indicates
35724B

the request is for daily values for the tenth range of


history points.
59
25640B History Segment
25641B R/W
2564B User
3572B UINT8
25643B 1
2564B 010
35726B 0
3572B 1.10
35728B Contains the history segment for range 10.
35729B

60
2564B Start History Point
2564B R/W
25647B User
3570B UINT16
25648B 2
25649B 0199
3571B 0
3572B 1.10
357B Contains the starting history point number for
3574B

range 10.
61
2560B End History Point
2561B R/W
256B User
357B UINT16
2563B 2
2564B 0199
3576B 0
357B 1.10
3578B Contains the ending history point number for range
3579B

10.
62
256B Conversion Code
256B R/W
2567B User
35740B UINT8
2568B 1
2569B 0, 65  72
35741B 0
35742B 1.10
3574B Contains the conversion code to convert the
3574B

ROC800-Series data into a format that is


compatible to a Modbus device.
Note: See parameter #8 for conversion codes.
3574B

63
2560B Periodic History Register
2561B R/W
256B User
35746B UINT16
2563B 2
2564B 0  65535
3574B 0
35748B 1.10
35749B Contains a unique register number that indicates
3570B

#11 the request is for periodic values for the eleventh


range of history points.
64
256B Daily History Register #11
256B R/W
2567B User
3571B UINT16
2568B 2
2569B 0  65535
3572B 0
357B 1.10
3574B Contains a unique register number that indicates
357B

the request is for daily values for the eleventh


range of history points.
65
25670B History Segment
25671B R/W
2567B User
3576B UINT8
25673B 1
25674B 010
357B 0
3578B 1.10
3579B Contains the history segment for range 11.
35760B

66
2567B Start History Point
2567B R/W
2567B User
35761B UINT16
25678B 2
25679B 0199
35762B 0
3576B 1.10
35764B Contains the starting history point number for
3576B

range 11.
67
25680B End History Point
25681B R/W
2568B User
3576B UINT16
25683B 2
25684B 0199
3576B 0
35768B 1.10
35769B Contains the ending history point number for range
3570B

11.

3-320 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 119: Modbus Event, Alarm, and History Table


253B

Parameter
2536B Name
2537B 2538B Access System or
2539B Data Type
2530B Length
2531B Range
253B Default
253B Ver
2534B Description of functionality and meaning of
253B

# User Update values


68
2568B Conversion Code
2568B R/W
25687B User
3571B UINT8
2568B 1
25689B 0, 65  72
3572B 0
357B 1.10
3574B Contains the conversion code to convert the
357B

ROC800-Series data into a format that is


compatible to a Modbus device.
Note: See parameter #8 for conversion codes.
3576B

69
25690B Periodic History Register
25691B R/W
2569B User
357B UINT16
25693B 2
25694B 0  65535
3578B 0
3579B 1.10
35780B Contains a unique register number that indicates
35781B

#12 the request is for periodic values for the twelfth


range of history points.
70
2569B Daily History Register #12
2569B R/W
25697B User
35782B UINT16
25698B 2
2569B 0  65535
3578B 0
35784B 1.10
3578B Contains a unique register number that indicates
35786B

the request is for daily values for the twelfth range


of history points.
71
2570B History Segment
25701B R/W
2570B User
3578B UINT8
25703B 1
25704B 010
3578B 0
35789B 1.10
35790B Contains the history segment for range 12.
35791B

72
2570B Start History Point
25706B R/W
2570B User
35792B UINT16
25708B 2
25709B 0199
3579B 0
35794B 1.10
3579B Contains the starting history point number for
35796B

range 12.
73
25710B End History Point
2571B R/W
2571B User
3579B UINT16
25713B 2
25714B 0199
35798B 0
3579B 1.10
3580B Contains the ending history point number for range
35801B

12.
74
2571B Conversion Code
25716B R/W
2571B User
35802B UINT8
25718B 1
25719B 0, 65  72
3580B 0
35804B 1.10
3580B Contains the conversion code to convert the
35806B

ROC800-Series data into a format that is


compatible to a Modbus device.
Note: See parameter #8 for conversion codes.
35807B

75
2570B Periodic History Register
2571B R/W
257B User
3580B UINT16
2573B 2
2574B 0  65535
35809B 0
35810B 1.10
3581B Contains a unique register number that indicates
35812B

#13 the request is for periodic values for the thirteenth


range of history points.
76
257B Daily History Register #13
2576B R/W
257B User
3581B UINT16
2578B 2
2579B 0  65535
35814B 0
3581B 1.10
35816B Contains a unique register number that indicates
35817B

the request is for daily values for the thirteenth


range of history points.
77
25730B History Segment
25731B R/W
2573B User
3581B UINT8
2573B 1
25734B 010
35819B 0
35820B 1.10
35821B Contains the history segment for range 13.
3582B

78
2573B Start History Point
25736B R/W
2573B User
3582B UINT16
25738B 2
25739B 0199
35824B 0
3582B 1.10
35826B Contains the starting history point number for
35827B

range 13.
79
25740B End History Point
25741B R/W
2574B User
3582B UINT16
25743B 2
2574B 0199
35829B 0
3580B 1.10
3581B Contains the ending history point number for range
3582B

13.
80
2574B Conversion Code
25746B R/W
2574B User
358B UINT8
25748B 1
25749B 0, 65  72
3584B 0
358B 1.10
3586B Contains the conversion code to convert the
3587B

ROC800-Series data into a format that is


compatible to a Modbus device.
Note: See parameter #8 for conversion codes.
358B

81
2570B Periodic History Register
2571B R/W
257B User
3589B UINT16
2573B 2
2574B 0  65535
35840B 0
35841B 1.10
35842B Contains a unique register number that indicates
3584B

#14 the request is for periodic values for the fourteenth


range of history points.
82
257B Daily History Register #14
2576B R/W
257B User
3584B UINT16
2578B 2
2579B 0  65535
3584B 0
35846B 1.10
35847B Contains a unique register number that indicates
3584B

the request is for daily values for the fourteenth


range of history points.
83
25760B History Segment
25761B R/W
2576B User
35849B UINT8
25763B 1
25764B 010
3580B 0
3581B 1.10
3582B Contains the history segment for range 14.
358B

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-321


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 119: Modbus Event, Alarm, and History Table


253B

Parameter
2536B Name
2537B 2538B Access System or
2539B Data Type
2530B Length
2531B Range
253B Default
253B Ver
2534B Description of functionality and meaning of
253B

# User Update values


84
2576B Start History Point
2576B R/W
2576B User
3584B UINT16
25768B 2
25769B 0199
358B 0
3586B 1.10
3587B Contains the starting history point number for
358B

range 14.
85
2570B End History Point
2571B R/W
257B User
3589B UINT16
2573B 2
2574B 0199
35860B 0
35861B 1.10
35862B Contains the ending history point number for range
3586B

14.
86
257B Conversion Code
2576B R/W
257B User
35864B UINT8
2578B 1
2579B 0, 65  72
3586B 0
3586B 1.10
35867B Contains the conversion code to convert the
3586B

ROC800-Series data into a format that is


compatible to a Modbus device.
Note: See parameter #8 for conversion codes.
35869B

87
25780B Periodic History Register
25781B R/W
2578B User
35870B UINT16
25783B 2
25784B 0  65535
35871B 0
35872B 1.10
3587B Contains a unique register number that indicates
35874B

#15 the request is for periodic values for the fifteenth


range of history points.
88
2578B Daily History Register #15
25786B R/W
2578B User
3587B UINT16
2578B 2
25789B 0  65535
35876B 0
3587B 1.10
3587B Contains a unique register number that indicates
35879B

the request is for daily values for the fifteenth


range of history points.
89
25790B History Segment
25791B R/W
2579B User
3580B UINT8
25793B 1
25794B 010
3581B 0
3582B 1.10
358B Contains the history segment for range 15.
3584B

90
2579B Start History Point
25796B R/W
2579B User
358B UINT16
25798B 2
2579B 0199
3586B 0
3587B 1.10
358B Contains the starting history point number for
3589B

range 15.
91
2580B End History Point
25801B R/W
2580B User
35890B UINT16
25803B 2
25804B 0199
35891B 0
35892B 1.10
3589B Contains the ending history point number for range
35894B

15.
92
2580B Conversion Code
25806B R/W
25807B User
3589B UINT8
2580B 1
25809B 0, 65  72
35896B 0
35897B 1.10
3589B Contains the conversion code to convert the
3589B

ROC800-Series data into a format that is


compatible to a Modbus device.
Note: See parameter #8 for conversion codes.
3590B

93
25810B Periodic History Register
2581B R/W
2581B User
35901B UINT16
25813B 2
25814B 0  65535
35902B 0
3590B 1.10
35904B Contains a unique register number that indicates
3590B

#16 the request is for periodic values for the sixteenth


range of history points.
94
2581B Daily History Register #16
25816B R/W
25817B User
35906B UINT16
2581B 2
25819B 0  65535
35907B 0
35908B 1.10
3590B Contains a unique register number that indicates
35910B

the request is for daily values for the sixteenth


range of history points.
95
2580B History Segment
2581B R/W
258B User
3591B UINT8
2583B 1
2584B 010
35912B 0
3591B 1.10
35914B Contains the history segment for range 16.
3591B

96
258B Start History Point
2586B R/W
2587B User
35916B UINT16
258B 2
2589B 0199
35917B 0
35918B 1.10
3591B Contains the starting history point number for
35920B

range 16.
97
25830B End History Point
25831B R/W
2583B User
35921B UINT16
2583B 2
25834B 0199
3592B 0
3592B 1.10
35924B Contains the ending history point number for range
3592B

16.
98
2583B Conversion Code
25836B R/W
25837B User
35926B UINT8
2583B 1
25839B 0, 65  72
35927B 0
35928B 1.10
3592B Contains the conversion code to convert the
3590B

ROC800-Series data into a format that is


compatible to a Modbus device.
Note: See parameter #8 for conversion codes.
3591B

99
25840B Periodic History Register
25841B R/W
2584B User
3592B UINT16
25843B 2
2584B 0  65535
359B 0
3594B 1.10
359B Contains a unique register number that indicates
3596B

#17 the request is for periodic values for the


seventeenth range of history points.

3-322 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 119: Modbus Event, Alarm, and History Table


253B

Parameter
2536B Name
2537B 2538B Access System or
2539B Data Type
2530B Length
2531B Range
253B Default
253B Ver
2534B Description of functionality and meaning of
253B

# User Update values


100
2584B Daily History Register #17
25846B R/W
25847B User
3597B UINT16
2584B 2
25849B 0  65535
3598B 0
359B 1.10
35940B Contains a unique register number that indicates
35941B

the request is for daily values for the seventeenth


range of history points.
101
2580B History Segment
2581B R/W
258B User
35942B UINT8
2583B 1
2584B 010
3594B 0
3594B 1.10
3594B Contains the history segment for range 17.
35946B

102
258B Start History Point
2586B R/W
2587B User
35947B UINT16
258B 2
2589B 0199
35948B 0
3594B 1.10
3590B Contains the starting history point number for
3591B

range 17.
103
25860B End History Point
25861B R/W
2586B User
3592B UINT16
25863B 2
25864B 0199
359B 0
3594B 1.10
359B Contains the ending history point number for range
3596B

17.
104
2586B Conversion Code
2586B R/W
25867B User
3597B UINT8
2586B 1
25869B 0, 65  72
3598B 0
359B 1.10
35960B Contains the conversion code to convert the
35961B

ROC800-Series data into a format that is


compatible to a Modbus device.
Note: See parameter #8 for conversion codes.
35962B

105
25870B Periodic History Register
25871B R/W
2587B User
3596B UINT16
25873B 2
25874B 0  65535
35964B 0
3596B 1.10
3596B Contains a unique register number that indicates
35967B

#18 the request is for periodic values for the eighteenth


range of history points.
106
2587B Daily History Register #18
25876B R/W
2587B User
35968B UINT16
2587B 2
25879B 0  65535
3596B 0
35970B 1.10
35971B Contains a unique register number that indicates
35972B

the request is for daily values for the eighteenth


range of history points.
107
2580B History Segment
2581B R/W
258B User
3597B UINT8
2583B 1
2584B 010
35974B 0
3597B 1.10
35976B Contains the history segment for range 18.
3597B

108
258B Start History Point
2586B R/W
2587B User
35978B UINT16
258B 2
2589B 0199
3597B 0
35980B 1.10
35981B Contains the starting history point number for
35982B

range 18.
109
25890B End History Point
25891B R/W
2589B User
3598B UINT16
25893B 2
25894B 0199
35984B 0
3598B 1.10
35986B Contains the ending history point number for range
35987B

18.
110
2589B Conversion Code
25896B R/W
25897B User
3598B UINT8
2589B 1
2589B 0, 65  72
3598B 0
3590B 1.10
3591B Contains the conversion code to convert the
3592B

ROC800-SEries data into a format that is


compatible to a Modbus device.
Note: See parameter #8 for conversion codes.
359B

111
2590B Periodic History Register
25901B R/W
2590B User
3594B UINT16
25903B 2
25904B 0  65535
359B 0
3596B 1.10
3597B Contains a unique register number that indicates
3598B

#19 the request is for periodic values for the nineteenth


range of history points.
112
2590B Daily History Register #19
25906B R/W
25907B User
359B UINT16
25908B 2
2590B 0  65535
360B 0
3601B 1.10
3602B Contains a unique register number that indicates
360B

the request is for daily values for the nineteenth


range of history points.
113
25910B History Segment
2591B R/W
2591B User
3604B UINT8
25913B 1
25914B 010
3605B 0
360B 1.10
3607B Contains the history segment for range 19.
3608B

114
2591B Start History Point
25916B R/W
25917B User
3609B UINT16
25918B 2
2591B 0199
3601B 0
3601B 1.10
36012B Contains the starting history point number for
3601B

range 19.
115
2590B End History Point
2591B R/W
259B User
36014B UINT16
2593B 2
2594B 0199
36015B 0
3601B 1.10
36017B Contains the ending history point number for range
36018B

19.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-323


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 119: Modbus Event, Alarm, and History Table


253B

Parameter
2536B Name
2537B 2538B Access System or
2539B Data Type
2530B Length
2531B Range
253B Default
253B Ver
2534B Description of functionality and meaning of
253B

# User Update values


116
259B Conversion Code
2596B R/W
2597B User
36019B UINT8
2598B 1
259B 0, 65  72
3602B 0
36021B 1.10
3602B Contains the conversion code to convert the
3602B

ROC800-Series data into a format that is


compatible to a Modbus device.
Note: See parameter #8 for conversion codes.
36024B

117
25930B Periodic History Register
25931B R/W
2593B User
36025B UINT16
2593B 2
25934B 0  65535
3602B 0
36027B 1.10
36028B Contains a unique register number that indicates
36029B

#20 the request is for periodic values for the twentieth


range of history points.
118
2593B Daily History Register #20
25936B R/W
25937B User
360B UINT16
25938B 2
2593B 0  65535
3601B 0
3602B 1.10
360B Contains a unique register number that indicates
3604B

the request is for daily values for the twentieth


range of history points.
119
25940B History Segment
25941B R/W
2594B User
3605B UINT8
25943B 1
2594B 010
360B 0
3607B 1.10
3608B Contains the history segment for range 20.
3609B

120
2594B Start History Point
25946B R/W
25947B User
3604B UINT16
25948B 2
2594B 0199
36041B 0
36042B 1.10
3604B Contains the starting history point number for
3604B

range 20.
121
2590B End History Point
2591B R/W
259B User
36045B UINT16
2593B 2
2594B 0199
3604B 0
36047B 1.10
36048B Contains the ending history point number for range
36049B

20.
122
259B Conversion Code
2596B R/W
2597B User
3605B UINT8
2598B 1
259B 0, 65  72
36051B 0
36052B 1.10
3605B Contains the conversion code to convert the
36054B

ROC800-Series data into a format that is


compatible to a Modbus device.
Note: See parameter #8 for conversion codes.
3605B

123
25960B History Index Mode
25961B R/W
2596B User
3605B UINT8
25963B 1
25964B 0
36057B 0
36058B 1.10
36059B 0: EFM Extensions Mode: History Indexes
360B

(mapped to TLP[124,X,5] and [124,X,6]) will be


returned as one less - accounting for roll-over -
corresponding to last entry location. History data
will be returned for the index requested.
1: Override mode 1: History Indexes (mapped to
3601B

TLP[124,X,5] and [124,X,6]) will be returned


unmodified (index is to the next record to be
written). History data will be returned for the index
requested.
2: Override mode 2: History Indexes (mapped to
3602B

TLP[124,X,5] and [124,X,6]) will be returned


unmodified (index is to the next record to be
written). History data will be returned at an index
one less than the index requested, accounting for
rollover. If a request for history data at an index
beyond the number of valid indices is received, the
ROC will respond with history data at the last valid
index (For example, if there are 35 daily entries,
valid indices are 0-34. Requests for index 35, 36,
37, etc. will all return history for index 34).
Override mode 2 was implemented in firmware
version 2.10.

3-324 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.41 Point Type 120: Modbus Master Modem Configuration

Description:
2596B Point type 120 provides parameters for configuring Modbus Protocol master modem communication.
2596B

Number of Logical Points:


25967B 5 logical points for Modbus Master Modem Configuration may exist corresponding to Comm1 through Comm 5.
25968B

Storage Location:
2596B Point type 120 is saved to internal configuration memory.
25970B

Table 3-42: Point Type 120, Modbus Master Modem Configuration


84B

Point Type 120: Modbus Master Modem Configuration


36807B

Param#
25971B Name
2597B 25973B Access System or
25974B Data Type
2597B Length
25976B Range
2597B Default
25978B Ver
2597B Description of functionality and meaning of
25980B

User values
Update
0
25981B Tag Id
2598B R/W
25983B User
360B AC
25984B 10
2598B 0x20  0x7E for each
3604B ‘Modem #’
3605B 1.10
360B String that describes the instance of the Master
3607B

byte modem table.


1
25986B 1st RTU Address
25987B R/W
2598B User
3608B UINT8
2598B 1
2590B 0  255
3609B 0
3607B 1.10
36071B Associates an RTU address to the Connect
36072B

Command.
2
2591B 1st Connect Command
259B R/W
2593B User
3607B AC
2594B 30
259B 0x20  0x7E for each
36074B ‘ATDT’
36075B 1.10
3607B A 40-character modem command typically used
3607B

byte to represent the telephone number of the slave


RTU.
3
2596B 2nd RTU Address
2597B R/W
2598B User
36078B UINT8
259B 1
260B 0  255
36079B 0
3608B 1.10
36081B Associates an RTU address to the Connect
36082B

Command.
4
2601B 2nd Connect Command
260B R/W
2603B User
3608B AC
2604B 30
2605B 0x20  0x7E for each
36084B ‘ATDT’
36085B 1.10
3608B A 40-character modem command typically used
36087B

byte to represent the telephone number of the slave


RTU.
5
260B 3rd RTU Address
2607B R/W
2608B User
3608B UINT8
2609B 1
2601B 0  255
36089B 0
3609B 1.10
36091B Associates an RTU address to the Connect
36092B

Command.
6
2601B 3rd Connect Command
2601B R/W
26013B User
3609B AC
26014B 30
26015B 0x20  0x7E for each
36094B ‘ATDT’
36095B 1.10
3609B A 40-character modem command typically used
36097B

byte to represent the telephone number of the slave


RTU.
7
2601B 4th RTU Address
26017B R/W
26018B User
36098B UINT8
26019B 1
260B 0  255
3609B 0
3610B 1.10
3610B Associates an RTU address to the Connect
36102B

Command.
8
2601B 4th Connect Command
260B R/W
2603B User
3610B AC
2604B 30
2605B 0x20  0x7E for each
36104B ‘ATDT’
36105B 1.10
3610B A 40-character modem command typically used
36107B

byte to represent the telephone number of the slave


RTU.
9
260B 5th RTU Address
2607B R/W
2608B User
36108B UINT8
2609B 1
2603B 0  255
36109B 0
3610B 1.10
361B Associates an RTU address to the Connect
3612B

Command.
10
26031B 5th Connect Command
2603B R/W
2603B User
361B AC
26034B 30
26035B 0x20  0x7E for each
3614B ‘ATDT’
3615B 1.10
361B A 40-character modem command typically used
3617B

byte to represent the telephone number of the slave


RTU.
11
2603B 6th RTU Address
26037B R/W
26038B User
3618B UINT8
26039B 1
2604B 0  255
3619B 0
36120B 1.10
3612B Associates an RTU address to the Connect
3612B

Command.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-325


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 120: Modbus Master Modem Configuration


36807B

Param#
25971B Name
2597B 25973B Access System or
25974B Data Type
2597B Length
25976B Range
2597B Default
25978B Ver
2597B Description of functionality and meaning of
25980B

User values
Update
12
26041B 6th Connect Command
2604B R/W
26043B User
3612B AC
2604B 30
26045B 0x20  0x7E for each
36124B ‘ATDT’
36125B 1.10
3612B A 40-character modem command typically used
36127B

byte to represent the telephone number of the slave


RTU.

3-326 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.42 Point Type 121: Modbus Master Table

Description:
2604B Point type 121 provides parameters for configuring Modbus Protocol master communication.
26047B

Number of Logical Points:


26048B 15 logical points for Modbus Master Table may exist (3 tables per communication port).
26049B

Storage Location:
2605B Point type 121 is saved to internal configuration memory.
26051B

Table 3-43: Point Type 121, Modbus Master Table


85B

Point Type 121: Modbus Master Table


3680B

Param#
2605B Name
36809B 26053B Access System or
26054B Data Type
2605B Lengt
2605B Range
26057B Default
26058B Ver
26059B Description of functionality and meaning of values
260B

User Update h
0
2601B Tag Id
260B R/W
2603B User
2604B AC
2605B 10
260B 0x20  0x7E for
2607B ‘MastTbl
2608B 1.10
2609B String that describes the instance of the Master table.
2607B

each byte #’
1
26071B RTU 1 Address
2607B R/W
26073B User
36128B UINT8
26074B 1
26075B 0 255
36129B 0
3610B 1.10
2607B Contains RTU 1 Address the Modbus Query is destined
361B

for
2
2607B Function Code Number
26078B R/W
26079B User
3612B UINT8
2608B 1
26081B 0  6, 15, 16
361B 0
3614B 1.10
2608B Specifies the Modbus function code to be sent to the
3615B

slave device on RTU 1.


The Modbus function codes are:
26083B

0 = Disables the query.


26084B

1 = Send register contents to master (Read Coil Status)


26085B

2 = Send register contents to master (Read Input


2608B

Status)
3 = Send register contents to master (Read Holding
26087B

Registers)
4 = Send register contents to master (Read Input
2608B

Registers)
5 = Set a single register value on slave (Force Single
26089B

Coil)
6 = Set a single register value on slave (Preset Single
2609B

Register)
8 = Return data sent to slave back to master
26091B

(Loopback)
15 = Set multiple register values on a slave (Force
2609B

Multiple Coils)
16 = Set multiple register values on a slave (Preset
26093B

Multiple Registers)
17 =
3
26095B Slave Register Number
2609B R/W
26097B User
361B UINT16
26098B 2
2609B 0  65535
3617B 0
3618B 1.10
2610B The starting Modbus register number on the slave
3619B

device for the query on RTU 1.


4
2610B Master Register Number
2610B R/W
26103B User
36140B UINT16
26104B 2
26105B 0  65535
3614B 0
36142B 1.10
2610B The starting Modbus register number on the Master
3614B

device (ROC800-Series) where the data will either be


stored for a read, or provided for a write.
5
26107B Number of registers
26108B R/W
26109B User
3614B UINT8
2610B 1
261B 1  120
36145B 1
3614B 1.10
261B The number of registers the master either reads or
36147B

writes.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-327


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 121: Modbus Master Table


3680B

Param#
2605B Name
36809B 26053B Access System or
26054B Data Type
2605B Lengt
2605B Range
26057B Default
26058B Ver
26059B Description of functionality and meaning of values
260B

User Update h
6
2613B Communication Status
2614B R/O
2615B System
36148B UINT8
261B 1
2617B 0  8, 36149B 0
3615B 1.10
2618B Displays the status of the master query.
36152B

128  131, 144, 145


36150B The communication status codes are:
2619B

0 = Inactive or start of transmission


2610B

1 = Received timeout error


261B

2 = Received address check


261B

3 = Received Function Code check


2613B

4 = Number of expected bytes check


2614B

8 = Valid slave response


2615B

128 = Write ROC data error


261B

129 = Access ROC data error


2617B

130 = Master Table error


2618B

Note: Status values 0 and 3 through 8 are active on the


2619B

master transmission. These values appear for a very


short time and step to the next value if the process is
without error. If an error occurs in the step, then the
value is present until the next transmission is
requested. A transmission without error has a status
value of 8, Valid Slave Response.
7
26130B RTU 2 Address
2613B R/W
2613B User
3615B UINT8
2613B 1
26134B 0  255
36154B 0
3615B 1.10
26135B Contains RTU 2 Address the Modbus Query is destined
3615B

for
8
2613B Function Code Number
26137B R/W
26138B User
36157B UINT8
26139B 1
26140B 0  6, 15, 16
36158B 0
36159B 1.10
2614B Specifies the Modbus Function Code to be sent to the
3610B

slave device on RTU 2.


Note: See parameter#2 for the Modbus function codes.
361B

9
2614B Slave Register Number
26143B R/W
2614B User
3612B UINT16
26145B 2
2614B 0  65535
361B 0
3614B 1.10
26147B The starting Modbus register number on the slave
3615B

device for the query on RTU 2.


10
26148B Master Register Number
26149B R/W
26150B User
361B UINT16
2615B 2
2615B 0  65535
3617B 0
3618B 1.10
26153B The starting Modbus register number on the Master
3619B

device (ROC800-Series) where the data will either be


stored for a read, or provided for a write.
11
26154B Number of registers
2615B R/W
2615B User
36170B UINT8
26157B 1
26158B 1  120
3617B 1
36172B 1.10
26159B The number of registers for the master to either read or
3617B

write.
12
2610B Communication Status
261B R/O
261B System
36174B UINT8
2613B 1
2614B 0  8, 36175B 0
3617B 1.10
2615B Displays the status of the master query.
36178B

128  131, 144, 145


3617B Note: See parameter#6 for the communication status
36179B

codes.
13
261B RTU 3 Address
2617B R/W
2618B User
36180B UINT8
2619B 1
26170B 0  255
3618B 0
36182B 1.10
2617B Contains RTU 3 Address the Modbus Query is destined
3618B

for.
14
2617B Function Code Number
26173B R/W
26174B User
36184B UINT8
26175B 1
2617B 0  6, 15, 16
36185B 0
3618B 1.10
2617B Specifies the Modbus Function Code to be sent to the
36187B

slave device on RTU 3.


Note: See parameter#2 for the Modbus function codes.
3618B

15
26178B Slave Register Number
26179B R/W
26180B User
36189B UINT16
2618B 2
2618B 0  65535
36190B 0
3619B 1.10
26183B The starting Modbus register number on the slave
36192B

device for the query on RTU 3.


16
26184B Master Register Number
26185B R/W
2618B User
3619B UINT16
26187B 2
2618B 0  65535
36194B 0
36195B 1.10
26189B The starting Modbus register number on the Master
3619B

device (ROC800-Series) where the data will either be


stored for a read, or provided for a write.

3-328 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 121: Modbus Master Table


3680B

Param#
2605B Name
36809B 26053B Access System or
26054B Data Type
2605B Lengt
2605B Range
26057B Default
26058B Ver
26059B Description of functionality and meaning of values
260B

User Update h
17
26190B Number of registers
2619B R/W
2619B User
36197B UINT8
26193B 1
26194B 1  120
36198B 1
3619B 1.10
26195B The number of registers for the master to either read or
3620B

write.
18
2619B Communication Status
26197B R/O
26198B System
36201B UINT8
2619B 1
260B 0  8, 3620B 0
36204B 1.10
2601B Displays the status of the master query.
36205B

128  131, 144, 145


3620B Note: See parameter#6 for the communication status
3620B

codes.
19
260B RTU 4 Address
2603B R/W
2604B User
36207B UINT8
2605B 1
260B 0  255
36208B 0
36209B 1.10
2607B Contains RTU 4 Address the Modbus Query is destined
36210B

for
20
2608B Function Code Number
2609B R/W
2610B User
3621B UINT8
261B 1
261B 0  6, 15, 16
3621B 0
3621B 1.10
2613B Specifies the Modbus Function Code to be sent to the
36214B

slave device on RTU 4.


Note: See parameter#2 for the Modbus function codes.
36215B

21
2614B Slave Register Number
2615B R/W
261B User
3621B UINT16
2617B 2
2618B 0  65535
36217B 0
36218B 1.10
2619B The starting Modbus register number on the slave
36219B

device for the query on RTU 4.


22
260B Master Register Number
261B R/W
26B User
3620B UINT16
263B 2
264B 0  65535
3621B 0
362B 1.10
265B The starting Modbus register number on the Master
362B

device (ROC800-Series9) where the data will either be


stored for a read, or provided for a write.
23
26B Number of registers
267B R/W
268B User
3624B UINT8
269B 1
2630B 1  120
3625B 1
362B 1.10
2631B The number of registers for the master to either read or
3627B

write.
24
263B Communication Status
263B R/O
2634B System
3628B UINT8
2635B 1
263B 0  8, 3629B 0
3621B 1.10
2637B Displays the status of the master query.
362B

128  131, 144, 145


3620B Note: See parameter#6 for the communication status
362B

codes.
25
2638B RTU 5 Address
2639B R/W
2640B User
3624B UINT8
2641B 1
264B 0  255
3625B 0
362B 1.10
2643B Contains RTU 5 Address the Modbus Query is destined
3627B

for
26
264B Function Code Number
2645B R/W
264B User
3628B UINT8
2647B 1
2648B 0  6, 15, 16
3629B 0
36240B 1.10
2649B Specifies the Modbus Function Code to be sent to the
36241B

slave device on RTU 5.


Note: See parameter#2 for the Modbus function codes.
3624B

27
2650B Slave Register Number
2651B R/W
265B User
3624B UINT16
2653B 2
2654B 0  65535
3624B 0
36245B 1.10
265B The starting Modbus register number on the slave
3624B

device for the query on RTU 5.


28
265B Master Register Number
2657B R/W
2658B User
36247B UINT16
2659B 2
260B 0  65535
36248B 0
36249B 1.10
261B The starting Modbus register number on the Master
36250B

device (ROC800-Series) where the data will either be


stored for a read, or provided for a write.
29
26B Number of registers
263B R/W
264B User
36251B UINT8
265B 1
26B 1  120
3625B 1
3625B 1.10
267B The number of registers for the master to either read or
36254B

write.
30
268B Communication Status
269B R/O
2670B System
3625B UINT8
2671B 1
267B 0  8, 3625B 0
36258B 1.10
2673B Displays the status of the master query.
36259B

128  131, 144, 145


36257B Note: See parameter#6 for the communication status
3620B

codes.
31
2674B RTU 6 Address
2675B R/W
267B User
3621B UINT8
267B 1
2678B 0  255
362B 0
362B 1.10
2679B Contains RTU 6 Address the Modbus Query is destined
3624B

for
32
2680B Function Code Number
2681B R/W
268B User
3625B UINT8
2683B 1
2684B 0  6, 15, 16
362B 0
3627B 1.10
2685B Specifies the Modbus Function Code to be sent to the
3628B

slave device on RTU 6.


Note: See parameter#2 for the Modbus function codes.
3629B

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-329


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 121: Modbus Master Table


3680B

Param#
2605B Name
36809B 26053B Access System or
26054B Data Type
2605B Lengt
2605B Range
26057B Default
26058B Ver
26059B Description of functionality and meaning of values
260B

User Update h
33
268B Slave Register Number
2687B R/W
268B User
36270B UINT16
2689B 2
2690B 0  65535
36271B 0
3627B 1.10
2691B The starting Modbus register number on the slave
3627B

device for the query on RTU 6.


34
269B Master Register Number
2693B R/W
2694B User
36274B UINT16
2695B 2
269B 0  65535
36275B 0
3627B 1.10
2697B The starting Modbus register number on the Master
3627B

device (ROC800-Series) where the data will either be


stored for a read, or provided for a write.
35
2698B Number of registers
269B R/W
2630B User
36278B UINT8
26301B 1
2630B 1  120
36279B 1
36280B 1.10
2630B The number of registers for the master to either read or
36281B

write.
36
26304B Communication Status
26305B R/O
2630B System
3628B UINT8
26307B 1
26308B 0  8, 3628B 0
36285B 1.10
26309B Displays the status of the master query.
3628B

128  131, 144, 145


36284B Note: See parameter#6 for the communication status
36287B

codes.
37
26310B RTU 7 Address
2631B R/W
2631B User
3628B UINT8
2631B 1
26314B 0  255
36289B 0
36290B 1.10
26315B Contains RTU 7 Address the Modbus Query is destined
36291B

for
38
2631B Function Code Number
26317B R/W
26318B User
3629B UINT8
26319B 1
2630B 0  6, 15, 16
3629B 0
36294B 1.10
2631B Specifies the Modbus Function Code to be sent to the
36295B

slave device on RTU 7.


Note: See parameter#2 for the Modbus function codes.
3629B

39
263B Slave Register Number
263B R/W
2634B User
36297B UINT16
2635B 2
263B 0  65535
36298B 0
3629B 1.10
2637B The starting Modbus register number on the slave
360B

device for the query on RTU 7.


40
2638B Master Register Number
2639B R/W
2630B User
3601B UINT16
2631B 2
263B 0  65535
3602B 0
360B 1.10
263B The starting Modbus register number on the Master
3604B

device (ROC800-Series) where the data will either be


stored for a read, or provided for a write.
41
2634B Number of registers
2635B R/W
263B User
3605B UINT8
2637B 1
2638B 1  120
360B 1
3607B 1.10
2639B The number of registers for the master to either read or
3608B

write.
42
26340B Communication Status
26341B R/O
2634B System
3609B UINT8
2634B 1
2634B 0  8, 3610B 0
3612B 1.10
26345B Displays the status of the master query.
361B

128  131, 144, 145


361B Note: See parameter#6 for the communication status
3614B

codes.
43
2634B RTU 8 Address
26347B R/W
26348B User
3615B UINT8
26349B 1
26350B 0  255
361B 0
3617B 1.10
26351B Contains RTU 8 Address the Modbus Query is destined
3618B

for
44
2635B Function Code Number
2635B R/W
26354B User
3619B UINT8
2635B 1
2635B 0  6, 15, 16
3620B 0
3621B 1.10
26357B Specifies the Modbus Function Code to be sent to the
362B

slave device on RTU 8.


Note: See parameter#2 for the Modbus function codes.
362B

45
26358B Slave Register Number
26359B R/W
2630B User
3624B UINT16
2631B 2
263B 0  65535
3625B 0
362B 1.10
263B The starting Modbus register number on the slave
3627B

device for the query on RTU 8.


46
2634B Master Register Number
2635B R/W
263B User
3628B UINT16
2637B 2
2638B 0  65535
3629B 0
360B 1.10
2639B The starting Modbus register number on the Master
361B

device (ROC800-Series) where the data will either be


stored for a read, or provided for a write.
47
26370B Number of registers
26371B R/W
2637B User
362B UINT8
2637B 1
26374B 1  120
36B 1
364B 1.10
26375B The number of registers for the master to either read or
365B

write.
48
2637B Communication Status
2637B R/O
26378B System
36B UINT8
26379B 1
26380B 0  8, 367B 0
369B 1.10
26381B Displays the status of the master query.
3640B

128  131, 144, 145


368B Note: See parameter#6 for the communication status
3641B

codes.

3-330 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 121: Modbus Master Table


3680B

Param#
2605B Name
36809B 26053B Access System or
26054B Data Type
2605B Lengt
2605B Range
26057B Default
26058B Ver
26059B Description of functionality and meaning of values
260B

User Update h
49
2638B RTU 9 Address
2638B R/W
26384B User
3642B UINT8
26385B 1
2638B 0  255
364B 0
364B 1.10
26387B Contains RTU 9 Address the Modbus Query is destined
3645B

for
50
2638B Function Code Number
26389B R/W
26390B User
364B UINT8
26391B 1
2639B 0  6, 15, 16
3647B 0
3648B 1.10
2639B Specifies the Modbus Function Code to be sent to the
3649B

slave device on RTU 9.


Note: See parameter#2 for the Modbus function codes.
3650B

51
26394B Slave Register Number
26395B R/W
2639B User
3651B UINT16
26397B 2
26398B 0  65535
3652B 0
365B 1.10
2639B The starting Modbus register number on the slave
3654B

device for the query on RTU 9.


52
2640B Master Register Number
26401B R/W
2640B User
365B UINT16
26403B 2
2640B 0  65535
365B 0
3657B 1.10
26405B The starting Modbus register number on the Master
3658B

device (ROC800-Series) where the data will either be


stored for a read, or provided for a write.
53
2640B Number of registers
26407B R/W
26408B User
3659B UINT8
26409B 1
26410B 1  120
360B 1
361B 1.10
2641B The number of registers for the master to either read or
362B

write.
54
2641B Communication Status
26413B R/O
2641B System
36B UINT8
26415B 1
2641B 0  8, 364B 0
36B 1.10
26417B Displays the status of the master query.
367B

128  131, 144, 145


365B Note: See parameter#6 for the communication status
368B

codes.
55
26418B RTU 10 Address
26419B R/W
2640B User
369B UINT8
2641B 1
264B 0  255
3670B 0
3671B 1.10
2643B Contains RTU 10 Address the Modbus Query is
3672B

destined for
56
264B Function Code Number
2645B R/W
264B User
367B UINT8
2647B 1
2648B 0  6, 15, 16
3674B 0
3675B 1.10
2649B Specifies the Modbus Function Code to be sent to the
367B

slave device on RTU 10.


Note: See parameter#2 for the Modbus function codes.
367B

57
26430B Slave Register Number
26431B R/W
2643B User
3678B UINT16
2643B 2
2643B 0  65535
3679B 0
3680B 1.10
26435B The starting Modbus register number on the slave
3681B

device for the query on RTU 10.


58
2643B Master Register Number
26437B R/W
26438B User
3682B UINT16
26439B 2
2640B 0  65535
368B 0
3684B 1.10
2641B The starting Modbus register number on the Master
3685B

device (ROC800-Series) where the data will either be


stored for a read, or provided for a write.
59
264B Number of registers
2643B R/W
264B User
368B UINT8
2645B 1
264B 1  120
3687B 1
368B 1.10
2647B The number of registers for the master to either read or
3689B

write.
60
2648B Communication Status
2649B R/O
26450B System
3690B UINT8
26451B 1
2645B 0  8, 3691B 0
369B 1.10
26453B Displays the status of the master query.
3694B

128  131, 144, 145


3692B Note: See parameter#6 for the communication status
3695B

codes.
61
2645B RTU 11 Address
2645B R/W
2645B User
369B UINT8
26457B 1
26458B 0  255
3697B 0
3698B 1.10
26459B Contains RTU 11 Address the Modbus Query is
369B

destined for
62
2640B Function Code Number
2641B R/W
264B User
3640B UINT8
2643B 1
264B 0  6, 15, 16
36401B 0
36402B 1.10
2645B Specifies the Modbus Function Code to be sent to the
3640B

slave device on RTU 11.


Note: See parameter#2 for the Modbus function codes.
3640B

63
264B Slave Register Number
2647B R/W
2648B User
36405B UINT16
2649B 2
26470B 0  65535
3640B 0
36407B 1.10
26471B The starting Modbus register number on the slave
36408B

device for the query on RTU 11.


64
2647B Master Register Number
26473B R/W
2647B User
36409B UINT16
26475B 2
2647B 0  65535
36410B 0
3641B 1.10
2647B The starting Modbus register number on the Master
36412B

device (ROC800-Series) where the data will either be


stored for a read, or provided for a write.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-331


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 121: Modbus Master Table


3680B

Param#
2605B Name
36809B 26053B Access System or
26054B Data Type
2605B Lengt
2605B Range
26057B Default
26058B Ver
26059B Description of functionality and meaning of values
260B

User Update h
65
26478B Number of registers
26479B R/W
26480B User
3641B UINT8
26481B 1
2648B 1  120
3641B 1
36415B 1.10
26483B The number of registers for the master to either read or
3641B

write.
66
2648B Communication Status
26485B R/O
2648B System
36417B UINT8
26487B 1
2648B 0  8, 36418B 0
36420B 1.10
26489B Displays the status of the master query.
36421B

128  131, 144, 145


36419B Note: See parameter#6 for the communication status
3642B

codes.
67
26490B RTU 12 Address
26491B R/W
2649B User
3642B UINT8
26493B 1
2649B 0  255
3642B 0
36425B 1.10
26495B Contains RTU 12 Address the Modbus Query is
3642B

destined for
68
2649B Function Code Number
26497B R/W
26498B User
36427B UINT8
2649B 1
2650B 0  6, 15, 16
36428B 0
36429B 1.10
26501B Specifies the Modbus Function Code to be sent to the
3640B

slave device on RTU 12.


Note: See parameter#2 for the Modbus function codes.
3641B

69
2650B Slave Register Number
26503B R/W
26504B User
3642B UINT16
2650B 2
2650B 0  65535
364B 0
364B 1.10
26507B The starting Modbus register number on the slave
3645B

device for the query on RTU 12.


70
26508B Master Register Number
26509B R/W
26510B User
364B UINT16
2651B 2
2651B 0  65535
3647B 0
3648B 1.10
26513B The starting Modbus register number on the Master
3649B

device (ROC800-Series) where the data will either be


stored for a read, or provided for a write.
71
26514B Number of registers
2651B R/W
2651B User
3640B UINT8
26517B 1
26518B 1  120
3641B 1
3642B 1.10
26519B The number of registers for the master to either read or
364B

write.
72
2650B Communication Status
2651B R/O
265B System
364B UINT8
2653B 1
2654B 0  8, 3645B 0
3647B 1.10
265B Displays the status of the master query.
3648B

128  131, 144, 145


364B Note: See parameter#6 for the communication status
3649B

codes.
73
265B RTU 13 Address
2657B R/W
2658B User
36450B UINT8
2659B 1
26530B 0  255
36451B 0
36452B 1.10
26531B Contains RTU 13 Address the Modbus Query is
3645B

destined for
74
2653B Function Code Number
2653B R/W
26534B User
3645B UINT8
2653B 1
2653B 0  6, 15, 16
3645B 0
3645B 1.10
26537B Specifies the Modbus Function Code to be sent to the
36457B

slave device on RTU 13.


Note: See parameter#2 for the Modbus function codes.
36458B

75
26538B Slave Register Number
26539B R/W
26540B User
36459B UINT16
26541B 2
2654B 0  65535
3640B 0
3641B 1.10
26543B The starting Modbus register number on the slave
3642B

device for the query on RTU 13.


76
2654B Master Register Number
2654B R/W
2654B User
364B UINT16
26547B 2
26548B 0  65535
364B 0
3645B 1.10
26549B The starting Modbus register number on the Master
364B

device (ROC800-Series) where the data will either be


stored for a read, or provided for a write.
77
2650B Number of registers
2651B R/W
265B User
3647B UINT8
2653B 1
2654B 1  120
3648B 1
3649B 1.10
265B The number of registers for the master to either read or
36470B

write.
78
265B Communication Status
2657B R/O
2658B System
36471B UINT8
2659B 1
2650B 0  8, 36472B 0
3647B 1.10
2651B Displays the status of the master query.
36475B

128  131, 144, 145


3647B Note: See parameter#6 for the communication status
3647B

codes.
79
265B RTU 14 Address
2653B R/W
2654B User
3647B UINT8
265B 1
265B 0  255
36478B 0
36479B 1.10
2657B Contains RTU 14 Address the Modbus Query is
36480B

destined for
80
2658B Function Code Number
2659B R/W
26570B User
36481B UINT8
26571B 1
2657B 0  6, 15, 16
36482B 0
3648B 1.10
26573B Specifies the Modbus Function Code to be sent to the
3648B

slave device on RTU 14.


Note: See parameter#2 for the Modbus function codes.
36485B

3-332 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 121: Modbus Master Table


3680B

Param#
2605B Name
36809B 26053B Access System or
26054B Data Type
2605B Lengt
2605B Range
26057B Default
26058B Ver
26059B Description of functionality and meaning of values
260B

User Update h
81
26574B Slave Register Number
2657B R/W
2657B User
3648B UINT16
2657B 2
26578B 0  65535
36487B 0
3648B 1.10
26579B The starting Modbus register number on the slave
36489B

device for the query on RTU 14.


82
26580B Master Register Number
26581B R/W
2658B User
36490B UINT16
26583B 2
26584B 0  65535
36491B 0
36492B 1.10
2658B The starting Modbus register number on the Master
3649B

device (ROC800-Series) where the data will either be


stored for a read, or provided for a write.
83
2658B Number of registers
26587B R/W
2658B User
3649B UINT8
26589B 1
26590B 1  120
36495B 1
3649B 1.10
26591B The number of registers for the master to either read or
36497B

write.
84
2659B Communication Status
26593B R/O
26594B System
36498B UINT8
2659B 1
2659B 0  8, 3649B 0
36501B 1.10
26597B Displays the status of the master query.
36502B

128  131, 144, 145


3650B Note: See parameter#6 for the communication status
3650B

codes.
85
26598B RTU 15 Address
2659B R/W
260B User
36504B UINT8
2601B 1
260B 0  255
3650B 0
3650B 1.10
2603B Contains RTU 15 Address the Modbus Query is
36507B

destined for
86
2604B Function Code Number
2605B R/W
260B User
36508B UINT8
2607B 1
2608B 0  6, 15, 16
36509B 0
36510B 1.10
2609B Specifies the Modbus Function Code to be sent to the
3651B

slave device on RTU 15.


Note: See parameter#2 for the Modbus function codes.
36512B

87
2610B Slave Register Number
261B R/W
261B User
3651B UINT16
2613B 2
2614B 0  65535
36514B 0
3651B 1.10
2615B The starting Modbus register number on the slave
3651B

device for the query on RTU 15.


88
261B Master Register Number
2617B R/W
2618B User
36517B UINT16
2619B 2
260B 0  65535
36518B 0
36519B 1.10
261B The starting Modbus register number on the Master
36520B

device (ROC800-Series) where the data will either be


stored for a read, or provided for a write.
89
26B Number of registers
263B R/W
264B User
36521B UINT8
265B 1
26B 1  120
3652B 1
3652B 1.10
267B The number of registers for the master to either read or
36524B

write.
90
268B Communication Status
269B R/O
2630B System
3652B UINT8
2631B 1
263B 0  8, 3652B 0
36528B 1.10
263B Displays the status of the master query.
36529B

128  131, 144, 145


36527B Note: See parameter#6 for the communication status
3650B

codes.
91
2634B RTU 16 Address
2635B R/W
263B User
3651B UINT8
2637B 1
2638B 0  255
3652B 0
365B 1.10
2639B Contains RTU 16 Address the Modbus Query is
3654B

destined for
92
2640B Function Code Number
2641B R/W
264B User
365B UINT8
2643B 1
264B 0  6, 15, 16
365B 0
3657B 1.10
2645B Specifies the Modbus Function Code to be sent to the
3658B

slave device on RTU 16.


Note: See parameter#2 for the Modbus function codes.
3659B

93
264B Slave Register Number
2647B R/W
2648B User
36540B UINT16
2649B 2
2650B 0  65535
36541B 0
36542B 1.10
2651B The starting Modbus register number on the slave
3654B

device for the query on RTU 16.


94
265B Master Register Number
2653B R/W
2654B User
3654B UINT16
265B 2
265B 0  65535
3654B 0
3654B 1.10
2657B The starting Modbus register number on the Master
36547B

device (ROC800-Series) where the data will either be


stored for a read, or provided for a write.
95
2658B Number of registers
2659B R/W
260B User
36548B UINT8
261B 1
26B 1  120
36549B 1
3650B 1.10
263B The number of registers for the master to either read or
3651B

write.
96
264B Communication Status
265B R/O
26B System
3652B UINT8
267B 1
268B 0  8, 365B 0
365B 1.10
269B Displays the status of the master query.
365B

128  131, 144, 145


3654B Note: See parameter#6 for the communication status
3657B

codes.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-333


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 121: Modbus Master Table


3680B

Param#
2605B Name
36809B 26053B Access System or
26054B Data Type
2605B Lengt
2605B Range
26057B Default
26058B Ver
26059B Description of functionality and meaning of values
260B

User Update h
97
2670B RTU 17 Address
2671B R/W
267B User
3658B UINT8
2673B 1
2674B 0  255
3659B 0
3650B 1.10
2675B Contains RTU 17 Address the Modbus Query is
3651B

destined for
98
267B Function Code Number
267B R/W
2678B User
3652B UINT8
2679B 1
2680B 0  6, 15, 16
365B 0
3654B 1.10
2681B Specifies the Modbus Function Code to be sent to the
365B

slave device on RTU 17.


Note: See parameter#2 for the Modbus function codes.
365B

99
268B Slave Register Number
2683B R/W
2684B User
3657B UINT16
2685B 2
268B 0  65535
3658B 0
3659B 1.10
2687B The starting Modbus register number on the slave
36570B

device for the query on RTU 17.


100
268B Master Register Number
2689B R/W
2690B User
36571B UINT16
2691B 2
269B 0  65535
36572B 0
3657B 1.10
2693B The starting Modbus register number on the Master
36574B

device (ROC800-Series) where the data will either be


stored for a read, or provided for a write.
101
2694B Number of registers
2695B R/W
269B User
3657B UINT8
2697B 1
2698B 1  120
3657B 1
3657B 1.10
269B The number of registers for the master to either read or
36578B

write.
102
2670B Communication Status
26701B R/O
2670B System
36579B UINT8
26703B 1
26704B 0  8, 36580B 0
36582B 1.10
26705B Displays the status of the master query.
3658B

128  131, 144, 145


36581B Note: See parameter#6 for the communication status
36584B

codes.
103
2670B RTU 18 Address
2670B R/W
26708B User
3658B UINT8
26709B 1
26710B 0 – 255
3658B 0
36587B 1.10
2671B Contains RTU 18 Address the Modbus Query is
3658B

destined for
104
2671B Function Code Number
26713B R/W
26714B User
36589B UINT8
26715B 1
2671B 0  6, 15, 16
36590B 0
36591B 1.10
2671B Specifies the Modbus Function Code to be sent to the
36592B

slave device on RTU 18.


Note: See parameter#2 for the Modbus function codes.
3659B

105
26718B Slave Register Number
26719B R/W
2670B User
36594B UINT16
2671B 2
267B 0  65535
3659B 0
3659B 1.10
2673B The starting Modbus register number on the slave
36597B

device for the query on RTU 18.


106
2674B Master Register Number
2675B R/W
267B User
36598B UINT16
267B 2
2678B 0  65535
3659B 0
360B 1.10
2679B The starting Modbus register number on the Master
3601B

device (ROC800-Series) where the data will either be


stored for a read, or provided for a write.
107
26730B Number of registers
26731B R/W
2673B User
3602B UINT8
2673B 1
26734B 1  120
360B 1
3604B 1.10
26735B The number of registers for the master to either read or
3605B

write.
108
2673B Communication Status
2673B R/O
26738B System
360B UINT8
26739B 1
26740B 0  8, 3607B 0
3609B 1.10
26741B Displays the status of the master query.
3610B

128  131, 144, 145


3608B Note: See parameter#6 for the communication status
361B

codes.
109
2674B RTU 19 Address
26743B R/W
2674B User
3612B UINT8
26745B 1
2674B 0  255
361B 0
3614B 1.10
2674B Contains RTU 19 Address the Modbus Query is
3615B

destined for
110
26748B Function Code Number
26749B R/W
26750B User
361B UINT8
26751B 1
2675B 0  6, 15, 16
3617B 0
3618B 1.10
26753B Specifies the Modbus Function Code to be sent to the
3619B

slave device on RTU 19.


Note: See parameter#2 for the Modbus function codes.
3620B

111
26754B Slave Register Number
2675B R/W
2675B User
3621B UINT16
2675B 2
26758B 0  65535
362B 0
362B 1.10
26759B The starting Modbus register number on the slave
3624B

device for the query on RTU 19.


112
2670B Master Register Number
2671B R/W
267B User
3625B UINT16
2673B 2
2674B 0  65535
362B 0
3627B 1.10
2675B The starting Modbus register number on the Master
3628B

device (ROC800-Series) where the data will either be


stored for a read, or provided for a write.

3-334 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 121: Modbus Master Table


3680B

Param#
2605B Name
36809B 26053B Access System or
26054B Data Type
2605B Lengt
2605B Range
26057B Default
26058B Ver
26059B Description of functionality and meaning of values
260B

User Update h
113
267B Number of registers
267B R/W
2678B User
3629B UINT8
2679B 1
2670B 1  120
360B 1
361B 1.10
2671B The number of registers for the master to either read or
362B

write.
114
267B Communication Status
2673B R/O
2674B System
36B UINT8
2675B 1
267B 0  8, 364B 0
36B 1.10
267B Displays the status of the master query.
367B

128  131, 144, 145


365B Note: See parameter#6 for the communication status
368B

codes.
115
2678B RTU 20 Address
2679B R/W
26780B User
369B UINT8
26781B 1
2678B 0  255
3640B 0
3641B 1.10
26783B Contains RTU 20 Address the Modbus Query is
3642B

destined for
116
26784B Function Code Number
26785B R/W
2678B User
364B UINT8
2678B 1
2678B 0 15, 16
364B 0
3645B 1.10
26789B Specifies the Modbus Function Code to be sent to the
364B

slave device on RTU 20.


Note: See parameter#2 for the Modbus function codes.
3647B

117
26790B Slave Register Number
26791B R/W
2679B User
3648B UINT16
26793B 2
26794B 0 535
3649B 0
3650B 1.10
26795B The starting Modbus register number on the slave
3651B

device for the query on RTU 20.


118
2679B Master Register Number
2679B R/W
26798B User
3652B UINT16
2679B 2
2680B 0 535
365B 0
3654B 1.10
26801B The starting Modbus register number on the Master
365B

device (ROC800-Series) where the data will either be


stored for a read, or provided for a write.
119
2680B Number of registers
26803B R/W
26804B User
365B UINT8
26805B 1
2680B 1  120
3657B 1
3658B 1.10
26807B The number of registers for the master to either read or
3659B

write.
120
2680B Communication Status
26809B R/O
26810B System
360B UINT8
2681B 1
2681B 0  8, 361B 0
36B 1.10
26813B Displays the status of the master query.
364B

128  131, 144, 145


362B Note: See parameter#6 for the communication status
365B

codes.
121
26814B RTU 21 Address
26815B R/W
2681B User
36B UINT8
26817B 1
2681B 0  255
367B 0
368B 1.10
26819B Contains RTU 21 Address the Modbus Query is
369B

destined for
122
2680B Function Code Number
2681B R/W
268B User
3670B UINT8
2683B 1
2684B 0  6, 15, 16
3671B 0
3672B 1.10
2685B Specifies the Modbus Function Code to be sent to the
367B

slave device on RTU 21.


Note: See parameter#2 for the Modbus function codes.
3674B

123
268B Slave Register Number
2687B R/W
268B User
3675B UINT16
2689B 2
26830B 0  65535
367B 0
367B 1.10
26831B The starting Modbus register number on the slave
3678B

device for the query on RTU 21.


124
2683B Master Register Number
2683B R/W
26834B User
3679B UINT16
26835B 2
2683B 0  65535
3680B 0
3681B 1.10
26837B The starting Modbus register number on the Master
3682B

device (ROC800-Series) where the data will either be


stored for a read, or provided for a write.
125
2683B Number of registers
26839B R/W
26840B User
368B UINT8
26841B 1
2684B 1  120
3684B 1
3685B 1.10
26843B The number of registers for the master to either read or
368B

write.
126
2684B Communication Status
26845B R/O
2684B System
3687B UINT8
26847B 1
2684B 0  8, 368B 0
3690B 1.10
26849B Displays the status of the master query.
3691B

128  131, 144, 145


3689B Note: See parameter#6 for the communication status
3692B

codes.
127
26850B RTU 22 Address
26851B R/W
2685B User
369B UINT8
26853B 1
26854B 0  255
3694B 0
3695B 1.10
2685B Contains RTU 22 Address the Modbus Query is
369B

destined for
128
2685B Function Code Number
26857B R/W
2685B User
3697B UINT8
26859B 1
2680B 0  6, 15, 16
3698B 0
369B 1.10
2681B Specifies the Modbus Function Code to be sent to the
3670B

slave device on RTU 22.


Note: See parameter#2 for the Modbus function codes.
36701B

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-335


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 121: Modbus Master Table


3680B

Param#
2605B Name
36809B 26053B Access System or
26054B Data Type
2605B Lengt
2605B Range
26057B Default
26058B Ver
26059B Description of functionality and meaning of values
260B

User Update h
129
268B Slave Register Number
2683B R/W
2684B User
36702B UINT16
2685B 2
268B 0  65535
3670B 0
36704B 1.10
2687B The starting Modbus register number on the slave
36705B

device for the query on RTU 22.


130
268B Master Register Number
2689B R/W
26870B User
3670B UINT16
26871B 2
2687B 0  65535
3670B 0
36708B 1.10
26873B The starting Modbus register number on the Master
36709B

device (ROC800-Series) where the data will either be


stored for a read, or provided for a write.
131
26874B Number of registers
26875B R/W
2687B User
36710B UINT8
2687B 1
2687B 1  120
3671B 1
36712B 1.10
26879B The number of registers for the master to either read or
3671B

write.
132
2680B Communication Status
2681B R/O
268B System
36714B UINT8
2683B 1
2684B 0  8, 36715B 0
3671B 1.10
2685B Displays the status of the master query.
36718B

128  131, 144, 145


3671B Note: See parameter#6 for the communication status
36719B

codes.
133
268B RTU 23 Address
2687B R/W
268B User
36720B UINT8
2689B 1
26890B 0  255
36721B 0
3672B 1.10
26891B Contains RTU 23 Address the Modbus Query is
3672B

destined for
134
2689B Function Code Number
26893B R/W
26894B User
36724B UINT8
26895B 1
2689B 0  6, 15, 16
36725B 0
3672B 1.10
26897B Specifies the Modbus Function Code to be sent to the
3672B

slave device on RTU 23.


Note: See parameter#2 for the Modbus function codes.
36728B

135
2689B Slave Register Number
2689B R/W
2690B User
36729B UINT16
26901B 2
2690B 0  65535
3670B 0
3671B 1.10
26903B The starting Modbus register number on the slave
3672B

device for the query on RTU 23.


136
26904B Master Register Number
26905B R/W
2690B User
367B UINT16
26907B 2
26908B 0  65535
3674B 0
3675B 1.10
2690B The starting Modbus register number on the Master
367B

device (ROC800-Series) where the data will either be


stored for a read, or provided for a write.
137
26910B Number of registers
2691B R/W
2691B User
367B UINT8
26913B 1
26914B 1  120
3678B 1
3679B 1.10
26915B The number of registers for the master to either read or
36740B

write.
138
2691B Communication Status
26917B R/O
26918B System
36741B UINT8
2691B 1
2690B 0  8, 36742B 0
3674B 1.10
2691B Displays the status of the master query.
36745B

128  131, 144, 145


3674B Note: See parameter#6 for the communication status
3674B

codes.
139
269B RTU 24 Address
2693B R/W
2694B User
3674B UINT8
2695B 1
269B 0  255
36748B 0
36749B 1.10
2697B Contains RTU 24 Address the Modbus Query is
36750B

destined for
140
2698B Function Code Number
269B R/W
26930B User
36751B UINT8
26931B 1
2693B 0  6, 15, 16
36752B 0
3675B 1.10
2693B Specifies the Modbus Function Code to be sent to the
36754B

slave device on RTU 24.


Note: See parameter#2 for the Modbus function codes.
3675B

141
26934B Slave Register Number
26935B R/W
2693B User
3675B UINT16
26937B 2
26938B 0  65535
3675B 0
36758B 1.10
2693B The starting Modbus register number on the slave
36759B

device for the query on RTU 24.


142
26940B Master Register Number
26941B R/W
2694B User
3670B UINT16
26943B 2
2694B 0  65535
3671B 0
3672B 1.10
26945B The starting Modbus register number on the Master
367B

device (ROC800-Series) where the data will either be


stored for a read, or provided for a write.
143
2694B Number of registers
26947B R/W
26948B User
3674B UINT8
2694B 1
26950B 1  120
3675B 1
367B 1.10
26951B The number of registers for the master to either read or
367B

write.
144
2695B Communication Status
26953B R/O
26954B System
3678B UINT8
2695B 1
2695B 0  8, 3679B 0
3671B 1.10
26957B Displays the status of the master query.
3672B

128  131, 144, 145


3670B Note: See parameter#6 for the communication status
367B

codes.

3-336 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 121: Modbus Master Table


3680B

Param#
2605B Name
36809B 26053B Access System or
26054B Data Type
2605B Lengt
2605B Range
26057B Default
26058B Ver
26059B Description of functionality and meaning of values
260B

User Update h
145
26958B RTU 25 Address
2695B R/W
2690B User
3674B UINT8
2691B 1
269B 0  255
3675B 0
367B 1.10
2693B Contains RTU 25 Address the Modbus Query is
367B

destined for
146
2694B Function Code Number
2695B R/W
269B User
3678B UINT8
2697B 1
2698B 0  6, 15, 16
3679B 0
36780B 1.10
269B Specifies the Modbus Function Code to be sent to the
36781B

slave device on RTU 25.


Note: See parameter#2 for the Modbus function codes.
36782B

147
26970B Slave Register Number
26971B R/W
2697B User
3678B UINT16
26973B 2
26974B 0  65535
36784B 0
36785B 1.10
26975B The starting Modbus register number on the slave
3678B

device for the query on RTU 25.


148
2697B Master Register Number
2697B R/W
26978B User
3678B UINT16
2697B 2
26980B 0  65535
3678B 0
36789B 1.10
26981B The starting Modbus register number on the Master
36790B

device (ROC800-Series) where the data will either be


stored for a read, or provided for a write.
149
2698B Number of registers
26983B R/W
26984B User
36791B UINT8
26985B 1
2698B 1  120
36792B 1
3679B 1.10
26987B The number of registers for the master to either read or
36794B

write.
150
2698B Communication Status
2698B R/O
2690B System
36795B UINT8
2691B 1
269B 0  8, 3679B 0
36798B 1.10
2693B Displays the status of the master query.
3679B

128  131, 144, 145


3679B Note: See parameter#6 for the communication status
3680B

codes.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-337


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.43 Point Type 122: DS800 Configuration

Description:
2694B Point type 122 provides parameters used to configure DS800. This table is speculative and will be modified if/when
2695B

more information is available


Number of Logical Points:
269B 1 logical point for DS800 Configuration may exist.
2697B

Storage Location:
2698B Point type 122 is saved to internal configuration memory.
269B

Table 3-44: Point Type 122, DS800 Configuration


86B

Point Type 122: DS800 Configuration


270B

Param#
2701B Name
270B 2703B Access System or
2704B Data Type
2705B Length
2706B Range
270B Default
2708B Ver
2709B Description of functionality and meaning of
2701B

User values
Update
0
2701B Power Switch
2701B R/W
27013B User
27014B UINT8
27015B 1
27016B 0,1
2701B 1
27018B 1.10
27019B Turns DS800 on and off. Valid values are:
270B

0 = Off
2701B

1 = On
1
270B RSI Enable
2703B R/W
2704B User
2705B UINT8
2706B 1
270B 0,1
2708B 1
2709B 1.10
2703B Enables/Disables the DS800 serial task.
27031B

Changes to this parameter take affect when


DS800 is stopped and started again. Valid values
are:
0 = Disable
2703B

1 = Enable
2703B

2
27034B ETCP Enable
27035B R/W
27036B User
2703B UINT8
27038B 1
27039B 0,1
2704B 1
27041B 1.10
2704B Enables/Disables the DS800 TCP/IP task.
27043B

Changes to this parameter take affect when


DS800 is stopped and started again.Valid values
are:
0 = Disable
2704B

1 = Enable
3
27045B IXD Enable
27046B R/W
2704B User
27048B UINT8
27049B 1
2705B 0,1
27051B 1
2705B 1.10
27053B Enables/Disables the DS800 IXD task. Changes
27054B

to this parameter take affect when DS800 is


stopped and started again.Valid values are”
0 = Disable
2705B

1 = Enable
4
27056B RSI Running
2705B R/O
27058B System
27059B UINT8
2706B 1
27061B 0,1
2706B 1
27063B 1.10
27064B Indicates whether the DS800 serial task is
27065B

currently running. Valid values are:


0 = Not running.
2706B

1 = Running.
5
2706B ETCP Running
27068B R/O
27069B System
270B UINT8
2701B 1
270B 0,1
2703B 1
2704B 1.10
2705B Indicates whether the DS800 TCP/IP task is
2706B

currently running. Valid values are:


0 = Not running
270B

1 = Running.

3-338 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 122: DS800 Configuration


270B

Param#
2701B Name
270B 2703B Access System or
2704B Data Type
2705B Length
2706B Range
270B Default
2708B Ver
2709B Description of functionality and meaning of
2701B

User values
Update
6
2708B IXD Running
2709B R/O
2708B System
27081B UINT8
2708B 1
27083B 0,1
27084B 1
27085B 1.10
27086B Indicates whether or not the DS800 IXD task is
2708B

currently running. Valid values are:


0 = Not running.
2708B

1 = Running.
7
27089B Clean Stored Resources
2709B R/W
27091B User
2709B UINT8
27093B 1
27094B 0,1
27095B 0
27096B 1.10
2709B Setting this parameter to '1' removes all stored
27098B

resources from file system. This does NOT stop


resources that may be running, but running
resources will not be reloaded when the Power
Switch is toggled.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-339


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.44 Point Type 123: Security – Group Configuration

Description:
2709B Point type 123 provides parameters to define security groups, which work in conjunction with point type 92 parameters
2710B

to define which users are a member of which group.


Number of Logical Points:
2710B 1 logical point for this point type may exist.
2710B

Storage Location:
27103B Point type 123 is saved to internal configuration memory.
27104B

Table 3-45: Point Type 123, Security – Group Configuration


87B

Point Type 123: Security – Group Configuration


36810B

Param#
27105B Name
27106B 2710B Access System or
27108B Data Type
27109B Length
2710B Range
271B Default
271B Ver
2713B Description of functionality and meaning of
2714B

User values
Update
0
2715B Group #1
2716B R/W
271B User
2718B AC
2719B 20
2710B 0x20  0x7E for each
271B “”
271B 1.10
2713B Group identifier
2714B

byte
1
2715B Group #2
2716B R/W
271B User
2718B AC
2719B 20
27130B 0x20  0x7E for each
2713B “”
2713B 1.10
2713B Group identifier
27134B

byte
2
27135B Group #3
27136B R/W
2713B User
27138B AC
27139B 20
27140B 0x20  0x7E for each
2714B “”
2714B 1.10
27143B Group identifier
2714B

byte
3
27145B Group #4
27146B R/W
2714B User
27148B AC
27149B 20
27150B 0x20  0x7E for each
2715B “”
2715B 1.10
27153B Group identifier
27154B

byte
4
2715B Group #5
27156B R/W
2715B User
27158B AC
27159B 20
27160B 0x20  0x7E for each
2716B “”
2716B 1.10
27163B Group identifier
27164B

byte
5
27165B Group #6
2716B R/W
2716B User
27168B AC
27169B 20
2710B 0x20  0x7E for each
271B “”
271B 1.10
2713B Group identifier
2714B

byte
6
2715B Group #7
2716B R/W
271B User
2718B AC
2719B 20
27180B 0x20  0x7E for each
2718B “”
2718B 1.10
27183B Group identifier
27184B

byte
7
27185B Group #8
27186B R/W
2718B User
2718B AC
27189B 20
27190B 0x20  0x7E for each
2719B “”
2719B 1.10
27193B Group identifier
27194B

byte
8
27195B Group #9
27196B R/W
2719B User
27198B AC
2719B 20
270B 0x20  0x7E for each
2701B “”
270B 1.10
2703B Group identifier
2704B

byte
9
2705B Group #10
2706B R/W
270B User
2708B AC
2709B 20
2710B 0x20  0x7E for each
271B “”
271B 1.10
2713B Group identifier
2714B

byte
10
2715B Group #11
2716B R/W
271B User
2718B AC
2719B 20
270B 0x20  0x7E for each
271B “”
27B 1.10
273B Group identifier
274B

byte
11
275B Group #12
276B R/W
27B User
278B AC
279B 20
2730B 0x20  0x7E for each
2731B “”
273B 1.10
273B Group identifier
2734B

byte
12
2735B Group #13
2736B R/W
273B User
2738B AC
2739B 20
2740B 0x20  0x7E for each
2741B “”
274B 1.10
2743B Group identifier
274B

byte

3-340 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 123: Security – Group Configuration


36810B

Param#
27105B Name
27106B 2710B Access System or
27108B Data Type
27109B Length
2710B Range
271B Default
271B Ver
2713B Description of functionality and meaning of
2714B

User values
Update
13
2745B Group #14
2746B R/W
274B User
2748B AC
2749B 20
2750B 0x20  0x7E for each
2751B “”
275B 1.10
2753B Group identifier
2754B

byte
14
275B Group #15
2756B R/W
275B User
2758B AC
2759B 20
2760B 0x20  0x7E for each
2761B “”
276B 1.10
2763B Group identifier
2764B

byte
15
2765B Group #16
276B R/W
276B User
2768B AC
2769B 20
270B 0x20  0x7E for each
271B “”
27B 1.10
273B Group identifier
274B

byte
16
275B Group #17
276B R/W
27B User
278B AC
279B 20
2780B 0x20  0x7E for each
2781B “”
278B 1.10
2783B Group identifier
2784B

byte
17
2785B Group #18
2786B R/W
278B User
278B AC
2789B 20
2790B 0x20  0x7E for each
2791B “”
279B 1.10
2793B Group identifier
2794B

byte
18
2795B Group #19
2796B R/W
279B User
2798B AC
279B 20
2730B 0x20  0x7E for each
27301B “”
2730B 1.10
2730B Group identifier
27304B

byte
19
27305B Group #20
27306B R/W
2730B User
27308B AC
27309B 20
27310B 0x20  0x7E for each
2731B “”
2731B 1.10
2731B Group identifier
27314B

byte

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-341


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.45 Point Type 124: History Segment Configuration

Description:
27315B Point Type 124 provides parameters that configure the number of history points that exist in a history segment, as well
27316B

as specify the sizes of the history points in that segment. This point type also controls the sampling rate for periodic
entries, and it allows you to turn off archiving for history points in a given segment.
Number of Logical Points:
2731B 11 logical units of this point type may exist
27318B

Storage Location:
27319B Point type 124 is saved to configuration memory.
2730B

Table 3-46: Point Type 124, History Segment Configuration


8B

Point Type 124: History Segment Configuration


3681B

Param#
2731B Name
273B 273B Access System or
2734B Data Type
2735B Length
2736B Range
273B Default
2738B Ver
2739B Description of functionality and meaning of
2730B

User values
Update
0
2731B Segment Description
273B R/W
273B User
2734B AC
2735B 10
2736B 0x20  0x7E for each
273B Logic 0:
2738B 1.10
2734B Identifies what the segment of history is used for.
2734B

byte “General
2739B
For logical points 1 – 10, “XX” is the ordered
00” number of the history type.

Logic 1 –27340B

10:
“Segment
27341B

XX”

1
2734B Segment Size
27345B Logic 0: 27346B User
27350B UINT16
27351B 2
2735B 0 – 200
2735B Logic 0: 27354B 1.10
27358B Specifies how many history points are in the
27359B

R/O 2734B 200 2735B


history segment.
Logic 1 -
27348B Logic 1 –
27356B
This parameter is R/O for Logic 0.
27360B

10: 10: This parameter can not be modified from an


27361B

R/W 27349B 0 2735B


FST.
This value cannot be set less than Number of
2736B

Configured Points.
2
2736B Maximum Segment Size
27364B R/O
27365B System
2736B UINT16
2736B 2
27368B 200
27369B 200
2730B 1.10
2731B Specifies the maximum number of history points
273B

that may be configured for the history segment.


3
273B Periodic Entries
2734B R/W
2735B User
2736B UINT16
273B 2
2738B 0 - 65535
2739B 840
27380B 1.10
27381B Number of periodic entries per history point in
2738B

the history segment. Actual upper range is


limited by available free space.
4
2738B Daily Entries
27384B R/W
27385B User
27386B UINT16
2738B 2
2738B 0 - 65535
27389B 35
27390B 1.10
27391B Number of daily entries per history point in the
2739B

history segment.
5
2739B Periodic Index
27394B R/O
27395B System
27396B UINT16
2739B 2
27398B 0 – (#Periodic Entries –
2739B 0
2740B 1.10
27401B Location in each history point for the segment
2740B

1) where the next periodic entry will be saved.


6
27403B Daily Index
2740B R/O
27405B System
27406B UINT16
2740B 2
27408B 0 – (#Daily Entries – 1)
27409B 0
27410B 1.10
2741B Location in each history point for the segment
2741B

where the next daily entry will be saved.

3-342 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 124: History Segment Configuration


3681B

Param#
2731B Name
273B 273B Access System or
2734B Data Type
2735B Length
2736B Range
273B Default
2738B Ver
2739B Description of functionality and meaning of
2730B

User values
Update
7
27413B Periodic Sample Rate
2741B R/W
27415B User
27416B UINT8
2741B 1
27418B 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 12,
27419B 60
2740B 1.10
2741B The number of minute intervals that pass before
274B

15, 20, 30, 60 an entry is made in the periodic history.


8
2743B Contract Hour
274B R/W
2745B User
2746B UINT8
274B 1
2748B 0 – 23
2749B 0
27430B 1.10
27431B Hour that indicates the beginning of a new day.
2743B

9
2743B ON/OFF Switch
2743B R/W
27435B User
27436B UINT8
2743B 1
27438B 0–1
27439B 1
2740B 1.10
2741B Switch that controls history logging for the
274B

history segment. Logging is suspended while the


switch is off.
0 = OFF
2743B

1 = ON
10
274B Free Space
2745B R/O
2746B System
274B UINT32
2748B 4
2749B 0 - 187000
27450B 187000
27451B 1.10
2745B Specifies the number of history entries that are
27453B

unaccounted for and may be added to history


points in various segments. This value applies to
all history segments.
11
2745B Force End of Day
2745B R/W
27456B User
2745B UINT8
27458B 1
27459B 0–1
27460B 0
27461B 1.10
2746B Allows the user to force an end of day for the
27463B

history segment. 0 = No Force, 1 = Force End of


Day
12
2746B Number of Configured Points
27465B R/O
2746B System
2746B UINT16
27468B 2
27469B 0-200
2740B 0
2741B 1.10
274B Number of history points that are configured in
2743B

the segment.
13
274B User Weighting TLP
2745B R/W
2746B User
274B TLP
2748B 3
2749B Any numerical
27480B 0,0,0
27481B 2.40
2748B Indicates the parameter the system should use
27483B

parameter (excluding as the weight when averaging Type 6 (User


TLPs and ACs) Weighted Average)

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-343


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.46 Point Type 125: History Segment 0 Point Configuration

Description:
2748B Point Type 125 is the history configuration point type for History Segment 0.
27485B

Number of Logical Points:


27486B Number of logical points varies depending on the segment size parameter for History Segment 0.
2748B

Storage Location:
2748B Point type 125 will be saved to internal configuration memory.
27489B

Table 3-47: Point Type 125, History Segment 0 Point Configuration


89B

Point Type 125, History Segment 0 Point


27490B

Param#
27491B Name
2749B 27493B Access System or
2749B Data Type
27495B Length
27496B Range
2749B Default
27498B Ver
2749B Description of functionality and meaning of
2750B

User Update values


0
27501B Point Tag ID
2750B R/O
27503B System
27504B AC
2750B 10
27506B 0x20  0x7E for each
2750B “”
27508B 1.10
27509B Same value as the Point Tag of the Point Type
27510B

byte the History Log Point resides in.


1
2751B Parameter Description
2751B R/W
27513B User
27514B AC
2751B 10
27516B 0x20  0x7E for each
2751B “”
27518B 1.10
27519B User supplied text string used to identify the
2750B

byte parameter being logged in the history point.


2
2751B History Log Point
275B R/W
2753B User
2754B TLP
275B 3
2756B Any parameter may be
275B {0,0,0}
2758B 1.10
2759B TLP points to a value to be archived by history.
27530B

logged except
parameters of Data
Type TLP or AC
3
27531B Archive Type
2753B R/W
2753B User
27534B UINT8
2753B 1
27536B See note in description
2753B 0
27538B 1.10
27539B
Defines how the system archives a data point to
27540B

history. Valid values are:


0 = None (History point not defined)
27541B

1 = User C/C++ Data


2754B

2 = User C/C++ Time


27543B

65 = FST Data History


2754B

67 = FST Time
2754B

128 = Average
27546B

129 = Accumulate
2754B

130 = Current Value


27548B

134 = Totalize
27549B

4
2750B Averaging/Rate Type
2751B R/W
275B User
2753B UINT8
2754B 1
275B See note in description
2756B 0
275B 1.10
2758B
Defines the rate of accumulation of the
2759B

averaging technique and, in conjunction with the


Archive Type parameter (3) further defines how
the system archives history data.

Accumulation Rate (Archive Type = 129):


27560B

10 = Per Second
27561B

11 = Per Minute
2756B

12 = Per Hour
27563B

13 = Per Day
27564B

Averaging Type (Archive Type = 128):


2756B

0 = None (History point not defined)


2756B

5 = Linear Averaging
2756B

6 = User Weighted Averaging (Ver. 2.40)


5
27568B Current Value
27569B R/O
2750B System
2751B FL
275B 4
2753B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2754B 0
275B 1.10
2756B Current value of parameter being logged.
275B

3-344 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 125, History Segment 0 Point


27490B

Param#
27491B Name
2749B 27493B Access System or
2749B Data Type
27495B Length
27496B Range
2749B Default
27498B Ver
2749B Description of functionality and meaning of
2750B

User Update values


6
2758B Last Daily Value
2759B R/O
27580B System
27581B FL
2758B 4
27583B Any valid IEEE 754 float
27584B 0
2758B 1.10
27586B Value logged to the daily archive at the last
2758B

contract hour.
7
2758B Today Minimum Time
27589B R/O
27590B System
27591B TIME
2759B 4
27593B 04294967296
27594B 0
2759B 1.10
27596B Time the minimum value was reached today.
2759B

8
27598B Today Minimum Value
2759B R/O
2760B System
27601B FL
2760B 4
27603B Any valid IEEE 754 float
27604B 0
27605B 1.10
2760B Minimum value of logged parameter observed
2760B

today.
9
27608B Today Maximum Time
27609B R/O
27610B System
2761B TIME
2761B 4
27613B 04294967296
27614B 0
27615B 1.10
2761B Time the maximum value was reached today.
2761B

10
27618B Today Maximum Value
27619B R/O
2760B System
2761B FL
276B 4
2763B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2764B 0
2765B 1.10
276B Maximum value of logged parameter observed
276B

today.
11
2768B Yesterday Minimum Time
2769B R/O
27630B System
27631B TIME
2763B 4
2763B 04294967296
27634B 0
27635B 1.10
2763B Time the minimum value was reached
2763B

yesterday.
12
27638B Yesterday Minimum Value
27639B R/O
27640B System
27641B FL
2764B 4
27643B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2764B 0
27645B 1.10
2764B Minimum value of logged parameter observed
2764B

yesterday.
13
27648B Yesterday Maximum Time
27649B R/O
27650B System
27651B TIME
2765B 4
27653B 04294967296
27654B 0
2765B 1.10
2765B Time the maximum value was reached
2765B

yesterday.
14
27658B Yesterday Maximum Value
27659B R/O
2760B System
2761B FL
276B 4
2763B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2764B 0
2765B 1.10
276B Maximum value of logged parameter observed
276B

yesterday.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-345


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.47 Point Type 126: History Segment 1 Point Configuration

Description:
2768B Point Type 126 provides parameters to configure point types for History Segment 1.
2769B

Number of Logical Points:


2760B Number of logical points varies depending on the segment size parameter for History Segment 1.
2761B

Storage Location:
276B Point type 126 is saved to internal configuration memory.
2763B

Table 3-48: Point Type 126, History Segment 1 Point Configuration


90B

Point Type 126: History Segment 1 Point


2764B

Param#
2765B Name
276B 276B Access System or
2768B Data Type
2769B Length
27680B Range
27681B Default
2768B Ver
27683B Description of functionality and meaning of
27684B

User values
Update
0
27685B Point Tag ID
2768B R/O
2768B System
2768B AC
27689B 10
27690B 0x20  0x7E for each
27691B “”
2769B 1.10
27693B Same value as the Point Tag of the Point Type
27694B

byte the History Log Point resides in.


1
27695B Parameter Description
2769B R/W
2769B User
27698B AC
2769B 10
270B 0x20  0x7E for each
2701B “”
270B 1.10
2703B User supplied text string used to identify the
2704B

byte parameter being logged in the history point.


2
2705B History Log Point
2706B R/W
270B User
2708B TLP
2709B 3
2710B Any parameter may be
271B {0,0,0}
271B 1.10
2713B TLP points to a value to be archived by history.
2714B

logged except
parameters of Data
Type TLP or AC
3
2715B Archive Type
2716B R/W
271B User
2718B UINT8
2719B 1
270B See note in description
271B 0
27B 1.10
273B
Defines how the system archives a data point to
274B

history. Valid values are:


0 = None (History point not defined)
275B

1 = User C/C++ Data


276B

2 = User C/C++ Time


27B

65 = FST Data History


278B

67 = FST Time
279B

128 = Average
2730B

129 = Accumulate
2731B

130 = Current Value


273B

134 = Totalize
273B

4
2734B Averaging/Rate Type
2735B R/W
2736B User
273B UINT8
2738B 1
2739B See note in description
2740B 0
2741B 1.10
274B
Defines the rate of accumulation of the
2743B

averaging technique and, in conjunction with the


Archive Type parameter (3) further defines how
the system archives history data.

Accumulation Rate (Archive Type = 129):


274B

10 = Per Second
2745B

11 = Per Minute
2746B

12 = Per Hour
274B

13 = Per Day
2748B

Averaging Type (Archive Type = 128):


2749B

0 = None (History point not defined)


2750B

5 = Linear Averaging
2751B

6 = User Weighted Averaging (Ver. 2.40)

3-346 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 126: History Segment 1 Point


2764B

Param#
2765B Name
276B 276B Access System or
2768B Data Type
2769B Length
27680B Range
27681B Default
2768B Ver
27683B Description of functionality and meaning of
27684B

User values
Update
5
275B Current Value
2753B R/O
2754B System
275B FL
2756B 4
275B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2758B 0
2759B 1.10
2760B Current value of parameter being logged.
2761B

6
276B Last Daily Value
2763B R/O
2764B System
2765B FL
276B 4
276B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2768B 0
2769B 1.10
270B Value logged to the daily archive at the last
271B

contract hour.
7
27B Today Minimum Time
273B R/O
274B System
275B TIME
276B 4
27B 04294967296
278B 0
279B 1.10
2780B Time the minimum value was reached today.
2781B

8
278B Today Minimum Value
2783B R/O
2784B System
2785B FL
2786B 4
278B Any valid IEEE 754 float
278B 0
2789B 1.10
2790B Minimum value of logged parameter observed
2791B

today.
9
279B Today Maximum Time
2793B R/O
2794B System
2795B TIME
2796B 4
279B 04294967296
2798B 0
279B 1.10
2780B Time the maximum value was reached today.
27801B

10
2780B Today Maximum Value
27803B R/O
27804B System
27805B FL
27806B 4
2780B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2780B 0
27809B 1.10
27810B Maximum value of logged parameter observed
2781B

today.
11
2781B Yesterday Minimum Time
27813B R/O
27814B System
27815B TIME
27816B 4
2781B 04294967296
2781B 0
27819B 1.10
2780B Time the minimum value was reached
2781B

yesterday.
12
278B Yesterday Minimum Value
2783B R/O
2784B System
2785B FL
2786B 4
278B Any valid IEEE 754 float
278B 0
2789B 1.10
27830B Minimum value of logged parameter observed
27831B

yesterday.
13
2783B Yesterday Maximum Time
2783B R/O
27834B System
27835B TIME
27836B 4
2783B 04294967296
2783B 0
27839B 1.10
27840B Time the maximum value was reached
27841B

yesterday.
14
2784B Yesterday Maximum Value
27843B R/O
2784B System
27845B FL
27846B 4
2784B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2784B 0
27849B 1.10
27850B Maximum value of logged parameter observed
27851B

yesterday.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-347


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.48 Point Type 127: History Segment 2 Point Configuration

Description:
2785B Point Type 127 provides parameters to configure point types for History Segment 2
27853B

Number of Logical Points:


27854B Number of logical points varies depending on the segment size parameter for History Segment 2.
2785B

Storage Location:
27856B Point type 127 is saved to internal configuration memory.
2785B

Table 3-49: Point Type 127, History Segment 2 Point Configuration


91B

Point Type 127: History Segment 2 Point


2785B

Param#
27859B Name
27860B 27861B Access System or
2786B Data Type
27863B Length
27864B Range
27865B Default
2786B Ver
2786B Description of functionality and meaning of
2786B

User values
Update
0
27869B Point Tag ID
2780B R/O
2781B System
278B AC
2783B 10
2784B 0x20  0x7E for each
2785B “”
2786B 1.10
278B Same value as the Point Tag of the Point Type
278B

byte the History Log Point resides in.


1
2789B Parameter Description
2780B R/W
2781B User
278B AC
2783B 10
2784B 0x20  0x7E for each
2785B “”
2786B 1.10
278B User supplied text string used to identify the
278B

byte parameter being logged in the history point.


2
2789B History Log Point
27890B R/W
27891B User
2789B TLP
27893B 3
27894B Any parameter may be
27895B {0,0,0}
27896B 1.10
2789B TLP points to a value to be archived by history.
2789B

logged except
parameters of Data
Type TLP or AC
3
2789B Archive Type
2790B R/W
27901B User
2790B UINT8
27903B 1
27904B See note in description
27905B 0
27906B 1.10
2790B
Defines how the system archives a data point to
27908B

history. Valid values are:


0 = None (History point not defined)
2790B

1 = User C/C++ Data


27910B

2 = User C/C++ Time


2791B

65 = FST Data History


2791B

67 = FST Time
27913B

128 = Average
27914B

129 = Accumulate
27915B

130 = Current Value


27916B

134 = Totalize
2791B

4
27918B Averaging/Rate Type
2791B R/W
2790B User
2791B UINT8
279B 1
2793B See note in description
2794B 0
2795B 1.10
2796B
Defines the rate of accumulation of the
279B

averaging technique and, in conjunction with the


Archive Type parameter (3) further defines how
the system archives history data.

Accumulation Rate (Archive Type = 129):


2798B

10 = Per Second
279B

11 = Per Minute
27930B

12 = Per Hour
27931B

13 = Per Day
2793B

Averaging Type (Archive Type = 128):


2793B

0 = None (History point not defined)


27934B

5 = Linear Averaging
27935B

6 = User Weighted Averaging (Ver. 2.40)

3-348 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 127: History Segment 2 Point


2785B

Param#
27859B Name
27860B 27861B Access System or
2786B Data Type
27863B Length
27864B Range
27865B Default
2786B Ver
2786B Description of functionality and meaning of
2786B

User values
Update
5
27936B Current Value
2793B R/O
27938B System
2793B FL
27940B 4
27941B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2794B 0
27943B 1.10
2794B Current value of parameter being logged.
27945B

6
27946B Last Daily Value
2794B R/O
27948B System
2794B FL
27950B 4
27951B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2795B 0
27953B 1.10
27954B Value logged to the daily archive at the last
2795B

contract hour.
7
27956B Today Minimum Time
2795B R/O
27958B System
2795B TIME
27960B 4
27961B 04294967296
2796B 0
27963B 1.10
27964B Time the minimum value was reached today.
27965B

8
2796B Today Minimum Value
2796B R/O
27968B System
2796B FL
2790B 4
2791B Any valid IEEE 754 float
279B 0
2793B 1.10
2794B Minimum value of logged parameter observed
2795B

today.
9
2796B Today Maximum Time
279B R/O
2798B System
279B TIME
27980B 4
27981B 04294967296
2798B 0
27983B 1.10
27984B Time the maximum value was reached today.
27985B

10
27986B Today Maximum Value
2798B R/O
2798B System
2798B FL
2790B 4
2791B Any valid IEEE 754 float
279B 0
2793B 1.10
2794B Maximum value of logged parameter observed
2795B

today.
11
2796B Yesterday Minimum Time
279B R/O
2798B System
279B TIME
280B 4
2801B 04294967296
280B 0
2803B 1.10
2804B Time the minimum value was reached
2805B

yesterday.
12
2806B Yesterday Minimum Value
2807B R/O
280B System
2809B FL
2801B 4
2801B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2801B 0
28013B 1.10
28014B Minimum value of logged parameter observed
28015B

yesterday.
13
28016B Yesterday Maximum Time
28017B R/O
2801B System
28019B TIME
280B 4
2801B 04294967296
280B 0
2803B 1.10
2804B Time the maximum value was reached
2805B

yesterday.
14
2806B Yesterday Maximum Value
2807B R/O
280B System
2809B FL
2803B 4
28031B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2803B 0
2803B 1.10
28034B Maximum value of logged parameter observed
28035B

yesterday.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-349


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.49 Point Type 128: History Segment 3 Point Configuration

Description:
28036B Point Type 128 provides parameters to configure point types for History Segment 3.
28037B

Number of Logical Points:


2803B Number of logical points varies depending on the segment size parameter for History Segment 3.
28039B

Storage Location:
2804B Point type 128 is saved to internal configuration memory.
28041B

Table 3-50: Point Type 128, History Segment 3 Point Configuration


92B

Point Type 128, History Segment 3 Point


2804B

Param#
28043B Name
2804B 28045B Access System or
28046B Data Type
28047B Length
2804B Range
28049B Default
2805B Ver
28051B Description of functionality and meaning of
2805B

User values
Update
0
28053B Point Tag ID
28054B R/O
2805B System
28056B AC
28057B 10
2805B 0x20  0x7E for each
28059B “”
2806B 1.10
28061B Same value as the Point Tag of the Point Type
2806B

byte the History Log Point resides in.


1
28063B Parameter Description
28064B R/W
28065B User
2806B AC
28067B 10
2806B 0x20  0x7E for each
28069B “”
2807B 1.10
28071B User supplied text string used to identify the
2807B

byte parameter being logged in the history point.


2
28073B History Log Point
28074B R/W
28075B User
28076B TLP
2807B 3
2807B Any parameter may be
28079B {0,0,0}
280B 1.10
2801B TLP points to a value to be archived by history.
280B

logged except
parameters of Data
Type TLP or AC
3
2803B Archive Type
2804B R/W
2805B User
2806B UINT8
2807B 1
280B See note in description
2809B 0
2809B 1.10
28091B
Defines how the system archives a data point to
2809B

history. Valid values are:


0 = None (History point not defined)
28093B

1 = User C/C++ Data


28094B

2 = User C/C++ Time


28095B

65 = FST Data History


28096B

67 = FST Time
28097B

128 = Average
2809B

129 = Accumulate
2809B

130 = Current Value


2810B

134 = Totalize
2810B

4
2810B Averaging/Rate Type
28103B R/W
28104B User
28105B UINT8
28106B 1
28107B See note in description
2810B 0
28109B 1.10
2810B
Defines the rate of accumulation of the
281B

averaging technique and, in conjunction with the


Archive Type parameter (3) further defines how
the system archives history data.

Accumulation Rate (Archive Type = 129):


281B

10 = Per Second
2813B

11 = Per Minute
2814B

12 = Per Hour
2815B

13 = Per Day
2816B

Averaging Type (Archive Type = 128):


2817B

0 = None (History point not defined)


281B

5 = Linear Averaging
2819B

6 = User Weighted Averagng (Ver. 2.40)

3-350 Parameter Lists for Point Types Revised June-2018


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

Point Type 128, History Segment 3 Point


2804B

Param#
28043B Name
2804B 28045B Access System or
28046B Data Type
28047B Length
2804B Range
28049B Default
2805B Ver
28051B Description of functionality and meaning of
2805B

User values
Update
5
2810B Current Value
281B R/O
281B System
2813B FL
2814B 4
2815B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2816B 0
2817B 1.10
281B Current value of parameter being logged.
2819B

6
28130B Last Daily Value
2813B R/O
2813B System
2813B FL
28134B 4
28135B Any valid IEEE 754 float
28136B 0
28137B 1.10
2813B Value logged to the daily archive at the last
28139B

contract hour.
7
28140B Today Minimum Time
2814B R/O
2814B System
28143B TIME
2814B 4
28145B 04294967296
28146B 0
28147B 1.10
2814B Time the minimum value was reached today.
28149B

8
28150B Today Minimum Value
2815B R/O
2815B System
28153B FL
28154B 4
2815B Any valid IEEE 754 float
28156B 0
28157B 1.10
2815B Minimum value of logged parameter observed
28159B

today.
9
28160B Today Maximum Time
2816B R/O
2816B System
28163B TIME
28164B 4
28165B 04294967296
2816B 0
28167B 1.10
2816B Time the maximum value was reached today.
28169B

10
28170B Today Maximum Value
2817B R/O
2817B System
28173B FL
28174B 4
28175B Any valid IEEE 754 float
28176B 0
2817B 1.10
2817B Maximum value of logged parameter observed
28179B

today.
11
2810B Yesterday Minimum Time
281B R/O
281B System
2813B TIME
2814B 4
2815B 04294967296
2816B 0
2817B 1.10
281B Time the minimum value was reached
2819B

yesterday.
12
28190B Yesterday Minimum Value
2819B R/O
2819B System
28193B FL
28194B 4
28195B Any valid IEEE 754 float
28196B 0
28197B 1.10
2819B Minimum value of logged parameter observed
2819B

yesterday.
13
280B Yesterday Maximum Time
2801B R/O
280B System
2803B TIME
2804B 4
2805B 04294967296
2806B 0
2807B 1.10
280B Time the maximum value was reached
2809B

yesterday.
14
2810B Yesterday Maximum Value
281B R/O
281B System
2813B FL
2814B 4
2815B Any valid IEEE 754 float
2816B 0
2817B 1.10
281B Maximum value of logged parameter observed
2819B

yesterday.

Revised June-2018 Parameter Lists for Point Types 3-351


Preset Protocol Specifications Manual

3.4.50 Point Type 129: History Segment 4 Point Configuration

Description:
280B Point Type 129 provides parameters to configure point types for History Segment 4.
281B

Number of Logical Points:


28B Number of logical points varies depending on the segment size parameter for History Segment 4.
283B

Storage Location:
284B Point type 129 is saved to internal configuration memory.
285B

Table 3-51: Point Type 129, History Segment 4 Point Configuration


93B

Point Type 129: History Segment 4 Point


286B

Param#
287B Name
28B 289B Access System or
2830B Data Type
2831B Length
283B Range
283B Default
2834B Ver
2835B Description of functionality and meaning of
2836B

User values
Update
0
2837B Point Tag ID
283B R/O
2839B System
2840B AC
2841B 10
284B 0x20  0x7E for each
2843B “”
284B 1.10
2845B Same value as the Point Tag of the Point Type
2846B

byte the History Log Point resides in.


1
2847B Parameter Description
284B R/W
2849B User
2850B AC
2851B 10
285B 0x20  0x7E for each
2853B “”
2854B 1.10
285B User supplied text string used to identify the
2856B

byte parameter being logged in the history point.


2
2857B History Log Point
285B R/W
2859B User
2860B TLP
2861B 3
286B Any parameter may be
2863B {0,0,0}
2864B 1.10
2865B TLP points to a value to be archived by history.
286B

logged except
parameters of Data
Type TLP or AC
3
2867B Archive Type
286B R/W
2869B User
2870B UINT8
2871B 1
287B See note in description
2873B 0
2874B 1.10
2875B
Defines how the system archives a data point to
2876B

history. Valid values are:


0 = None (History point not defined)
287B

1 = User C/C++ Data


287B

2 = User C/C++ Time


2879B

65 = FST Data History


280B

67 = FST Time
281B

128 = Average
28B

129 = Accumulate
283B

130 = Current Value


284B

134 = Totalize
285B

4
286B Averaging/Rate Type
287B R/W
28B User
289B UINT8
2890B 1
2891B See note in description
289B 0
2893B 1.10
2894B
Defines the rate of accumulation of the
2895B

averaging technique and, in conjunction with the


Archive Type parameter (3) further defines how

You might also like